President of the International Psycho-Analytical Association
LONDON: GEORGE ALLEN & UNWIN LTD.
RUSKIN HOUSE, 40 MUSEUM STREET, W.C. 1
First Published in Great Britain in 1922
(All rights reserved)
PREFACE
5
Among the many difficulties confronting those who wish to
acquire a knowledge of psycho-analysis, not the least has been
the absence of a suitable text-book with which they could begin
their studies. They have hitherto had their choice among three
classes of book, against each of which some objection could be
urged from the point of view of the beginner. They could pick
their way through the heterogeneous collection of papers, such
as those published by Freud, Brill, Ferenczi, and myself, which
were not arranged on any coherent plan and were also for the
greater part addressed to those already having some knowledge
of the subject. Or they could struggle with more systematic
volumes, such as those by Hitschmann and Barbara Low, which
suffer from condensation because of the difficulty of having
to compress so much into a small space. Or, finally, it might
be their fate to come across one of the numerous books, which
need not be mentioned by name, that purport to give an
adequate account of psycho-analysis, but whose authors have
neglected the necessary preliminary of acquiring a proper knowledge
of the subject themselves. The gap in the literature of
psycho-analysis has now been filled by the writer most competent
of all to do it—namely, Professor Freud himself, and the
world of clinical psychology must be grateful to him for the
effort it must have cost to write such a book in the midst of
his other multitudinous duties. In the future we can unhesitatingly
deal with the question so often asked, and say: This
is the book with which to begin a study of psycho-analysis.
Even here, however, the reader should be warned that it
is necessary to add a few modifications to the statement that
the present volume is a complete text-book of psycho-analysis.
The circumstances of its inception forbid its being so regarded.
The book consists of three separate courses of lectures delivered
at the University of Vienna in two winter sessions, 1915–1917.
The first two of these presuppose absolutely no knowledge of
the subject, and the style in which they were delivered constitute
them an ideal introduction to the subject. But in the third
6year Professor Freud, doubtless assuming that those of his
audience who had pursued their studies so far would by then
have widened their reading otherwise, decided to treat them no
longer as mere beginners, and so felt himself free to deal more
technically with the more difficult subject-matter of the third
course—the psycho-analysis of neurotic affections. The result
is that the second half of the book is of a much more advanced
nature than the first, a fact which, it is true, has the advantage
that the author was able here and there to communicate some
of his latest conclusions on obscure points. Every student of
psycho-analysis, therefore, however advanced, will be able to
learn much from this volume.
One must also remark that the book does not convey an
adequate impression of the extensive bearing that psycho-analysis
has on other humanistic studies than those here dealt
with. Apart from a few hints scattered here and there, there
is little indication of the extent to which psycho-analysis has
already been applied, to sociology, to the study of racial development,
and above all, to the psychology of the normal man. The
book is definitely confined to its three topics of psychopathology
of everyday life, dreams, and neuroses, these having been chosen
as constituting the most suitable subject-matter with which to
effect the author’s purpose—namely, to introduce students to
psycho-analysis.
An American translation of the book has already appeared,
but, apart from its deficiencies of style, it contained so many
serious falsities in translation—a passage, for instance, to the
effect that delusions cannot be influenced is translated in such
a way as to commit Professor Freud, of all people, to the statement
that obsessions cannot be cured—that it was decided to
issue a fresh translation. This has been carried out with
scrupulous care by Mrs. Riviere, aided by drafts carried out
by Miss Cecil M. Baines of the eleven lectures in Part II. I
have compared the whole book with the original, and have discussed
doubtful and difficult points with Professor Freud and
Mrs. Riviere. Mrs. Riviere’s English translation will be its own
recommendation: I can give the reader the assurance that it
is a faithful and exact rendering.
PART I — FIRST LECTURE INTRODUCTION — SECOND LECTURE THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ERRORS — THIRD LECTURE THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ERRORS ( continuation ) — FOURTH LECTURE THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ERRORS ( conclusion )
9
11
I do not know what knowledge any of you may already have
of psycho-analysis, either from reading or from hearsay. But
having regard to the title of my lectures—Introductory
Lectures on Psycho-Analysis—I am bound to proceed as though
you knew nothing of the subject and needed instruction, even
in its first elements.
One thing, at least, I may presuppose that you know—namely,
that psycho-analysis is a method of medical treatment for those
suffering from nervous disorders; and I can give you at once
an illustration of the way in which psycho-analytic procedure
differs from, and often even reverses, what is customary in other
branches of medicine. Usually, when we introduce a patient
to a new form of treatment we minimize its difficulties and give
him confident assurances of its success. This is, in my opinion,
perfectly justifiable, for we thereby increase the probability of
success. But when we undertake to treat a neurotic psycho-analytically
we proceed otherwise. We explain to him the difficulties
of the method, its long duration, the trials and sacrifices
which will be required of him; and, as to the result, we tell him
that we can make no definite promises, that success depends
upon his own endeavours, upon his understanding, his adaptability
and his perseverance. We have, of course, good reasons, into
which you will perhaps gain some insight later on, for adopting
this apparently perverse attitude.
Now forgive me if I begin by treating you in the same way
as I do my neurotic patients, for I shall positively advise you
against coming to hear me a second time. And with this intention
I shall explain to you how of necessity you can obtain from
me only an incomplete knowledge of psycho-analysis and also
what difficulties stand in the way of your forming an independent
judgement on the subject. For I shall show you how the whole
trend of your training and your accustomed modes of thought
must inevitably have made you hostile to psycho-analysis, and
also how much you would have to overcome in your own minds
12in order to master this instinctive opposition. I naturally
cannot foretell what degree of understanding of psycho-analysis
you may gain from my lectures, but I can at least assure you
that by attending them you will not have learnt how to conduct
a psycho-analytic investigation, nor how to carry out a psycho-analytic
treatment. And further, if anyone of you should feel
dissatisfied with a merely cursory acquaintance with psycho-analysis
and should wish to form a permanent connection with
it, I shall not merely discourage him, but I shall actually warn
him against it. For as things are at the present time, not only
would the choice of such a career put an end to all chances of
academic success, but, upon taking up work as a practitioner,
such a man would find himself in a community which misunderstood
his aims and intentions, regarded him with suspicion and
hostility, and let loose upon him all the latent evil impulses harboured
within it. Perhaps you can infer from the accompaniments
of the war now raging in Europe what a countless host that is
to reckon with.
However, there are always some people to whom the possibility
of a new addition to knowledge will prove an attraction
strong enough to survive all such inconveniences. If there
are any such among you who will appear at my second lecture
in spite of my words of warning, they will be welcome. But all
of you have a right to know what these inherent difficulties of
psycho-analysis are to which I have alluded.
First of all, there is the problem of the teaching and exposition
of the subject. In your medical studies you have been
accustomed to use your eyes. You see the anatomical specimen,
the precipitate of the chemical reaction, the contraction of the
muscle as the result of the stimulation of its nerves. Later you
come into contact with the patients; you learn the symptoms of
disease by the evidence of your senses; the results of pathological
processes can be demonstrated to you, and in many cases even
the exciting cause of them in an isolated form. On the surgical
side you are witnesses of the measures by which the patient is
helped, and are permitted to attempt them yourselves. Even
in psychiatry, demonstration of patients, of their altered expression,
speech and behaviour, yields a series of observations
which leave a deep impression on your minds. Thus a teacher
of medicine acts for the most part as an exponent and guide,
leading you as it were through a museum, while you gain in this
way a direct relationship to what is displayed to you and believe
yourselves to have been convinced by your own experience of
the existence of the new facts.
13But in psycho-analysis, unfortunately, all this is different.
In psycho-analytic treatment nothing happens but an exchange
of words between the patient and the physician. The patient
talks, tells of his past experiences and present impressions,
complains, and expresses his wishes and his emotions. The
physician listens, attempts to direct the patient’s thought-processes,
reminds him, forces his attention in certain directions,
gives him explanations and observes the reactions of understanding
or denial thus evoked. The patient’s unenlightened
relatives—people of a kind to be impressed only by something
visible and tangible, preferably by the sort of ‘action’ that may
be seen at a cinema—never omit to express their doubts of how
“mere talk can possibly cure anybody.” Their reasoning is
of course as illogical as it is inconsistent. For they are the same
people who are always convinced that the sufferings of neurotics
are purely “in their own imagination.” Words and magic were
in the beginning one and the same thing, and even to-day words
retain much of their magical power. By words one of us can give
to another the greatest happiness or bring about utter despair;
by words the teacher imparts his knowledge to the student;
by words the orator sweeps his audience with him and determines
its judgements and decisions. Words call forth emotions and
are universally the means by which we influence our fellow-creatures.
Therefore let us not despise the use of words in psycho-therapy
and let us be content if we may overhear the words which
pass between the analyst and the patient.
But even that is impossible. The dialogue which constitutes
the analysis will admit of no audience; the process cannot be
demonstrated. One could, of course, exhibit a neurasthenic
or hysterical patient to students at a psychiatric lecture. He
would relate his case and his symptoms, but nothing more.
He will make the communications necessary to the analysis
only under the conditions of a special affective relationship to
the physician; in the presence of a single person to whom he
was indifferent he would become mute. For these communications
relate to all his most private thoughts and feelings, all
that which as a socially independent person he must hide from
others, all that which, being foreign to his own conception of
himself, he tries to conceal even from himself.
It is impossible, therefore, for you to be actually present
during a psycho-analytic treatment; you can only be told
about it, and can learn psycho-analysis, in the strictest sense of
the word, only by hearsay. This tuition at second hand, so to
say, puts you in a very unusual and difficult position as regards
14forming your own judgement on the subject, which will therefore
largely depend on the reliance you can place on your informant.
Now imagine for a moment that you were present at a lecture
in history instead of in psychiatry, and that the lecturer was
dealing with the life and conquests of Alexander the Great.
What reason would you have to believe what he told you?
The situation would appear at first sight even more unsatisfactory
than in the case of psycho-analysis, for the professor of history
had no more part in Alexander’s campaigns than you yourselves;
the psycho-analyst at least informs you of matters in which he
himself has played a part. But then we come to the question
of what evidence there is to support the historian. He can
refer you to the accounts of early writers who were either contemporaries
or who lived not long after the events in question,
such as Diodorus, Plutarch, Arrian, and others; he can lay
before you reproductions of the preserved coins and statues of
the king, and pass round a photograph of the mosaic at Pompeii
representing the battle at Issus. Yet, strictly speaking, all
these documents only prove that the existence of Alexander
and the reality of his deeds were already believed in by former
generations of men, and your criticism might begin anew at
this point. And then you would find that not everything reported
of Alexander is worthy of belief or sufficiently authenticated in
detail, but I can hardly suppose that you would leave the lecture-room
in doubt altogether as to the reality of Alexander the Great.
Your conclusions would be principally determined by two considerations:
first, that the lecturer could have no conceivable
motive for attempting to persuade you of something which he
did not himself believe to be true, and secondly, that all the
available authorities agree more or less in their accounts of the
facts. In questioning the accuracy of the early writers you
would apply these tests again, the possible motives of the authors
and the agreement to be found between them. The result of
such tests would certainly be convincing in the case of Alexander,
probably less so in regard to figures like Moses and Nimrod.
Later on you will perceive clearly enough what doubts can be
raised against the credibility of an exponent of psycho-analysis.
Now you will have a right to ask the question: If no objective
evidence for psycho-analysis exists, and no possibility
of demonstrating the process, how is it possible to study it at
all or to convince oneself of its truth? The study of it is indeed
not an easy matter, nor are there many people who have thoroughly
learned it; still, there is, of course, some way of learning
it. Psycho-Analysis is learnt first of all on oneself, through
15the study of one’s own personality. This is not exactly what
is meant by introspection, but it may be so described for want of
a better word. There is a whole series of very common and
well-known mental phenomena which can be taken as material
for self-analysis when one has acquired some knowledge of the
method. In this way one may obtain the required conviction
of the reality of the processes which psycho-analysis describes,
and of the truth of its conceptions, although progress on these
lines is not without its limitations. One gets much further by
submitting oneself to analysis by a skilled analyst, undergoing
the working of the analysis in one’s own person and using the
opportunity to observe the finer details of the technique which
the analyst employs. This, eminently the best way, is of course
only practicable for individuals and cannot be used in a class of
students.
The second difficulty you will find in connection with psycho-analysis
is not, on the other hand, inherent in it, but is one for
which I must hold you yourselves responsible, at least in so far
as your medical studies have influenced you. Your training
will have induced in you an attitude of mind very far removed
from the psycho-analytical one. You have been trained to establish
the functions and disturbances of the organism on an
anatomical basis, to explain them in terms of chemistry and
physics, and to regard them from a biological point of view; but
no part of your interest has ever been directed to the mental
aspects of life, in which, after all, the development of the marvellously
complicated organism culminates. For this reason a
psychological attitude of mind is still foreign to you, and you
are accustomed to regard it with suspicion, to deny it a scientific
status, and to leave it to the general public, poets, mystics, and
philosophers. Now this limitation in you is undoubtedly detrimental
to your medical efficiency; for on meeting a patient
it is the mental aspects with which one first comes into contact,
as in most human relationships, and I am afraid you will pay
the penalty of having to yield a part of the curative influence
at which you aim to the quacks, mystics, and faith-healers whom
you despise.
I quite acknowledge that there is an excuse for this defect
in your previous training. There is no auxiliary philosophical
science that might be of service to you in your profession.
Neither speculative philosophy nor descriptive psychology,
nor even the so-called experimental psychology which is studied
in connection with the physiology of the sense-organs, as they
are taught in the schools, can tell you anything useful of the
16relations existing between mind and body, or can give you a key
to comprehension of a possible disorder of the mental functions.
It is true that the psychiatric branch of medicine occupies itself
with describing the different forms of recognizable mental disturbances
and grouping them in clinical pictures, but in their
best moments psychiatrists themselves are doubtful whether
their purely descriptive formulations deserve to be called science.
The origin, mechanism, and interrelation of the symptoms which
make up these clinical pictures are undiscovered: either they
cannot be correlated with any demonstrable changes in the
brain, or only with such changes as in no way explain them. These
mental disturbances are open to therapeutic influence only when
they can be identified as secondary effects of some organic disease.
This is the lacuna which psycho-analysis is striving to fill.
It hopes to provide psychiatry with the missing psychological
foundation, to discover the common ground on which a correlation
of bodily and mental disorder becomes comprehensible.
To this end it must dissociate itself from every foreign preconception,
whether anatomical, chemical, or physiological, and must
work throughout with conceptions of a purely psychological order,
and for this very reason I fear that it will appear strange to you at
first.
For the next difficulty I shall not hold you, your training or
your mental attitude, responsible. There are two tenets of
psycho-analysis which offend the whole world and excite its
resentment; the one conflicts with intellectual, the other with
moral and æsthetic, prejudices. Let us not underestimate
these prejudices; they are powerful things, residues of valuable,
even necessary, stages in human evolution. They are maintained
by emotional forces, and the fight against them is a hard one.
The first of these displeasing propositions of psycho-analysis is
this: that mental processes are essentially unconscious, and
that those which are conscious are merely isolated acts and
parts of the whole psychic entity. Now I must ask you to remember
that, on the contrary, we are accustomed to identify
the mental with the conscious. Consciousness appears to us as
positively the characteristic that defines mental life, and we
regard psychology as the study of the content of consciousness.
This even appears so evident that any contradiction of it seems
obvious nonsense to us, and yet it is impossible for psycho-analysis
to avoid this contradiction, or to accept the identity between
the conscious and the psychic. The psycho-analytical definition
of the mind is that it comprises processes of the nature of feeling,
thinking, and wishing, and it maintains that there are such
17things as unconscious thinking and unconscious wishing. But
in doing so psycho-analysis has forfeited at the outset the sympathy
of the sober and scientifically-minded, and incurred the
suspicion of being a fantastic cult occupied with dark and unfathomable
mysteries.[1] You yourselves must find it difficult
to understand why I should stigmatize an abstract proposition,
such as “The psychic is the conscious,” as a prejudice; nor can
you guess yet what evolutionary process could have led to the
denial of the unconscious, if it does indeed exist, nor what advantage
could have been achieved by this denial. It seems
like an empty wrangle over words to argue whether mental life
is to be regarded as co-extensive with consciousness or whether
it may be said to stretch beyond this limit, and yet I can assure
you that the acceptance of unconscious mental processes represents
a decisive step towards a new orientation in the world and in
science.
As little can you suspect how close is the connection between
this first bold step on the part of psycho-analysis and the second
to which I am now coming. For this next proposition, which
we put forward as one of the discoveries of psycho-analysis,
consists in the assertion that impulses, which can only be described
as sexual in both the narrower and the wider sense, play a
peculiarly large part, never before sufficiently appreciated, in
the causation of nervous and mental disorders. Nay, more,
that these sexual impulses have contributed invaluably to the
highest cultural, artistic, and social achievements of the human
mind.
In my opinion, it is the aversion from this conclusion of
psycho-analytic investigation that is the most significant source
of the opposition it has encountered. Are you curious to know
how we ourselves account for this? We believe that civilization
has been built up, under the pressure of the struggle for existence,
by sacrifices in gratification of the primitive impulses, and that
it is to a great extent for ever being re-created, as each individual,
successively joining the community, repeats the sacrifice of
his instinctive pleasures for the common good. The sexual are
amongst the most important of the instinctive forces thus utilized:
they are in this way sublimated, that is to say, their energy is
turned aside from its sexual goal and diverted towards other
ends, no longer sexual and socially more valuable. But the
structure thus built up is insecure, for the sexual impulses are
with difficulty controlled; in each individual who takes up his
18part in the work of civilization there is a danger that a rebellion
of the sexual impulses may occur, against this diversion of their
energy. Society can conceive of no more powerful menace to
its culture than would arise from the liberation of the sexual
impulses and a return of them to their original goal. Therefore
society dislikes this sensitive place in its development being
touched upon; that the power of the sexual instinct should be
recognized, and the significance of the individual’s sexual life
revealed, is very far from its interests; with a view to discipline
it has rather taken the course of diverting attention away from
this whole field. For this reason, the revelations of psycho-analysis
are not tolerated by it, and it would greatly prefer to
brand them as æsthetically offensive, morally reprehensible, or
dangerous. But since such objections are not valid arguments
against conclusions which claim to represent the objective results
of scientific investigation, the opposition must be translated into
intellectual terms before it can be expressed. It is a characteristic
of human nature to be inclined to regard anything which is disagreeable
as untrue, and then without much difficulty to find
arguments against it. So society pronounces the unacceptable
to be untrue, disputes the results of psycho-analysis with logical
and concrete arguments, arising, however, in affective sources,
and clings to them with all the strength of prejudice against
every attempt at refutation.
But we, on the other hand, claim to have yielded to no
tendency in propounding this objectionable theory. Our intention
has been solely to give recognition to the facts as we
found them in the course of painstaking researches. And we
now claim the right to reject unconditionally any such introduction
of practical considerations into the field of scientific
investigation, even before we have determined whether the
apprehension which attempts to force these considerations upon
us is justified or not.
These, now, are some of the difficulties which confront you
at the outset when you begin to take an interest in psycho-analysis.
It is probably more than enough for a beginning. If you can
overcome their discouraging effect, we will proceed further.
19
We shall now begin, not with postulates, but with an investigation.
For this purpose we shall select certain phenomena which
are very frequent, very familiar and much overlooked, and which
have nothing to do with illness, since they may be observed in
every healthy person. I refer to the errors that everyone commits:
as when anyone wishes to say a certain thing but uses the wrong
word (‘slip of the tongue’);[2] or when the same sort of mistake
is made in writing (‘slip of the pen’),[3] in which case one may
or may not notice it; or when anyone reads in print or writing
something other than what is actually before him (‘misreading’);[4]
or when anyone mis-hears[5] what is said to him, naturally when
there is no question of any disease of the auditory sense-organ.
Another series of such phenomena are those based on forgetting[6]
something temporarily, though not permanently; as, for instance,
when anyone cannot think of a name which he knows
quite well and is always able to recognize whenever he sees it;
or when anyone forgets to carry out some intention, which he
afterwards remembers, and has therefore forgotten only for a
certain time. This element of transitoriness is lacking in a third
class, of which mislaying[7] things so that they cannot be found
is an example. This is a kind of forgetfulness which we regard
differently from the usual kind; one is amazed or annoyed at
it, instead of finding it comprehensible. Allied to this are
certain mistakes, in which the temporary element is again
noticeable, as when one believes something for a time which
both before and afterwards one knows to be untrue, and a
number of similar manifestations which we know under various
names.
Some inner relation between all these kinds of occurrences
is indicated in German, by the use of the prefix “ver” which
20is common to all the words designating them.[8] These words
almost all refer to acts of an unimportant kind, generally temporary
and without much significance in life. It is only rarely
that anything of the kind, such as the loss of some object, attains
any practical importance. For this reason little attention is
paid to such happenings and they arouse little feeling.
I am now going to ask you to consider these phenomena.
But you will object, with annoyance: “There are so many tremendous
puzzles both in the wide world and in the narrower
life of the soul, so many mysteries in the field of mental disorder
which demand and deserve explanation, that it really seems
frivolous to waste labour and interest on these trifles. If you
could explain to us how it is possible for anyone with sound
sight and hearing, in broad daylight, to see and hear things which
do not exist, or how anyone can suddenly believe that his nearest
and dearest are persecuting him, or can justify with the most
ingenious arguments a delusion which would seem nonsensical
to any child, then we might be willing to take psycho-analysis
seriously. But if psycho-analysis cannot occupy us with anything
more interesting than the question why a speaker uses
a wrong word or why a Hausfrau mislays her keys and similar
trivialities, then we shall find something better to do with our
time and our interest.”
My reply is: Patience! Your criticism is not on the
right track. It is true that psycho-analysis cannot boast that
it has never occupied itself with trifles. On the contrary, the
material of its observations is usually those commonplace
occurrences which have been cast aside as all too insignificant
by other sciences, the refuse, so to speak, of the phenomenal
world. But in your criticism are you not confounding the
magnitude of a problem with the conspicuous nature of its manifestations?
Is it not possible, under certain conditions and at
certain times, for very important things to betray themselves
in very slight indications? I could easily cite many instances
of this. What slight signs, for instance, convey to the young
men in my audience that they have gained a lady’s favour?
Do they expect an explicit declaration, a passionate embrace, or
are they not content with a glance which is almost imperceptible
to others, a fleeting gesture, a handshake prolonged by a second?
Or suppose you are a detective engaged in the investigation
of a murder, do you actually expect to find that the murderer
will leave his photograph with name and address on the scene
21of the crime? Are you not perforce content with slighter and
less certain traces of the person you seek? So let us not undervalue
small signs: perhaps from them it may be possible to
come upon the tracks of greater things. Besides, I think as
you do that the larger problems of the world and of science
have the first claim on our interest. But on the whole it avails
little to form a definite resolution to devote oneself to the investigation
of this or that great problem. One is then often at a
loss how to set about the next step. In scientific work it is
more profitable to take up whatever lies before one whenever a
path towards its exploration presents itself. And then, if one
carries it through thoroughly, without prejudice or pre-conceptions,
one may, with good fortune and by virtue of the interrelationship
linking each thing to every other (hence, also, the
small to the great), find, even in the course of such humble labour,
a road to the study of the great problems.
It is from this point of view that I hope to enlist your interest
in considering the apparently trivial errors made by normal
people. I propose now that we question someone who has no
knowledge of psycho-analysis as to how he explains these occurrences.
His first answer is sure to be: “Oh, they are not worth any
explanation; they are little accidents.” What does the man
mean by this? Does he mean to maintain that there are any
occurrences so small that they fail to come within the causal
sequence of things, that they might as well be other than they
are? Anyone thus breaking away from the determination of
natural phenomena, at any single point, has thrown over the
whole scientific outlook on the world (Weltanschauung). One
may point out to him how much more consistent is the religious
outlook on the world, which emphatically assures us that “not
one sparrow shall fall to the ground” except God wills it. I
think our friend would not be willing to follow his first answer
to its logical conclusion; he would give way and say that if he
were to study these things he would soon find some explanation
of them. It must be a matter of slight functional disturbances,
of inaccuracies of mental performance, the conditions of which
could be discovered. A man who otherwise speaks correctly
may make a slip of the tongue, (1) when he is tired or unwell,
(2) when he is excited, or (3) when his attention is concentrated
on something else. It is easy to confirm this. Slips of the
tongue do indeed occur most frequently when one is tired, or has
a headache, or feels an attack of migraine coming on. Forgetting
proper names very often occurs in these circumstances; many
22people are habitually warned of the onset of an attack of migraine
by the inability to recall proper names. In excitement, too, one
mixes up words or even things, one performs actions erroneously[9];
and the forgetting of intentions, as well as a number of other
undesigned acts, comes to the fore when one is distracted, in
other words, when the attention is concentrated on other things.
A familiar instance of such distraction is the professor in
Fliegende Blätter who forgets his umbrella and takes the wrong
hat, because he is thinking of the problems which are to be the
subject of his next book. We all know from our own experience
how one can forget to carry out intentions or promises when something
has happened in the interval that absorbs one very deeply.
This seems so entirely comprehensible and also irrefutable.
It is perhaps not very interesting or not so much so as we expected.
Let us look at this explanation of errors more closely. The various
conditions which have been cited as necessary for the occurrence
of these phenomena are not all similar in kind. Illness and
disorders of the circulation afford a physiological basis for an
affection of the normal functions; excitement, tiredness, and
distraction are conditions of a different kind which could be
described as psycho-physiological. These last could easily be
converted into a theory. Fatigue, as well as distraction, and
perhaps also general excitement, cause a dissipation of the attention
from which it may follow that the act in question has insufficient
attention devoted to it. It can then very easily be
disturbed and inexactly performed. Slight illness or a change
in the distribution of blood in the central organ of the nervous
system can have the same effect, by these conditions affecting
the determining factor, the distribution of attention, in a similar
way. In all cases it would be a question of the effects of a disturbance
of the attention from organic or psychical causes.
But all this doesn’t seem to promise much of interest for a
psycho-analytic investigation. We might feel tempted to give
up the topic. To be sure, a closer inspection of the facts shows
that they are not all in accord with the ‘attention’ theory of
errors of this sort, or at least that not everything can be directly
deduced from it. We find that such errors and such forgetfulness
also take place when people are not fatigued or excited, but are
in every way in their normal condition; unless, just because of
the errors, we were subsequently to attribute to them a condition
of excitement which they themselves did not acknowledge. Nor
can the matter be quite so simple as that the successful performance
of an act will be ensured by an intensification of attention,
23or endangered by a diminution of it. For a great number of
actions may be carried out in a purely automatic way with very
little attention and yet quite successfully. In walking, a man
may perhaps scarcely know where he is going but keep to the
right road and stop at his destination without having gone astray.
At least, this is what usually happens. A practised pianist strikes
the right notes without thinking of them. He may of course also
make an occasional mistake, but if automatic playing increased
the danger of errors the virtuoso, whose constant practice has
made his playing entirely automatic, would be the most exposed
to this danger. Yet we see, on the contrary, that many acts
are most successfully carried out when they are not the objects
of particularly concentrated attention, and that mistakes may
occur just on occasions when one is most eager to be accurate,
that is, when a distraction of the necessary attention is most
certainly not present. One could then say that this is the effect
of the ‘excitement,’ but we do not understand why the excitement
does not rather intensify the concentration on the end so
much desired. So that if in an important speech anyone says the
opposite of what he intends, it can hardly be explained according
to the psycho-physiological or the attention theory.
There are also many other minor features in connection with
these errors which we do not understand and which are not
rendered more comprehensible by these explanations. For
instance, when one has temporarily forgotten a name one is annoyed,
one is determined to recall it and cannot desist from the
attempt. Why is it that despite this annoyance the person so
often cannot succeed, as he wishes, in directing his attention to
the word which, as he says, is “on the tip of his tongue,” and
which he instantly recognizes when it is supplied to him? Or,
to take another example, there are cases in which the errors
multiply, link themselves together or act as substitutes for one
another. The first time, one forgets an appointment; the next
time, after having made a special resolution not to forget it, one
discovers that one has made a mistake in the day or hour. Or
one tries by devious ways to remember a forgotten word, and
in the course of so doing loses track of a second name which would
have been of use in finding the first. If one then pursues the second
name, a third gets lost, and so on. It is notorious that the same
thing happens with misprints, which are of course errors on
the part of the compositor. A stubborn error of this sort is said
once to have crept into a Social-Democratic newspaper, where,
in the account of a festivity, the following words were printed:
“Amongst those present was His Highness, the Clown Prince.”
24The next day a correction was attempted. The paper apologized
and said: “The sentence should of course have read, ‘the
Crow-Prince.’” Again, in a war-correspondent’s account of
meeting a famous general whose infirmities were pretty well
known, a reference to the general was printed as “this battle-scared
veteran.” Next day an apology appeared which read
“the words of course should have been ‘the bottle-scarred
veteran!’”[10] We like to attribute these occurrences to a devil in
the type-setting machine or to some malevolent goblin—figurative
expressions which at least imply something more than a psycho-physiological
theory of the misprint.
I do not know if you are aware of the fact that slips of the
tongue can be provoked, called forth by suggestion, as it were.
An anecdote will serve to illustrate this. Once when a novice
on the stage was entrusted with the important part in The Maid
of Orleans of announcing to the King: “The Constable sends
back his sword,” the principal player, during the rehearsal,
played the joke of several times repeating to the timid beginner,
instead of the text, the following: “The Komfortabel sends
back his steed.”[11] At the performance the unfortunate actor
actually made his début with this perverse announcement,
though he had been amply warned against so doing, or perhaps
just because he had been.
All these little characteristics of errors are not much illuminated
by the theory of diverted attention. But that does not necessarily
prove the theory wrong. There may be something missing,
a link, by the addition of which the theory might be made completely
satisfactory. But many of the errors themselves can
be considered from another aspect.
Let us select slips of the tongue, as the type of error best
suited to our purpose. We might equally well choose slips
of the pen or of reading. Now we must first remind ourselves
that, so far, we have only enquired when and under
what conditions the wrong word is said, and have received
an answer on that point only. Interest may be directed
elsewhere, though, and the question raised why just this
particular slip is made and no other: one can consider
the nature of the mistake. You will see that so long as this
question remains unanswered, and the effect of the mistake is
not explained, the phenomenon remains a pure accident on the
25psychological side, even if a physiological explanation has been
found for it. When it happens that I make a mistake in a word
I could obviously do this in an infinite number of ways, in place
of the right word substitute any one of a thousand others, or
make innumerable distortions of the right word. Now, is there
anything which forces upon me in a specific instance just this
one special slip, out of all those which are possible, or does that
remain accidental and arbitrary, and can nothing rational be
found in answer to this question?
Two authors, Meringer and Mayer (a philologist and a
psychiatrist) did indeed in 1895 make an attempt to approach
the problem of slips of the tongue from this side. They collected
examples and first treated them from a purely descriptive standpoint.
This of course does not yet furnish any explanation, but
it may lead the way to one. They differentiated the distortions
which the intended phrase suffered through the slip into: interchanges
(in the positions of words, syllables or letters), anticipations,
perseverations, compoundings (contaminations), and substitutions.
I will give you examples of these authors’ main
categories. As an instance of an interchange (in the position of
words) someone might say “The Milo of Venus” instead of “The
Venus of Milo.” The well-known slip of the hotel-boy who,
knocking at the bishop’s door, nervously replied to the question
“Who is it?” “The Lord, my boy!” is another example of
such an interchange in the position of words.[12] In the typical
Spoonerism the position of certain letters is interchanged, as
when the preacher said: “How often do we feel a half-warmed
fish within us!”[12] It is a case of anticipation if anyone says:
“The thought lies heartily...” instead of: “The thought lies
heavily on my heart.” A perseveration is illustrated by the well-known
ill-fated toast, “Gentlemen, I call upon (auf) you
to (auf) hiccough (= aufzustossen) (drink) (= anzustossen) to the health of our Chief.”
And when a member of the House of Commons referred to
another as the “honourable member for Central Hell,” instead
of “Hull,” it was a case of perseveration; as also when a soldier
said to a friend “I wish there were a thousand of our men mortified
on that hill, Bill,” instead of “fortified.” In one case the ell
sound has perseverated from the previous words “member for
Central,” and in the other the m sound in “men” has perseverated
to form “mortified.”[12] These three types of slip are not very
common. You will find those cases much more frequent in
which the slip happens by a compounding or contraction, as for
26example when a gentleman asks a lady if he may insort her on
her way (begleit-digen); this contraction is made up of begleiten =
to escort, and beleidigen = to insult. (And by the way, a young
man addressing a lady in this way will not have much success
with her.) A substitution takes place when a poor woman says
she has an “incurable infernal disease,”[13] or in Mrs. Malaprop’s
mind when she says, for instance, “few gentlemen know how
to value the ineffectual qualities in a woman.”[13]
The explanation which the two authors attempt to formulate
as the basis of their collection of examples is peculiarly inadequate.
They hold that the sounds and syllables of a word have different
values and that the innervation of the sounds of higher value
can interfere with those of lower value. They obviously base
this conclusion on the cases of anticipation and perseveration
which are not at all frequent; in other forms of slips of the
tongue the question of such sound priorities, even if they exist,
does not enter at all; for the most frequent type of slip is that
in which instead of a certain word one says another which resembles
it, and this resemblance is considered by many people
sufficient explanation of it. For instance, a professor may say
in his opening lecture, “I am not inclined (geneigt instead of
geeignet = fitted) to estimate the merits of my predecessor.”
Or another professor says, “In the case of the female genital,
in spite of the tempting ... I mean, the attempted ...”
(Versuchungen instead of Versuche).
The commonest and also the most noticeable form of slip of
the tongue, however, is that of saying the exact opposite of
what one meant to say. These cases are quite outside the effect
of any relations between sounds or confusion due to similarity,
and in default one may therefore turn to the fact that opposites
have a strong conceptual connection with one another and are
psychologically very closely associated. There are well-known
examples of this sort. For instance, the President of our Parliament
once opened the session with the words “Gentlemen, I
declare a quorum present and herewith declare the session closed.”
Any other common association may work in a way as insidious
as the association of opposites and may on occasion lead to
results as inopportune. So there is a story to the effect that, at
a festivity in honour of the marriage of a child of H. Helmholtz
with a child of the well-known inventor and captain of industry,
W. Siemens, the famous physiologist Dubois-Reymond was
asked to speak. He concluded his doubtless brilliant speech
with the toast “Success to the new partnership, Siemens and
27Halske!” which was of course the name of the old firm. The
association of the two names must have been as familiar to a
resident in Berlin as “Crosse & Blackwell” to a Londoner.
So the effect of word associations must be taken into account,
as well as that of sound-values and similarities between words.
But even that is not enough. In one type of case, before we
can arrive at an adequate explanation of the slip we must consider
some phrase which had been said, or perhaps only thought,
previously. Again, that is, a case of perseveration, as Meringer
insists, but arising in a more distant source.—I must confess
that altogether I have the impression that we are further than
ever from comprehension of slips of the tongue.
However, I hope I am not mistaken in thinking that in the
course of our examination of the above examples an impression
has formed itself in us which may be of a kind to repay further
attention. We were considering the general conditions under
which slips of the tongue occur and then the influences which
determine the kind of distortion effected in the slip, but so far
we have not examined at all the result of the slip itself, as an
object of interest without regard to its origin. If we bring
ourselves to do this we shall in the end have to assert courageously
that in some of the examples the slip itself makes sense. Now
what does it mean when we say “it makes sense”? Well, it
means that the result of the slip may perhaps have a right to
be regarded in itself as a valid mental process following out its
own purpose, and as an expression having content and meaning.
Hitherto we have only spoken of errors, but now it appears as
if the error could sometimes be quite a proper act, except that
it has intruded itself in the place of one more expected or intended.
In certain cases the sense belonging to the slip itself appears
obvious and unmistakable. When the President in his opening
speech closes the session of Parliament, a knowledge of the
circumstances under which the slip was made inclines us to see
a meaning in it. He expects no good result from the session
and would be glad to be able to disperse forthwith; there is
no difficulty in discovering the meaning, or interpreting the
sense, of this slip. Or when a lady, appearing to compliment
another, says: “I am sure you must have thrown this delightful
hat together” instead of “sewn it together” (aufgepatzt instead
of aufgeputzt), no scientific theories in the world can prevent us
from seeing in her slip the thought that the hat is an amateur
production. Or when a lady who is well known for her determined
character says: “My husband asked his doctor what sort
of diet ought to be provided for him. But the doctor said he
28needed no special diet, he could eat and drink whatever I choose,”
the slip appears clearly as the unmistakable expression of a
consistent scheme.
Now supposing it should turn out that not only a few cases
of slips of the tongue and errors in general, but the great majority
of them, have a meaning, then the meaning of the error, to which
we have hitherto paid no attention, would become the point of
greatest interest to us and would justifiably drive all other points
of view into the background. All physiological and psycho-physiological
conditions could then be ignored and attention
could be devoted to the purely psychological investigation of
the sense, that is, the meaning, the intention, in the errors. With
this in view, therefore, we shall soon consider further material.
Before undertaking this, however, I should like to invite you
to follow up another clue with me. It often happens that a poet
makes use of a slip of the tongue or some other error as a means
of artistic expression. This fact in itself proves that he thinks
the error, for instance, a slip of the tongue, has a meaning; for
he constructs it intentionally. It could hardly happen that a
poet accidentally made a slip of the pen and then allowed his
slip of the pen to stand as a slip of the tongue of the character.
He wishes to reveal something by means of the slip and we may
well enquire what that may be—whether perhaps he wishes to
indicate that the person in question is distracted or overtired,
or is expecting a headache. Of course we should not exaggerate
the importance of it if poets do make use of slips to express their
meaning. Slips might be in reality without meaning, accidents
in the mental world, or only occasionally have a meaning, and
poets would still be entitled to refine them by infusing sense into
them for their own purposes. However, it would not be surprising
if more were to be learned from poets about slips of the
tongue than from philologists and psychiatrists.
There is an example of a slip of this kind in Schiller’s Wallenstein
(Piccolomini, Act I, Scene 5). In the foregoing scene, young
Max Piccolomini had taken up Duke Wallenstein’s cause ardently,
and had been passionately describing the blessings of peace, which
he had become aware of in the course of a journey accompanying
Wallenstein’s beautiful daughter to the camp. As he leaves the
stage, his father (Octavio) and the courtier Questenberg are
plunged in consternation. The fifth scene continues:—
Questenberg. Alas! and stands it so?
Friend, do we let him go
In this delusion? let him go from us?
Not call him back at once, not
Open his eyes here and now?
29Octavio (recovering himself out of deep thought).
He has now opened mine
And I see more than pleases me.
Questenberg. What is it?
Octavio. A curse upon this journey!
Questenberg. But why so? What is it?
Octavio. Come, come, friend! I must up
And follow the ill-omened clue at once
And see with mine own eyes—come with me now!
Questenberg. What now? Where go you then?
Octavio (hastily). To her, herself!
Questenberg.To ...
Octavio (corrects himself). To the Duke! Come, let us go!
Octavio meant to say: “To him, to the Duke,” but his tongue
slips and he betrays (to us, at least) by the words “to her” that
he has clearly recognized the influence at work behind the famous
young warrior’s rhapsodies in favour of peace.
A still more impressive example was found by O. Rank in
Shakespeare. It occurs in the Merchant of Venice, in the famous
scene in which the fortunate suitor makes his choice among the
three caskets; and I can perhaps not do better than read to
you now Rank’s short account of it.
“A slip of the tongue which occurs in Shakespeare’s
Merchant of Venice (Act III, Sc. 2) is exceedingly fine in the poetic
feeling it shows and in the brilliant way in which it is applied
technically. Like the slip in Wallenstein quoted by Freud
in his Psychopathology of Everyday Life, it shows that the poets
well understand the mechanism and meaning of such slips and
assume that the audience will also understand them. Portia,
who by her father’s wish has been bound to the choice of a husband
by lot, has so far escaped all the unwelcome suitors by
the luck of fortune. Having at last found in Bassanio the suitor
to whom she is inclined, she fears that he too will choose the
wrong casket. She would like to tell him that even so he may
rest assured of her love, but she is prevented by her oath. In
this inner conflict the poet makes her say to her chosen suitor:
I pray you tarry; pause a day or two,
Before you hazard: for, in choosing wrong,
I lose your company; therefore, forbear awhile:
There’s something tells me (but it is not love)
I would not lose you ...
... I could teach you
How to choose right, but then I am forsworn;
So will I never be; so may you miss me;
But if you do you’ll make me wish a sin,
That I had been forsworn. Beshrew your eyes,
They have o’erlooked me, and divided me;
One half of me is yours, the other half yours,—
Mine own, I would say; but if mine, then yours,
And so all yours.
30Just that which she only meant to indicate subtly to him
because she should really have concealed it from him altogether,
namely, that even before the lot she was his and loved him, this
the poet with exquisite fineness of psychological feeling causes
to come to expression in her slip; and is able, by this artistic
device, to relieve the unbearable uncertainty of the lover as well
as the suspense of the audience as to the issue of the choice.”
And notice, at the end, how subtly Portia reconciles the
two declarations which are contained in the slip, how she resolves
the contradiction between them, and finally even justifies the
slip.
... but if mine, then yours,
And so all yours.
It has happened that other thinkers outside the field of
medicine have disclosed by an observation the meaning of some
error and so anticipated our efforts in this direction. You all
know the witty satirist Lichtenberg (1742–1799) of whom Goethe
said: “Where he makes a joke, a problem lies concealed.”
And occasionally the solution of the problem is revealed in the
joke. Lichtenberg writes in his witty and satirical Notes, “He
always read ‘Agamemnon’ for ‘angenommen’ (verb meaning
‘to take for granted’), so deeply versed was he in Homer.”
This really contains the whole theory of slips in reading.
At the next lecture we will see whether we can agree with the
poets in their conception of the meaning of psychological errors.
31
At the last lecture it occurred to us to consider the error by
itself alone, apart from its relation to the intended act with which
it had interfered, and we perceived that in certain cases it seemed
to betray a meaning of its own. We said to ourselves that if this
conclusion, that the error has its own meaning, could be established
on a larger scale, that meaning would soon prove more interesting
to us than the investigation of the conditions under which errors
arise.
Let us once more agree upon what we understand by the
“meaning” of a mental process. This is nothing else but the
intention which it serves and its place in a mental sequence.
In most of the cases we examined we could substitute for the word
“meaning” the words “intention” and “tendency.” Now was
it only a deceptive appearance, or a poetic glorification of the
error, that led us to believe that we could see an intention in it?
Let us still keep to the examples of slips of the tongue and
review a larger number of such manifestations. We then find
whole categories of cases in which the intention, the meaning, of
the slip is quite obvious, particularly so in those instances in
which the opposite of what was intended is said. The President
says in his opening speech: “I declare the session closed.”
That is surely not ambiguous. The meaning and intention of
this slip is that he wants to close the session. One might well
say, “he said so himself”; we only take him at his word. Please
do not interrupt me with the objection that this is impossible,
that we know quite well that he wished to open the session, not
to close it, and that he himself whom we have just recognized
as the best judge of his intention will affirm that he meant to
open it. In doing so you forget that we agreed to consider the
error by itself; its relation to the intention which it disturbs
will be discussed later. You would be guilty of an error in logic,
by which you would conveniently dispose of the whole problem
under discussion, which in English is called “begging the
question.”
32In other cases, where the form of the slip is not exactly the
opposite of what is intended, a contradictory sense may still
often come to expression. “I am not inclined (geneigt) to appreciate
my predecessor’s merits.” “Inclined” is not the opposite
of “in a position to” (geeignet), but it is an open confession of
a thought in sharpest contradiction to the speaker’s duty to
meet the situation gracefully.
In still other cases the slip simply adds a second meaning
to the one intended. The sentence then sounds like a contraction,
an abbreviation, a condensation of several sentences into
one. Thus the determined lady who said: “He may eat and
drink whatever I choose.” That is as if she had said: “He
can eat and drink what he chooses, but what does it matter what
he chooses? It is for me to do the choosing!” Slips of the
tongue often give this impression of abbreviation; for instance,
when a professor of anatomy at the end of his lecture on the
nasal cavities asks whether his class has thoroughly understood
it and, after a general reply in the affirmative, goes on to say:
“I can hardly believe that that is so, since persons who can
thoroughly understand the nasal cavities can be counted, even
in a city of millions, on one finger ... I mean, on the fingers of
one hand.” The abbreviated sentence has its own meaning: it
says that there is only one person who understands the subject.
In contrast to these types in which the slip plainly discloses
its meaning are others in which the slip of the tongue conveys
nothing intelligible, and therefore directly controverts our
expectations. The mis-pronunciation by mistake of proper
names, or the enunciation of meaningless sounds, is such a frequent
occurrence that this alone would appear to dispose at
once of the question whether all errors have a meaning. Yet
closer inspection of such examples discloses the fact that it is
easily possible to understand such distortions; indeed, that
the difference between these unintelligible cases and the previous
more comprehensible ones is not so very great.
The owner of a horse, on being asked how it was, replied:
“O, it may stad—it may take another month.”[14] Asked what
he really meant to say, he answered that he was thinking it was
a sad business, and the words “sad” and “take” together gave
rise to stad. (Meringer and Mayer.)
Another man was relating some objectionable incidents and
went on: “and then certain facts were refilled.”[15] He explained
33that he meant to say these facts were “filthy.” “Revealed”
and “filthy” together combine to form refilled. (Meringer
and Mayer.)
You will recall the case of the young man who offered to
“insort” an unknown lady. We took the liberty of resolving
this word into “insult” and “escort,” and were quite convinced
of this interpretation without requiring proof of it.[16] From these
examples you can see that even these more obscure cases can be
explained as the concurrence, or interference, of two different
intentions of speech with one another; the differences arise
only in that in the first type of slip the one intention has entirely
excluded the other, as when the opposite is said; while in the
second type the one intention only succeeds in distorting or
modifying the other, from which arise combinations of a more
or less senseless appearance.
We believe that we have now discovered the secret of a large
number of slips of the tongue. If we keep this clear in mind we
shall be able to comprehend still further groups hitherto entirely
mysterious. Although, for instance, in a case of distortion of a
name we cannot suppose that it is always a matter of a contest
between two similar but different names, yet the second intention
is easily perceived. Distortions of names are common enough
apart from slips of the tongue; they are attempts to liken the
name to something derogatory or degrading, a common form
of abuse, which educated persons soon learn to avoid but nevertheless
do not willingly give up. It may be dressed up as a joke,
although one of a very low order. To quote one gross and ugly
example of such a distortion of a name, the name of the President
of the French Republic, Poincaré, has lately been transformed into
“Schweinskarré.” It is not going much further to assume that
some such abusive intention may also be behind distortions of
names produced by a slip of the tongue. In pursuing our idea,
similar explanations suggest themselves for cases of slips
where the effect is comic or absurd. In the case of the member
of parliament who referred to the “honourable member for
Central Hell,” the sober atmosphere of the House is unexpectedly
disturbed by the intrusion of a word that calls up a ludicrous and
unflattering image; we are bound to conclude from the analogy
with certain offensive and abusive expressions that an impulse
has interposed here, to this effect: “You needn’t be taken in.
I don’t mean a word of this. To hell with the fellow!” The
34same applies to slips of the tongue which transform quite harmless
words into obscene and indecent ones.[17]
We are familiar with this tendency in certain people intentionally
to convert harmless words into indecent ones for the
sake of the amusement obtained; it passes for wit, and in fact
when one hears of a case one at once asks whether it was intended
as a joke or occurred unintentionally as a slip of the tongue.
Well, we seem to have solved the riddle of errors with comparatively
little trouble! They are not accidents; they are
serious mental acts; they have their meaning; they arise through
the concurrence—perhaps better, the mutual interference—of
two different intentions. But now I can well understand that
you want to overwhelm me with a flood of questions and doubts,
which must be answered and resolved before we can enjoy this
first result of our efforts. I certainly do not want to press any
hasty conclusions upon you. Let us coolly consider everything
in turn.
What would you like to say? Whether I think that this
explanation accounts for all cases of slips of the tongue or only
for a certain number? Whether this conception can be extended
to the many other types of errors, to misreading, slips of the
pen, forgetting, wrongly performed actions, mislaying things
and so on? What part the factors of fatigue, excitement,
absent-mindedness and distraction of attention play in regard
to the mental nature of errors? Besides this, it is clearly seen
that of the two competing meanings in the slip one is always
manifest, but not always the other. How is one to arrive at
the latter? And if one believes that one has guessed it, how is
one to find proof that this is not merely a probability but the
only true meaning? Is there anything else you wish to ask?
If not, then I myself will continue. I will remind you that we
are not really greatly concerned with errors in themselves, but
that we wished to learn from a study of them something of value
from the point of view of psycho-analysis. Therefore I will put
this question: What sort of purposes or tendencies are these
which thus interfere with other intentions, and what is the relation
between the interfering tendency and the other? Thus, as soon
as we have found the answer to the riddle, our efforts begin
again.
Very well then; is this the explanation of all cases of slips
of the tongue? I am very much inclined to think so, and for
this reason, because whenever one examines an instance of it
35this type of solution may be found. Still, one cannot prove that
a slip of the tongue cannot come to pass without the agency of
this mechanism. It may be so: for our purposes it is a matter
of indifference, theoretically; for the conclusions which we wish
to draw by way of an introduction to psycho-analysis remain
valid, even if only a small proportion of the total incidence of
slips of the tongue comes under our explanation, and this is
certainly not so. The next question, whether this explanation
extends to other forms of errors, may be answered by way of
anticipation in the affirmative. You can convince yourselves
of it when we turn to consider examples of slips of the pen, of
wrongly performed acts, and so on. I propose, however, for
technical reasons that we should postpone doing this until we
have investigated the slip of the tongue itself more thoroughly.
The question what significance those factors, which some
writers have placed in the foreground, can now have for us—such
factors as disturbances of the circulation, fatigue, excitement,
distraction, disturbances of attention—demands a more exhaustive
reply if we assume the mental mechanism of slips described
above. You will notice that we do not deny these factors.
Indeed, in general it doesn’t often happen that psycho-analysis
contests anything which is maintained in other quarters; as a
rule, psycho-analysis only adds something new to what has been
said; and it does certainly happen on occasion that what has
hitherto been overlooked, and is now supplied by psycho-analysis,
is the most essential part of the matter. The influence of such
physiological predispositions as arise in slight illness, circulatory
disturbances and conditions of fatigue, upon the occurrence of
slips of the tongue is to be admitted without more ado; everyday
personal experience may convince you of it. But how little is
explained by this admission! Above all, these are not necessary
conditions of errors. Slips of the tongue may just as well occur
in perfect health and normal conditions. These bodily factors,
therefore, are merely contributory; they only favour and facilitate
the peculiar mental mechanism which produces slips of the tongue.
I once used an illustration for this state of things which I will
repeat here, as I know of no better. Just suppose that on some
dark night I am walking in a lonely neighbourhood and am
assaulted by a rogue who seizes my watch and money, whereupon,
since I could not see the robber’s face clearly, I make my complaint
at the police-station in these words: “Loneliness and darkness
have just robbed me of my valuables.” The police officer might
reply to me: “You seem to carry your support of the extreme
mechanistic point of view too far for the facts. Suppose we
36put the case thus: Under cover of darkness and encouraged by
the loneliness of the spot, some unknown thief has made away
with your valuables. It appears to me that the essential thing
to be done is to look about for the thief. Perhaps we shall then
be able to take the plunder from him again.”
Psycho-physiological factors such as excitement, absent-mindedness,
distraction of attention, obviously provide very
little in the way of explanation. They are mere phrases; they
are screens, and we should not be deterred from looking behind
them. The question is rather what has here called forth the
excitement or the particular diversion of attention. The influence
of sound-values, resemblances between words, and common
associations connecting certain words, must also be recognized
as important. They facilitate the slip by pointing out a path
for it to take. But if there is a path before me does it necessarily
follow that I must go along it? I also require a motive to determining
my choice and, further, some force to propel me forward.
These sound-values and word associations are, therefore, just
like the bodily conditions, the facilitating causes of slips of the
tongue, and cannot provide the real explanation of them. Consider
for a moment the enormous majority of cases in which the
words I am using in my speech are not deranged on account of
sound-resemblance to other words, intimate associations with
opposite meanings, or with expressions in common use. It
yet remains to suppose, with the philosopher Wundt, that a slip
of the tongue arises when the tendency to associations gains an
ascendance over the original intention owing to bodily fatigue.
This would be quite plausible if experience did not controvert
it by the fact that in a number of cases the bodily, and in another
large group the associative, predisposing causes are absent.
Particularly interesting to me, however, is your next question,
namely, by what means the two mutually disturbing tendencies
may be ascertained. You probably do not suspect how portentous
this question is. You will agree that one of these tendencies, the
one which is interfered with, is always unmistakable; the person
who commits the slip knows it and acknowledges it. Doubt
and hesitation only arise in regard to the other, what we have
called the interfering, tendency. Now we have already heard,
and you will certainly not have forgotten, that in a certain
number of cases this other tendency is equally plain. It is evident
in the result of the slip if only we have the courage to let the slip
speak for itself. The President who said the opposite of what
he meant—it is clear that he wishes to open the session, but
equally clear that he would also like to close it. That is so
37plain that it needs no interpreting. But in the other cases, in
which the interfering tendency merely distorts the original
without itself coming to full expression,—how can the interfering
tendency be detected in the distortion?
In one group of cases by a very safe and simple method, by
the same method, that is, by which we establish the tendency
that is interfered with. We enquire of the speaker, who tells
us then and there; after making the slip he restores the word
he originally intended. “O, it may stad—no, it may take another
month.” Well, the interfering tendency may be likewise supplied
by him. We say, “Now why did you first say stad?” He
replies, “I meant to say it was a sad business”; and in the
other case in which “refilled” was said, the speaker informs you
that he first meant to say it was a filthy business, but controlled
himself and substituted another expression. The discovery of
the disturbing tendency is here as definitely established as
that of the disturbed tendency. It is not without intention
that I have selected as examples cases which owe neither their
origin nor their explanation to me or to any supporter of mine.
Still, in both these cases, a certain intervention was necessary
in order to produce the explanation. One had to ask the speaker
why he made the slip, what explanation he could give. Without
that he might have passed it by without seeking to explain it.
Being asked, however, he gave as his answer the first idea that
occurred to him. And see now, this little intervention and the
result of it constitute already a psycho-analysis, a prototype of
every psycho-analytic investigation that we may undertake
further.
Now, should I be too suspicious if I were to surmise that, at
the very moment at which psycho-analysis begins to dawn upon
you, a resistance to it instantly raises itself within your mind?
Are you not eager to object that information supplied by the
person enquired of, who committed the slip, is not completely
reliable evidence. He naturally wishes, you think, to meet
your request to explain his slip, and so he says the first thing
that he can think of, if it will do at all. There is no proof that
that is actually how the slip arose. It may have been so, but
it may just as well have been otherwise. Something else also
might have occurred to him that would have met the case as
well or even better.
It is remarkable how little respect you have, in your hearts,
for a mental fact! Imagine that someone had undertaken a
chemical analysis of a certain substance and had ascertained
that one ingredient of it is of a certain weight, so and so many
38milligrams. From this weight, thus arrived at, certain conclusions
may be drawn. Do you think now it would ever occur
to a chemist to discredit these conclusions on the ground that
the isolated substance might as well have had some other weight?
Everyone recognizes the fact that it actually had this weight
and no other, and builds further conclusions confidently on that
fact. But when it is a question of a mental fact, that it was such
an idea and no other that occurred to the person when questioned,
you will not accept that as valid, but say that something else
might as well have occurred to him! The truth is that you
have an illusion of a psychic freedom within you which you do
not want to give up. I regret to say that on this point I find
myself in sharpest opposition to your views.
Now you will break off here only to take up your resistance
at another point. You will continue: “We understand that
it lies in the peculiar technique of psycho-analysis to bring the
person analysed to give the solution of its problems. Let us take
another example, that in which the after-dinner speaker calls
upon the company to hiccough to the health of their guest. The
interfering tendency is, you say, in this case to ridicule; this
it is which opposes the intention to do honour. But this is a
mere interpretation on your part, based on observations made
independently of the slip. If in this case you were to question
the perpetrator of the slip he would not confirm your view that
he intended an insult; on the contrary, he would vehemently
deny it. Why do you not abandon your undemonstrable interpretation
in the face of this flat denial?”
Yes, this time you have lighted upon something formidable.
I can picture to myself that unknown speaker; he is probably
an assistant of the guest of honour, perhaps already a junior
lecturer himself, a young man with the brightest prospects.
I will press him and ask whether he is sure he did not perceive
some feeling in himself antagonistic to the demand that he should
pay honour to his chief. A nice fuss there is! He becomes
impatient and suddenly bursts out at me: “Look here, enough
of this cross-examination, or I’ll make myself disagreeable!
You will ruin my career with your suspicions. I simply said
“aufstossen” instead of “anstossen,” because I’d already said
“auf” twice before it. It’s the thing that Meringer calls a
perseveration, and there’s nothing else to be read into it. Do you
understand me? That’s enough.” H’m, this is a startling
reaction, a truly energetic repudiation. I see that there is
nothing more to be done with the young man, but I think to
myself that he betrays a strong personal interest in making out
39that his slip has no meaning. You will perhaps agree too that
he has no right to become so uncivil over a purely theoretical
investigation, but after all, you will think, he must know what
he wanted to say and what not.
O, so he must? That is perhaps still open to question.
Now you think you have me in a trap. “So that is your
technique,” I hear you say. “When the person who commits
a slip gives an explanation which fits your views then you declare
him to be the final authority on the subject. He says so himself!
But if what he says does not suit your book, then you suddenly
assert that what he says does not count, one need not believe it.”
Certainly that is so. But I can give you another instance of
a similarly monstrous procedure. When an accused man confesses
to a deed the judge believes him, but when he denies it
the judge does not believe him. Were it otherwise the law
could not be administered, and in spite of occasional miscarriages
you will admit that the system, on the whole, works well.
“Well, but are you a judge, and is the person who commits
a slip to be accused before you? Is a slip of the tongue a crime?”
Perhaps we need not reject even this comparison. But see
now to what deep-seated differences our attempt to investigate
the apparently harmless problems of errors has brought us,
differences which at this stage we do not know in the least how
to reconcile. I suggest that we should make a temporary compromise
on the basis of the analogy with the judge and the prisoner.
You shall grant me that the meaning of an error admits of no
doubt when the subject of the analysis acknowledges it himself.
I, in turn, will admit that a direct proof for the suspected meaning
cannot be obtained if the subject refuses us the information, and,
of course, this applies also when the subject is not present to
give us the information. As also in legal proceedings, we are
then thrown back upon indications in order to form a decision,
the truth of which is sometimes more and sometimes less probable.
At law, for practical reasons, guilt has to be declared also on
circumstantial evidence. There is no such necessity here; but
neither are we bound to refrain from considering such evidence.
It is a mistake to believe that a science consists in nothing but
conclusively proved propositions, and it is unjust to demand
that it should. It is a demand only made by those who feel
a craving for authority in some form and a need to replace
the religious catechism by something else, even if it be a scientific
one. Science in its catechism has but few apodictic precepts;
it consists mainly of statements which it has developed to varying
degrees of probability. The capacity to be content with these
40approximations to certainty and the ability to carry on constructive
work despite the lack of final confirmation are actually
a mark of the scientific habit of mind.
But where shall we find a starting-point for our interpretations,
and the indications for our proof, in cases where the subject
under analysis says nothing to explain the meaning of the error?
From various sources. First, by analogy with similar phenomena
not produced by error, as when we maintain that the distortion
of a name by mistake has the same intention to ridicule behind
it as intentional distortion of names. And then, from the mental
situation in which the error arose, from our knowledge of the
character of the person who commits it, and of the feelings active
in him before the error, to which it may be a response. As a
rule what happens is that we find the meaning of the error according
to general principles; and this, to begin with, is only a conjecture,
a tentative solution, proof being discovered later by an
examination of the mental situation. Sometimes it is necessary
to await further developments, which have been, so to speak,
foreshadowed by the error, before we can find confirmation of
our conjecture.
I cannot easily give you evidence of this if I have to limit
myself to the field of slips of the tongue, although even here
I have a few good examples. The young man who offered to
“insort” the lady is in fact very shy; the lady whose husband may
eat and drink what she likes I know to be one of those managing
women who rule the household with a rod of iron. Or take the
following case: At a general meeting of a club a young member
made a violent attack in a speech, in the course of which he spoke
of the officers of the society as “Lenders of the Committee,”
which appears to be a substitute for Members of the Committee.[18]
We should conjecture that against his attack some interfering
tendency was active which was itself in some way connected with
the idea of lending. As a matter of fact an informant tells us
that the speaker is in constant money difficulties and was actually
attempting to raise money at the time. So the interfering
tendency really is to be translated into the thought: “Be more
moderate in your opposition: these are the people whom you
want to lend you money.”
If I diverge into the field of other kinds of errors I can give
you a wide selection of examples of such circumstantial evidence.
If anyone forgets an otherwise familiar proper name and has
difficulty in retaining it in his memory—even with an effort—it
is not hard to guess that he has something against the owner
41of the name and does not like to think of him; consider in the
light of this the following notes on the mental situation in which
an error of this kind was made.
A Mr. Y. fell in love with a lady, who did not return the feeling
and shortly after married a Mr. X. Although Mr. Y. had already
known Mr. X. for some time, and even had business relations
with him, he forgets his name over and over again, so that he
frequently has to ask someone the man’s name when it is necessary
to write to him.[19] Obviously Mr. Y. wants to obliterate
all knowledge of his fortunate rival. “Never thought of shall
he be.”
Another example: a lady inquires of a doctor about a common
acquaintance, calling her by her maiden name. She has forgotten
the married name. She admits that she strongly objected to
the marriage and dislikes the husband intensely.[20]
Later we shall have much to say in other connections in
regard to the forgetting of names; at the moment we are chiefly
interested in the ‘mental situation’ in which the lapse of
memory occurs.
The forgetting of resolutions can in general be referred to an
opposing current of feeling which is against carrying out
the intention. It is not only we psycho-analysts who hold
this view, however; it is the ordinary attitude of everyone in
their daily affairs, which they only deny in theory. The protégé
whose patron apologizes for having forgotten his request is not
pacified by such an apology. He thinks immediately: “It’s
evidently nothing to him; he promised, but he doesn’t mean to
do it.” Forgetting is therefore criticized even in life, in certain
connections, and the difference between the popular and the
psycho-analytic conception of these errors seems to be dispelled.
Imagine a hostess receiving a guest with the words: “What,
is it to-day you were coming? I quite forgot that I had asked you
for to-day”; or a young man confessing to his beloved that he
had forgotten all about the appointment they had arranged on
the last occasion. He will never admit it; he will rather invent
on the spur of the moment the most wildly improbable hindrances
which prevented his coming and made it impossible for him to
communicate with her from that day to this. We all know that
in military service the excuse of having forgotten is worthless
and saves no one from punishment; the system is recognized
as justifiable. Here everyone is suddenly agreed that a certain
mistake has a meaning and what that meaning is. Why are
they not consistent enough to extend their insight to other errors
42and then openly acknowledge it? There is naturally also an
answer to this.
If the meaning of forgetting resolutions is so little open to
doubt in the minds of people in general you will be the less surprised
to find that writers employ such mistakes in a similar
sense. Those of you who have seen or read Shaw’s Cæsar and
Cleopatra will recall that Cæsar, when departing in the last scene,
is pursued by the feeling that there was something else he intended
to do which he had now forgotten. At last it turns out what
it is: to say farewell to Cleopatra. By this small device the
author attempts to ascribe to the great Cæsar a feeling of
superiority which he did not possess and to which he did not
at all aspire. You can learn from historical sources that Cæsar
arranged for Cleopatra to follow him to Rome and that she
was living there with her little Cæsarion when Cæsar was
murdered, whereupon she fled the city.
The cases of forgetting resolutions are as a rule so clear that
they are of little use for our purpose, which is to discover in
the mental situation indications of the meaning of the error.
Let us turn, therefore, to a particularly ambiguous and obscure
form of error, that of losing and mislaying objects. It will
certainly seem incredible to you that the person himself could
have any purpose in losing things, which is often such a painful
accident. But there are innumerable instances of this kind:
A young man loses a pencil to which he was much attached. A
few days before he had had a letter from his brother-in-law
which concluded with these words: “I have neither time nor
inclination at present to encourage you in your frivolity and
idleness.”[21] Now the pencil was a present from this brother-in-law.
Had it not been for this coincidence we could not of course
have maintained that the loss involved any intention to get
rid of the gift. Similar cases are very numerous. One loses
objects when one has quarrelled with the giver and no longer
wants to be reminded of him, or again, when one has tired of
them and wants an excuse to provide oneself with something
different and better. Dropping, breaking, and destroying things
of course serves a similar purpose in regard to the object. Can
it be considered accidental when, just before his birthday, a child
loses and damages his possessions, for instance, his watch and
his schoolbag?
Anyone who has experienced often enough the annoyance of
not being able to find something which he has himself put away
will certainly be unwilling to believe that he could have had
43any intention in so doing. And yet cases are not at all rare in
which the circumstances attendant on the act of mislaying
point to a tendency to put the object aside temporarily or permanently.
Perhaps the best example of this kind is the following.
A young man told me this story: “A few years ago there
were misunderstandings between me and my wife; I thought
her too cold, and though I willingly acknowledged her excellent
qualities we lived together without affection. One day, on
coming in from a walk, she brought me a book which she had
bought me because she thought it would interest me. I thanked
her for her little attention, promised to read the book, put it
among my things and never could find it again. Months passed
by and occasionally I thought of this derelict book and tried
in vain to find it. About six months later my dear mother,
who lived some distance away, fell ill. My wife left our house
to go and nurse her mother-in-law, who became seriously ill,
giving my wife an opportunity of showing her best qualities.
One evening I came home full of enthusiasm and gratitude
towards my wife. I walked up to my writing desk and opened
a certain drawer in it, without a definite intention but with a
kind of somnambulistic sureness, and there before me lay the
lost book which I had so often looked for.”
With the disappearance of the motive the inability to find the
mislaid object also came to an end.
I could multiply this collection of examples indefinitely;
but I will not do so now. In my Psycho-pathology of Everyday
Life (first published in 1901) you will find plenty of examples
for the study of errors.[22] All these examples demonstrate the
same thing over and over again; they make it probable to you
that mistakes have a meaning and they show you how the meaning
can be guessed or confirmed from the attendant circumstances.
I restrict myself rather to-day, because our intention here was
limited to studying these phenomena with a view to obtaining
an introduction to psycho-analysis. There are only two groups
of occurrences into which I must still go, the accumulated and
combined errors, and the confirmation of our interpretations
by subsequent events.
Accumulated and combined errors are certainly the finest
flowers of the species. If we were only concerned to prove that
errors had a meaning, we should have limited ourselves to them
at the outset, for the meaning in them is unmistakable, even
to the dullest intelligence, and strong enough to impress the
44most critical judgement. The repetition of the occurrences
betrays a persistence which is hardly ever an attribute of chance,
but which fits well with the idea of design. Further, the exchanging
of one kind of mistake for another shows us what is
the most important and essential element in the error; and
that is, not its form, or the means of which it makes use, but
the tendency which makes use of it and can achieve its end in
the most various ways. Thus I will give you a case of repeated
forgetting: Ernest Jones relates that he once allowed a letter
to lie on his writing desk for several days for some unknown
reason. At last he decided to post it, but received it back from
the dead-letter office, for he had forgotten to address it. After
he had addressed it he took it to post but this time without a
stamp. At this point he finally had to admit to himself his objection
to sending the letter at all.
In another case, taking up a thing by mistake is combined
with mislaying it. A lady travelled to Rome with her brother-in-law,
a famous artist. The visitor was much fêted by the
Germans living in Rome and received, among other things, a
present of an antique gold medal. The lady was vexed because
her brother-in-law did not appreciate the fine specimen highly
enough. After her sister had arrived she returned home and
discovered, upon unpacking, that she had brought the medal with
her—how, she did not know. She wrote at once to her brother-in-law
telling him that she would send the stolen property back
to him the next day. But the next day the medal was so cleverly
mislaid that it could not be discovered and could not be returned,
and then it began to dawn upon the lady what her “absent-mindedness”
had meant, namely, that she wanted to keep the
work of art for herself.[23]
I have already given you an example of a combination of
forgetfulness with an error, in the case in which someone forgets
an appointment, and a second time, with the firm intention of
not forgetting it again, appears at an hour which is not the appointed
one. A quite analogous case was told me from his own
experience by a friend who pursues literary as well as scientific
interests. He said: “Some years ago I accepted election to
the Council of a certain literary society because I hoped that
the society might at some time be useful to me in getting a play
of mine produced; and, although not much interested, I attended
the meetings regularly every Friday. A few months ago I
received an assurance that my play would be produced at a
theatre in F. and since then it has invariably happened that
45I forget to attend the meetings of the society. When I read your
writings on this subject, I reproached myself with my meanness
in staying away now that these people can no longer be of use
to me and determined on no account to forget on the following
Friday. I kept reminding myself of my resolution until I carried
it out and stood at the door of the meeting-room. To my
amazement it was closed and the meeting was already over!
I had made a mistake in the day of the week and it was then
Saturday!”
It would be tempting to collect more of these examples, but
I will pass on and, instead, let you glance at those cases in which
interpretation has to wait for confirmation in the future.
The main condition in these cases is, as we might expect,
that the mental situation at the time is unknown or cannot be
ascertained. At the moment, therefore, our interpretation is
no more than a supposition to which we ourselves would not
ascribe too much weight. Later, however, something happens
which shows us how well justified our previous interpretation
was. I was once the guest of a young married couple and heard
the young wife laughingly describe her latest experience, how
the day after the return from the honeymoon she had called for
her sister and gone shopping with her as in former times, while
her husband went to his business. Suddenly she noticed a man
on the other side of the street and, nudging her sister, said,
“Look, there goes Mr. K.” She had forgotten that this man
had been her husband for some weeks. A shudder went over
me as I heard the story, but I dared not draw the inference.
Several years later the little incident came back to my mind after
this marriage had come to a most unhappy end.
Maeder tells a story of a lady who had forgotten to try on
her wedding-dress the day before the wedding, to the despair
of the dressmaker, and remembered it only late in the evening.
He connects it with the fact that soon after the marriage she
was divorced by her husband. I know a woman now divorced
from her husband who, in managing her money-affairs, frequently
signed documents with her maiden name, many years before she
really resumed it. I know of other women who lost their wedding-rings
on the honeymoon and know, too, that the course of the
marriage lent meaning to this accident. And now one striking
example more, with a better ending. It is told of a famous
German chemist that his marriage never took place because
he forgot the hour of the ceremony and went to the laboratory
instead of to the church. He was wise enough to let the matter
rest with one attempt, and died unmarried at a ripe age.
46Perhaps the idea has also come to you that in these examples
mistakes seem to have replaced the omens or portents of the
ancients. And indeed, certain kinds of portents were nothing
but errors, for instance, when anyone stumbled or fell down.
It is true that another group of omens bore the character of
objective events rather than of subjective acts. But you would
not believe how difficult it is sometimes to decide whether a
specific instance belongs to the first category or to the second.
The act knows so often how to disguise itself as a passive experience.
Everyone of us who can look back over a fairly long experience
of life would probably say that he might have spared himself
many disappointments and painful surprises, if he had had
the courage and resolution to interpret as omens the little mistakes
which he noticed in his intercourse with others, and to regard
them as signs of tendencies still in the background. For the
most part one does not dare to do this; one has an impression
that one would become superstitious again by a circuitous
scientific path. And then, not all omens come true, and our
theories will show you how it is that they need not all come
true.
47
That errors have a meaning we may certainly set down as established
by our efforts up to this point, and may take this conclusion
as a basis for our further investigations. Let me once more
emphasize the fact that we do not maintain—and for our purposes
do not need to maintain—that every single mistake which occurs
has a meaning, although I think that probable. It is enough
for us to prove that such a meaning is relatively frequent in
the various forms of errors. In this respect, by the way, the
various forms show certain differences. Some cases of slips
of the tongue, slips of the pen, and so on, may be the effect of
a purely physiological cause, though I cannot believe this possible
of those errors which depend upon forgetfulness (forgetting of
names or intentions, mislaying, and so on); losing possessions
is in all probability to be recognized as unintentional in some
cases; altogether our conceptions are only to a certain extent
applicable to the mistakes which occur in daily life. These
limitations should be borne in mind by you when we proceed
on the assumption that errors are mental acts arising from the
mutual interference of two intentions.
This is the first result of our psycho-analysis. Hitherto
psychology has known nothing of such interferences or of the
possibility that they could occasion manifestations of this kind.
We have widened the domain of mental phenomena to a very
considerable extent and have won for psychology phenomena
which were never before accredited to it.
Let us dwell for a moment on the proposition that errors
are “mental acts.” Does this mean any more than our former
statement, that they have a meaning? I do not think so;
on the contrary, it is a more indefinite statement and one more
open to misunderstanding. Everything that can be observed
in mental life will be designated at one time or another as a
mental phenomenon. It depends, however, whether the particular
mental phenomenon is directly due to bodily, organic or material
agencies, in which case it does not fall to psychology for investigation;
48or whether it arose directly from other mental processes,
behind which at some point the succession of organic agencies
then begins. We have in mind the latter state of things when
we describe a phenomenon as a mental process, and it is therefore
more expedient to put our statement in this form: The phenomenon
has meaning; and by meaning we understand significance,
intention, tendency and a position in a sequence of mental
concatenations.
There is another group of occurrences which is very closely
related to errors but for which this name is not suitable. We call
them ‘accidental’ and symptomatic acts. They also appear to
be unmotivated, insignificant and unimportant but, in addition
to this, they have very clearly the feature of superfluity. They
are, on the one hand, distinguishable from errors by the absence
of any second intention to which they are opposed and which
they disturb; on the other hand, they merge without any definite
line of demarcation into the gestures and movements which
we regard as expressions of the emotions. To this class of accidental
performances belong all those apparently purposeless
acts which we carry out, as though in play, with clothing, parts
of the body, objects within reach; also the omission of such
acts; and again the tunes which we hum to ourselves. I maintain
that all such performances have meaning and are explicable
in the same way as are errors, that they are slight indications
of other more important mental processes, and are genuine
mental acts. I propose, however, not to linger over this further
extension of the field of mental phenomena, but to return to the
errors; for by a consideration of them problems of importance
in the enquiry into psycho-analysis can be worked out much
more clearly.
Undoubtedly, the most interesting questions which we formulated
while considering errors, and have not yet answered, are
the following: We said that errors result from the mutual interference
of two different intentions, of which one may be called
the intention interfered with, and the other the interfering tendency.
The intentions interfered with give rise to no further
questions, but concerning the others we wish to know, first,
what kind of intentions these are that arise as disturbers of
others, and secondly, what are the relations between the interfering
tendencies and those which suffer the interference?
Allow me to take slips of the tongue again as representative
of the whole series, and to answer the second question before
the first.
The interfering tendency in the slip of the tongue may be
49connected in meaning with the intention interfered with, in
which case the former contains a contradiction of the latter, or
corrects, or supplements it. Or, in other more obscure and
more interesting cases, the interfering tendency may have no
connection whatever in meaning with the intention interfered
with.
Evidence for the first of these two relationships can be found
without difficulty in the examples already studied and in others
similar to them. In almost all cases of slips of the tongue where
the opposite of what is meant is said the interfering tendency
expresses the opposite meaning to that of the intention interfered
with, and the slip is the expression of the conflict between two
incompatible impulses. “I declare the meeting open, but would
prefer to have closed it” is the meaning of the President’s slip.
A political paper which had been accused of corruption defends
itself in an article meant to culminate with the words: “Our
readers will testify that we have always laboured for the public
benefit in the most disinterested manner.” But the editor entrusted
with the composition of the defence wrote “in the most
interested manner.” That is to say, he thinks, “I have to write
this stuff, but I know better.” A representative of the people,
urging that the Kaiser should be told the truth “rückhaltslos”
(unreservedly), hears an inner voice terrified at his boldness, and
by a slip of the tongue transforms rückhaltslos into “rückgratslos”
(without backbone, ineffectually).
In the examples already given, which produce an impression of
contraction and abbreviation, the process represents a correction,
addition, or continuation, in which a second tendency manifests
itself alongside the first. “Things were then revealed, but better
say it straight out, they were filthy, therefore,—things were then
refilled.” “The people who understand this subject may be
counted on the fingers of one hand, but no, there is really only
one person who understands it, very well then,—can be counted
on one finger.” Or, “my husband can eat and drink what he
likes, but, you know, I don’t permit him to like this and that;
so then,—he may eat and drink what I like.” In all these cases
the slip arises from the content of the intention interfered with,
or is directly connected with it.
The other kind of relationship between the two interfering
tendencies seems strange. If the interfering tendency has
nothing to do with the content of the one interfered with, whence
comes it then, and how does it happen to make itself manifest
just at that point? Observation, which alone can supply the
answer to this, shows that the interfering tendency proceeds
50from a train of thought which has occupied the person shortly
before and then reveals itself in this way as an after-effect,
irrespective of whether or not it has already been expressed in
speech. It is really therefore to be described as a perseveration,
though not necessarily a perseveration of spoken words. An
associative connection between the interfering tendency and
that interfered with is not lacking here either, though it is not
found in the content but is artificially established, sometimes
with considerable “forcing” of the connections.
Here is a simple example of this which I observed myself.
Once in the beautiful Dolomites I met two Viennese ladies who
were starting for a walking-tour. I accompanied them part of
the way and we discussed the pleasures, but also the trials, of
this way of life. One of the ladies admitted that spending
the day like this entailed much discomfort. “It certainly is
very unpleasant to tramp all day in the sun till one’s blouse ...
and things are soaked through.” In this sentence she had to
overcome a slight hesitation at one point. Then she continued:
“But then, when one gets nach Hose and can change....”
(Hose means drawers: the lady meant to say nach Hause which
means home). We did not analyse this slip, but I am sure you
will easily understand it. The lady’s intention had been to
enumerate a more complete list of her clothes, “blouse, chemise
and drawers.” From motives of propriety, mention of the
drawers (Hose) was omitted; but in the next sentence, the
content of which is quite independent, the unuttered word came
to light as a distortion of the word it resembled in sound, home
(Hause).
Now we can turn at last to the main question which has been
so long postponed, namely, what kind of tendencies these are
which bring themselves to expression in this unusual way by
interfering with other intentions. They are evidently very
various, yet our aim is to find some element common to them
all. If we examine a series of examples for this purpose we shall
soon find that they fall into three groups. To the first group
belong the cases in which the interfering tendency is known
to the speaker and, moreover, was felt by him before the slip.
Thus, in the case of the slip “refilled,” the speaker not only
admitted that he had criticized the events in question as “filthy,”
but further, that he had had the intention, which he subsequently
reversed, of expressing this opinion in words. A second group
is formed by other cases in which the interfering tendency is
likewise recognized by the speaker as his own, but he is not
aware that it was active in him before the slip. He therefore
51accepts our interpretation, but remains to some extent surprised
by it. Examples of this attitude are probably more easily found
in other errors than in slips of the tongue. In the third group
the interpretation of the interfering tendency is energetically
repudiated by the speaker; not only does he dispute that it
was active in him before the slip, but he will maintain that it
is altogether entirely alien to him. Recall the case about hiccoughing
and the positively discourteous rebuff which I brought
upon myself by detecting the interfering tendency. You know
that in our attitude towards these cases you and I are still far
from an agreement. I should make nothing of the after-dinner
speaker’s denial and hold fast to my interpretation unwaveringly,
while you, I imagine, are still impressed by his vehemence and
are wondering whether one should not forego the interpretation
of such errors and let them pass for purely physiological acts,
as in the days before analysis. I can imagine what it is that
alarms you. My interpretation includes the assumption that
tendencies of which a speaker knows nothing can express themselves
through him and that I can deduce them from various
indications. You hesitate before a conclusion so novel and so
pregnant with consequences. I understand that, and admit
that up to a point you are justified. But let one thing be clear:
if you intend to carry to its logical conclusion the conception of
errors which has been confirmed by so many examples, you must
decide to make this startling assumption. If you cannot do
this, you will have to abandon again the understanding of errors
which you had only just begun to obtain.
Let us pause a moment on that which unites the three groups
and is common to the three mechanisms of a slip of the tongue.
Fortunately this common element is unmistakable. In the
first two groups the interfering tendency is admitted by the
speaker; in the first, there is the additional fact that it showed
itself immediately before the slip. But in both cases it has been
forced back.[24] The speaker had determined not to convert the idea
into speech and then it happens that he makes a slip of the tongue;
that is to say, the tendency which is debarred from expression asserts
itself against his will and gains utterance, either by altering
52the expression of the intention permitted by him, or by mingling
with it, or actually by setting itself in place of it. This then is
the mechanism of a slip of the tongue.
For my own part I can bring the process in the third group
also into perfect harmony with the mechanism here described.
I need only assume that these three groups are differentiated by
the varying degrees to which the forcing back of an intention
is effective. In the first group, the intention is present and
makes itself perceptible before the words are spoken; not until
then does it suffer the rejection for which it indemnifies itself
in the slip. In the second group the rejection reaches further
back; the intention is no longer perceptible even before the
speech. It is remarkable that this does not hinder it in the
least from being the active cause of the slip! But this state of
things simplifies the explanation of the process in the third
group. I shall be bold enough to assume that a tendency can
still express itself by an error though it has been debarred from
expression for a long time, perhaps for a very long time, has
not made itself perceptible at all, and can therefore be directly
repudiated by the speaker. But leaving aside the problem of
the third group, you must conclude from the other cases that
a suppression (Unterdrückung) of a previous intention to say something
is the indispensable condition for the occurrence of a slip of
the tongue.
We may now claim to have made further progress in the
understanding of errors. We not only know them to be mental
phenomena in which meaning and purpose are recognizable, not
only know that they arise from the mutual interference of two
different intentions, but in addition we know that, for one of these
intentions to be able to express itself by interfering with another,
it must itself have been subject to some hindrance against its
operation. It must first be itself interfered with, before it can
interfere with others. Naturally this does not give us a complete
explanation of the phenomena which we call errors. We see
at once further questions arising, and in general we suspect that
as we progress towards comprehension the more numerous will
be the occasions for new questions. We might ask, for instance,
why the matter does not proceed much more simply. If the
intention to restrain a certain tendency instead of carrying it
into effect is present in the mind, then this restraint ought to
succeed, so that nothing whatever of the tendency gains expression,
or else it might fail so that the restrained tendency achieves full
expression. But errors are compromise-formations; they express
part-success and part-failure for each of the two intentions;
53the threatened intention is neither entirely suppressed nor, apart
from some instances, does it force itself through intact. We
can imagine that special conditions must be present for the
occurrence of such interference (or compromise)-formations,
but we cannot even conjecture of what kind they may be. Nor
do I think that we could discover these unknown circumstances
by penetrating further into the study of errors. It will be necessary
first to examine thoroughly yet other obscure fields of mental
life: only the analogies to be met with there can give us courage
to form those assumptions which are requisite for a more searching
elucidation of errors. And one other point! To work from
slight indications, as we constantly do in this field, is not without
its dangers. There is a mental disorder called combinatory
paranoia in which the practice of utilizing such small indications
is carried beyond all limits, and I naturally do not contend
that the conclusions which are built up on such a basis are throughout
correct. Only by the breadth of our observations, by the
accumulation of similar impressions from the most varied forms
of mental life, can we guard against this danger.
So now we will leave the analysis of errors. But there is
one thing more which I might impress upon you: to keep in
mind, as a model, the method by which we have studied these
phenomena. You can perceive from these examples what the
aim of our psychology is. Our purpose is not merely to describe
and classify the phenomena, but to conceive them as brought
about by the play of forces in the mind, as expressions of tendencies
striving towards a goal, which work together or against one
another. We are endeavouring to attain a dynamic conception
of mental phenomena. In this conception, the trends we merely
infer are more prominent than the phenomena we perceive.
So we will probe no further into errors; but we may still
take a fleeting glimpse over the breadth of this whole field, in
the course of which we shall both meet with things already known
and come upon the tracks of others that are new. In so doing,
we will keep to the division into three groups of slips of the tongue,
made at the beginning of our study, together with the co-ordinate
forms of slips of the pen, misreading, mis-hearing; of forgetting
with its subdivisions according to the object forgotten (proper
names, foreign words, resolutions, impressions); and of mislaying,
mistaking, and losing, objects. Mistakes, in so far as
they concern us, are to be grouped partly under the head of
forgetting, partly under acts erroneously performed (picking up
the wrong objects, etc.).
We have already treated slips of the tongue in great detail,
54yet there is still something to add. There are certain small
affective manifestations related to slips of the tongue which
are not entirely without interest. No one likes to think he has
made a slip of the tongue; one often fails to hear it when made
by oneself, but never when made by someone else. Slips of the
tongue are in a certain sense infectious; it is not at all easy to
speak of them without making them oneself. It is not hard
to detect the motivation of even the most trifling forms of them,
although these do not throw any particular light on hidden
mental processes. If, for instance, anyone pronounces a long
vowel as a short one, in consequence of a disturbance over the
word, no matter how motivated, he will as a result soon after
lengthen a short vowel and commit a new slip in compensation
for the first. The same thing occurs if anyone pronounces
a diphthong indistinctly and carelessly, for instance, “ew” or
“oy” as “i”; he tries to correct it by changing a subsequent
“i” into “ew” or “oy.” Some consideration relating to the
hearer seems to be behind this behaviour, as though he were not
to be allowed to think that the speaker is indifferent how he
treats his mother-tongue. The second, compensating distortion
actually has the purpose of drawing the hearer’s attention to the
first and assuring him that it has not escaped the speaker either.
The most frequent, insignificant, and simple forms of slips consist
in contractions and anticipations in inconspicuous parts of the
speech. In a long sentence, for instance, slips of the tongue
would be of the kind in which the last word intended influences
the sound of an earlier word. This gives an impression of a certain
impatience to be done with the sentence, and in general it points
to a certain resistance against the communication of this sentence,
or the speech altogether. From this we come to border-line
cases, in which the differences between the psycho-analytical
and the ordinary physiological conception of slips of the tongue
become merged. We assume that in these cases a disturbing
tendency is opposing the intended speech; but it can only betray
its presence and not what its own purpose is. The interference
which it causes follows some sound-influence or associative
connection and may be regarded as a distraction of attention
away from the intended speech. But neither in this distraction
of attention, nor in the associative tendency which has been
activated, lies the essence of the occurrence; the essence lies
rather in the hint the occurrence gives of the presence of some
other intention interfering with the intended speech, the nature
of which cannot in this case be discovered from its effects, as is
possible in all the more pronounced cases of slips of the tongue.
55Slips of the pen, to which I now turn, are so like slips of the
tongue in their mechanism that no new points of view are to
be expected from them. Perhaps a small addition to our knowledge
from this group will content us. Those very common
little slips of the pen, contractions, anticipations of later words,
particularly of the last words, point to a general distaste for
writing and to an impatience to be done; more pronounced
effects in slips of the pen allow the nature and intention of the
interference to be recognized. In general, if one finds a slip
of the pen in a letter one knows that the writer’s mind was not
working smoothly at the moment; what was the matter one
cannot always establish. Slips of the pen are frequently as little
noticed by those who make them as slips of the tongue. The
following observation is striking in this connection. There are,
of course, some persons who have the habit of always re-reading
every letter they write before sending it. Others do not do this;
but if the latter make an exception and re-read a letter they then
always have an opportunity of finding and correcting a striking
slip of the pen. How is this to be explained? It almost looks
as if such people knew that they had made a slip in writing the
letter. Are we really to believe that this is so?
There is an interesting problem connected with the practical
significance of slips of the pen. You may recall the case of the
murderer H. who managed, by asserting himself to be a bacteriologist,
to obtain cultures of highly dangerous disease-germs
from scientific institutions, but used them for the purpose of
doing away in this most modern fashion with people connected
with him. This man once complained to the authorities of one
of these institutions about the ineffectiveness of the cultures
sent him, but committed a slip of the pen and, instead of the
words “in my experiments on mice and guinea-pigs (Mäusen und
Meerschweinchen)”, the words “in my experiments on people
(Menschen)” were plainly legible. This slip even attracted the
attention of the doctors at the institute but, so far as I know,
they drew no conclusion from it. Now, what do you think?
Would it not have been better if the doctors had taken the slip
of the pen as a confession and started an investigation so that
the murderer’s proceedings might have been arrested in time?
In this case, does not ignorance of our conception of errors result
in neglect which, in actuality, may be very important? Well,
I know that such a slip of the pen would certainly rouse great
suspicion in me; but there is an important objection against
regarding it as a confession. The matter is not so simple. The
slip of the pen is certainly an indication but, alone, it would not
56have justified an enquiry. It does indeed betray that the man
is occupied with the thought of infecting human beings; but it
does not show with certainty whether this thought is a definite
plan to do harm or a mere phantasy of no practical importance.
It is even possible that a person making such a slip will deny,
with the soundest subjective justification, the existence of such
a phantasy in himself, and will reject the idea as a thing utterly
alien to him. Later, when we come to consider the difference
between psychical reality and material reality you will be better
able to appreciate these possibilities. But this again is a case
in which an error was found subsequently to have unsuspected
significance.
Misreading brings us to a mental situation which is clearly
different from that of slips of the tongue or the pen. One of the
two conflicting tendencies is here replaced by a sensory excitation
and is perhaps therefore less tenacious. What one is reading
is not a product of one’s own mind, as is that which one is going
to write. In the large majority of cases, therefore, misreading
consists in complete substitution. A different word is substituted
for the word to be read, without there necessarily being any
connection in the content between the text and the effect of the
mistake, and usually by means of a resemblance between the
words. Lichtenberg’s example of this, “Agamemnon” instead
of “angenommen,” is the best of this group. To discover the
interfering tendency which causes the mistake one may put aside
the original text altogether; the analytic investigation may
begin with two questions: What is the first idea occurring in
free association to the effect of the misreading (the substitute),
and in what circumstances did the misreading occur? Occasionally
a knowledge of the latter is sufficient in itself to explain
the misreading, as, for instance, when someone wandering about
a strange town, driven by urgent needs, reads the word “Closethaus”
on a large sign on the first storey. He has just time to
wonder that the board has been fixed at that height when he
discovers that the word on it is actually “Corsethaus.” In
other cases where there is a lack of connection in content between
the text and the slip a thorough analysis is necessary, which
cannot be accomplished without practice in psycho-analytic
technique and confidence in it. But it is not usually so difficult
to come by the explanation of a case of misreading. In the
example “Agamemnon,” the substituted word betrays without
further difficulty the line of thought from which the disturbance
arose. In this time of war, for instance, it is very common
for one to read everywhere names of towns, generals, and military
57expressions, which are continually in one’s ears, wherever one
sees a word at all resembling them. Whatever interests and
occupies the mind takes the place of what is alien and as yet
uninteresting. The shadows of thoughts in the mind dim the
new perceptions.
Another kind of misreading is possible, in which the text
itself arouses the disturbing tendency, whereupon it is usually
changed into its opposite. Someone is required to read something
which he dislikes, and analysis convinces him that a strong
wish to reject what is read is responsible for the alteration.
In the first-mentioned, more frequent cases of misreading
two factors to which we ascribed great importance in the mechanism
of errors are inconspicuous; these are, the conflict between
two tendencies and the forcing back of one of them which compensates
itself by producing the error. Not that anything
contradictory of this occurs in misreading, but nevertheless
the importunity of the train of thought tending to the mistake
is far more conspicuous than the restraint which it may have
previously undergone. Just these two factors are most clearly
observable in the different situations in which errors occur through
forgetfulness.
The forgetting of resolutions has positively but one meaning;
the interpretation of it, as we have heard, is not denied even
by the layman. The tendency interfering with the resolution
is always an opposing one, an unwillingness, concerning which
it only remains to enquire why it does not come to expression
in a different and less disguised form; for the existence of this
opposing tendency is beyond doubt. Sometimes it is possible,
too, to infer something of the motives which necessitate the
concealment of this antipathy; one sees that it would certainly
have been condemned if it declared its opposition openly, whereas
by craft, in the error, it always achieves its end. When an
important change in the mental situation occurs between the
formation of the resolution and its execution, in consequence
of which the execution would no longer be required, then if it
were forgotten the occurrence could no longer come within the
category of errors. There would be nothing to wonder at in the
error, for one recognizes that it would have been superfluous to
remember the resolution; it had been either permanently or
temporarily cancelled. Forgetting to carry out a resolution
can only be called an error when there is no reason to believe
that any such cancellation has occurred.
Cases of forgetting to carry out resolutions are usually so
uniform and transparent, that they are of no interest for our
58researches. There are two points, nevertheless, at which something
new can be learnt by studying this type of error. We
have said that forgetting and not executing a resolution indicates
an antagonistic tendency in opposition to it. This is certainly
true, but our own investigations show that this ‘counter-will’ may
be of two kinds, either immediate or mediate. What is meant
by the latter is best explained by one or two examples. When
the patron forgets to say a good word for his protégé to some
third person, it may happen because he is actually not much
interested in the protégé and therefore has no great inclination
to do it. This, in any case, will be the protégé’s view of the
patron’s omission. But the matter may be more complicated.
The antipathy against executing the resolution may come from
some other source in the patron and be directed to some other
point. It need have nothing at all to do with the protégé, but
is perhaps directed against the third person to whom the recommendation
was to be made. Here again, you see, what objections
there are against applying our interpretations practically. In
spite of having correctly interpreted the error, the protégé is
in danger of becoming too suspicious and of doing his patron
a grave injustice. Again, if someone forgets an appointment
which he had promised and was resolved to attend, the commonest
cause is certainly a direct disinclination to meet the other person.
But analysis might produce evidence that the interfering tendency
was concerned, not with the person, but with the place of meeting,
which was avoided on account of some painful memory associated
with it. Or if one forgets to post a letter the opposing tendency
may be concerned with the contents of the letter; but this does not
exclude the possibility that the letter in itself is harmless and
becomes the subject of a counter-tendency only because something
in it reminds the writer of another letter, written previously,
which did in fact afford a direct basis for antipathy. It may then
be said that the antipathy has been transferred from the earlier
letter, where it was justified, to the present one where it actually
has no object. So you see that restraint and caution must be
exercised in applying our quite well-founded interpretations;
that which is psychologically equivalent may in actuality have
many meanings.
That such things should be must seem very strange to you.
Perhaps you will be inclined to assume that the “indirect”
counter-will is enough to characterize the incident as pathological.
But I can assure you that it is also found within the boundaries
of health and normality. And further, do not misunderstand
me; this is in no sense a confession on my part that our analytic
59interpretations are not to be relied on. I have said that forgetting
to execute a plan may bear many meanings, but this is so only
in those cases where no analysis is undertaken and which we
have to interpret according to our general principles. If an
analysis of the person in the case is carried out it can always
be established with sufficient certainty whether the antipathy
is a direct one, or what its source is otherwise.
The following is a second point: when we find proof in a
large majority of cases that the forgetting of an intention proceeds
from a counter-will, we gain courage to extend this solution to
another group of cases in which the person analysed does not
confirm, but denies, the presence of the counter-will inferred by
us. Take as an example of this such exceedingly frequent
occurrences as forgetting to return borrowed books or to pay bills
or debts. We will be so bold as to suggest, to the person in
question, that there is an intention in his mind of keeping the
books and not paying the debts, whereupon he will deny this
intention but will not be able to give us any other explanation
of his conduct. We then insist that he has this intention but
is not aware of it; it is enough for us, though, that it betrays
itself by the effect of the forgetting. He may then repeat that
he had merely forgotten about it. You will recognize the situation
as one in which we have already been placed once before. If
we intend to carry through, to their logical conclusions, the
interpretations of errors which have been proved justified in
so many cases, we shall be unavoidably impelled to the assumption
that tendencies exist in human beings which can effect results
without their knowing of them. With this, however, we place
ourselves in opposition to all views prevailing in life and in
psychology.
Forgetting proper names, and foreign names and words,
can be traced in the same way to a counter-tendency aiming
either directly or indirectly against the name in question. I
have already given you several examples of such direct antipathy.
Indirect causation is particularly frequent here and careful analysis
is generally required to elucidate it. Thus, for instance,
in the present time of war which forces us to forego so many of
our former pleasures, our ability to recall proper names suffers
severely by connections of the most far-fetched kind. It happened
to me lately to be unable to remember the name of the harmless
Moravian town of Bisenz; and analysis showed that I was
guilty of no direct antagonism in the matter, but that the resemblance
to the name of the Palazzo Bisenzi in Orvieto, where I
had spent many happy times in the past, was responsible. As
60a motive of the tendency opposing the recollection of this name,
we here for the first time encounter a principle which will later on
reveal itself to be of quite prodigious importance in the causation
of neurotic symptoms: namely, the aversion on the part of
memory against recalling anything connected with painful
feelings that would revive the pain if it were recalled. In this
tendency towards avoidance of pain from recollection or other
mental processes, this flight of the mind from that which is
unpleasant, we may perceive the ultimate purpose at work behind
not merely the forgetting of names, but also many other errors,
omissions, and mistakes.
The forgetting of names seems, however, to be especially
facilitated psycho-physiologically, and therefore does occur on
occasions where the intervention of an unpleasantness-motive
cannot be established. When anyone has a tendency to forget
names, it can be confirmed by analytic investigation that names
escape, not merely because he does not like them or because
they remind him of something disagreeable, but also because the
particular name belongs to some other chain of associations of
a more intimate nature. The name is anchored there, as it
were, and is refused to the other associations activated at the
moment. If you recall the devices of memory systems you will
realize with some surprise that the same associations which are
there artificially introduced, in order to save names from being
forgotten, are also responsible for their being forgotten. The
most conspicuous example of this is afforded by proper names of
persons, which naturally possess quite different values for different
people. For instance, take a first name, such as Theodore.
For some of you it will have no particular significance; for
others it will be the name of father, brother, friend, or your
own name. Analytic experience will show you that the former
among you will be in no danger of forgetting that some stranger
bears this name; whereas the latter will be continually inclined
to grudge to strangers a name which to them seems reserved for
an intimate relationship. Now let us assume that this inhibition
due to associations may coincide with the operation of the “pain”-principle,
and in addition with an indirect mechanism; you will
then be able to form a commensurate idea of the complexity,
in causation, of such temporary forgetting of names. An adequate
analysis that does justice to the facts will, however, completely
disclose all these complications.
The forgetting of impressions and experiences shows the
working of the tendency to ward off from memory that which is
unpleasant much more clearly and invariably than the forgetting
61of names. It does not of course belong in its entirety to the
category of errors, but only in so far as it appears to us remarkable
and unjustified, judged by the standard of general experience;
as, for instance, where recent or important impressions are forgotten,
or where one memory is forgotten out of an otherwise
well-remembered sequence. How and why we have the capacity
of forgetting in general, particularly how we are able to forget
experiences which have certainly left the deepest impression
on us, such as the events of our childhood, is quite a different
problem, in which the defence against painful associations plays
a certain part but is far from explaining everything. That unwelcome
impressions are easily forgotten is an indubitable fact.
Various psychologists have remarked it; and the great Darwin
was so well aware of it that he made a golden rule for
himself of writing down with particular care observations which
seemed unfavourable to his theory, having become convinced
that just these would be inclined to slip out of recollection.
Those who bear for the first time of this principle of defence
against unpleasant memory by forgetfulness seldom fail to
raise the objection that, on the contrary, in their experience
it is just that which is painful which it is hard to forget, since
it always comes back to mind to torture the person against his
will—as, for example, the recollection of grievances or humiliations.
This fact is quite correct, but the objection is not sound.
It is important to begin early to reckon with the fact that the
mind is an arena, a sort of tumbling-ground, for the struggles
of antagonistic impulses; or, to express it in non-dynamic terms,
that the mind is made up of contradictions and pairs of opposites.
Evidence of one particular tendency does not in the least preclude
its opposite; there is room for both of them. The material questions
are: How do these opposites stand to one another and
what effects proceed from one of them and what from the other?
Losing and mislaying objects is of especial interest on account
of the numerous meanings it may have, and the multiplicity of
the tendencies in the service of which these errors may be employed.
What is common to all the cases is the wish to lose
something; what varies in them is the reason for the wish and
the aim of it. One loses something if it has become damaged;
if one has an impulse to replace it with a better; if one has ceased
to care for it; if it came from someone with whom unpleasantness
has arisen; or if it was acquired in circumstances that one no
longer wishes to think of. Letting things fall, spoiling, or breaking
things, serves the same tendency. In social life it is said that
unwelcome and illegitimate children are found to be far more
62often weakly than those conceived in happier circumstances. This
result does not imply that the crude methods of the so-called
baby-farmer have been employed; some degree of carelessness
in the supervision of the child should be quite enough. The
preservation, or otherwise, of objects may well follow the same
lines as that of children.
Then too it may happen that a thing will become destined
to be lost without its having shed any of its value—that is,
when there is an impulse to sacrifice something to fate in order
to avert some other dreaded loss. According to the findings of
analysis, such conjurings of fate are still very common among
us, so that our losses are often voluntary sacrifices. Losing may
equally well serve the impulses of spite or of self-punishment;
in short, the more remote forms of motivation behind the impulse
to do away with something by losing cannot easily be exhausted.
Mistaking of objects, or erroneous performance of actions,
like other errors, is often made use of to fulfil a wish which should
be denied; the intention masquerades as a lucky chance. Thus,
as once happened to one of our friends, one has to take a train,
most unwillingly, in order to pay a visit in the suburbs and
then, in changing trains at a connection, one gets by mistake
into one which is returning to town; or, on a journey one would
greatly like to make a halt at some stopping-place, which cannot
be done owing to fixed engagements elsewhere, whereupon one
mistakes or misses the connection, so that the desired delay
is forced upon one. Or, as happened to one of my patients whom
I had forbidden to telephone to the lady he was in love with,
he “by mistake” and “thoughtlessly” gave the wrong number
when he meant to telephone to me, so that he was suddenly
connected with her. The following account by an engineer
is a pretty example of the conditions under which damage to
material objects may be done, and also demonstrates the practical
significance of directly faulty actions.
“Some time ago I worked with several colleagues in the
laboratory of a High School on a series of complicated experiments
in elasticity, a piece of work we had undertaken voluntarily;
it was beginning to take up more time, however, than we had
anticipated. One day, as I went into the laboratory with my
friend F., he remarked how annoying it was to him to lose so
much time to-day as he had so much to do at home; I could
not help agreeing with him and said half-jokingly, referring
to an occasion the week before: ‘Let us hope the machine will
break down again so that we can stop work and go home early.’
In arranging the work it happened that F. was given the regulation
63of the valve of the press; that is to say, he was, by cautiously
opening the valve, to let the liquid pressure out of the accumulator
slowly into the cylinder of the hydraulic press. The man who
was conducting the experiment stood by the pressure gauge,
and, when the right pressure was reached, called out loudly,
‘Stop.’ At this command F. seized the valve and turned with
all his might—to the left! (All valves without exception close
to the right.) Thereby the whole pressure in the accumulator
suddenly came into the press, a strain for which the connecting-pipes
are not designed, so that one of them instantly burst—quite
a harmless accident, but one which forced us, nevertheless, to
cease work for the day and go home. It is characteristic, by
the way, that not long after, when we were discussing the affair,
my friend F. had no recollection whatever of my remark, which
I recalled with certainty.”
So with this in mind you may begin to suspect that it is not
always a mere chance which makes the hands of your servants
such dangerous enemies to your household effects. And you
may also raise the question whether it is always an accident
when one injures oneself or exposes oneself to danger—ideas
which you may put to the test by analysis when you have an
opportunity.
This is far from being all that could be said about errors.
There is still much to be enquired into and discussed. But
I shall be satisfied if you have been shaken somewhat in your
previous beliefs by our investigations, so far as they have gone,
and if you have gained a certain readiness to accept new ones.
For the rest, I must be content to leave you with certain problems
still unsolved. We cannot prove all our principles by the study
of errors, nor are we indeed by any means solely dependent on
this material. The great value of errors for our purpose lies in
this, that they are such common occurrences, may easily be
observed in oneself, and are not at all contingent upon illness.
I should like to mention one more of your unanswered questions
before concluding: “If, as we see from so many examples, people
come so close to understanding errors and so often act as if they
perceived their meaning, how is it possible that they should
so generally consider them accidental, senseless, and meaningless,
and so energetically oppose the psycho-analytic explanation
of them?”
You are right: this is indeed striking and requires an explanation.
But I will not give it to you; I will rather guide you slowly
towards the connections by which the explanation will be forced
upon you without any aid from me.
PART II DREAMS — FIFTH LECTURE DIFFICULTIES AND PRELIMINARY APPROACH TO THE SUBJECT — SIXTH LECTURE PRELIMINARY HYPOTHESES AND TECHNIQUE OF INTERPRETATION — SEVENTH LECTURE MANIFEST CONTENT AND LATENT THOUGHTS — EIGHTH LECTURE CHILDREN’S DREAMS — NINTH LECTURE THE DREAM-CENSORSHIP — TENTH LECTURE SYMBOLISM IN DREAMS — ELEVENTH LECTURE THE DREAM-WORK — TWELFTH LECTURE EXAMPLES OF DREAMS AND ANALYSIS OF THEM — THIRTEENTH LECTURE ARCHAIC AND INFANTILE FEATURES IN DREAMS — FOURTEENTH LECTURE WISH-FULFILMENT — FIFTEENTH LECTURE DOUBTFUL POINTS AND CRITICAL OBSERVATIONS
65
67
One day the discovery was made that the symptoms of disease
in certain nervous patients have meaning.[25] It was upon this
discovery that the psycho-analytic method of treatment was
based. In this treatment it happened that patients in speaking
of their symptoms also mentioned their dreams, whereupon the
suspicion arose that these dreams too had meaning.
However, we will not pursue this historical path, but will
strike off in the opposite direction. Our aim is to demonstrate
the meaning of dreams, in preparation for the study of the
neuroses. There are good grounds for this reversal of procedure,
since the study of dreams is not merely the best preparation
for that of the neuroses, but a dream is itself a neurotic symptom
and, moreover, one which possesses for us the incalculable advantage
of occurring in all healthy people. Indeed, if all human
beings were healthy and would only dream, we could gather
almost all the knowledge from their dreams which we have
gained from studying the neuroses.
So dreams become the object of psycho-analytic research—another
of these ordinary, under-rated occurrences, apparently
of no practical value, like “errors,” and sharing with them
the characteristic of occurring in healthy persons. But in other
respects the conditions of work are rather less favourable. Errors
had only been neglected by science, people had not troubled
their heads much about them, but at least it was no disgrace
to occupy oneself with them. True, people said, there are things
more important but still something may possibly come of it.
To occupy oneself with dreams, however, is not merely unpractical
and superfluous, but positively scandalous: it carries with it
the taint of the unscientific and arouses the suspicion of personal
leanings towards mysticism. The idea of a medical student
68troubling himself about dreams when there is so much in neuropathology
and psychiatry itself that is more serious, tumours as
large as apples compressing the organ of the mind, hæmorrhages,
chronic inflammatory conditions in which the alterations in
the tissues can be demonstrated under the microscope! No,
dreams are far too unworthy and trivial to be objects of scientific
research.
There is yet another factor involved which, in itself, sets at
defiance all the requirements of exact investigation. In investigating
dreams even the object of research, the dream itself, is
indefinite. A delusion, for example, presents clear and definite
outlines. “I am the Emperor of China,” says your patient
plainly. But a dream? For the most part it cannot be related
at all. When a man tells a dream, has he any guarantee that
he has told it correctly, and not perhaps altered it in the telling
or been forced to invent part of it on account of the vagueness
of his recollection? Most dreams cannot be remembered at all
and are forgotten except for some tiny fragments. And is a
scientific psychology or a method of treatment for the sick to
be founded upon material such as this?
A certain element of exaggeration in a criticism may arouse
our suspicions. The arguments brought against the dream as
an object of scientific research are clearly extreme. We have
met with the objection of triviality already in “errors,” and
have told ourselves that great things may be revealed even by
small indications. As to the indistinctness of dreams, that is
a characteristic like any other—we cannot dictate to things their
characteristics; besides, there are also dreams which are clear
and well defined. Further, there are other objects of psychiatric
investigation which suffer in the same way from the quality of
indefiniteness, e.g. the obsessive ideas of many cases, with which
nevertheless many psychiatrists of repute and standing have
occupied themselves. I will recall the last case of the kind
which came before me in medical practice. The patient, a
woman, presented her case in these words: “I have a certain
feeling, as if I had injured, or had meant to injure, some living
creature—perhaps a child—no, no, a dog rather, as if perhaps
I had pushed it off a bridge—or done something else.” Any
disadvantage resulting from the uncertain recollection of dreams
may be remedied by deciding that exactly what the dreamer
tells is to count as the dream, and by ignoring all that
he may have forgotten or altered in the process of recollection.
Finally, one cannot maintain in so sweeping a fashion
that dreams are unimportant things. We know from our own
69experience that the mood in which we awake from a dream may
last throughout the day, and cases have been observed by medical
men in which mental disorder began with a dream, the delusion
which had its source in this dream persisting; further, it is
told of historical persons that impulses to momentous deeds
sprang from their dreams. We may therefore ask: what is
the real cause of the disdain in which dreams are held in scientific
circles? In my opinion it is the reaction from the overestimation
of them in earlier times. It is well known that it is no easy
matter to reconstruct the past, but we may assume with certainty
(you will forgive my jest) that as early as three thousand years
ago and more our ancestors dreamt in the same way as we do.
So far as we know, all ancient peoples attached great significance
to dreams and regarded them as of practical value; they obtained
from them auguries of the future and looked for portents in
them. For the Greeks and other Orientals, it was at times as
unthinkable to undertake a campaign without a dream-interpreter
as it would be to-day without air-scouts for intelligence. When
Alexander the Great set out on his campaign of conquest the
most famous interpreters of dreams were in his following. The
city of Tyre, still at that time on an island, offered so stout a
resistance to the king that he entertained the idea of abandoning
the siege; then one night he dreamed of a satyr dancing in
triumph, and when he related this dream to his interpreters
they informed him that it foretold his victory over the city;
he gave the order to attack and took Tyre by storm. Among
the Etruscans and Romans other methods of foretelling the
future were employed, but during the whole of the Græco-Roman
period the interpretation of dreams was practised and
held in high esteem. Of the literature on this subject the principal
work at any rate has come down to us, namely, the book of
Artemidorus of Daldis, who is said to have lived at the time
of the Emperor Hadrian. How it happened that the art of
dream-interpretation declined later and dreams fell into disrepute,
I cannot tell you. The progress of learning cannot have had
very much to do with it, for in the darkness of the middle ages
things far more absurd than the ancient practice of the interpretation
of dreams were faithfully retained. The fact remains
that the interest in dreams gradually sank to the level of superstition
and could hold its own only amongst the uneducated. In
our day, there survive, as a final degradation of the art of dream-interpretation,
the attempts to find out from dreams numbers
destined to draw prizes in games of chance. On the other hand,
exact science of the present day has repeatedly concerned itself
70with the dream, but always with the sole object of illustrating
physiological theories. By medical men, naturally, a dream
was never regarded as a mental process but as the mental expression
of physical stimuli. Binz in 1876 pronounced the dream
to be “a physical process, always useless and in many cases
actually morbid, a process above which the conception of the
world-soul and of immortality stands as high as does the blue
sky above the most low-lying, weed-grown stretch of sand.”
Maury compares dreams with the spasmodic jerkings of
St. Vitus’ dance, contrasted with the co-ordinated movements of
the normal human being; in an old comparison a parallel is
drawn between the content of a dream and the sounds which
would be produced if “someone ignorant of music let his ten
fingers wander over the keys of an instrument.”
‘Interpretation’ means discovering a hidden meaning, but
there can be no question of attempting this while such an attitude
is maintained towards the dream-performance. Look up the
description of dreams given in the writings of Wundt, Jodl and
other recent philosophers: they are content with the bare
enumeration of the divergences of the dream-life from waking
thought with a view to depreciating the dreams; they emphasize
the lack of connection in the associations, the suspended exercise
of the critical faculty, the elimination of all knowledge, and other
indications of diminished functioning. The single valuable
contribution to our knowledge about dreams for which we are
indebted to exact science relates to the influence upon the dream-content
of physical stimuli operating during sleep. We have
the work of a Norwegian author who died recently—J. Mourly
Vold—two large volumes on experimental investigation of dreams
(translated into German in 1910 and 1912), which are concerned
almost entirely with the results obtained by change in the position
of the limbs. These investigations have been held up to us
as models of exact research in the subject of dreams. Now can
you imagine what would be the comment of exact science on
learning that we intend to try to find out the meaning of dreams?
The comment that has perhaps been made already! However,
we will not allow ourselves to be appalled at the thought. If
it was possible for errors to have an underlying meaning, it is
possible that dreams have one too; and errors have, in very
many cases, a meaning which has eluded the researches of exact
science. Let us adopt the assumption of the ancients and of
simple folk, and follow in the footsteps of the dream-interpreters
of old.
First of all, we must take our bearings in this enterprise,
71and make a survey of the field of dreams. What exactly is a
dream? It is difficult to define it in a single phrase. Yet we
need not seek after a definition, when all we need is to refer to
something familiar to everyone. Still we ought to pick out
the essential features in dreams. How are we to discover these
features? The boundaries of the region we are entering comprise
such vast differences, differences whichever way we turn. That
which we can show to be common to all dreams is probably
what is essential.
Well then—the first common characteristic of all dreams
would be that we are asleep at the time. Obviously, the dream
is the life of the mind during sleep, a life bearing certain resemblances
to our waking life and, at the same time, differing
from it widely. That, indeed, was Aristotle’s definition. Perhaps
dream and sleep stand in yet closer relationship to each other.
We can be waked by a dream; we often have a dream when
we wake spontaneously or when we are forcibly roused from
sleep. Dreams seem thus to be an intermediate condition between
sleeping and waking. Hence, our attention is directed to sleep
itself: what then is sleep?
That is a physiological or biological problem concerning
which much is still in dispute. We can come to no decisive
answer, but I think we may attempt to define one psychological
characteristic of sleep. Sleep is a condition in which I refuse
to have anything to do with the outer world and have withdrawn
my interest from it. I go to sleep by retreating from
the outside world and warding off the stimuli proceeding from
it. Again, when I am tired by that world I go to sleep. I
say to it as I fall asleep: “Leave me in peace, for I want to
sleep.” The child says just the opposite: “I won’t go to sleep
yet; I’m not tired, I want more things to happen to me!”
Thus the biological object of sleep seems to be recuperation,
its psychological characteristic the suspension of interest in the
outer world. Our relationship with the world which we entered
so unwillingly seems to be endurable only with intermission;
hence we withdraw again periodically into the condition prior
to our entrance into the world: that is to say, into intra-uterine
existence. At any rate, we try to bring about quite similar
conditions—warmth, darkness and absence of stimulus—characteristic
of that state. Some of us still roll ourselves tightly
up into a ball resembling the intra-uterine position. It looks
as if we grown-ups do not belong wholly to the world, but only
by two-thirds; one-third of us has never yet been born at all.
Every time we wake in the morning it is as if we were newly
72born. We do, in fact, speak of the condition of waking from
sleep in these very words: we feel “as if we were newly born,”—and
in this we are probably quite mistaken in our idea
of the general sensations of the new-born infant; it may be
assumed on the contrary that it feels extremely uncomfortable.
Again, in speaking of birth we speak of “seeing the light
of day.”
If this is the nature of sleep, then dreams do not come into
its scheme at all, but seem rather to be an unwelcome supplement
to it; and we do indeed believe that dreamless sleep is
the best, the only proper sleep. There should be no mental
activity during sleep; if any such activity bestirs itself, then
in so far have we failed to reach the true pre-natal condition
of peace; we have not been able to avoid altogether some
remnants of mental activity, and the act of dreaming would
represent these remnants. In that event it really does seem
that dreams do not need to have meaning. With errors it was
different, for they were at least activities manifested in waking
life; but if I sleep and have altogether suspended mental activity,
with the exception of certain remnants which I have not been
able to suppress, there is no necessity whatever that they should
have any meaning. In fact, I cannot even make use of any
such meaning, seeing that the rest of my mind is asleep. It
can really then be a matter of spasmodic reactions only, of
such mental phenomena only as have their origin in physical
stimulation. Hence, dreams must be remnants of the mental
activity of waking life disturbing sleep, and we might as well
make up our minds forthwith to abandon a theme so unsuited
to the purposes of psycho-analysis.
Superfluous as dreams may be, however, they do exist
nevertheless, and we can try to account for their existence to
ourselves. Why does not mental life go off to sleep? Probably
because there is something that will not leave the mind in peace;
stimuli are acting upon it and to these it is bound to react.
Dreams therefore are the mode of reaction of the mind to stimuli
acting upon it during sleep. We note here a possibility of access
to comprehension of dreams. We can now endeavour to find
out, in various dreams, what are the stimuli seeking to disturb
sleep, the reaction to which takes the form of dreams. By doing
this we should have worked out the first characteristic common
to all dreams.
Is there any other common characteristic? Yes, there is
another, unmistakable, and yet much harder to lay hold of and
describe. The character of mental processes during sleep is
73quite different from that of waking processes. In dreams we
go through many experiences, which we fully believe in, whereas
in reality we are perhaps only experiencing the single disturbing
stimulus. For the most part our experiences take the form of
visual images; there may be feeling as well, thoughts, too,
mixed up with them, and the other senses may be drawn in;
but for the most part dreams consist of visual images. Part
of the difficulty of reciting a dream comes from the fact that we
have to translate these images into words. “I could draw it,”
the dreamer often says to us, “but I do not know how to put
it into words.” Now this is not exactly a diminution in the
mental capacity, as seen in a contrast between a feeble-minded
person and a man of genius. The difference is rather a qualitative
one, but it is difficult to say precisely wherein it lies. G. T.
Fechner once suggested that the stage whereon the drama of
the dream (within the mind) is played out is other than that
of the life of waking ideas. That is a saying which we really
do not understand, nor do we know what it is meant to convey
to us, but it does actually reproduce the impression of strangeness
which most dreams make upon us. Again, the comparison of
the act of dreaming with the performances of an unskilled hand
in music breaks down here, for the piano will certainly respond
with the same notes, though not with melodies, to a chance
touch on its keys. We will keep this second common characteristic
of dreams carefully in view, even though we may not
understand it.
Are there any other qualities common to all dreams? I can
think of none, but can see differences only, whichever way I
look, differences too in every respect—in apparent duration,
definiteness, the part played by affects, persistence in the mind,
and so forth. This is really not what we should naturally
expect in the case of a compulsive attempt, at once meagre and
convulsive, to ward off a stimulus. As regards the length of
dreams, some are very short, containing only one image, or
very few, or a single thought, possibly even a single word;
others are peculiarly rich in content, enact entire romances
and seem to last a very long time. There are dreams as distinct
as actual experiences, so distinct that for some time after waking
we do not realize that they were dreams at all; others, which
are ineffably faint, shadowy and blurred; in one and the same
dream, even, there may be some parts of extraordinary vividness
alternating with others so indistinct as to be almost wholly
elusive. Again, dreams may be quite consistent or at any rate
coherent, or even witty or fantastically beautiful; others again
74are confused, apparently imbecile, absurd or often absolutely
mad. There are dreams which leave us quite cold, others in
which every affect makes itself felt, pain to the point of tears,
terror so intense as to wake us, amazement, delight, and so on.
Most dreams are forgotten soon after waking; or they persist
throughout the day, the recollection becoming fainter and more
imperfect as the day goes on; others remain so vivid (as, for
example, the dreams of childhood) that thirty years later we
remember them as clearly as though they were part of a recent
experience. Dreams, like people, may make their appearance
once and never come back; or the same person may dream the
same thing repeatedly, either in the same form or with slight
alterations. In short, these scraps of mental activity at night-time
have at command an immense repertory, can in fact create
everything that by day the mind is capable of—only, it is
never the same.
One might attempt to account for these diversities in dreams
by assuming that they correspond to different intermediate
states between sleeping and waking, different levels of imperfect
sleep. Very well; but then in proportion as the mind approached
the waking state there should be not merely an increase in the
value, content, and distinctness of the dream-performance,
but also a growing perception that it is a dream; and it ought
not to happen that side by side with a clear and sensible element
in the dream there is one which is nonsensical or indistinct,
followed again by a good piece of work. It is certain that the
mind could not vary its depth of sleep so rapidly as that. This
explanation therefore does not help; there is in fact no short
cut to an answer.
For the present we will leave the ‘meaning’ of the dream
out of question, and try instead, by starting from the common
element in dreams, to clear a path to a better understanding
of their nature. From the relationship of dreams to sleep we
have drawn the conclusion that dreams are the reaction to a
stimulus disturbing sleep. As we have heard, this is also the
single point at which exact experimental psychology can come
to our aid; it affords proof of the fact that stimuli brought to
bear during sleep make their appearance in dreams. Many
investigations have been made on these lines, culminating in
those of Mourly Vold whom I mentioned earlier; we have all,
too, been in a position to confirm their results by occasional
observations of our own. I will choose some of the earlier
experiments to tell you. Maury had tests of this kind carried
out upon himself. Whilst dreaming, he was made to smell some
75eau de Cologne, whereupon he dreamt he was in Cairo, in the
shop of Johann Maria Farina, and this was followed by further
crazy adventures. Again, someone gave his neck a gentle pinch,
and he dreamt of the application of a blister and of a doctor
who had treated him when he was a child. Again, they let a
drop of water fall on his forehead and he was immediately in
Italy, perspiring freely and drinking the white wine of Orvieto.
The striking feature about these dreams produced under
experimental conditions will perhaps become still clearer to
us in another series of “stimulus”-dreams. These are three
dreams of which we have an account by a clever observer,
Hildebrandt, and all three are reactions to the sound of an
alarum-clock:
“I am going for a walk on a spring morning, and I saunter
through fields just beginning to grow green, till I come to a
neighbouring village, where I see the inhabitants in holiday
attire making their way in large numbers to the church, their
hymn-books in their hands. Of course! it is Sunday and the
morning service is just about to begin. I decide to take part
in it, but first as I am rather overheated I think I will cool down
in the churchyard which surrounds the church. Whilst reading
some of the epitaphs there I hear the bell-ringer go up into the
tower, where I now notice, high up, the little village bell which
will give the signal for the beginning of the service. For some
time yet it remains motionless, then it begins to swing, and
suddenly the strokes ring out, clear and piercing—so clear and
piercing that they put an end to my sleep. But the sound of
the bell comes from the alarum-clock.”
Here is another combination of images. “It is a bright
winter day, and the roads are deep in snow. I have promised
to take part in a sleighing expedition, but I have to wait a long
time before I am told that the sleigh is at the door. Now follow
the preparations for getting in, the fur rug is spread out and
the foot-muff fetched and finally I am in my place. But there
is still a delay while the horses wait for the signal to start. Then
the reins are jerked and the little bells, shaken violently, begin
their familiar janizary music, so loudly that in a moment the
web of the dream is rent. Again it is nothing but the shrill
sound of the alarum-clock.”
Now for the third example! “I see a kitchen-maid with
dozens of piled-up plates going along the passage to the dining-room.
It seems to me that the pyramid of china in her arms is
in danger of overbalancing. I call out a warning: ‘Take care,
your whole load will fall to the ground.’ Of course I receive
76the usual answer: that they are accustomed to carrying china
in that way, and so on; meanwhile I follow her as she goes
with anxious looks. I thought so—the next thing is a stumble
on the threshold, the crockery falls, crashing and clattering
in a hundred pieces on the ground. But—I soon become aware
that that interminably prolonged sound is no real crash, but a
regular ringing—and this ringing is due merely to the alarum-clock,
as I realize at last on awakening.”
These dreams are very pretty, perfectly sensible, and by
no means so incoherent as dreams usually are. We have no
quarrel with them on those grounds. The thing common to
them all is that in each case the situation arises from a noise,
which the dreamer on waking recognizes as that of the alarum-clock.
Hence we see here how a dream is produced, but we
find out something more. In the dream there is no recognition
of the clock, which does not even appear in it, but for the noise
of the clock another noise is substituted; the stimulus which
disturbs sleep is interpreted, but interpreted differently in each
instance. Now why is this? There is no answer; it appears
to be mere caprice. But to understand the dream we should
be able to account for its choice of just this noise and no other
to interpret the stimulus given by the alarum-clock. In analogous
fashion we must object to Maury’s experiments that, although
it is clear that the stimulus brought to bear on the sleeper does
appear in the dream, yet his experiments don’t explain why
it appears exactly in that form, which is one that does not seem
explicable by the nature of the stimulus disturbing sleep. And
further, in Maury’s experiments there was mostly a mass of other
dream-material attached to the direct result of the stimulus,
for example, the crazy adventures in the eau de Cologne dream,
for which we are at a loss to account.
Now will you reflect that the class of dreams which wake
one up affords the best opportunity for establishing the influence
of external disturbing stimuli. In most other cases it will be
more difficult. We do not wake up out of all dreams, and if
in the morning we remember a dream of the night before, how
are we to assign it to a disturbing stimulus operating perhaps
during the night? I once succeeded in subsequently establishing
the occurrence of a sound-stimulus of this sort, but only, of
course, because of peculiar circumstances. I woke up one
morning at a place in the Tyrolese mountains knowing that I
had dreamt that the Pope was dead. I could not explain the
dream to myself, but later my wife asked me: “Did you hear
quite early this morning the dreadful noise of bells breaking
77out in all the churches and chapels?” No, I had heard nothing,
my sleep is too sound, but thanks to her telling me this I understood
my dream. How often may such causes of stimulus as
this induce dreams in the sleeper without his ever hearing of
them afterwards? Possibly very often: and possibly not. If
we can get no information of any stimulus we cannot be convinced
on the point. And apart from this we have given up
trying to arrive at an estimation of the sleep-disturbing external
stimuli, since we know that they only explain a fragment of
the dream and not the whole dream-reaction.
We need not on that account give up this theory altogether;
there is still another possible way of following it out. Obviously
it is a matter of indifference what disturbs sleep and causes the
mind to dream. If it cannot always be something external
acting as a stimulus to one of the senses, it is possible that,
instead, a stimulus operates from the internal organs—a so-called
somatic stimulus. This supposition lies very close, and moreover
it corresponds to the view popularly held with regard to
the origin of dreams, for it is a common saying that they come
from the stomach. Unfortunately, here again we must suppose
that in very many cases information respecting a somatic stimulus
operating during the night would no longer be forthcoming
after waking, so that it would be incapable of proof. But we
will not overlook the fact that many trustworthy experiences
support the idea that dreams may be derived from somatic
stimuli; on the whole it is indubitable that the condition of the
internal organs can influence dreams. The relation of the content
of many dreams to distention of the bladder or to a condition
of excitation of the sex-organs is so plain that it cannot be
mistaken. From these obvious cases we pass to others, in which,
to judge by the content of the dream, we are at least justified
in suspecting that some such somatic stimuli have been at work,
since there is something in this content which can be regarded
as elaboration, representation, or interpretation of these stimuli.
Scherner, the investigator of dreams (1861), emphatically supported
the view which traces the origin of dreams to organic
stimuli, and contributed some excellent examples towards it.
For instance, he sees in a dream “two rows of beautiful boys,
with fair hair and delicate complexions, confronting each other
pugnaciously, joining in combat, seizing hold of one another,
and again letting go their hold, only to take up the former
position and go through the whole process again”; his interpretation
of the two rows of boys as the teeth is in itself plausible
and seems to receive full confirmation when after this scene
78the dreamer “pulls a long tooth from his jaw.” Again, the
interpretation of “long, narrow, winding passages” as being
suggested by a stimulus originating in the intestine seems sound
and corroborates Scherner’s assertion that dreams primarily
endeavour to represent, by like objects, the organ from which
the stimulus proceeds.
We must therefore be prepared to admit that internal stimuli
can play the same rôle in dreams as external ones. Unfortunately,
evaluation of this factor is open to the same objections. In a
great number of instances the attribution of dreams to somatic
stimuli must remain uncertain or incapable of proof; not all
dreams, but only a certain number of them, rouse the suspicion
that stimuli from internal organs have something to do with
their origin; and lastly, the internal somatic stimulus will
suffice no more than the external sensory stimulus to explain
any other part of the dream than the direct reaction to it. The
origin of all the rest of the dream remains obscure.
Now, however, let us direct our attention to a certain peculiarity
of the dream-life which appears when we study the
operation of these stimuli. The dream does not merely reproduce
the stimulus, but elaborates it, plays upon it, fits it into a context,
or replaces it by something else. This is a side of the dream-work
which is bound to be of interest to us because
possibly it may lead us nearer to the true nature of dreams.
The scope of a man’s production is not necessarily limited to
the circumstance which immediately gives rise to it. For instance,
Shakespeare’s Macbeth was written as an occasional drama on
the accession of the king who first united in his person the crowns
of the three kingdoms. But does this historical occasion cover
the whole content of the drama, or explain its grandeur and its
mystery? Perhaps in the same way the external and internal
stimuli operating upon the sleeper are merely the occasion of
the dream and afford us no insight into its true nature.
The other element common to all dreams, their peculiarity
in mental life, is on the one hand very difficult to grasp and on
the other seems to afford no clue for further inquiry. Our experiences
in dreams for the most part take the form of visual
images. Can these be explained by the stimuli? Is it really
the stimulus that we experience? If so, why is the experience
visual, when it can only be in the very rarest instance that any
stimulus has operated upon our eyesight? Or, can it be shown
that when we dream of speech any conversation or sounds resembling
conversation reached our ears during sleep? I venture
to discard such a possibility without any hesitation whatever.
79If we cannot get any further with the common characteristics
of dreams as a starting-point, let us try beginning with their
differences. Dreams are often meaningless, confused, and absurd,
yet there are some which are sensible, sober, and reasonable.
Let us see whether these latter sensible dreams can help to
elucidate those which are meaningless. I will tell you the latest
reasonable dream which was told to me, the dream of a young
man: “I went for a walk in the Kärntnerstrasse and there I
met Mr. X.; after accompanying him for a short time I went
into a restaurant. Two ladies and a gentleman came and sat
down at my table. At first I was annoyed and refused to look
at them, but presently I glanced across at them and found that
they were quite nice.” The dreamer’s comment on this was
that the evening before he had actually been walking in the
Kärntnerstrasse, which is the way he usually goes, and that
he had met Mr. X. there. The other part of the dream was
not a direct reminiscence, but only bore a certain resemblance
to an occurrence of some time previously. Or here we have
another prosaic dream, that of a lady. “Her husband says
to her: ‘Don’t you think we ought to have the piano tuned?’
and she replies: ‘It is not worth it, for the hammers need fresh
leather anyhow.’” This dream repeats a conversation which
took place in almost the same words between herself and her
husband the day before the dream. What then do we learn
from these two prosaic dreams? Merely that there occur in
them recollections of daily life or of matters connected with it.
Even that would be something if it could be asserted of all
dreams without exception. But that is out of the question;
this characteristic too belongs only to a minority of dreams.
In most dreams we find no connection with the day before,
and no light is thrown from this quarter upon meaningless and
absurd dreams. All we know is that we have met with a new
problem. Not only do we want to know what a dream is saying,
but if as in our examples that is quite plain, we want to know
further from what cause and to what end we repeat in dreams
this which is known to us and has recently happened to us.
I think you would be as tired as I of continuing the kind of
attempts we have made up to this point. It only shows that
all the interest in the world will not help us with a problem
unless we have also an idea of some path to adopt in order to
arrive at a solution. Till now we have not found this path.
Experimental psychology has contributed nothing but some
(certainly very valuable) information about the significance of
stimuli in the production of dreams. Of philosophy we have
80nothing to expect, unless it be a lofty repetition of the reproach
that our object is intellectually contemptible; while from the
occult sciences we surely do not choose to borrow. History
and the verdict of the people tell us that dreams are full of
meaning and importance, and of prophetic significance; but
that is hard to accept and certainly does not lend itself to proof.
So then our first endeavours are completely baffled.
But unexpectedly there comes a hint from a direction in
which we have not hitherto looked. Colloquial speech, which
is certainly no matter of chance but the deposit, as it were, of
ancient knowledge—a thing which must not indeed be made
too much of—our speech, I say, recognizes the existence of
something to which, strangely enough, it gives the name of
“day-dreams.” Day-dreams are phantasies (products of phantasy);
they are very common phenomena, are observable in
healthy as well as in sick persons, and they also can easily be
studied by the subject himself. The most striking thing about
these ‘phantastic’ creations is that they have received the name
of “day-dreams,” for they have nothing in common with the
two universal characteristics of dreams. Their name contradicts
any relationship to the condition of sleep and, as regards the
second universal characteristic, no experience or hallucination
takes place in them, we simply imagine something; we recognize
that they are the work of phantasy, that we are not seeing
but thinking. These day-dreams appear before puberty, often
indeed in late childhood, and persist until maturity is reached
when they are either given up or retained as long as life lasts.
The content of these phantasies is dictated by a very transparent
motivation. They are scenes and events which gratify either
the egoistic cravings of ambition or thirst for power, or the erotic
desires of the subject. In young men, ambitious phantasies
predominate; in women, whose ambition centres on success
in love, erotic phantasies; but the erotic requirement can often
enough in men too be detected in the background, all their
heroic deeds and successes are really only intended to win the
admiration and favour of women. In other respects these
day-dreams show great diversity and their fate varies. All of
them are either given up after a short time and replaced by a
new one, or retained, spun out into long stories, and adapted
to changing circumstances in life. They march with the times,
receiving as it were “date-stamps” upon them which show
the influence of new situations. They form the raw material
of poetic production; for the writer by transforming, disguising,
or curtailing them creates out of his day-dreams the situations
81which he embodies in his stories, novels, and dramas. The
hero of a day-dream is, however, always the subject himself,
either directly imagined in the part or transparently identified
with someone else.
Perhaps day-dreams are so called on account of their similar
relation to reality, as an indication that their content is no
more to be accepted as real than is that of dreams. But it is
possible that they share the name of dreams because of some
mental characteristic of the dream which we do not yet know
but after which we are seeking. On the other hand, it is possible
that we are altogether wrong in regarding this similarity of name
as significant. That is a question which can only be answered
later.
82
We thus realize our need of a new way of approach, a definite
method, if we are to make any advance in our researches into
dreams. I will now offer an obvious suggestion: let us accept
as the basis of the whole of our further enquiry the following
hypothesis—that dreams are not a somatic, but a mental, phenomenon.
You know what this means; but what is our justification
in making this assumption? We have none, but on the
other hand there is nothing to prevent us. The position is
this: if the dream is a somatic phenomenon it does not concern
us; it can only be of interest to us on the hypothesis that it
is a mental phenomenon. So we will assume that this hypothesis
is true, in order to see what happens if we do so. The results
of our work will determine whether we may adhere to the
assumption, and uphold it in its turn as an inference fairly
drawn. Now what exactly is the object of this enquiry of ours, or
to what are we directing our efforts? Our object is that of
all scientific endeavour—namely, to achieve an understanding of
the phenomena, to establish a connection between them, and,
in the last resort, wherever it is possible to increase our power
over them.
So we continue our work on the assumption that dreams
are a mental phenomenon. In that event, they are a performance
and an utterance on the part of the dreamer, but of a kind
that conveys nothing to us, and which we do not understand.
Now supposing that I give utterance to something that you do
not understand, what do you do? You ask me to explain,
do you not? Why may not we do the same—ask the dreamer
the meaning of the dream?
Remember, we have already found ourselves in a similar
position. It was when we were enquiring into certain errors,
and the instance we took was a slip of the tongue. Someone
had said: “Then certain things were refilled,” and thereupon
we asked—no, fortunately it was not we who asked, but other
83people who had nothing to do with psycho-analysis—they asked
what he meant by this enigmatic expression. He answered at
once that what he had intended to say was: “That was a
filthy business,” but had checked himself and substituted
the milder words: “Things were revealed there.” I explained
to you then that this enquiry was the model for every psycho-analytic
investigation, and you understand now that psycho-analytic
technique endeavours as far as possible to let the persons
being analysed give the answer to their own problems. The
dreamer himself then should interpret his dream for us.
That is not so simple with dreams, however, as we all know.
Where errors were concerned, this method proved possible in
many cases; there were others where the person questioned
refused to say anything and even indignantly repudiated the
answer suggested to him. With dreams, instances of the first
type are entirely lacking; the dreamer always says he knows
nothing about it. He cannot very well repudiate our interpretation,
since we have none to offer him. Shall we have to
give up our attempt then? Since he knows nothing, and we
know nothing, and a third person can surely know nothing
either, there cannot be any prospect of finding the answer.
Well, if you like, give up the attempt. But if you are not so
minded, you can accompany me. For I assure you that it is
not only quite possible, but highly probable, that the dreamer
really does know the meaning of his dream; only he does not
know that he knows, and therefore thinks that he does not.
At this point you will probably call my attention to the
fact that I am again introducing an assumption, the second in
quite a short context, and that by so doing I greatly detract
from the force of my claim to a trustworthy method of procedure.
Given the hypothesis that dreams are a mental phenomenon,
and given further the hypothesis that there are in the minds of
men certain things which they know without knowing that they
know them—and so forth! You have only to keep in view the
intrinsic improbability of both these hypotheses, and you may
with an easy mind abandon all interest in the conclusions to be
drawn from them.
Well, I have not brought you here either to delude you or
to conceal anything from you. True, I announced that I would
give a course of lectures entitled Introductory Lectures on Psycho-Analysis;
but it was no part of my purpose to play the oracle,
professing to show you an easy sequence of facts, whilst carefully
concealing all difficulties, filling up gaps, and glossing over
doubtful points, so that you might comfortably enjoy the belief
84that you have learnt something new. No, it is the very fact
that you are beginners that makes me anxious to show you
our science as it is, with all its excrescences and crudities, the
claims that it makes and the criticism to which it may give
rise. I know indeed that it is the same in every science and
that, especially in the beginnings, it cannot be otherwise. I
know too that, in teaching other sciences, an effort is made
at first to hide these difficulties and imperfections from the
learner. But that cannot be done in psycho-analysis. So I
really have set up two hypotheses, the one within the other;
and anyone who finds it all too laborious, or too uncertain, or
who is used to higher degrees of certainty, or to more refined
deductions, need go no further with me. Only I should advise
him to leave psychological problems altogether alone, for it is
to be feared that this is a field in which he will find no access
to such exact and sure paths as he is prepared to tread. And,
further, it is quite superfluous for any science which can offer
a real contribution to knowledge to strive to make itself heard
and to win adherents. Its reception must depend upon its
results, and it can afford to wait until these have compelled
attention.
But I may warn those of you who are not to be deterred in
this way that my two assumptions are not of equal importance.
The first, that dreams are a mental phenomenon, is the hypothesis
which we hope to prove by the results of our work. The second
has already been proved in a different field, and I am merely
taking the liberty of transferring it thence to our problems.
Where, and in what connection, is it supposed to have been
proved that a man can possess knowledge without knowing
that he does so, which is the assumption we are making of the
dreamer? Surely that would be a remarkable and surprising
fact, which would change our conception of mental life and
would have no need of concealment. Incidentally, it would
be a fact belied in the very statement of it, which yet attempts
to be literally true—a contradiction in terms. There is not,
however, any attempt at concealment. We cannot blame the
fact for people’s ignorance of it, or lack of interest in it, any
more than we ourselves are to blame because all these psychological
problems have been passed in judgement by persons who
have held aloof from all the observations and experiments which
alone can be conclusive.
The proof to which I refer was found in the sphere of hypnotic
phenomena. In the year 1889 I was present at the remarkably
impressive demonstrations by Liébault and Bernheim, in Nancy,
85and there I witnessed the following experiment. A man was
placed in a condition of somnambulism, and then made to go
through all sorts of hallucinatory experiences. On being wakened,
he seemed at first to know nothing at all of what had taken
place during his hypnotic sleep. Bernheim then asked him in
so many words to tell him what had happened while he was
under hypnosis. The man declared that he could not remember
anything. Bernheim, however, insisted upon it, pressed him,
and assured him that he did know and that he must remember,
and lo and behold! the man wavered, began to reflect, and
remembered in a shadowy fashion first one of the occurrences
which had been suggested to him, then something else, his recollection
growing increasingly clear and complete until finally
it was brought to light without a single gap. Now, since in
the end he had the knowledge without having learnt anything
from any other quarter in the meantime, we are justified in
concluding that these recollections were in his mind from the
outset. They were merely inaccessible to him; he did not
know that he knew them but believed that he did not know.
In fact, his case was exactly similar to what we assume the
dreamer’s to be.
I hope you are duly surprised that this fact is already established
and that you will ask me: “Why did you not refer
to this proof before, when we were considering errors and came
to the point of ascribing to a man who had made a slip of the
tongue intentions behind his speech, of which he knew nothing,
and which he denied? If it is possible for a man to believe
that he knows nothing of experiences of which nevertheless
he does possess the recollection, it seems no longer improbable
that there should be other mental processes going on within
him about which also he knows nothing. We should certainly
have been impressed by this argument and should have been
in a better position to understand about errors.” Certainly, I
might have brought forward this proof then, but I reserved it
for a later occasion when there would be more need for it. Some
of the errors explained themselves, others suggested to us that
in order to understand the connection between the phenomena
it would be advisable to postulate the existence of mental processes
of which the person is entirely ignorant. With dreams
we are compelled to seek our explanations elsewhere, and besides,
I am counting on your being more ready to accept in this connection
a proof from the field of hypnosis. The condition
in which we perform errors must seem to you normal and, as
such, to bear no similarity to that of hypnosis. On the other
86hand there exists a clear relationship between the hypnotic
state and sleep, the essential condition of dreaming. Hypnosis
is actually called artificial sleep; we say to the people whom
we hypnotize: “Sleep,” and the suggestions made to them
are comparable to the dreams of natural sleep. The mental
situation is really analogous in the two cases. In natural sleep
we withdraw our interest from the whole outer world; so also
in hypnotic sleep, with the exception of the one person who has
hypnotized us and with whom we remain in rapport. Again,
the so-called “nurse’s sleep” in which the nurse remains in
rapport with the child and can be wakened only by him is a
normal counterpart of hypnotic sleep. So it does not seem so
very audacious to carry over to natural sleep something which
is a condition in hypnosis. The assumption that some knowledge
about his dream exists in the dreamer and that this knowledge
is merely inaccessible to him, so that he himself does not believe
he has it, is not a wild invention. Incidentally, we observe
here that a third way of approaching the study of dreams is
thus opened out for us; we may approach it by the avenue of
sleep-disturbing stimuli, by that of day-dreams, and now by
that of the dreams suggested during hypnosis.
Now perhaps we shall return to our task with greater confidence.
We see it is very probable that the dreamer knows
something about his dream; the problem is how to make it
possible for him to get at his knowledge and impart it to us.
We do not expect him immediately to tell us what his dream
means, but we do think he will be able to discover its source,
from what circle of thoughts and interests it is derived. With
errors, you will remember the man was asked how the slip of
the tongue “refilled” had come about, and his first association
gave us the explanation. The technique we employ in the
case of dreams is very simple and is modelled on this example.
Here again we shall ask the dreamer how he came to have the
dream, and his next words must be regarded as giving the explanation
in this case also. It makes no difference to us therefore,
whether he thinks that he does or does not know anything
about it, and we treat both cases alike.
This technique is certainly very simple, nevertheless I am
afraid it will provoke most strenuous opposition in you. You
will say: “Another assumption, the third! And the most
improbable of all! When I ask the dreamer what ideas come
to him about the dream, do you mean to say that his very first
association will give the desired explanation? But surely he
might have no association at all, or heaven only knows what
87the association might be. We cannot imagine upon what grounds
such an expectation is based. It really implies too much trust
in Providence, and this at a point where rather more exercise
of the critical faculty would better meet the case. Besides, a
dream is not like a single slip of the tongue but is made up of
many elements. That being so, upon which association is one
to rely?”
You are right in all the unessentials. It is true that a dream
differs from a slip of the tongue in the matter of its many elements
as well as in other points. We must take account of
that in our technique. So I suggest to you that we divide the
dream up into its various elements, and examine each element
separately; then we shall have re-established the analogy with
a slip of the tongue. Again, you are right in saying that the
dreamer when questioned on the single elements of the dream
may reply that he has no ideas about them. There are cases
in which we accept this answer, and later I will tell you which
these are; curiously enough, they are cases about which we
ourselves may have certain definite ideas. But in general,
when the dreamer declares that he has no ideas, we shall contradict
him, press him to answer, assure him that he must have
some idea and—shall find we are right. He will produce an
association, any one, it does not matter to us what it is. He
will be especially ready with information which we may term
historical. He will say: “That is something which happened
yesterday” (as in the instance of the two “prosaic” dreams
quoted above) or: “That reminds me of something which
happened recently,” and in this way we shall come to notice
that dreams are much more often connected with impressions
of the day before than we thought at first. Finally, with
the dream as his starting-point, he will recall events which
happened less recently, and at last even some which lie very
far back in the past.
In regard to the main issue, however, you are wrong. When
you think it arbitrary to assume that the first association of
the dreamer must give us just what we are looking for, or at
any rate lead to it, and further, that the association is much
more likely to be quite capricious and to have no connection
with what we are looking for, and that it only shows my blind
trust in Providence if I expect anything else—then you make
a very great mistake. I have already taken the liberty of
pointing out to you that there is within you a deeply-rooted
belief in psychic freedom and choice, that this belief is quite
unscientific, and that it must give ground before the claims of
88a determinism which governs even mental life. I ask you to
have some respect for the fact that that one association, and
nothing else, occurs to the dreamer when he is questioned. Nor
am I setting up one belief against another. It can be proved
that the association thus given is not a matter of choice, not
indeterminate, and that it is not unconnected with what we
are looking for. Indeed, I have recently learnt—not that I
attach too much importance to the fact—that experimental
psychology itself has brought forward similar proofs.
Because of the importance of the matter I ask you to pay
special attention to this. When I ask a man to say what comes
to his mind about any given element in a dream, I require him
to give himself up to the process of FREE ASSOCIATIONwhich
follows when he keeps in mind the original idea. This necessitates
a peculiar attitude of the attention, something quite
different from reflection, indeed, precluding it. Many people
adopt this attitude without any difficulty, but others when
they attempt to do so display an incredible inaptitude. There
is a still higher degree of freedom in association which appears
when I dispense with any particular stimulus-idea and perhaps
only describe the kind and species of association that I want;
for example, ask someone to let a proper name or a number
occur to him. An association of this sort should, one would
say, be even more subject to choice and unaccountable than
the kind used in our technique. Nevertheless, it can be shown
that in every instance it will be strictly determined by important
inner attitudes of mind, which are unknown to us at the moment
when they operate, just as much unknown as are the disturbing
tendencies which cause errors, and those tendencies which bring
about so-called “chance” actions.
I myself and many after me have repeatedly made an examination
of names and numbers called up without any particular
idea as a starting-point; some of these experiments have been
published. The method is this: a train of associations is stirred
up by the name which occurred, and these associations, as you
see, are no longer quite free, but are attached just so far as the
associations to the different elements of the dream are attached;
this train of associations is then kept up until the thoughts arising
from the impulse have been exhausted. By that time, however,
you will have explained the motivation and significance of the
free association with a name. The experiments yield the same
result again and again; the information they give us often
includes a wealth of material and necessitates going far afield
into its ramifications. The associations to numbers that arise
89spontaneously are perhaps the most demonstrative; they follow
upon one another so swiftly and make for a hidden goal with
such astounding certainty that one is really quite taken aback.
I will give you just one example of a name-analysis of this sort,
because it happens to be one which does not involve the handling
of a great mass of material.
Once, when I was treating a young man, I happened to say
something on this subject and to assert that in spite of our
apparent freedom of choice in such matters we cannot, in point
of fact, think of any name which cannot be shown to be narrowly
determined by the immediate circumstances, the idiosyncrasies,
of the person experimented with and his situation at the moment.
As he was inclined to be sceptical, I proposed that he should
make the experiment himself then and there. I knew that
he had unusually numerous relationships of all sorts with women
and girls, so I told him that I thought he would have an exceptionally
large number to choose from if he were to let the name
of a woman occur to him. He agreed. To my surprise, or rather
perhaps to his own, he did not overwhelm me with an avalanche
of women’s names, but remained silent for a time, and then
confessed that the only name which came into his mind at all
was “Albine.” “How curious! What do you connect with
this name? How many Albines do you know?” Strangely
enough, he knew no one of the name of Albine, and he found
no associations to the name. One might infer that the analysis
had failed; but no, it was already complete, and no further
association was required. The man himself was unusually fair
in colouring, and whilst talking to him in analysis I had often
jokingly called him an albino; moreover, we were just in the
midst of tracing the feminine element in his nature. So it was
he himself who was this female albino, the “woman” who
interested him most at the moment.
In the same way, the tunes which suddenly come into a
man’s head can be shown to be conditioned by some train of
thought to which they belong, and which for some reason is
occupying his mind without his knowing anything about it.
It is easy to show that the connection with the tune is to be
sought either in the words which belong to it or in the source
from which it comes: I must, however, make this reservation,
that I do not maintain this in the case of really musical people
of whom I happen to have had no experience; in them the
musical value of the tune may account for its suddenly emerging
into consciousness. The first case is certainly much more
common; I know of a young man who for some time was absolutely
90haunted by the tune (a charming one, I admit) of the
song of Paris in Helen of Troy, until his attention was drawn
in analysis to the fact that at that time an “Ida” and a
“Helen” were rivals in his interest.
If then the associations which arise quite freely are determined
in this way and belong to some definite context, we are
surely justified in concluding that associations attached to one
single stimulus-idea must be equally narrowly conditioned.
Examination shows as a fact that they are not only attached
in the first place to the stimulus-idea which we have
provided for them, but that they are also dependent, in the
second place, on circles of thoughts and interests of strong
affective value (complexes, as we call them) of whose influence
at the time nothing is known, that is to say, on unconscious
activities.
Associations attached in this way have been made the subject
of very instructive experiments, which have played a notable
part in the history of psycho-analysis. Wundt’s school originated
the so-called ‘association-experiment,’ in which the subject
of the experiment is bidden to reply to a given ‘stimulus-word’
as quickly as possible with whatever ‘reaction-word’ occurs
to him. The following points may then be noted: the interval
which elapses between the sounding of the stimulus-word and
of the reaction-word, the nature of the latter, and possibly any
mistake which comes in when the same experiment is repeated
later, and so on. The Zurich School, under the leadership of
Bleuler and Jung, arrived at the explanation of the reactions
to the association-experiment by asking the person experimented
upon to throw light upon any associations which seemed
at all remarkable, by means of subsequent associations. In
this way it became clear that these unusual reactions were
most strictly determined by the complexes of the person concerned.
By this discovery Bleuler and Jung built the first
bridge between experimental psychology and psycho-analysis.
Having heard this you may possibly say: “We admit now
that free associations are subject to determination and not a
matter of choice, as we thought at first, and we admit this also
in the case of associations to the elements of dreams. But it
is not this that we are bothering about. You maintain that
the association to each element in the dream is determined by
some mental background to this particular element, a background
of which we know nothing. We cannot see that there
is any proof of this. Naturally we expect that the association
to the dream-element will be shown to be conditioned by one
91of the complexes of the dreamer, but what good is that to us?
That does not help us to understand the dream; it merely leads
to some knowledge of these so-called complexes, as did the
association-experiment; but what have these to do with the
dream?”
You are right, but you are overlooking an important point,
the very thing which deterred me from choosing the association-experiment
as a starting-point for this discussion. In this
experiment the stimulus-word, the single thing which determines
the reaction, is chosen by us at will, and the reaction
stands as intermediary between this stimulus-word and the
complex aroused in the person experimented upon. In the
dream, the stimulus-word is replaced by something derived
from the mental life of the dreamer, from sources unknown
to him, and hence may very probably be itself a ‘derivative
of a complex.’ It is not, therefore, altogether fantastic to
suppose that the further associations connected with the elements
of the dream are determined by no other complex than
that which has produced the particular element itself, and that
they will lead to the discovery of that complex.
Let me give you another instance which may serve to show
that, in the case of dreams, the facts bear out our expectations.
The forgetting of proper names is really an excellent prototype
of what happens in dream-analysis, only that in the former
case one person alone is concerned, while in the interpretation
of dreams there are two. When I forget a name temporarily,
I am still certain that I know it, and by way of a détour through
Bernheim’s experiment, we are now in a position to achieve a
similar certainty in the case of the dreamer. Now this name
which I have forgotten, and yet really know, eludes me. Experience
soon teaches me that no amount of thinking about it,
even with effort, is any use. I can, however, always think of
another or of several other names instead of the forgotten one.
When such a substitute name occurs to me spontaneously, only
then is the similarity between this situation and that of dream-analysis
evident. The dream-element also is not what I am
really looking for; it is only a substitute for something else,
for the real thing which I do not know and am trying to discover
by means of dream-analysis. Again the difference is that when
I forget a name I know perfectly well that the substitute is not
the right one, whereas we only arrived at this conception of the
dream-element by a laborious process of investigation. Now
there also is a way in which, when we forget a name, we can by
starting from the substitute, arrive at the real thing eluding
92our consciousness at the moment, i.e. the forgotten name. If
I turn my attention to these substitute names and let further
associations to them come into my mind, I arrive after a short
or a long way round at the name I have forgotten, and in so
doing I discover that the substitutes I have spontaneously produced
had a definite connection with, and were determined by,
the forgotten name.
I will give you an instance of an analysis of this sort: one
day I found that I could not call to mind the name of the small
country on the Riviera, of which Monte Carlo is the capital.
It was most annoying, but so it was. I delved into all my
knowledge about the country; I thought of Prince Albert of
the House of Lusignan, of his marriages, of his passion for deep-sea
exploration—in fact of everything I could summon up, but
all to no purpose. So I gave up trying to think and, instead
of the name I had lost, let substitute names come into my mind.
They came quickly: Monte Carlo itself, then Piedmont, Albania,
Montevideo, Colico. Albania was the first to attract my attention;
it was immediately replaced by Montenegro, probably
because of the contrast between black and white. Then I
noticed that four of the substitute names have the same syllable
“mon,” and immediately I recalled the forgotten word and
cried out “Monaco.” You see the substitutes really originated
in the forgotten name; the four first came from the first syllable
and the last gave the sequence of the syllables and the whole
of the final syllable. Incidentally, I could quite easily find
out what had made me forget the name for the time being.
Monaco is the Italian name for Munich, and it was some
thoughts connected with this town which had acted as an
inhibition.
Now that is a very pretty example, but it is too simple. In
other cases you might have to take a longer succession of associations
to the substitute name, and then the analogy to dream-analysis
would be clearer. I have had experiences of that sort,
too. A stranger once invited me to drink some Italian wine
with him, and in the inn he found he had forgotten the name
of the wine which he had meant to order on account of his very
pleasant recollections of it. A number of dissimilar substitute
names occurred to him, and from these I was able to infer that
the thought of someone called Hedwig had made him forget
the name of the wine. Sure enough, not only did he tell me
that there had been a Hedwig with him on the occasion when
he first tasted the wine, but this discovery brought back to
him the name he wanted. He was now happily married, and
93“Hedwig” belonged to earlier days which he did not care to
recall.
What is possible in the case of forgotten names must be
also possible in the interpretation of dreams: starting from the
substitute, we must be able to arrive at the real object of our
search by means of a train of associations; and further, arguing
from what happens with forgotten names, we may assume that
the associations to the dream-element will have been determined
not only by that element but also by the real thought which
is not in consciousness. If we could do this, we should have
gone some way towards justifying our technique.
94
You see that our study of errors has not been fruitless. Thanks
to our exertions in that direction, we have—reasoning from the
hypotheses with which you are familiar—secured two results:
a conception of the nature of the dream-element and a technique
of dream-interpretation. The conception of the dream-element
is as follows: it is not in itself a primary and essential thing,
a ‘thought proper,’ but a substitute for something else unknown
to the person concerned, just as is the underlying intention
of the error, a substitute for something the knowledge of which
is indeed possessed by the dreamer but is inaccessible to him.
We hope to be able to carry over the same conception on to the
dream as a whole, which consists of a number of such elements.
Our method is to allow other substitute-ideas, from which we
are able to divine that which lies hidden, to emerge into consciousness
by means of free association to the said elements.
I am now going to propose that we introduce an alteration
in our nomenclature in order to make our terminology more
flexible. Instead of using the words “hidden,” “inaccessible,”
or “proper,” let us give a more precise description and say
“inaccessible to the consciousness of the dreamer” or “unconscious.”
By that we mean nothing more than was implied
in the case of the forgotten word, or the underlying intention
responsible for the error; that is to say, unconscious at the
moment. It follows that in contradistinction we may call the
dream-elements themselves, and those substitute-ideas arrived at
by the process of association, conscious. No theoretical implication
is so far contained in these terms; no exception can be
taken to the use of the word “unconscious” as a description
at once applicable and easy to understand.[26]
95Now, transferring our conception from the single element
to the dream as a whole, it follows that the latter is the distorted
substitute for something else, something unconscious, and that
the task of dream-interpretation is to discover these unconscious
thoughts. Hence are derived three important rules which
should be observed in the work of dream-interpretation:
1. We are not to trouble about the surface meaning of the
dream, whether it be reasonable or absurd, clear or confused;
in no case does it constitute the unconscious thoughts we are
seeking. (An obvious limitation of this rule will force itself
upon us later.)
2. We are to confine our work to calling up substitute-ideas
for every element and not to ponder over them and try to see
whether they contain something which fits in, nor to trouble
ourselves about how far they are taking us from the dream-element.
3. We must wait until the hidden unconscious thoughts
which we are seeking appear of their own accord, just as in
the case of the missing word “Monaco” in the experiment
which I described.
Now we understand also how entirely indifferent it is
whether we remember much or little of our dreams, above all
whether we remember them accurately or not. The dream as
remembered is not the real thing at all, but a distorted substitute
which, by calling up other substitute-ideas, provides us with a
means of approaching the thought proper, of bringing into
consciousness the unconscious thoughts underlying the dream.
If our recollection was at fault, all that has happened is that a
further distortion of the substitute has taken place, and this
distortion itself cannot be without motivation.
We can interpret our own dreams as well as those of others;
indeed, we learn more from our own and the process carries
more conviction. Now if we experiment in this direction, we
notice that something is working against us. Associations
come, it is true, but we do not admit them all; we are moved
to criticize and to select. We say to ourselves of one association:
“No, that does not fit in—it is irrelevant,” and of another:
“That is too absurd,” and of a third: “That is quite beside
the point”; and then we can observe further that in making
such objections we stifle, and in the end actually banish, the
associations before they have become quite clear. So on the
one hand we tend to hold too closely to the initial idea, that is,
the dream-element itself, and on the other, by allowing ourselves
to select, we vitiate the results of the process of free association.
96If we are not attempting the interpretation by ourselves, but
are allowing someone else to interpret, we shall clearly perceive
another motive impelling us to this selection, forbidden as we
know it to be. We find ourselves thinking at times: “No,
this association is too unpleasant; I cannot, or will not, tell
it to him.”
Clearly these objections threaten to spoil the success of our
work. We must guard against them when we are interpreting
our own dreams by resolving firmly not to yield to them, and,
in interpreting those of someone else, by laying down the hard
and fast rule that he must not withhold any association, even
if one of the four objections I have named rises up against it,
namely, that it is too unimportant, too absurd, too irrelevant
or too unpleasant to speak of. He promises to keep this rule,
and we may well feel annoyed when we find how badly he fulfils
his promise later on. At first we account for this by imagining
that in spite of our authoritative assurance he is not convinced
that the process of free association will be justified by its results;
and perhaps our next idea will be to win him over first to our
theory, by giving him books to read or sending him to lectures
so that he may be converted to our views on the subject. But
we shall be saved from any such false steps by observing that
the same critical objections against certain associations arise
even in ourselves, whom we surely cannot suspect of doubt,
and can only subsequently, on second thoughts as it were, be
overcome.
Instead of being annoyed at the dreamer’s disobedience,
we can turn this experience to good account as a means of
learning something new, something which is the more important
the more unprepared we were for it. We realize that the work
of dream-interpretation is encountering opposition by a resistance
which expresses itself in this very form of critical objections.
This resistance is independent of the theoretical conviction of
the dreamer. We learn even more than this. Experience
shows that a critical objection of this nature is never justified.
On the contrary, the associations which people wish to suppress
in this way prove without exception to be the most important, to
be decisive for the discovery of the unconscious thought. When
an association is accompanied by an objection of this sort it
positively calls for special notice.
This resistance is something entirely new; a phenomenon
which we have found by following out our hypotheses, although
it was not included in them. We are not altogether agreeably
surprised by this new factor which we have to reckon with,
97for we suspect already that it will not make our work any easier:
it might almost tempt us to give up the effort with dreams
altogether. To take such a trivial subject and then to have
so much trouble, instead of spinning along smoothly with our
technique! But we might on the other hand find these difficulties
fascinating and be led to suspect that the work will be
worth the trouble. Resistances invariably confront us when
we try to penetrate to the hidden unconscious thought from the
substitute offered by the dream-element. We may suppose,
therefore, that something very significant must be concealed
behind the substitute; for, if not, why should we meet with
such difficulties, the purpose of which is to keep up the concealment?
When a child will not open his clenched fist to show
what is in it, we may be quite certain that it is something which
he ought not to have.
As soon as we introduce into our subject the dynamic conception
of resistance, we must bear in mind that this factor is
something quantitatively variable. There are greater and
lesser resistances, and we are prepared to find these differences
showing themselves in the course of our work. Perhaps we
can connect with this another experience also met with in the
process of dream-interpretation. I mean that sometimes only
a few associations—perhaps not more than one—suffice to lead
us from the dream-element to the unconscious thought behind
it, whilst on other occasions long chains of associations are
necessary and many critical objections have to be overcome.
We shall probably think that the number of associations necessary
varies with the varying strength of the resistances, and
very likely we shall be right. If there is only a slight resistance,
the substitute is not far removed from the unconscious thought;
a strong resistance on the other hand causes great distortions
of the latter, and thereby entails a long journey back from the
substitute to the unconscious thought itself.
Perhaps this would be a good moment to select a dream
and try our technique upon it, to see whether the expectations
we have entertained are realized. Very well, but what dream
shall we choose? You do not know how difficult it is for me
to decide, nor can I make it clear to you yet what the difficulties
are. Obviously there must be dreams in which on the
whole there is very little distortion, and one would think it would
be best to begin with these. But which are the least distorted
dreams? Those which make good sense and are not confused,
of which I have already given you two examples? In assuming
this, we should make a great mistake, for examination shows
98that these dreams have undergone an exceptionally high degree
of distortion. Supposing then that I make no special condition
but take any dream at random, you would probably be very
much disappointed. We might have to observe and record
such a vast number of associations to the single dream-elements
that it would be quite impossible to gain any clear view of the
work as a whole. If we write the dream down and compare
with it all the associations which it produces, we are likely to
find that they have multiplied the length of the text of the dream
many times. So the most practical method would seem to be
that of selecting for analysis several short dreams, each of which
can at least convey some idea to us or confirm some supposition.
This will be the course we shall decide to take, unless experience
gives us a hint where we ought really to look for slightly distorted
dreams.
But I can suggest another means of simplifying matters,
one which lies right before us. Instead of attempting the interpretation
of whole dreams, let us confine ourselves to single
dream-elements and find out by taking a series of examples
how the application of our technique explains them:—
(a) A lady related that as a child she very often dreamt
that God had a pointed paper cap on his head. How are you
going to understand that without the help of the dreamer?
It sounds quite nonsensical; but the absurdity disappears
when the lady says that as a little girl she used to have a cap
like that put on her head at table, because she wouldn’t give
up looking at the plates of her brothers and sisters to see whether
any of them had been given more than she. Evidently the
cap was meant to serve the purpose of blinkers; this piece of
historical information was given, by the way, without any
difficulty. The interpretation of this element and, with it,
of the whole short dream becomes easy enough with the help
of a further association of the dreamer’s: “As I had been told
that God knew everything and saw everything, the dream could
only mean that I knew and saw everything as God did, even
when they tried to prevent me.” This example is perhaps too
simple.
(b) A sceptical patient had a longer dream, in which certain
people were telling her about my book on Wit and praising it
very highly. Then something else came in about a canal; it
might have been another book in which the word canal occurred,
or something else to do with a canal ... she did not know ...
it was quite vague.
Now you will certainly be inclined to suppose that the canal99in the dream will defy interpretation on account of its vagueness.
You are right in expecting difficulty, but the difficulty is not
caused by the vagueness; on the contrary, the difficulty in
interpretation is caused by something else, by the same thing
that makes the element vague. The dreamer had no association
to the word “canal”; naturally I did not know what to say
either. Shortly afterwards, to be accurate, on the next day,
she told me that an association had occurred to her which
perhaps had something to do with it. It was in fact a witty
remark which some one had told her. On board ship between
Dover and Calais a well-known author was talking to an Englishman
who in some particular context quoted the words: “Du
sublime au ridicule il n’y a qu’un pas.” The author answered:
“Oui, le Pas-de-Calais,” meaning that he regarded France as
sublime and England as ridiculous. Of course, the Pas-de-Calais
is a canal—that is to say, the Canal la Manche—the
English Channel. Now, you ask, do I think that this association
had anything to do with the dream? Certainly I think so:
it gives the true meaning of the puzzling dream-element. Or
are you inclined to doubt that the joke already existed before the
dream and was the unconscious thought behind the element
“canal,” and to maintain that it was a subsequent invention?
The association reveals the scepticism disguised under the
obtrusive admiration, and resistance was no doubt the cause
both of the association being so long in occurring to her, and of
the corresponding dream-element being so vague. Observe here
the relation between the dream-element and the unconscious
thought underlying it: it is, as it were, a fragment of the thought,
an allusion to it; by being isolated in that way it became quite
incomprehensible.
(c) A patient had a fairly long dream, part of which was
as follows: Several members of his family were seated at a table
of a particular shape ... etc. This table reminded the dreamer
that he had seen one of the same sort when he was visiting a
certain family. From that his thoughts ran on thus: in this
family the relationship between father and son was a peculiar
one, and the patient presently added that his own relationship
to his father was, as a matter of fact, of the same nature.
So the table was introduced into the dream to indicate this
parallelism.
It happened that this dreamer had long been familiar with
the demands of dream-interpretation; otherwise he might
have taken exception to the idea of investigating so trivial a
detail as the shape of a table. We do literally deny that anything
100in the dream is a matter of chance or of indifference, and it is
precisely by enquiring into such trivial and (apparently) unmotivated
details that we expect to arrive at our conclusion.
You may perhaps still be surprised that the dream-work
should happen to choose the table, in order to express the thought
“Our relationship is just like theirs.” But even this is explicable
when you learn that the family in question was named “Tischler.”
(Tisch = table.) In making his relations sit at this table the
dreamer’s meaning was that they too were “Tischler.”[27] And
notice another thing: that in relating dream-interpretations
of this sort one is forced into indiscretion. There you have
one of the difficulties I alluded to in the matter of choosing
examples. I could easily have given you another example
instead of this one, but probably I should have avoided this
indiscretion only to commit another in its place.
This seems to me a good point at which to introduce two
new terms which we might have used already. Let us call
the dream as related the manifest dream-content, and the hidden
meaning, which we should come by in following out the associations,
the latent dream-thoughts. Then we must consider the
relation between the manifest content and the latent thoughts,
as shown in the above examples. There are many varieties
of these relations. In examples (a) and (b) the manifest dream-element
is also an integral part of the latent thoughts, but only
a fragment of them. A small piece of a great, composite,
mental structure in the unconscious dream-thoughts has made
its way into the manifest dream also, in the form of a fragment
or in other cases as an allusion, like a catch-word or an abbreviation
in a telegraphic code. The interpretation has to complete
the whole to which this scrap or allusion belongs, which it did
most successfully in example (b). One method of the distorting
process in which the dream-work consists is therefore
that of substituting for something else a fragment or an allusion.
In example (c) we notice, moreover, another possible relation
between manifest content and latent thought, a relation which
is even more plainly and distinctly expressed in the following
examples:—
(d) The dreamer was pulling a certain lady of his acquaintance
out of a ditch. He himself found the meaning of this dream-element
by means of the first association. It meant: he
“picked her out,” preferred her.[28]
101(e) Another man dreamt that his brother was digging up his
garden all over again. The first association was to deep-trenching
for vegetables, the second gave the meaning. The brother
was retrenching. (Retrenching his expenses).[29]
(f) The dreamer was climbing a mountain from which he had
a remarkably wide view. This sounds most reasonable; perhaps
no interpretation is called for and we have only to find out
what recollection is referred to in the dream, and what had
aroused it. No, you are mistaken; it comes out that this
dream needed interpretation just as much as any other, more
confused. For the dreamer remembers nothing about mountain-climbing
himself; instead, it occurs to him that an acquaintance
is publishing a Rundschau (Review), on the subject of our
relations with the most distant parts of the earth: hence, the
latent thought is one in which the dreamer identifies himself
with the “reviewer” (lit. one who takes a survey).
Here you come across a new type of relation between the
manifest and the latent element in dreams. The former is not
so much a distortion of the latter as a representation—a plastic,
concrete piece of imagery, originating in the sound of a word.
It is true that this amounts in effect to a distortion, for we have
long forgotten from what concrete image the word sprang, and
hence fail to recognize it when that image is substituted for it.
When you consider that the manifest dream consists of visual
images in by far the greatest number of cases, and less frequently
of thoughts and words, you will easily realize that this kind
of relation between the manifest and the latent has a special
significance in the structure of dreams. You see too that in
this way it becomes possible for a long series of abstract thoughts
to create substitute-images in the manifest dream which do
indeed serve the purpose of concealment. This is how our
picture-puzzles are made up. The source of the semblance of
wit which goes with this type of representation is a special
question which we need not touch on here.
There is a fourth kind of relation between the manifest and
the latent elements which I will say nothing about until the
time comes for it in my account of our technique. Even then
I shall not have given you a full list of these possible relations,
but we shall have sufficient for our purpose.
Now do you think you can summon up courage to venture
on the interpretation of a whole dream? Let us see whether
we are adequately equipped for the task. I shall not, of course,
choose one of the most obscure, but all the same it shall be
102one which shows the characteristics of dreams in a well-marked
form.
A young woman who had already been married for a number
of years dreamt as follows: She was at the theatre with her husband,
and one side of the stalls was quite empty. Her husband told her
that Elise L. and her fiancé also wanted to come, but could only
get bad seats, three for a florin and a half, and of course they could
not take those. She replied that in her opinion they did not lose
much by that.
The first thing stated by the dreamer is that the occasion
giving rise to the dream is alluded to in the manifest content:
her husband had really told her that Elise L., an acquaintance
of about her own age, had become engaged, and the dream is
the reaction to this piece of news. We know already that in
many dreams it is easy to point to some such occasion occurring
on the day before, and that this is often traced by the dreamer
without any difficulty. This dreamer supplies us with further
information of the same sort about other elements in the manifest
dream. To what did she trace the detail of one side of the
stalls being empty? It was an allusion to a real occurrence
of the week before, when she had meant to go to a certain play
and had therefore booked seats early, so early that she had to
pay extra for the tickets. On entering the theatre it was evident
that her anxiety had been quite superfluous, for one side of the
stalls was almost empty. It would have been time enough if
she had bought the tickets on the actual day of the performance
and her husband did not fail to tease her about having
been in too great a hurry. Next, what about the one florin and
a half (1 fl. 50)? This was traced to quite another context which
had nothing to do with the former, but it again refers to some news
received on the previous day. Her sister-in-law had had a
present of 150 florins from her husband and had rushed off
in a hurry, like a silly goose, to a jeweller’s shop and spent it
all on a piece of jewellery. What about the number three?
She knew nothing about that unless this idea could be counted
an association, that the engaged girl, Elise L., was only three
months younger than she herself who had been married ten
years. And the absurdity of taking three tickets for two people?
She had nothing to say to this and refused to give any more
associations or information whatever.
Nevertheless, her few associations have provided us with
so much material that it is possible to discover the latent dream-thoughts.
We are struck by the fact that in her statements
references to time are noticeable at several points, which form
103a common basis for the different parts of this material. She
had got the theatre tickets too soon, taken them in too great a
hurry, so that she had to pay extra for them; in the same way
her sister-in-law had hurried off to the jeweller’s with her money
to buy an ornament with it, as though she might miss something.
If the strongly emphasized points: “too early,” “too great a
hurry,” are connected with the occasion for the dream (namely,
the news that her friend, only three months younger than herself,
had now found a good husband after all) and with the criticism
expressed in her asperity about her sister-in-law, that it was
folly to be so precipitate, there occurs to us almost spontaneously
the following construction of the latent dream-thoughts,
for which the manifest dream is a highly-distorted substitute:
“It was really foolish of me to be in such a hurry to marry!
Elise’s example shows me that I too could have found a husband
later on.” (The over-haste is represented by her own conduct
in buying the tickets and that of her sister-in-law in buying the
jewellery. Going to the theatre is substituted for getting
married.) This would be the main thought; perhaps we may
go on, though with less certainty because the analysis in these
passages ought not to be unsupported by statements of the
dreamer: “And I might have had one a hundred times better
for the money!” (150 florins is 100 times more than one florin
and a half.) If we may substitute the dowry for the money,
it would mean that the husband is bought with the dowry:
both the jewellery and the bad seats would stand for the husband.
It would be still more desirable if we could see some connection
between the element “three tickets” and a husband; but our
knowledge does not as yet extend to this. We have only found
out that the dream expresses depreciation of her own husband
and regret at having married so early.
In my opinion we shall be more surprised and confused by
the result of this our first attempt at dream-interpretation than
satisfied with it. Too many ideas force themselves upon us
at once, more than as yet we can master. We see already that
we shall not come to the end of what the interpretation of this
dream can teach us. Let us immediately single out those points
in which we can definitely see some new knowledge.
In the first place: we note that in the latent thoughts the
chief emphasis falls upon the element of hurry; in the manifest
dream that is exactly a feature about which we find nothing.
Without analysis we could have had no suspicion that this
thought entered in at all. It seems possible, therefore, that
precisely the main point round which the unconscious thoughts
104centre does not appear in the manifest dream at all. This fact
must radically change the impression made upon us by the
whole dream. In the second place: in the dream there is a
nonsensical combination of ideas (three for one florin and a
half); in the dream-thoughts we detect the opinion: “It was
folly (to marry so early).” Can one reject the conclusion that
this thought, “It was folly,” is represented by the introduction
into the manifest dream of an absurd element? In
the third place: comparison shows us that the relation between
manifest and latent elements is no simple one, certainly not
of such a kind that a manifest always replaces a latent element.
The relation between the two is of the nature of a relation between
two different groups, so that a manifest element can represent
several latent thoughts or a latent thought be replaced by several
manifest elements.
As regards the meaning of the dream and the dreamer’s
attitude towards it, here again we might find many surprising
things to say. The lady certainly admitted the interpretation,
but she wondered at it; she had not been aware that she
had such disparaging thoughts of her husband; she did not
even know why she should so disparage him. So there is still
much that is incomprehensible about it. I really think that
as yet we are not properly equipped for interpreting a dream
and that we need further instruction and preparation first.
105
We had the impression that we had advanced too rapidly; let
us therefore retrace our steps a little. Before we made our
last experiment in which we tried to overcome the difficulty of
dream-distortion by means of our technique, we said that it
would be best to circumvent it by confining our attention to
dreams in which distortion is absent or occurs only to a very
slight extent, if there are any such dreams. In doing this, we
are again departing from the actual course of development of
our knowledge; for in reality it was only after consistently
applying our method of interpretation, and after exhaustive
analysis of dreams in which distortion occurred, that we became
aware of the existence of those in which it is lacking.
The dreams we are looking for are met with in children:
short, clear, coherent, and easy to understand, they are free
from ambiguity and yet are unmistakable dreams. You must
not think, however, that all dreams in children are of this type.
Distortion in dreams begins to appear very early in childhood,
and there are on record dreams of children between five and
eight years old which already show all the characteristics of
the dreams of later life. But, if you confine yourselves to those
occurring in the period between the dawn of recognizable mental
activity and the fourth or fifth year of life, you will discover
a series which we should characterize as infantile, and, in the
later years of childhood, you may find single dreams of the same
type; indeed, even in grown-up people under certain conditions
dreams appear which in no way differ from the typically infantile.
Now from these children’s dreams it is possible to obtain
without any difficulty trustworthy information about the essential
nature of dreams, which we hope will prove to be decisive and
universally valid.
1. In order to understand these dreams there is no need
for any analysis nor for the employment of any technique. It
is not necessary to question the child who relates his dream.
But we must know something about his life; in every instance
106there is some experience from the previous day which explains
the dream. The dream is the mind’s reaction in sleep to the
experience of the previous day.
Let us consider some examples in order to base our further
conclusions upon them:
(a) A boy of a year and ten months old had to present
someone with a basket of cherries as a birthday gift. He plainly
did it very unwillingly, although he had been promised some of
them for himself. The next morning he told his dream:
“Hermann eaten all the cherries.”
(b) A little girl of three and a quarter years went for the
first time for a trip on the lake. When they came to land, she
did not wish to leave the boat and cried bitterly; the time on
the water had evidently gone too quickly for her. Next morning
she said: “Last night I was sailing on the lake.” We may
probably infer that this trip lasted longer.
(c) A boy five and a quarter years old was taken on an excursion
to the Escherntal near Hallstatt. He had heard that
Hallstatt lay at the foot of the Dachstein and had shown great
interest in that mountain. From the lodgings in Aussee there
was a fine view of the Dachstein, and with a telescope it was
possible to make out the Simony Hut on top. The child had
repeatedly endeavoured to see the hut through the telescope,
but nobody knew whether he had succeeded. The excursion
began in a mood of joyful expectation. Whenever a new
mountain came into sight, the little boy asked: “Is that the
Dachstein?” Every time his question was answered in the
negative he grew more out of spirits and presently became silent
and refused to climb a little way up to the waterfall with the
others. He was thought to be overtired, but the next morning
he said quite happily: “Last night I dreamt that we were in
the Simony Hut.” So it was with this expectation that he
had taken part in the excursion. The only detail he gave was
one he had heard before: “You have to climb up steps for six
hours.”
These three dreams will be enough to give us all the information
we need at this point.
2. We see that these childhood dreams are not meaningless;
they are complete, comprehensible mental acts. Remember the
medical verdict about dreams, which I told you, and the comparison
with unskilled fingers wandering over the keys of the
piano. You cannot fail to notice how sharply this conception is
contradicted by the children’s dreams I have quoted. Now it
would surely be most extraordinary if a child were able to achieve
107the performance of complete mental acts during sleep, and the
grown-up person in the same situation contented himself with
spasmodic reactions. Besides, we have every reason for attributing
better and deeper sleep to a child.
3. In these dreams there is no distortion and therefore they
need no interpretation: the manifest and the latent content is
here identical. From this we conclude that distortion is not
essential to the nature of the dream. I expect that this statement
will take a weight off your minds. Nevertheless, closer consideration
forces us to admit that even in these dreams distortion
is present, though in a very slight degree, that there is a certain
difference between the manifest content and the latent dream-thought.
4. The child’s dream is a reaction to an experience of the
previous day, which has left behind a regret, a longing, or an
unsatisfied wish. In the dream we have the direct, undisguised
fulfilment of this wish. Now consider our discussion as to the
part played by the external or internal somatic stimuli as disturbers
of sleep and begetters of dreams. We learnt certain
quite definite facts on this point, but this explanation only held
good in a small number of dreams. In these children’s dreams
there is nothing to indicate the influence of such somatic stimuli;
we can make no mistake about it, for the dreams are perfectly
comprehensible and each can easily be grasped as a whole. But
we need not on that account give up our notion of the stimulus
as causing the dream. We can only ask why we forget from
the outset that there are mental as well as bodily sleep-disturbing
stimuli; surely we know that it is these which are mainly responsible
for disturbing the sleep of the grown-up person, in that
they hinder him from bringing about in himself the mental
condition essential for sleep, i.e. the withdrawal of interest from
the outside world. He wishes not to have any interruption in
his life; he would prefer to continue working at whatever
occupies him, and that is the reason why he does not sleep.
The mental stimulus which disturbs sleep is therefore for a child
the unsatisfied wish, and his reaction to this is a dream.
5. This takes us by a very short step to a conclusion about
the function of dreams. If dreams are the reaction to a mental
stimulus their value must lie in effecting a discharge of the
excitation so that the stimulus is removed and sleep can continue.
We do not yet know how this discharge through the dream is
effected dynamically, but we notice already that dreams are
not disturbers of sleep (the accusation commonly brought against
them), but are guardians and deliverers of it from disturbing
108influences. True, we are apt to think we should have slept
better if we had not dreamed, but there we are wrong: the
truth is that without the help of the dream we should not have
slept at all, and we owe it to the dream that we slept as well
as we did. It could not help disturbing us a little, just as a
policeman often cannot avoid making a noise when driving off
disturbers of the peace who would wake us.
6. That dreams are brought about by a wish and that the
content of the dream expresses this wish is one main characteristic
of dreams. The other equally constant feature is that the dream
does not merely give expression to a thought, but represents
this wish as fulfilled, in the form of an hallucinatory experience.
“I should like to sail on the lake,” runs the wish which gives
rise to the dream; the content of the dream itself is: “I am
sailing on the lake.” So that even in these simple dreams
belonging to childhood there is still a difference between the
latent and the manifest dream, and still a distortion of the
latent dream-thought, in the translation of the thought into an
experience. In interpreting a dream, we must first of all undo
this process of alteration. If this is to be regarded as one
of the most universal characteristics of all dreams, we then
know how to translate the dream-fragment I quoted before:
“I see my brother digging” does not mean “my brother is
retrenching,” but “I wish my brother would retrench, he is to
retrench.” Of the two universal characteristics here mentioned
the second is obviously more likely to be acknowledged without
opposition than the first. It is only by extensive investigations
that we can make sure that what produces the dream must
always be a wish and cannot sometimes be a preoccupation, a
purpose, or reproach; but the other characteristic remains
unaffected, namely, that the dream does not merely reproduce
this stimulus, but, by a kind of living it through, removes it,
sets it aside, relieves it.
7. In connection with these characteristics of dreams we
may take up again our comparison between dreams and errors.
In the latter we distinguished between a disturbing tendency
and one which is disturbed, the error being a compromise between
the two. Dreams fall into the same category; the disturbed
tendency can only, of course, be the tendency to sleep, while
the disturbing tendency resolves itself into the mental stimulus
which we may call the wish (clamouring for gratification), since
at present we know of no other mental stimulus disturbing sleep.
Here again the dream is the result of a compromise; we sleep,
and yet we experience the satisfaction of a wish; we gratify
109a wish and at the same time continue to sleep. Each achieves
part-success and part-failure.
8. You will remember that at one point we hoped to find a
path to an understanding of the problems presented by dreams
in the fact that certain very transparent phantasy-formations
are called “day-dreams.” Now these day-dreams are literally
wish-fulfilments, fulfilments of ambitious or erotic wishes, which
we recognize as such; they are, however, carried out in thought,
and, however vividly imagined, they never take the form of
hallucinatory experiences. Here, therefore, the less certain of
the two main characteristics of the dream is retained, whereas
the other, to which the condition of sleep is essential and which
cannot be realized in waking life, is entirely lacking. So in
language we find a hint that a wish-fulfilment is a main characteristic
of dreams. And further, if the experience we have in
dreams is only another form of imaginative representation, a
form which becomes possible under the peculiar conditions of
the sleeping state—“a nocturnal day-dream,” as we might call
it—we understand at once how it is that the process of dream-formation
can abrogate the stimulus operating at night and
can bring gratification; for day-dreaming also is a mode of
activity closely linked up with gratification, which is in fact the
only reason why people practise it.
Again, there are other linguistic expressions, besides this,
which imply the same thing. We are familiar with the proverbs:
“The pig dreams of acorns and the goose of maize.” “What
do chickens dream of? Of millet.” The proverb, you see,
goes even lower in the scale than we do, beyond the child to the
animal, and asserts that the content of dreams is the satisfaction
of a want. And there are many phrases which seem to point
to the same thing: we say “as beautiful as a dream.” “I
should never have dreamt of such a thing.” “I never imagined
that in my wildest dreams.” Here colloquial speech is clearly
partial in its judgement. Of course there are also anxiety-dreams,
and dreams the content of which is painful or indifferent, but
these have not given rise to any special phrases. We do indeed
speak of “bad” dreams, but by a “dream” pure and simple
common usage always understands some sort of exquisite wish-fulfilment.
Nor is there any proverb which attempts to assert
that pigs or geese dream of being slaughtered!
It is, of course, inconceivable that this wish-fulfilling character
of dreams should have escaped the notice of writers on the
subject. On the contrary, they have very often remarked upon
it; but it has not occurred to any of them to recognize this characteristic
110as universal, and to take it as the key to the explanation
of dreams. We can easily imagine what may have deterred
them, and later we will discuss the question.
Now see how much information we have gained, and that
with hardly any trouble, from our study of children’s dreams!
We have learnt that the function of dreams is to protect sleep;
that they arise out of two conflicting tendencies, of which the
one, the desire for sleep, remains constant, whilst the other
endeavours to satisfy some mental stimulus; that dreams are
proved to be mental acts, rich in meaning; that they have two
main characteristics, i.e., they are wish-fulfilments and hallucinatory
experiences. And meanwhile we could almost have
forgotten that we were studying psycho-analysis. Apart from
the connection we have made between dreams and errors our
work has not borne any specific stamp. Any psychologist
knowing nothing of the assumptions of psycho-analysis could
have given this explanation of children’s dreams. Why has
no one done so?
If only all dreams were of the infantile type the problem
would be solved and our task already achieved, and that without
questioning the dreamer, referring to the unconscious or
having recourse to the process of free association. Clearly it
is in this direction that we must continue our work. We have
already repeatedly found that characteristics alleged to be
universally valid have afterwards proved to hold good only for
a certain kind and a limited number of dreams. So the question
we now have to decide is whether the common characteristics
revealed by children’s dreams are any more stable than these,
and whether they hold also for those dreams whose meaning is
not obvious and in whose manifest content we can recognize
no reference to a wish remaining from the day before. Our
idea is that these other dreams have undergone a good deal of
distortion and on that account we must refrain from immediate
judgement. We suspect too that to unravel this distortion we
shall need the help of psycho-analytic technique, which we
could dispense with while learning, as we have just now done,
the meaning of children’s dreams.
There is yet one other class of dreams at least in which
no distortion is present and which, like children’s dreams, we
easily recognize to be wish-fulfilments. These are dreams which
are occasioned all through life by imperative physical needs—hunger,
thirst, sexual desire—and are wish-fulfilments in the
sense of being reactions to internal somatic stimuli. Thus I
have on record the dream of a little girl, one year and seven
111months old, which consisted of a kind of menu, together with
her name (Anna F ..., strawberries, bilberries, egg, pap), the
dream being a reaction to a day of fasting, enforced on account
of indigestion due to eating the fruit which appeared twice in
the dream. At the same time her grandmother—their combined
ages totalled seventy—was obliged, owing to a floating kidney,
to go without food for a day and dreamt that night that she
had been invited out and had had the most tempting delicacies
set before her. Observations on prisoners who are left to go
hungry, and on people who suffer privations whilst travelling
or on expeditions, show that in these circumstances they regularly
dream about the satisfaction of their wants. Thus Otto Nordenskjöld
in his book on the Antarctic (1904) tells us of the band
of men in whose company he spent the winter (Vol. I, p. 336):
“Our dreams showed very clearly the direction our thoughts
were taking. Never had we dreamt so frequently and so vividly
as at that time. Even those of our comrades who usually dreamt
but rarely had now long stories to tell in the mornings when we
exchanged our latest experiences in this realm of phantasy.
All the dreams were about that outside world now so far away,
but often they included a reference to our condition at the
time ... eating and drinking were, incidentally, the pivot on
which our dreams most often turned. One of us, who was
particularly good at going out to large dinners in his sleep, was
delighted when he could tell us in the morning that he had
had a three-course dinner. Another dreamt of tobacco, whole
mountains of tobacco; another of a ship which came full sail
over the water, at last clear of ice. Yet another dream deserves
mention: the postman came with the letters and gave a long
explanation of why they were so late; he said he had made a
mistake in delivering them, and had had great trouble in
getting them back again. Of course, things even more impossible
occupied our minds in sleep, but the lack of imagination in
almost all the dreams which I dreamt myself or heard the others
tell was quite striking. It would certainly be of great psychological
interest if we had a record of all these dreams. You can
imagine how we longed for sleep, when it offered each one of
us all that he most eagerly desired.” Another quotation, this
time from Du Prel: “Mungo Park, when nearly dying of thirst
on a journey in Africa, dreamt continually of the well-watered
hills and valleys of his home. So Trenck, tormented with hunger
in the redoubt at Magdebourg, saw himself in his dreams surrounded
by sumptuous meals; and George Back, who took part
in Franklin’s first expedition, when on the point of dying of
112hunger owing to their terrible privations, dreamt regularly of
abundant food to eat.”
Anyone who has made himself thirsty at night by eating
highly-seasoned dishes at supper is likely to dream of drinking.
Of course it is not possible to relieve acute hunger or thirst by
dreaming; in that case we awake thirsty and are obliged to
drink real water. The service of the dream is here of little
practical account, but it is none the less clear that it was called
up for the purpose of protecting sleep from the stimulus impelling
us to wake up and act. Where the intensity of the desire is
less, ‘satisfaction’-dreams do often answer the purpose.
In the same way, when the stimulus is that of sexual desire
the dream provides satisfaction, but of a kind which shows
peculiarities worthy of mention. Since it is a characteristic of
the sexual impulse that it is a degree less dependent on its object
than are hunger and thirst, the satisfaction in a pollution-dream
can be real; and, in consequence of certain difficulties in the
relation to the object (which will be discussed later), it particularly
often happens that the real satisfaction is yet connected
with a vague or distorted dream-content. This peculiarity of
pollution-dreams makes them, as O. Rank has observed, suitable
objects for the study of dream-distortion. Moreover, with adults,
dreams of desire usually contain besides the satisfaction something
else, springing from a purely mental source and requiring interpretation
if it is to be understood.
We do not maintain, by the way, that wish-fulfilment dreams
of the infantile type occur in adults solely as reactions to the
imperative desires I have mentioned. We are equally familiar
with short clear dreams of this type, occasioned by certain
dominating situations and unquestionably produced by mental
stimuli. For example, there are ‘impatience’-dreams in which
someone making preparations for a journey, for a theatrical
performance in which he is specially interested, or for a lecture
or a visit, has his expectations prematurely realized in a dream,
and finds himself the night before the actual experience already
at his journey’s end, at the theatre, or talking to the friend he
is going to visit. Or again, there is the ‘comfort’-dream,
rightly so-called, in which someone who wants to go on sleeping
dreams that he has already got up, that he is washing, or is
at school, while all the time he is really continuing his sleep,
meaning that he would rather dream of getting up than do so
in reality. In these dreams the desire for sleep, which we have
recognized as regularly participating in dream-formation, expresses
itself plainly and appears as their actual originator.
113The need for sleep ranks itself quite rightly with the other great
physical needs.
I would refer you at this point to the reproduction of a picture
by Schwind in the Schack Gallery at Munich[30] and would ask
you to notice how correctly the artist has realized the way in
which a dream arises out of a dominating situation. The picture
is called The Prisoner’s Dream, and the subject of the dream
must undoubtedly be his escape. It is a happy thought that
the prisoner is to escape by the window, for it is through the
window that the ray of light has entered and roused him from
sleep. The gnomes standing one above the other no doubt
represent the successive positions he would have to assume in
climbing up to the window; and, if I am not mistaken and do
not attribute too much intentional design to the artist, the
features of the gnome at the top, who is filing the grating through
(the very thing the prisoner himself would like to do), resemble
the man’s own.
I have said that in all dreams, other than those of children
and such as conform to the infantile type, we encounter the
obstacle of distortion. We cannot immediately say whether
they too are wish-fulfilments, as we are inclined to suppose, nor
can we guess from their manifest content in what mental stimulus
they originate, or prove that they, like the others, endeavour
to remove or relieve the stimulus. They must, in fact, be
interpreted, i.e. translated; the process of distortion must be
reversed, and the manifest content replaced by the latent thought,
before we can make any definite pronouncement whether what
we have found out about infantile dreams may claim to hold
good for all dreams alike.
114
Our study of children’s dreams has taught us how dreams originate,
what their essential character is, and what their function.
Dreams are the means of removing, by hallucinatory satisfaction,
mental stimuli that disturb sleep. It is true that with the dreams
of adults we have been able to explain one group only, those
which we termed dreams of the infantile type. We do not
yet know how it may be with the others, neither do we understand
them. The result we have arrived at already is one, however, of
which the significance is not to be under-estimated. Every time
that we fully understand a dream it proves to be a wish-fulfilment;
and this coincidence cannot be accidental or unimportant.
Dreams of another type are assumed by us to be distorted
substitutes for an unknown content, which first of all has to be
traced; we have various grounds for this assumption, amongst
others the analogy to our conception of errors. Our next task
is to investigate and understand this dream-distortion.
It is dream-distortion which makes dreams seem strange
and incomprehensible. There are several things we want to
know about it: first, whence it comes (its dynamics), secondly,
what it does, and finally, how it does it. Further, we can say
that distortion is the production of the dream-work. Let us
describe the dream-work and trace out the forces in it.
Now let me tell you a dream recorded by a lady well-known
in psycho-analytical circles[31], who said that the dreamer was an
elderly woman, highly cultivated and held in great esteem.
The dream was not analysed and our informant observed that
for psycho-analysts it needed no interpreting. Nor did the
dreamer herself interpret it, but she criticized it and condemned
it in such a way as though she knew what it meant. “Imagine,”
she said, “such abominable nonsense being dreamt by a woman of
fifty, whose only thought day and night is concern for her child.”
I will now tell you the dream, which is about “love service
115in war-time.”[32] ‘She went to the First Military Hospital and
said to the sentinel at the gate that she must speak to the physician-in-chief
(giving a name which she did not know), as she wished
to offer herself for service in the hospital. In saying this, she
emphasized the word service in such a way that the sergeant at
once perceived that she was speaking of “love service.” As
she was an old lady, he let her pass after some hesitation, but
instead of finding the chief physician, she came to a large gloomy
room, where a number of officers and army doctors were standing
or sitting around a long table. She turned to a staff doctor
and told him her proposal; he soon understood her meaning.
The words she said in her dream were: “I and countless
other women and girls of Vienna are ready for the soldiers,
officers or men, to....” This ended in a murmur. She
saw, however, by the half-embarrassed, half-malicious expressions
of the officers that all of them grasped her meaning. The lady
continued: “I know our decision sounds odd, but we are in
bitter earnest. The soldier on the battlefield is not asked whether
he wishes to die or not.” There followed a minute of painful
silence; then the staff doctor put his arm round her waist and
said: “Madam, supposing it really came to this, that ...
(murmur.)” She withdrew herself from his arm, thinking: “They
are all alike,” and replied: “Good heavens, I am an old woman
and perhaps it won’t happen to me. And one condition must
be observed: age must be taken into account, so that an
old woman and a young lad may not ... (murmur); that
would be horrible.” The staff doctor said: “I quite
understand”; but some of the officers, amongst them one
who as a young man had made love to her, laughed loudly,
and the lady asked to be taken to the physician-in-chief, whom
she knew, so that everything might be put straight. It then
struck her, to her great consternation, that she did not know
his name. The staff doctor, however, with the utmost respect
and courtesy, showed her the way to the second floor, up a very
narrow iron spiral staircase leading direct from the room where
they were to the upper storeys. As she went up, she heard an
officer say: “That is a tremendous decision, no matter whether
she is young or old; all honour to her!” With the feeling that
she was simply doing her duty, she went up an endless staircase.’
This dream was repeated twice within a few weeks, with
alterations here and there which, as the lady remarked, were
quite unimportant and entirely meaningless.
116The way in which this dream progresses corresponds to the
course of a day-dream; there are only a few places where an
interruption occurs, and many individual points in its content
might have been cleared up by enquiry: this, however, as you
know, was not undertaken. But the most striking and to us
the most interesting thing about it is the occurrence of many
gaps, not in the recollection, but in the content. In three places
the latter is, as it were, blotted out; where these gaps occur
the speeches are interrupted by a murmur. As we did not analyse
the dream, we have, strictly speaking, no right to say anything
about its meaning; but there are certain indications from which
we may draw conclusions, e.g. the words “love service”; and,
above all, the broken speeches immediately preceding the
murmurs require completion of a kind which admits of only
one construction. If we do so complete them a phantasy results,
in which the content is that the dreamer is ready at the call
of duty to offer herself to gratify the sexual needs of the troops,
irrespective of rank. This is certainly shocking, a model of a
shamelessly libidinous phantasy, but—the dream says nothing
about this. Just where the context demands this confession,
there is in the manifest dream an indistinct murmur: something
has been lost or suppressed.
I hope you recognize how obvious is the inference that it is
just the shocking nature of these passages which has led to their
suppression. Now where will you find a parallel to what has
taken place here? In these times you have not far to seek.
Take up any political paper and you will find that here and there in
the text something is omitted and in its place the blank white
of the paper meets your eye: you know that this is the work
of the press censor. Where these blank spaces occur, there
originally stood something of which the authorities at the censorship
disapproved and which has been deleted on that account.
You probably think it a pity, for that must have been the most
interesting part, the “cream” of the news.
On other occasions the censorship has not dealt with the
sentence in its completed form; for the writer, foreseeing which
passages were likely to be objected to by the censor, has forestalled
him by softening them down, making some slight modification
or contenting himself with hints and allusions to what
he really wants to write. In this case there are no blanks, but
from the roundabout and obscure mode of expression you can
detect the fact that, at the time of writing, the author had the
censorship in mind.
Now keeping to this parallel we say that those speeches in
117the dream which were omitted or disguised by a murmur have
also been sacrificed to some form of censorship. We actually
use the term DREAM-CENSORSHIP, and ascribe part of the distortion
to its agency. Wherever there are gaps in the manifest
dream we know that the censorship is responsible; and indeed
we should go further and recognize that wherever, amongst other
more clearly-defined elements, one appears which is fainter, more
indefinite or more dubious in recollection, it is evidence of the
work of the censorship. It is, however, seldom that it takes
a form so undisguised, so naïve, as we might say, as it does in
the case of the dream about “love service;” far more often
the censorship makes itself felt in the second way I mentioned:
by effecting modifications, hints, and allusions in place of the
true meaning.
There is a third way in which the dream-censorship
works, to which the ordinances of the Press censorship supply
no parallel; but it happens that I can demonstrate to you
this particular mode of activity on the part of the dream-censorship
in the only dream hitherto analysed by us. You
will remember the dream of the “three bad theatre tickets,
costing one florin and a half.” In the latent thoughts underlying
this dream, the element “too great a hurry, too early”
was in the foreground; the meaning was: “It was folly to
marry so early, it was foolish also to take the tickets so early,
it was ridiculous of the sister-in-law to spend her money so hurriedly
on a piece of jewellery.” Nothing of this central element of
the dream-thoughts appeared in the manifest content, where
everything was focussed on going to the theatre and taking
tickets. By this displacement of the accent and regrouping
of the dream-elements, the manifest content was made so unlike
the latent thoughts that nobody would suspect the presence of
the latter behind the former. This displacement of accent is one
of the principal means employed in distortion, and it is this
which gives the dream that character of strangeness which makes
the dreamer himself reluctant to recognize it as the product
of his own mind.
Omission, modification, regrouping of material—these then
are the modes of the dream-censorship’s activity and the means
employed in distortion. The censorship itself is the originator,
or one of the originators, of distortion, the subject of our present
enquiry. Modification and alteration in arrangement are commonly
included under the term ‘displacement.’
After these remarks on the activities of the dream-censorship,
let us turn our attention to its dynamics. I hope you are not
118taking the expression “censorship” in too anthropomorphic
a sense, picturing to yourselves the censor as a stern little manikin
or a spirit, who lives in a little chamber of the brain and
there discharges the duties of his office; and neither must you
localize it too exactly, so that you imagine a “brain-centre”
whence there emanates a censorial influence, liable to cease with
the injury or disappearance of that centre. For the present
we may regard it merely as a useful term by which to express
a dynamic relationship. This need not hinder us from asking
what sort of tendencies exercise this influence and is it exercised
upon; and further, we must not be surprised to discover that
we have already come across the censorship, perhaps without
recognizing it.
Indeed this has actually happened. Remember a surprising
experience we had when we began to apply our method of free
association: we discovered that our efforts to penetrate from
the dream-element to the unconscious thought proper for which
the former is a substitute encountered a certain resistance. The
strength of this resistance, we said, varies, being sometimes
enormous and at other times very slight. In the latter case
we need only a few connecting-links for the work of interpretation;
but where there is great resistance we are compelled to go through
long chains of associations, which carry us far from the initial
idea, and on the way we have to overcome all the difficulties
of professedly critical objections to associations arising. That
which we encountered as resistance in the work of interpretation
we now meet again as the censorship in the dream-work:
the resistance is simply the censorship objectified; it proves to
us that the power of the censorship is not exhausted in effecting
distortion, being thereby extinguished, but that the censorship
remains as a permanent institution, the object of which is to
maintain the distortion when once it has been achieved. Moreover,
just as the strength of the resistance encountered during
interpretation varies with each element, so too the degree of
distortion effected by the censorship is different for each element
of a whole dream. A comparison of the manifest and the latent
dream shows that certain latent elements are completely eliminated,
others more or less modified, and others again appear
in the manifest dream-content unaltered or perhaps even
intensified.
Our purpose, however, was to find out which are the tendencies
exercising the censorship and upon which tendencies it is exercised.
Now this question, which is fundamental for the understanding
of dreams and perhaps of human life altogether, is easy to answer
119when we survey the series of dreams which we have succeeded
in interpreting. The tendencies which exercise the censorship
are those which are acknowledged by the waking judgement
of the dreamer and with which he feels himself to be at one.
You may be sure that when you repudiate any correctly-found
interpretation of a dream of your own, you do so from the same
motives as cause the censorship to be exercised and distortion
effected, and make interpretation necessary. Consider the dream
of our lady of fifty: her dream, although it had not been interpreted,
struck her as shocking and she would have been even
more outraged if Dr. von Hug-Hellmuth had told her something
of its unmistakable meaning; it was just this attitude of condemnation
which caused the offensive passages in the dream to be
replaced by a murmur.
Those tendencies against which the dream-censorship is
directed must next be described from the point of view of this
inner critical standard. When we do this, we can only say that
they are invariably of an objectionable nature, offensive from
the ethical, æsthetic or social point of view, things about which
we do not dare to think at all, or think of only with abhorrence.
Above all are these censored wishes, which in dreams are expressed
in a distorted fashion, manifestations of a boundless and ruthless
egoism; for the dreamer’s own ego makes its appearance in
every dream, and plays the principal part, even if it knows how
to disguise itself completely as far as the manifest content is
concerned. This sacro egoismo of dreams is certainly not
unconnected with the attitude of mind essential to sleep: the
withdrawal of interest from the whole outside world.
The ego which has discarded all ethical bonds feels itself at
one with all the demands of the sexual impulse, those which
have long been condemned by our æsthetic training and those
which are contrary to all the restraints imposed by morality.
The striving for pleasure—the libido, as we say,—chooses its
objects unchecked by any inhibition, preferring indeed those
which are forbidden: not merely the wife of another man, but,
above all, the incestuous objects of choice which by common
consent humanity holds sacred—the mother and the sister of
men, the father and the brother of women. (Even the dream
of our fifty-year-old lady is an incestuous one, the libido being
unmistakably directed towards the son.) Desires which we
believe alien to human nature show themselves powerful enough
to give rise to dreams. Hate, too, rages unrestrainedly; wishes
for revenge, and death-wishes, against those who in life are
nearest and dearest—parents, brothers and sisters, husband or
120wife, the dreamer’s own children—are by no means uncommon.
These censored wishes seem to rise up from a veritable hell; when
we know their meaning, it seems to us in our waking moments
as if no censorship of them could be severe enough. Dreams
themselves, however, are not to blame for this evil content;
you surely have not forgotten that their harmless, nay, useful,
function is to protect sleep from disturbance. Depravity does
not lie in the nature of dreams; in fact, you know that there
are dreams which can be recognized as gratifying justifiable
desires and urgent bodily needs. It is true that there is no distortion
in these dreams, but then there is no need for it, they
can perform their function without offending the ethical and
æsthetic tendencies of the ego. Remember, too, that the degree
of distortion is proportionate to two factors: on the one hand,
the more shocking the wish that must be censored, the greater
will be the distortion; but it is also great in proportion as the
demands of the censorship are severe. Hence in a strictly brought
up and prudish young girl, a rigid censorship will distort dream-excitations
which we medical men would have recognized as
permissible and harmless libidinous desires, and which the dreamer
herself would judge in the same way ten years later.
Besides, we are still not nearly far enough advanced to allow
ourselves to be outraged at the result of our work of interpretation.
I think we still do not understand it properly; but first of all
it is incumbent upon us to secure it against certain possible
attacks. It is not at all difficult to detect weak points in it.
Our interpretations were based on hypotheses which we adopted
earlier: that there really is some meaning in dreams; that
the idea of mental processes being unconscious for a time, which
was first arrived at through hypnotic sleep, may be applied also
to normal sleep; and that all associations are subject to determination.
Now if, reasoning from these hypotheses, we had
obtained plausible results in our dream-interpretation we should
have been justified in concluding that these hypotheses were
correct. But what if these discoveries are of the kind I have
described? In that case, surely it seems natural to say: “These
results are impossible, absurd, at the very least highly improbable,
so there must have been something wrong about the
hypotheses. Either the dream is after all not a mental phenomenon,
or there is nothing which is unconscious in our normal
condition, or there is a flaw somewhere in our technique. Is
it not simpler and more satisfactory to assume this than to
accept all the abominable conclusions which we profess to have
deduced from our hypotheses?”
121Both! it is both simpler and more satisfactory, but not
on that account necessarily more correct. Let us give ourselves
time: the matter is not yet ripe for judgement. First of all,
we can make the case against our interpretations even stronger.
The fact that our results are so unpleasant and repellent would
not perhaps weigh so very heavily with us; a stronger argument
is the emphatic and well-grounded repudiation by dreamers of
the wish-tendencies which we try to foist upon them after interpretating
their dreams. “What?” says one, “You want to
prove to me from my dream that I grudge the money I have spent
on my sister’s dowry and my brother’s education? But it is out
of the question; I spend my whole time working for my brothers
and sisters and my only interest in life is to do my duty by them,
as, being the eldest, I promised our dead mother I would.”
Or a woman says: “I am supposed to wish that my husband
were dead? Really that is outrageous nonsense! Not only
is our married life very happy, though perhaps you won’t believe
that, but if he died I should lose everything I possess in the
world.” Or someone else will reply: “Do you mean to suggest
that I entertain sexual desires towards my sister? The thing
is ludicrous; she is nothing to me; we get on badly with one
another, and for years I have not exchanged a word with her.”
We still might not be much impressed if these dreamers neither
admitted nor denied the tendencies attributed to them; we
might say that these are just the things of which they are quite
unconscious. But when they detect in their own minds the exact
opposite of such a wish as is interpreted to them, and when they
can prove to us by their whole conduct in life that the contrary
desire predominates, surely we must be nonplussed. Is it not
about time now for us to discard our whole work of dream-interpretation
as something which has led to a reductio ad absurdum?
No, not even now. Even this stronger argument falls to
pieces when subjected to a critical attack. Assuming that
unconscious tendencies do exist in mental life, the fact that the
opposite tendencies predominate in conscious life goes to prove
nothing. Perhaps there is room in the mind for opposite tendencies,
for contradictions, existing side by side; indeed, possibly
the very predominance of the one tendency conditions the unconscious
nature of the opposite. So the first objections raised
only amount to the statement that the results of dream-interpretation
are not simple and are very disagreeable. To the first
charge we may reply that, however much enamoured of simplicity
you may be, you cannot thereby solve one of the problems
of dreams; you have to make up your mind at the outset to
122accept the fact of complicated relations. And, as regards the
second point, you are manifestly wrong in taking the fact that
something pleases or repels yourself as the motive for a scientific
judgement. What does it matter if you do find the results of
dream-interpretation unpleasant, or even mortifying and repulsive?
Ça n’empêche pas d’exister—as I, when a young doctor, heard
my chief, Charcot, say in a similar case. We must be humble
and put sympathies and antipathies honourably in the background
if we would learn to know reality in this world. If a physicist
could prove to you that organic life on the earth was bound to
become extinct before long, would you venture to say to him
also: “That cannot be so; I dislike the prospect too much.”
I think you would say nothing, until another physicist came
along and convicted the first of a mistake in his premises or his
calculations. If you repudiate whatever is distasteful to you,
you are repeating the mechanism of a dream structure rather
than understanding and mastering it.
Perhaps, then, you will undertake to overlook the offensive
nature of the censored dream-wishes and will fall back upon
the argument that it is surely very improbable that we ought
to concede so large a part in the human constitution to what is
evil. But do your own experiences justify you in this statement?
I will say nothing of how you may appear in your own eyes, but
have you met with so much goodwill in your superiors and rivals,
so much chivalry in your enemies and so little envy amongst
your acquaintances, that you feel it incumbent on you to protest
against the idea of the part played by egoistic baseness in human
nature? Do you not know how uncontrolled and unreliable
the average human being is in all that concerns sexual life?
Or are you ignorant of the fact that all the excesses and aberrations
of which we dream at night are crimes actually committed
every day by men who are wide awake? What does psycho-analysis
do in this connection but confirm the old saying of
Plato that the good are those who content themselves with
dreaming of what others, the wicked, actually do?
And now look away from individuals to the great war still
devastating Europe: think of the colossal brutality, cruelty and
mendacity which is now allowed to spread itself over the civilized
world. Do you really believe that a handful of unprincipled
place-hunters and corrupters of men would have succeeded in
letting loose all this latent evil, if the millions of their followers
were not also guilty? Will you venture, even in these circumstances,
to break a lance for the exclusion of evil from the mental
constitution of humanity?
123You will accuse me of taking a one-sided view of war, and
tell me that it has also called out all that is finest and most noble
in mankind, heroism, self-sacrifice, and public spirit. That is
true; but do not now commit the injustice, from which psycho-analysis
has so often suffered, of reproaching it that it denies one
thing because it affirms another. It is no part of our intention
to deny the nobility in human nature, nor have we ever done
anything to disparage its value. On the contrary, I show you
not only the evil wishes which are censored but also the censorship
which suppresses them and makes them unrecognizable. We
dwell upon the evil in human beings with the greater emphasis
only because others deny it, thereby making the mental life of
mankind not indeed better, but incomprehensible. If we give
up the one-sided ethical valuation then, we are sure to find
the truer formula for the relation of evil to good in human nature.
Here the matter rests. We need not give up the results of
our work of dream-interpretation, even though we cannot fail
to find them strange. Perhaps later we shall be able to come
nearer to understanding them by another path. For the present
let us hold fast to this: dream-distortion is due to the censorship
exercised, by certain recognized tendencies of the ego, over desires
of an offensive character which stir in us at night during sleep.
Obviously, when we ask ourselves why it is just at night that
they appear and what is the origin of these reprehensible wishes,
we find that there is still much to investigate and many questions
to answer.
It would, however, be wrong if we neglected to give due
prominence at this point to another result of these investigations.
The dream-wishes which would disturb our sleep are unknown
to us; we first learn about them by dream-interpretation; they
are therefore to be designated “unconscious at the moment”
in the sense in which we have used the term. But we must
recognize that they are also more than unconscious at the moment;
for the dreamer denies them, as we have so frequently found,
even after he has learnt of them through the interpretation of
his dream. Here we have a repetition of the case which we first
met with when interpreting the slip of the tongue “hiccough,”
where the after-dinner speaker indignantly assured us that
neither then nor at any time had he been conscious of any feeling
of disrespect towards his chief. We ventured even then to
doubt the value of this assertion and assumed instead that the
speaker was permanently ignorant of the existence of this feeling
within him. We meet with the same situation every time we
interpret a dream in which there is a high degree of distortion,
124and this lends an added significance to our conception. We are
now prepared to assume that there are processes and tendencies
in mental life, of which we know nothing; have known nothing;
have, for a very long time, perhaps even never, known anything
about at all. This gives the term unconscious a fresh meaning
for us: the qualification “at the moment” or “temporary”
is seen to be no essential attribute, the term may also mean
permanently unconscious, not merely “latent at the moment.”
You see that later on we shall have to discuss this point further.
125
We have found out that the distortion in dreams which hinders
our understanding of them is due to the activities of a censorship,
directed against the unacceptable, unconscious wish-impulses.
But of course we have not asserted that the censorship is the
only factor responsible for the distortion, and as a matter of
fact a further study of dreams leads to the discovery that there
are yet other causes contributing to this effect; that is as much
as to say, if the censorship were eliminated we should nevertheless
be unable to understand dreams, nor would the manifest dream
be identical with the latent dream-thoughts.
This other cause of the obscurity of dreams, this additional
contribution to distortion, is revealed by our becoming aware
of a gap in our technique. I have already admitted to you
that there are occasions when persons being analysed really have
no associations to single elements in their dreams. To be sure,
this does not happen as often as they declare that it does; in
very many instances the association may yet be elicited by
perseverance; but still there remain a certain number of cases
where association fails altogether or, if something is finally extorted,
it is not what we need. If this happens during psycho-analytic
treatment it has a certain significance which does not concern
us here; but it also occurs in the course of interpretation of
dreams in normal people, or when we are interpreting our own.
When we are convinced in such circumstances that no amount
of pressing is of any use, we finally discover that this unwelcome
contingency regularly presents itself where special dream-elements
are in question; and we begin to recognize the operation
of some new principle, whereas at first we thought we had
only come across an exceptional case in which our technique
had failed.
In this way it comes about that we try to interpret these
“silent” elements, and attempt to translate them by drawing
upon our own resources. It cannot fail to strike us that we
arrive at a satisfactory meaning in every instance in which we
126venture on this substitution, whereas the dream remains meaningless
and disconnected as long as we do not resolve to use this
method. The accumulation of many exactly similar instances
then affords us the required certainty, our experiment having
been tried at first with considerable diffidence.
I am presenting all this somewhat in outline, but that is
surely allowable for purposes of instruction, nor is it falsified by
so doing, but merely made simpler.
We arrive in this way at constant translations for a series
of dream-elements, just as in popular books on dreams we find
such translations for everything that occurs in dreams. You
will not have forgotten that when we employ the method of
free association such constant substitutions for dream-elements
never make their appearance.
Now you will at once say that this mode of interpretation
seems to you far more uncertain and open to criticism than
even the former method of free association. But there is still
something more to be said: when we have collected from actual
experience a sufficient number of such constant translations,
we eventually realize that we could actually have filled in these
portions of the interpretation from our own knowledge, and that
they really could have been understood without using the dreamer’s
associations. How it is that we are bound to know their meaning
is a matter which will be dealt with in the second half of our
discussion.
We call a constant relation of this kind between a dream-element and its translation a symbolic one, and the dream-element
itself a symbol of the unconscious dream-thought. You will
remember that some time ago, when we were examining the
different relations which may exist between dream-elements
and the thoughts proper underlying them, I distinguished three
relations: substitution of the part for the whole, allusion, and
imagery. I told you then that there was a fourth possible relation,
but I did not tell you what it was. This fourth relation
is the symbolic, which I am now introducing; there are connected
with it certain very interesting points for discussion,
to which we will turn attention before setting forth our special
observations on this subject. Symbolism is perhaps the most
remarkable part of our theory of dreams.
First of all: since the relation between a symbol and the
idea symbolized is an invariable one, the latter being as it were
a translation of the former, symbolism does in some measure
realize the ideal of both ancient and popular dream-interpretation,
one from which we have moved very far in our technique. Symbols
127make it possible for us in certain circumstances to interpret a
dream without questioning the dreamer, who indeed in any case
can tell us nothing about the symbols. If the symbols commonly
appearing in dreams are known, and also the personality of the
dreamer, the conditions under which he lives, and the impressions
in his mind after which his dream occurred, we are often in a
position to interpret it straightaway; to translate it at sight, as
it were. Such a feat flatters the vanity of the interpreter and
impresses the dreamer; it is in pleasing contrast to the laborious
method of questioning the latter. But do not let this lead
you away: it is no part of our task to perform tricks nor is
that method of interpretation which is based on a knowledge of
symbolism one which can replace, or even compare with, that of
free association. It is complementary to this latter, and the
results it yields are only useful when applied in connection with
the latter. As regards our knowledge of the dreamer’s mental
situation, moreover, you must reflect that you have not only to
interpret dreams of people whom you know well; that, as a rule,
you know nothing of the events of the previous day which stimulated
the dream; and that the associations of the person analysed
are the very source from which we obtain our knowledge of what
we call the mental situation.
Further, it is especially remarkable, particularly with reference
to certain considerations upon which we shall touch later, that
the most strenuous opposition has manifested itself again here,
over this question of the existence of a symbolic relation between
the dream and the unconscious. Even persons of judgement
and standing, who in other respects have gone a long way with
psycho-analysis, have renounced their adherence at this point.
This behaviour is the more remarkable when we remember two
things: first, that symbolism is not peculiar to dreams, nor
exclusively characteristic of them; and, in the second place,
that the use of symbolism in dreams was not one of the discoveries
of psycho-analysis, although this science has certainly not been
wanting in surprising discoveries. If we must ascribe priority
in this field to anyone in modern times, the discoverer must be
recognized in the philosopher K. A. Scherner (1861); psycho-analysis
has confirmed his discovery, although modifying it in
certain important respects.
Now you will wish to hear something about the nature of
dream-symbolism and will want some examples. I will gladly
tell you what I know, but I confess that our knowledge is less
full than we could wish.
The symbolic relation is essentially that of a comparison, but
128not any kind of comparison. We must suspect that this comparison
is subject to particular conditions, although we cannot
say what these conditions are. Not everything with which an
object or an occurrence can be compared appears in dreams as
symbolic of it, and, on the other hand, dreams do not employ
symbolism for anything and everything, but only for particular
elements of latent dream-thoughts; there are thus limitations
in both directions. We must admit also that we cannot at
present assign quite definite limits to our conception of a symbol;
for it tends to merge into substitution, representation, etc., and
even approaches closely to allusion. In one set of symbols
the underlying comparison may be easily apparent, but there
are others in which we have to look about for the common factor,
the tertium comparationis contained in the supposed comparison.
Further reflection may then reveal it to us, or on the other hand
it may remain definitely hidden from us. Again, if the symbol
is really a comparison, it is remarkable that this comparison
is not exposed by the process of free association, and also that
the dreamer knows nothing about it, but makes use of it unawares;
nay, more, that he is actually unwilling to recognize it when
it is brought to his notice. So you see that the symbolic relation
is a comparison of a quite peculiar kind, the nature of which is
as yet not fully clear to us. Perhaps some indication will be
found later which will throw some light upon this unknown
quantity.
The number of things which are represented symbolically
in dreams is not great. The human body as a whole, parents,
children, brothers and sisters, birth, death, nakedness—and
one thing more. The only typical, that is to say, regularly
occurring, representation of the human form as a whole is that
of a house, as was recognized by Scherner, who even wanted to
attribute to this symbol an overwhelming significance which is
not really due to it. People have dreams of climbing down the
front of a house, with feelings sometimes of pleasure and sometimes
of dread. When the walls are quite smooth, the house means a
man; when there are ledges and balconies which can be caught
hold of, a woman. Parents appear in dreams as emperor and
empress, king and queen or other exalted personages; in this
respect the dream attitude is highly dutiful. Children and
brothers and sisters are less tenderly treated, being symbolized
by little animals or vermin. Birth is almost invariably represented
by some reference to water: either we are falling into water or
clambering out of it, saving someone from it or being saved by
them, i.e. the relation between mother and child is symbolized.
129For dying we have setting out upon a journey or travelling by
train, while the state of death is indicated by various obscure
and, as it were, timid allusions; clothes and uniforms stand
for nakedness. You see that here the dividing line between the
symbolic and the allusive kinds of representation tends to disappear.
In comparison with the poverty of this enumeration, it cannot
fail to strike us that objects and matters belonging to another
range of ideas are represented by a remarkably rich symbolism.
I am speaking of what pertains to the sexual life—the genitals,
sexual processes and intercourse. An overwhelming majority
of symbols in dreams are sexual symbols. A curious disproportion
arises thus, for the matters dealt with are few in number,
whereas the symbols for them are extraordinarily numerous, so
that each of these few things can be expressed by many symbols
practically equivalent. When they are interpreted, therefore,
the result of this peculiarity gives universal offence, for, in
contrast to the multifarious forms of its representation in dreams,
the interpretation of the symbols is very monotonous. This
is displeasing to everyone who comes to know of it: but how
can we help it?
As this is the first time in the course of these lectures that
I have touched upon the sexual life, I owe you some explanation
of the manner in which I propose to treat this subject. Psycho-Analysis
sees no occasion for concealments or indirect allusions,
and does not think it necessary to be ashamed of concerning
itself with material so important; it is of opinion that it is right
and proper to call everything by its true name, hoping in this
way the more easily to avoid disturbing suggestions. The fact
that I am speaking to a mixed audience can make no difference
in this. No science can be treated as an oracular mystery, or
in a manner adapted to school-girls; the women present, by
appearing in this lecture-room, have tacitly expressed their
desire to be regarded on the same footing as the men.
The male genital organ is symbolically represented in dreams
in many different ways, with most of which the common
idea underlying the comparison is easily apparent. In the first
place, the sacred number three is symbolic of the whole male
genitalia. Its more conspicuous and, to both sexes, more interesting
part, the penis, is symbolized primarily by objects which
resemble it in form, being long and upstanding, such as sticks,
umbrellas, poles, trees and the like; also by objects which, like
the thing symbolized, have the property of penetrating, and
consequently of injuring, the body,—that is to say, pointed weapons
130of all sorts: knives, daggers, lances, sabres; fire-arms are similarly
used: guns, pistols and revolvers, these last being a very appropriate
symbol on account of their shape. In the anxiety-dreams
of young girls, pursuit by a man armed with a knife or rifle plays
a great part. This is perhaps the most frequently occurring
dream-symbol: you can now easily translate it for yourselves.
The substitution of the male organ by objects from which water
flows is again easily comprehensible: taps, watering-cans, or
springs; and by other objects which are capable of elongation,
such as pulley lamps, pencils which slide in and out of a
sheath, and so on. Pencils, penholders, nail-files, hammers and
other implements are undoubtedly male sexual symbols, based
on an idea of the male organ which is equally easily
perceived.
The peculiar property of this member of being able to raise
itself upright in defiance of the law of gravity, part of the phenomena
of erection, leads to symbolic representation by means of
balloons, aeroplanes, and, just recently, Zeppelins. But dreams
have another, much more impressive, way of symbolizing erection;
they make the organ of sex into the essential part of the whole
person, so that the dreamer himself flies. Do not be upset by
hearing that dreams of flying, which we all know and which are
often so beautiful, must be interpreted as dreams of general
sexual excitement, dreams of erection. One psycho-analytic
investigator, P. Federn, has established the truth of this interpretation
beyond doubt; but, besides this, Mourly Vold, a man
highly praised for his sober judgement, who carried out the
experiments with artificial postures of the arms and legs, and
whose theories were really widely removed from those of psycho-analysis
(indeed he may have known nothing about it), was
led by his own investigations to the same conclusion. Nor must
you think to object to this on the ground that women can also
have dreams of flying; you should rather remind yourselves
that the purpose of dreams is wish-fulfilment, and that the wish
to be a man is frequently met with in women, whether they are
conscious of it or not. Further, no one familiar with anatomy
will be misled by supposing that it is impossible for a woman
to realize this wish by sensations similar to those of a man,
for the woman’s sexual organs include a small one which
resembles the penis, and this little organ, the clitoris, does
actually play during childhood and in the years before sexual
intercourse the same part as the large male organ.
Male sexual symbols less easy to understand are certain
reptiles and fishes: above all, the famous symbol of the serpent.
131Why hats and cloaks are used in the same way is certainly difficult
to divine, but their symbolic meaning is quite unquestionable.
Finally, it may be asked whether the representation of the male
organ by some other member, such as the hand or the foot, may
be termed symbolic. I think the context in which this is wont to
occur, and the female counterparts with which we meet, force
this conclusion upon us.
The female genitalia are symbolically represented by all
such objects as share with them the property of enclosing a
space or are capable of acting as receptacles: such as pits,
hollows and caves, and also jars and bottles, and boxes of all
sorts and sizes, chests, coffers, pockets, and so forth. Ships too
come into this category. Many symbols refer rather to the uterus
than to the other genital organs: thus cupboards, stoves and,
above all, rooms. Room symbolism here links up with that of
houses, whilst doors and gates represent the genital opening.
Moreover, material of different kinds is a symbol of woman,—wood,
paper, and objects made of these, such as tables and
books. From the animal world, snails and mussels at any rate
must be cited as unmistakable female symbols; of the parts of
the body, the mouth as a representation of the genital opening,
and, amongst buildings, churches and chapels are symbols of a
woman. You see that all these symbols are not equally easy
to understand.
The breasts must be included amongst the organs of sex;
these, as well as the larger hemispheres of the female body, are
represented by apples, peaches and fruit in general. The pubic
hair in both sexes is indicated in dreams by woods and thickets.
The complicated topography of the female sexual organs accounts
for their often being represented by a landscape with rocks,
woods and water, whilst the imposing mechanism of the male
sexual apparatus lends it to symbolization by all kinds of complicated
and indescribable machinery.
Yet another noteworthy symbol of the female genital organ
is a jewel-case, whilst “jewel” and “treasure” are used also
in dreams to represent the beloved person,[33] and sweetmeats
frequently stand for sexual pleasures. Gratification derived
from a person’s own genitals is indicated by any kind of play,
including playing the piano. The symbolic representation of
onanism by sliding or gliding and also by pulling off a branch
is very typical. A particularly remarkable dream-symbol is the
falling out or extraction of teeth; the primary significance of
this is certainly castration as a punishment for onanism. Special
132representations of sexual intercourse are less frequent in dreams
than we should expect after all this, but we may mention in
this connection rhythmical activities such as dancing, riding
and climbing, and also experiencing some violence, e.g. being
run over. To these may be added certain manual occupations,
and of course being threatened with weapons.
You must not imagine that these symbols are either employed
or translated quite simply: on all sides we meet with what we
do not expect. For instance, it seems hardly credible that there
is often no sharp discrimination of the different sexes in these
symbolic representations. Many symbols stand for sexual
organs in general, whether male or female: for instance, a little
child, or a little son or daughter. At another time a symbol
which is generally a male one may be used to denote the female
sexual organ, or vice versa. This is incomprehensible until
we have acquired some knowledge of the development of conceptions
about sexuality amongst human beings. In many
cases this ambiguity of the symbols may be apparent rather than
real; and moreover, the most striking amongst them, such as
weapons, pockets and chests, are never used bisexually in this
way.
I will now give a brief account, beginning with the symbols
themselves instead of with the objects symbolized, to show you
from what spheres the sexual symbols have for the most part been
derived, and I will add a few remarks relating particularly to
those in which the attribute in common with the thing symbolized
is hard to detect. An instance of an obscure symbol of this
kind is the hat, or perhaps head-coverings in general; this usually
has a masculine significance, though occasionally a feminine
one. In the same way a cloak betokens a man, though perhaps
sometimes without special reference to the organs of sex. It
is open to you to ask why this should be so. A tie, being an
object which hangs down and is not worn by women, is clearly
a male symbol, whilst underlinen and linen in general stands
for the female. Clothes and uniforms, as we have heard, represent
nakedness or the human form; shoes and slippers symbolize
the female genital organs. Tables and wood we have mentioned
as being puzzling, but nevertheless certain, female symbols;
the act of mounting ladders, steep places or stairs is indubitably
symbolic of sexual intercourse. On closer reflection we shall
notice that the rhythmic character of this climbing is the point
in common between the two, and perhaps also the accompanying
increase in excitation—the shortening of the breath as the climber
ascends.
133We have already recognized that landscapes represent the
female sexual organs; mountains and rocks are symbols of
the male organ; gardens, a frequently occurring symbol of the
female genitalia. Fruit stands for the breasts, not for a child.
Wild animals denote human beings whose senses are excited,
and, hence, evil impulses or passions. Blossoms and flowers
represent the female sexual organs, more particularly, in virginity.
In this connection you will recollect that the blossoms are really
the sexual organs of plants.
We already know how rooms are used symbolically. This
representation may be extended, so that windows and doors
(entrances and exits from rooms) come to mean the openings
of the body; the fact of rooms being open or closed also accords
with this symbolism: the key, which opens them, is certainly
a male symbol.
This is some material for a study of dream-symbolism. It
is not complete, and could be both extended and made deeper.
However, I think it will seem to you more than enough; perhaps
you may dislike it. You will ask: “Do I then really live in
the midst of sexual symbols? Are all the objects round me,
all the clothes I wear, all the things I handle, always sexual
symbols and nothing else?” There really is good reason for
surprised questions, and the first of these would be: How do
we profess to arrive at the meaning of these dream-symbols,
about which the dreamer himself can give us little or no information?
My answer is that we derive our knowledge from widely
different sources: from fairy tales and myths, jokes and witticisms,
from folk-lore, i.e. from what we know of the manners
and customs, sayings and songs, of different peoples, and from
poetic and colloquial usage of language. Everywhere in these
various fields the same symbolism occurs, and in many of them
we can understand it without being taught anything about
it. If we consider these various sources individually, we
shall find so many parallels to dream-symbolism that we
are bound to be convinced of the correctness of our interpretations.
The human body is, we said, according to Scherner frequently
symbolized in dreams by a house; by an extension of this symbolism,
windows, doors and gates stand for the entrances to cavities
in the body, and the façades may either be smooth or may have
balconies and ledges to hold on to. The same symbolism is met
with in colloquialisms; for instance, we speak of “a thatch of
hair,” or a “tile hat,” or say of someone that he is not right
134“in the upper storey.”[34] In anatomy, too, we speak of the
openings of the body as its “portals.”[35]
We may at first find it surprising that parents appear in our
dreams as kings and emperors and their consorts, but we have
a parallel to this in fairy tales. Does it not begin to dawn upon
us that the many fairy tales which begin with the words “Once
upon a time there were a king and queen” simply mean: “Once
upon a time there were a father and mother?” In family life
the children are sometimes spoken of jestingly as princes, and
the eldest son as the crown prince. The king himself is called
the father of his people.[36] Again, in some parts, little children
are often playfully spoken of as little animals, e.g. in Cornwall, as
“little toad,” or in Germany as “little worm,” and, in sympathizing
with a child, Germans say “poor little worm.”
Now let us return to the house symbolism. When in our
dreams we make use of the projections of houses as supports,
does that not suggest a well-known, popular German saying,
with reference to a woman with a markedly developed bust:
“She has something for one to hold on to” (Die hat etwas zum
Anhalten), whilst another colloquialism in the same connection
is: “She has plenty of wood in front of her house” (Die hat
viel Holz vor dem Hause), as though our interpretation were to
be borne out by this when we say that wood is a female maternal
symbol.
There is still something to be said on the subject of wood.
It is not easy to see why wood should have come to represent a
woman or mother, but here a comparison of different languages
may be useful to us. The German word Holz (wood)
is said to be derived from the same root as the Greek ὔλη,
which means stuff, raw material. This would be an instance of
a process which is by no means rare, in that a general name for
material has come finally to be applied to a particular material
only. Now, in the Atlantic Ocean, there is an island named
Madeira, and this name was given to it by the Portuguese when
they discovered it, because at that time it was covered with
dense forests; for in Portuguese the word for wood is madeira.
But you cannot fail to notice that this madeira is merely a
135modified form of the Latin materia, which again signifies
material in general. Now materia is derived from mater =
mother, and the material out of which anything is made may
be conceived of as giving birth to it. So, in the symbolic use
of wood to represent woman or mother, we have a survival of
this old idea.
Birth is regularly expressed by some connection with water:
we are plunging into or emerging from water, that is to say,
we give birth or are being born. Now let us not forget that this
symbol has a twofold reference to the actual facts of evolution.
Not only are all land mammals, from which the human race itself
has sprung, descended from creatures inhabiting the water—this
is the more remote of the two considerations—but also every
single mammal, every human being, has passed the first phase
of existence in water—that is to say, as an embryo in the amniotic
fluid of the mother’s womb—and thus, at birth, emerged from
water. I do not maintain that the dreamer knows this; on
the other hand, I contend that there is no need for him to
know it. He probably knows something else from having been
told it as a child, but even this, I will maintain, has contributed
nothing to symbol-formation. The child is told in the nursery
that the stork brings the babies, but then where does it get them?
Out of a pond or a well—again, out of the water. One of my
patients who had been told this as a child (a little count, as he
was then) afterwards disappeared for a whole afternoon, and
was at last found lying at the edge of the castle lake, with his
little face bent over the clear water, eagerly gazing to see
whether he could catch sight of the babies at the bottom of
the water.
In the myths of the births of heroes, a comparative study
of which has been made by O. Rank—the earliest is that of King
Sargon of Akkad, about 2800 B.C.—exposure in water and rescue
from it play a major part. Rank perceived that this symbolizes
birth in a manner analogous to that employed in dreams. When
anyone in his dream rescues somebody from the water, he makes
that person into his mother, or at any rate a mother; and in
mythology, whoever rescues a child from water confesses herself
to be its real mother. There is a well-known joke in which an
intelligent Jewish boy, when asked who was the mother of Moses,
answers immediately: “The Princess.” He is told: “No,
she only took him out of the water.” “That’s what she said,”
he replies, showing that he had hit upon the right interpretation
of the myth.
Going away on a journey stands in dreams for dying; similarly,
136it is the custom in the nursery, when a child asks questions as
to the whereabouts of someone who has died and whom he misses,
to tell him that that person has “gone away.” Here again,
I deprecate the idea that the dream-symbol has its origin in this
evasive reply to the child. The poet uses the same symbol when
he speaks of the other side as “the undiscovered country from
whose bourne no traveller returns.” Again, in everyday speech
it is quite usual to speak of the “last journey,” and everyone
who is acquainted with ancient rites knows how seriously the
idea of a journey into the land of the dead was taken, for instance,
in ancient Egyptian belief. In many cases the “Book of the Dead”
survives, which was given to the mummy, like a Baedeker, to
take with him on the last journey. Since burial-grounds have
been placed at a distance from the houses of the living, the last
journey of the dead has indeed become a reality.
Nor does sexual symbolism belong only to dreams. You
will all know the expression “a baggage” as applied contemptuously
to a woman, but perhaps people do not know that they
are using a genital symbol. In the New Testament we read:
“The woman is the weaker vessel.” The sacred writings of
the Jews, the style of which so closely approaches that of poetry,
are full of expressions symbolic of sex, which have not always
been correctly interpreted and the exegesis of which, e.g. in
the Song of Solomon, has led to many misunderstandings.[37]
In later Hebrew literature the woman is very frequently represented
by a house, the door standing for the genital opening;
thus a man complains, when he finds a woman no longer a virgin,
that “he has found the door open.” The symbol “table”
for a woman also occurs in this literature; the woman says of
her husband “I spread the table for him, but he overturned
it.” Lame children are said to owe their infirmity to the fact
that the man “overturned the table.” I quote here from a
treatise by L. Levy in Brünn: Sexual Symbolism in the Bible and
the Talmud.
That ships in dreams signify women is a belief in which we
are supported by the etymologists, who assert that “ship” (Schiff)
was originally the name of an earthen vessel and is the same
word as Schaff (schaffen = to make or produce). That an
oven stands for a woman or the mother’s womb is an interpretation
confirmed by the Greek story of Periander of Corinth and
his wife Melissa. According to the version of Herodotus, the
tyrant adjured the shade of his wife, whom he had loved passionately
137but had murdered out of jealousy, to tell him something
about herself, whereupon the dead woman identified herself
by reminding him that he, Periander, “had put his bread into
a cold oven,” thus expressing in a disguised form a circumstance
of which everyone else was ignorant. In the Anthropophyteia,
edited by F. S. Kraus, a work which is an indispensable text-book
on everything concerning the sexual life of different peoples,
we read that in a certain part of Germany people say of a woman
who is delivered of a child that “her oven has fallen to pieces.”
The kindling of fire and everything connected with this is permeated
through and through with sexual symbolism, the flame
always standing for the male organ, and the fireplace or the
hearth for the womb of the woman.
If you have chanced to wonder at the frequency with
which landscapes are used in dreams to symbolize the
female sexual organs, you may learn from mythologists how
large a part has been played in the ideas and cults of ancient
times by “Mother Earth” and how the whole conception of
agriculture was determined by this symbolism. The fact that
in dreams a room represents a woman you may be inclined to
trace to the German colloquialism by which Frauenzimmer
(lit. “woman’s room”) is used for Frau, that is to say, the
human person is represented by the place assigned for her occupation.
Similarly we speak of the Porte, meaning thereby the
Sultan and his government, and the name of the ancient Egyptian
ruler, Pharaoh, merely means “great court.” (In the ancient
Orient the courts between the double gates of the city were places
of assembly, like the market-place in classical times.) But I
think this derivation is too superficial, and it strikes me as more
probable that the room came to symbolize woman on account
of its property of enclosing within it the human being. We
have already met with the house in this sense; from mythology
and poetry we may take towns, citadels, castles and fortresses
to be further symbols for women. It would be easy to decide
the point by reference to the dreams of people who neither speak
nor understand German. Of late years I have mainly treated
foreign patients, and I think I recollect that in their dreams
rooms stand in the same way for women, even though there is
no word analogous to our Frauenzimmer in their language.
There are other indications that symbolism may transcend the
boundaries of language, a fact already maintained by the old
dream-investigator, Schubert, in 1862. Nevertheless, none of
my patients were wholly ignorant of German, so that I must
leave this question to be decided by those analysts who can
138collect instances in other countries from persons who speak only
one language.[38]
Amongst the symbols for the male sexual organ, there is
scarcely one which does not appear in jests, or in vulgar or poetic
phrases, especially in the old classical poets. Here, however,
we meet not only with such symbols as occur in dreams but also
with new ones, e.g. the implements employed in various kinds
of work, first and foremost, the plough. Moreover, when we come
to male symbols, we trench on very extensive and much-contested
ground, which, in order not to waste time, we will avoid.
I should just like to devote a few remarks to the one symbol which
stands, as it were, by itself; I refer to the number three. Whether
this number does not in all probability owe its sacred character
to its symbolic significance is a question which we must leave
undecided, but it seems certain that many tripartite natural
objects, e.g. the clover-leaf, are used in coats-of-arms and as
emblems on account of their symbolism. The so-called “French”
lily with its three parts and, again, the “trisceles,” that curious
coat-of-arms of two such widely separated islands as Sicily and
the Isle of Man (a figure consisting of three bent legs projecting
from a central point), are supposed to be merely disguised forms
of the male sexual organ, images of which were believed in ancient
times to be the most powerful means of warding off evil influences
(apotropaea); connected with this is the fact that the lucky
“charms” of our own time may all be easily recognized as genital
or sexual symbols. Let us consider a collection of such charms
in the form of tiny silver pendants: a four-leaved clover, a pig,
a mushroom, a horseshoe, a ladder and a chimney-sweep. The
four-leaved clover has taken the place of that with three leaves,
which was really more appropriate for the purposes of symbolism;
the pig is an ancient symbol of fruitfulness; the mushroom
undoubtedly symbolizes the penis, there are mushrooms which
derive their name from their unmistakable resemblance to that
organ (Phallus impudicus); the horseshoe reproduces the contour
of the female genital opening; while the chimney-sweep with
his ladder belongs to this company because his occupation is
one which is vulgarly compared with sexual intercourse. (Cf.
Anthropophyteia.) We have learnt to recognize his ladder in
dreams as a sexual symbol: expressions in language show what
a completely sexual significance the word steigen, to mount,
has, as in the phrases: Den Frauen nachsteigen (to run after
women) and ein alter Steiger (an old roué). So, in French,
where the word for “step” is la marche, we find the quite
139analogous expression for an old rake: un vieux marcheur.
Probably the fact that with many of the larger animals
sexual intercourse necessitates a mounting or “climbing
upon” the female has something to do with this association
of ideas.
Pulling off a branch to symbolize onanism is not only in
agreement with vulgar descriptions of that act, but also has
far-reaching parallels in mythology. But especially remarkable
is the representation of onanism, or rather of castration as the
punishment for onanism, by the falling out or extraction of
teeth; for we find in folk-lore a counterpart to this which could
only be known to very few dreamers. I think that there can
be no doubt that circumcision, a practice common to so many
peoples, is an equivalent and replacement of castration. And
recently we have learnt that certain aboriginal tribes in Australia
practise circumcision as a rite to mark the attaining of puberty
(at the celebration of the boy’s coming of age), whilst other tribes
living quite near have substituted for this practice that of knocking
out a tooth.
I will end my account with these examples. They are only
examples; we know more about this subject and you can imagine
how much richer and more interesting a collection of this sort
might be made, not by dilettanti like ourselves, but by real
experts in mythology, anthropology, philology and folk-lore.
We are forced to certain conclusions, which cannot be exhaustive,
but nevertheless will give us plenty to think about.
In the first place, we are confronted with the fact that the
dreamer has at his command a symbolic mode of expression of
which he knows nothing, and does not even recognize, in his
waking life. This is as amazing as if you made the discovery
that your housemaid understood Sanscrit, though you know
that she was born in a Bohemian village and had never learnt
that language. It is not easy to bring this fact into line with
our views on psychology. We can only say that the dreamer’s
knowledge of symbolism is unconscious and belongs to his unconscious
mental life, but even this assumption does not help
us much. Up till now we have only had to assume the existence
of unconscious tendencies which are temporarily or permanently
unknown to us; but now the question is a bigger one and we
have actually to believe in unconscious knowledge, thought-relations,
and comparisons between different objects, in virtue
of which one idea can constantly be substituted for another.
These comparisons are not instituted afresh every time, but
are ready to hand, perfect for all time; this we infer from their
140unanimity in different persons, even probably in spite of linguistic
differences.
Whence is our knowledge of this symbolism derived? The
usages of speech cover only a small part of it, whilst the manifold
parallels in other fields are for the most part unknown to the
dreamer; we ourselves had to collate them laboriously in the
first instance.
In the second place, these symbolic relations are not peculiar
to the dreamer or to the dream-work by which they are
expressed; for we have discovered that the same symbolism
is employed in myths and fairy tales, in popular sayings and
songs, in colloquial speech and poetic phantasy. The province
of symbolism is extraordinarily wide: dream-symbolism is only
a small part of it; it would not even be expedient to attack the
whole problem from the side of dreams. Many of the symbols
commonly occurring elsewhere either do not appear in dreams
at all or appear very seldom; on the other hand, many of the
dream-symbols are not met with in every other department, but,
as you have seen, only here and there. We get the impression
that here we have to do with an ancient but obsolete mode of
expression, of which different fragments have survived in different
fields, one here only, another there only, a third in various spheres
perhaps in slightly different forms. At this point I am reminded
of the phantasy of a very interesting insane patient, who had
imagined a “primordial language” (Grundsprache) of which
all these symbols were survivals.
In the third place, it must strike you that the symbolism occurring
in the other fields I have named is by no means confined
to sexual themes, whereas in dreams the symbols are almost
exclusively used to represent sexual objects and relations. This
again is hard to account for. Are we to suppose that symbols
originally of sexual significance were later employed differently
and that perhaps the decline from symbolic to other modes of
representation is connected with this? It is obviously impossible
to answer these questions by dealing only with dream-symbolism;
all we can do is to hold fast to the supposition that there is a
specially close relation between true symbols and sexuality.
An important clue in this connection has recently been given
to us in the view expressed by a philologist (H. Sperber, of Upsala,
who works independently of psycho-analysis), that sexual needs
have had the largest share in the origin and development of
language. He says that the first sounds uttered were a means
of communication, and of summoning the sexual partner, and
that in the later development the elements of speech were used
141as an accompaniment to the different kinds of work carried on
by primitive man. This work was performed by associated
efforts, to the sound of rhythmically repeated utterances, the
effect of which was to transfer a sexual interest to the work.
Primitive man thus made his work agreeable, so to speak, by
treating it as the equivalent of and substitute for sexual activities.
The word uttered during the communal work had therefore two
meanings, the one referring to the sexual act, the other to the
labour which had come to be equivalent to it. In time the
word was dissociated from its sexual significance and its application
confined to the work. Generations later the same thing
happened to a new word with a sexual signification, which was
then applied to a new form of work. In this way a number of
root-words arose which were all of sexual origin but had all
lost their sexual meaning. If the statement here outlined be
correct, a possibility at least of understanding dream-symbolism
opens out before us. We should comprehend why it is that in
dreams, which retain something of these primitive conditions,
there is such an extraordinarily large number of sexual symbols;
and why weapons and tools in general stand for the male, and
materials and things worked on for the female. The symbolic
relation would then be the survival of the old identity in words;
things which once had the same name as the genitalia could
now appear in dreams as symbolizing them.
Further, our parallels to dream-symbolism may assist you
to appreciate what it is in psycho-analysis which makes it a
subject of general interest, in a way that was not possible to
either psychology or psychiatry; psycho-analytic work is so
closely intertwined with so many other branches of science, the
investigation of which gives promise of the most valuable conclusions:
with mythology, philology, folk-lore, folk psychology and
the study of religion. You will not be surprised to hear that a
publication has sprung from psycho-analytic soil, of which the
exclusive object is to foster these relations. I refer to Imago,
first published in 1912 and edited by Hanns Sachs and Otto
Rank. In its relation to all these other subjects, psycho-analysis
has in the first instance given rather than received. True,
analysis reaps the advantage of receiving confirmation of its
own results, seemingly so strange, again in other fields; but on the
whole it is psycho-analysis which supplies the technical methods
and the points of view, the application of which is to prove
fruitful in these other provinces. The mental life of the
human individual yields, under psycho-analytic investigation,
explanations which solve many a riddle in the life of the
142masses of mankind or at any rate can show these problems in
their true light.
I have still given you no idea of the circumstances in which
we may arrive at the deepest insight into that hypothetical
“primordial language,” or of the province in which it is for the
most part retained. As long as you do not know this you cannot
appreciate the true significance of the whole subject. I refer to
the province of neurosis; the material is found in the symptoms
and other modes of expression of nervous patients, for the
explanation and treatment of which psycho-analysis was
indeed devised.
My fourth point of view takes us back to the place from which
we started and leads into the track we have already marked out.
We said that even if there were no dream-censorship we should
still find it difficult to interpret dreams, for we should then be
confronted with the task of translating the symbolic language
of dreams into the language of waking life. Symbolism, then,
is a second and independent factor in dream-distortion, existing
side by side with the censorship. But the conclusion is obvious
that it suits the censorship to make use of symbolism, in that
both serve the same purpose: that of making the dream strange
and incomprehensible.
Whether a further study of the dream will not introduce us
to yet another contributing factor in the distortion, we shall
soon see. But I must not leave the subject of dream-symbolism
without once more touching on the puzzling fact that it has
succeeded in rousing such strenuous opposition amongst educated
persons, although the prevalence of symbolism in myth, religion,
art and language is beyond all doubt. Is it not probable that,
here again, the reason is to be found in its relation to sexuality?
143
When you have successfully grasped the dream-censorship and
symbolic representation, you will not, it is true, have mastered
dream-distortion in its entirety, but you will nevertheless be
in a position to understand most dreams. To do so, you will
make use of the two complementary methods: you will call
up the dreamer’s associations till you have penetrated from the
substitute to the thought proper for which it stands, and you
will supply the meaning of the symbols from your own knowledge
of the subject. We will speak later of certain doubtful points
which may arise in the process.
We can now return to a task which we attempted earlier
with inadequate equipment, when we were studying the relations
between dream-elements and the thoughts proper underlying
them. We then determined the existence of four such main
relations: substitution of the part for the whole, hints or allusions,
symbolic connection, and plastic word-representation (images).
We will now try to deal with this subject on a larger scale,
by a comparison of the manifest dream-content as a whole with
the latent dream as laid bare by our interpretation.
I hope you will never again confuse these two things. If
you succeed in distinguishing between them, you will have
advanced further towards an understanding of dreams than in
all probability most of the readers of my Interpretation of Dreams
have done. Let me again remind you that the process by which
the latent dream is transformed into the manifest dream is calledTHE DREAM-WORK; while the reverse process, which seeks to
progress from the manifest to the latent thoughts, is our work
of interpretation; the work of interpretation therefore aims
at demolishing the dream-work. In dreams of the infantile
type in which the obvious wish-fulfilments are easily recognized,
the process of dream-work has nevertheless been operative to
some extent, for the wish has been transformed into a reality
and, usually, the thoughts also into visual images. Here no
interpretation is necessary; we only have to retrace both these
144transformations. The further operations of the dream-work, as
seen in the other types of dreams, we call dream-distortion, and here
the original ideas have to be restored by our interpretative work.
Having had the opportunity of comparing many dream-interpretations,
I am in a position to give you a comprehensive
account of the manner in which the dream-work deals with
the material of the latent dream-thoughts. But please do not
expect to understand too much: it is a piece of description which
should be listened to quietly and attentively.
The first achievement of the dream-work is CONDENSATION;
by this term we mean to convey the fact that the content of the
manifest dream is less rich than that of the latent thoughts,
is, as it were, a kind of abbreviated translation of the latter.
Now and again condensation may be lacking, but it is present as
a rule and is often carried to a very high degree. It never works
in the opposite manner, i.e. it never happens that the manifest
dream is wider in range or richer in content than is the latent
dream. Condensation is accomplished in the following ways:
(1) certain latent elements are altogether omitted; (2) of many
complexes in the latent dream only a fragment passes over into
the manifest content; (3) latent elements sharing some common
characteristic are in the manifest dream put together, blended
into a single whole.
If you prefer to do so, you can reserve the term ‘condensation’
for this last process, the effects of which are particularly easy to
demonstrate. Taking your own dreams, you will be able without
any trouble to recall instances of the condensation of different
persons into a single figure. Such a composite figure resembles
A. in appearance, but is dressed like B., pursues some occupation
which recalls C., and yet all the time you know that it is really
D. The composite picture serves, of course, to lay special emphasis
upon some characteristic common to the four people.
And it is possible also for a composite picture to be formed with
objects or places, as with persons, provided only that the single
objects or places have some common attribute upon which the
latent dream lays stress. It is as though a new and fugitive
concept were formed, of which the common attribute is the
kernel. From the superimposing of the separate parts which
undergo condensation there usually results a blurred and
indistinct picture, as if several photographs had been taken
on the same plate.
The formation of such composite figures must be of great
importance in the dream-work, for we can prove that the
common properties necessary to their formation are purposely
145manufactured where at first sight they would seem to be lacking,
as, for example, by the choice of some particular verbal expression
for a thought. We have already met with instances of condensation
and composite-formation of this sort; they played an
important part in originating many slips of the tongue. You
will remember the case of the young man who wished to
“insort” a lady (beleidigen = insult, begleiten = escort, composite
word begleitdigen). Besides, there are jokes in which the
technique is traceable to condensation of this sort. Apart from
this, however, we may venture to assert that this process is something
quite unusual and strange. It is true that in many a creation
of phantasy we meet with counterparts to the formation of the
composite persons of our dreams, component parts which do
not belong to one another in reality being readily united into a
single whole by phantasy, as, for instance, in the centaurs and
fabulous animals of ancient mythology or of Boecklin’s pictures.
“Creative” phantasy can, in fact, invent nothing new, but
can only regroup elements from different sources. But the
peculiar thing about the way in which the dream-work proceeds
is this: its material consists of thoughts, some of which
may be objectionable and disagreeable, but which nevertheless
are correctly formed and expressed. The dream-work transmutes
these thoughts into another form, and it is curious and
incomprehensible that in this process of translation—of rendering
them, as it were, into another script or language—the means
of blending and combining are employed. The translator’s
endeavour in other cases must surely be to respect the distinctions
observed in the text, and especially to differentiate between
things which are similar but not the same; the dream-work,
on the contrary, strives to condense two different thoughts by
selecting, after the manner of wit, an ambiguous word which
can suggest both thoughts. We must not expect to understand
this characteristic straight away, but it may assume great
significance for our conception of the dream-work.
Although condensation renders the dream obscure, yet it
does not give the impression of being an effect of the dream-censorship.
Rather we should be inclined to trace it to mechanical
or economic factors; nevertheless the censorship’s interests are
served by it.
What condensation can achieve is sometimes quite extraordinary:
by this device it is at times possible for two completely
different latent trains of thought to be united in a single manifest
dream, so that we arrive at an apparently adequate interpretation
of a dream and yet overlook a second possible meaning.
146Moreover, one of the effects of condensation upon the relationship
between the manifest and the latent dream is that the
connection between the elements of the one and of the other
nowhere remains a simple one; for by a kind of interlacing a
manifest element represents simultaneously several latent ones
and, conversely, a latent thought may enter into several manifest
elements. Again, when we come to interpret dreams, we see
that the associations to a single manifest element do not commonly
make their appearance in orderly succession; we often have to
wait until we have the interpretation of the whole dream.
The dream-work, then, follows a very unusual mode of
transcription for the dream-thoughts; not a translation, word
for word, or sign for sign; nor yet a process of selection according
to some definite rule, for instance, as though the consonants
only of the words were reproduced and the vowels omitted;
nor again what one might call a process of representation, one
element being always picked out to represent several others.
It works by a different and much more complicated method.
The second achievement of the dream-work is DISPLACEMENT.
Fortunately here we are not breaking perfectly fresh
ground; indeed, we know that it is entirely the work of the
dream-censorship. Displacement takes two forms: first, a latent
element may be replaced, not by a part of itself, but by something
more remote, something of the nature of an allusion; and, secondly,
the accent may be transferred from an important element to
another which is unimportant, so that the centre of the dream
is shifted as it were, giving the dream a foreign appearance.
Substitution by allusion is familiar to us in our waking thoughts
also, but with a difference; for it is essential in the latter that the
allusion should be easily comprehensible, and that the content
of the substitute should be associated to that of the thought
proper. Allusion is also frequently employed in wit, where
the condition of association in content is dispensed with and
replaced by unfamiliar external associations, such as similarity
of sound, ambiguity of meaning, etc. The condition of comprehensibility,
however, is observed: the joke would lose all
its point if we could not recognize without any effort what is the
actual thing to which the allusion is made. But in dreams
allusion by displacement is unrestricted by either limitation. It
is connected most superficially and most remotely with the
element for which it stands, and for that reason is not readily
comprehensible; and, when the connection is traced, the interpretation
gives the impression of an unsuccessful joke or of
a “forced,” far-fetched and “dragged in” explanation. The
147object of the dream-censorship is only attained when it has
succeeded in making it impossible to trace the thought proper
back from the allusion.
Displacement of accent is not a legitimate device if our object
be the expression of thought; though we do sometimes admit
it in waking life in order to produce a comic effect. I can to
some extent convey to you the impression of confusion which
then results, by reminding you of an anecdote, according to which
there was in a certain village a smith who had committed a
capital offence. The court decided that the smith was guilty; but,
since he was the only one of his trade in the village and therefore
indispensable, whereas there were three tailors living there,
one of these three was hanged in his place!
The third achievement of the dream-work is the most
interesting from the psychological point of view. It consists
in the transformation of thoughts into visual images. Let us
be quite clear that not everything in the dream-thoughts is thus
transformed; much keeps its original form and appears also in
the manifest dream as thought or knowledge, on the part of the
dreamer; again, translation of them into visual images is not the
only possible transformation of thoughts. But it is nevertheless
the essential feature in the formation of dreams, and, as we
know, this part of the dream-work is, if we except one other
case, the least subject to variation; for single dream-elements,
moreover, plastic word-representation is a process already
familiar to us.
Obviously this achievement is by no means an easy one.
In order to get some idea of its difficulty, imagine that you had
undertaken to replace a political leading article in a newspaper
by a series of illustrations; you would have to abandon alphabetic
characters in favour of hieroglyphics. The people and concrete
objects mentioned in the article could be easily represented,
perhaps even more satisfactorily, in pictorial form; but you
would expect to meet with difficulties when you came to the
portrayal of all the abstract words and all those parts of speech
which indicate relations between the various thoughts, e.g.
particles, conjunctions, and so forth. With the abstract words
you would employ all manner of devices: for instance, you would
try to render the text of the article into other words, more unfamiliar
perhaps, but made up of parts more concrete and therefore
more capable of such representation. This will remind you
of the fact that most abstract words were originally concrete,
their original significance having faded; and therefore you will
fall back on the original concrete meaning of these words wherever
148possible. So you will be glad that you can represent the
“possessing” of an object as a literal, physical “sitting upon”
it (possess = potis + sedeo). This is just how the dream-work
proceeds. In such circumstances you can hardly
demand great accuracy of representation, neither will you quarrel
with the dream-work for replacing an element which is
difficult to reduce to pictorial form, such as the idea of breaking
marriage vows, by some other kind of breaking, e.g. that of an
arm or leg.[39] In this way you will to some extent succeed in
overcoming the awkwardness of rendering alphabetic characters
into hieroglyphs.
When you come to represent those parts of speech which
indicate thought-relations, e.g. “because,” “therefore,” “but,”
and so on, you have no such means as those described to assist
you; so that these parts of the text must be lost, so far as your
translation into pictorial form is concerned. Similarly, the
149content of the dream-thoughts is resolved by the dream-work
into its ‘raw material,’ consisting of objects and activities. You
may be satisfied if there is any possibility of indicating somehow,
by a more minute elaboration of the images, certain relations
which cannot be represented in themselves. In a precisely
similar manner the dream-work succeeds in expressing much
of the content of the latent thoughts by means of peculiarities
in the form of the manifest dream, by its distinctness or
obscurity, its division into various parts, etc. The number of
parts into which a dream is divided corresponds as a rule with
the number of its main themes, the successive trains of thought
in the latent dream; a short preliminary dream often stands
in an introductory or causal relation to the subsequent detailed
main dream; whilst a subordinate dream-thought is represented
by the interpolation into the manifest dream of a change of scene,
and so on. The form of dreams, then, is by no means unimportant
in itself, and itself demands interpretation. Several dreams
in the same night often have the same meaning, and indicate an
endeavour to control more and more completely a stimulus of
increasing urgency. In a single dream, a specially difficult
element may be represented by “doubling” it, i.e. by more than
one symbol.
If we continue the comparison of dream-thoughts with the
manifest dreams representing them, we discover in all directions
things we should never have expected, e.g. that even nonsense
and absurdity in dreams have their meaning; in fact, at this
point the contrast between the medical and the psycho-analytic
view of dreams becomes more marked than ever before. According
to the medical view, the dream is absurd because while
dreaming our mental activity has renounced its functions;
according to our view, on the other hand, the dream becomes
absurd when it has to represent a criticism implicit in the latent
thoughts—the opinion: “It is absurd.” The dream I told
you, about the visit to the theatre (“three tickets for one florin
and a half”) is a good example of this: the opinion thus expressed
was as follows: “It was absurd to marry so early.”
Similarly, we find out when we interpret dreams what is
the real meaning of the doubts and uncertainties, so frequently
mentioned by dreamers, whether a certain element did actually
appear in the dream, whether it was really this and not rather
something else. As a rule, there is nothing in the latent thoughts
corresponding with these doubts and uncertainties; they originate
wholly through the operation of the censorship and are comparable
to a not entirely successful attempt at erasure.
150One of our most surprising discoveries is the manner in which
opposites in the latent dream are dealt with by the dream-work.
We know already that points of agreement in the latent
material are replaced by condensation in the manifest dream.
Now contraries are treated in just the same way as similarities,
with a marked preference for expression by means of the same
manifest element. An element in the manifest dream which
admits of an opposite may stand simply for itself, or for its
opposite, or for both together; only the sense can decide which
translation is to be chosen. It accords with this that there is
no representation of a “No” in dreams, or at least none which
is not ambiguous.
A welcome analogy to this strange behaviour of the dream-work
is furnished in the development of language. Many
philologists have maintained that in the oldest languages opposites
such as: strong—weak, light—dark, large—small, were expressed
by the same root word (antithetical sense of primal words).
Thus, in old Egyptian “ken” stood originally for both “strong”
and “weak.” In speaking, misunderstanding was guarded
against in the use of such ambivalent words by the intonation
and accompanying gestures; in writing, by the addition of a
so-called “determinative,” that is to say, of a picture which was
not meant to be expressed orally. Thus, “ken” = “strong”
was written in such a way that after the letters there was a
picture of a little man standing upright; when “ken” meant
“weak,” there was added the picture of a man in a slack, crouching
attitude. Only at a later period did the two opposite meanings
of the same primal word come to be designated in two different
ways by slight modifications of the original. Thus, from “ken”
meaning “strong—weak” were derived two words: “ken” =
“strong” and “kan” = “weak.” Nor is it only the oldest
languages, in the last stages of their development, which have
retained many survivals of these early words capable of meaning
either of two opposites, but the same is true of much younger
languages, even those which are to-day still living. I will quote
some illustrations of this taken from the work of C. Abel (1884):
In Latin, such ambivalent words are:
altus = high or deep. sacer = sacred or accursed.
As examples of modifications of the original root, I quote:
151A comparison of kindred languages yields a large number of
examples:
English: lock = to shut. German: Loch = hole. Lücke = gap.
English: cleave.[40] German: kleben = to stick, adhere.
The English word “without,” originally carrying with it both
a positive and a negative connotation, is to-day used in the
negative sense only, but it is clear that “with” has the signification,
not merely of “adding to,” but of “depriving of,”
from the compounds “withdraw,” “withhold” (cf. the German
wieder).
Yet another peculiarity of the dream-work has its counterpart
in the development of language. In ancient Egyptian, as
well as in other later languages, the sequence of sounds was
transposed so as to result in different words for the same fundamental
idea. Examples of this kind of parallels between English
and German words may be quoted:
Such transpositions as have taken place here in the case of
single words are made by the dream-work in a variety of
ways. The inversion of the meaning, i.e. substitution by the
opposite, is a device with which we are already familiar; but,
besides this, we find in dreams inversion of situations or of the
relations existing between two persons, as though the scene were
laid in a “topsy-turvy” world. In dreams often enough the
hare shoots the hunter. Again, inversion is met with in the
sequence of events, so that in dreams cause follows effect, which
reminds us of what sometimes happens in a third-rate theatrical
performance, when first the hero falls and then the shot which
kills him is fired from the wings. Or there are dreams in which
the whole arrangement of the elements is inverted, so that in
interpreting them the last must be taken first, and the first last,
in order to make sense at all. You remember that we also
found this in our study of dream-symbolism, in which the act
of plunging or falling into water has the same meaning as that
of emerging from water, namely, giving birth or being born,
and going up steps or a ladder means the same as coming
152down them. We cannot fail to recognize the advantage reaped
for dream-distortion by this freedom from restrictions in representing
the dream-thoughts.
These features of the dream-work may be termed archaic.
They cling to the primitive modes of expression of languages or
scripts, and yield the same difficulties, which we shall touch
upon later in the course of some critical observations on this
topic.
Now let us consider some other aspects of the subject. Clearly
what has to be accomplished by the dream-work is the transformation
of the latent thoughts, as expressed in words, into
perceptual forms, most commonly into visual images. Now
our thoughts originated in such perceptual forms; their earliest
material and the first stages in their development consisted of
sense-impressions, or, more accurately, of memory-pictures of
these. It was later that words were attached to these pictures
and then connected so as to form thoughts. So that the
dream-work subjects our thoughts to a regressive process and
retraces the steps in their development; in the course of this
REGRESSION all new acquisitions won during this development of
memory-pictures into thoughts must necessarily fall away.
This then is what we mean by the dream-work. Beside
what we have learnt of its processes our interest in the manifest
dream is bound to recede far into the background; I will, however,
devote still a few more remarks to the manifest dream, for, after
all, that is the only part of the dream with which we have any
direct acquaintance.
It is natural that the manifest dream should lose some of its
importance in our eyes. It must strike us as a matter of indifference
whether it is carefully composed or split up into a succession
of disconnected pictures. Even when the outward form of
the dream is apparently full of meaning, we know that this
appearance has been arrived at by the process of dream-distortion,
and can have as little organic connection with the inner content
of the dream as exists between the façade of an Italian church
and its general structure and ground-plan. At times, however,
this façade of the dream has a meaning too, reproducing an
important part of the latent thoughts with little or no distortion.
But we cannot know this until we have interpreted the dream
and thus arrived at an opinion with regard to the degree of distortion
present. A similar doubt obtains where two elements
seem to be closely connected; such connection may contain a
valuable hint that the corresponding elements in the latent dream
are similarly related, but at other times we can convince ourselves
153that what is connected in thought has become widely separated
in the dream.
In general we must refrain from attempting to explain one
part of the manifest dream by another part, as though the dream
were a coherent conception and a pragmatic representation.
It is in most cases comparable rather to a piece of Breccia stone,
composed of fragments of different kinds of stone cemented
together in such a way that the markings upon it are not those
of the original pieces contained in it. There is, as a matter of
fact, one mechanism in the dream-work, known as SECONDARY
ELABORATION, the object of which is to combine the immediate
results of the work into a single and fairly coherent whole;
during this process the material is often so arranged as to
give rise to total misunderstanding, and for this purpose any
necessary interpolations are made.
On the other hand, we should not overrate the dream-work
or attribute to it more than is its due. Its activity is limited
to the achievements here enumerated; condensation, displacement,
plastic representation and secondary elaboration of the
whole dream; these are all that it can effect. Such manifestations
of judgement, criticism, surprise, or deductive reasoning, as are
met with in dreams are not brought about by the dream-work
and are only very rarely the expression of subsequent reflection
about the dream; but are for the most part fragments of the
latent thoughts introduced into the manifest dream with more
or less modification and in a form suited to the context. Again,
the dream-work cannot create conversation in dreams; save
in a few exceptional cases, it is imitated from, and made up
of, things heard or even said by the dreamer himself on the
previous day, which have entered into the latent thoughts as
the material or incitement of his dream. Neither do mathematical
calculations come into the province of the dream-work;
anything of the sort appearing in the manifest dream is generally
a mere combination of numbers, a pseudo-calculation, quite
absurd as such, and again only a copy of some calculation
comprised in the latent thoughts. In these circumstances it
is not surprising that the interest which was felt in the dream-work
soon becomes directed instead towards the latent thoughts
which disclose themselves in a more or less distorted form through
the manifest dream. We are not justified, however, in a theoretical
consideration of the subject, in letting our interest stray so
far that we altogether substitute the latent thoughts for the
dream as a whole, and make some pronouncement on the latter
which is only true of the former. It is strange that the findings
154of psycho-analysis could be so misused as to result in confusion
between the two. The term “dream” can only be applied to
the results of the dream-work, i.e. to the form into which the
latent thoughts have been rendered by the dream-work.
This work is a process of a quite peculiar type; nothing
like it has hitherto been known in mental life. This kind
of condensation, displacement, and regressive translation of
thoughts into images, is a novelty, the recognition of which in
itself richly rewards our efforts in the field of psycho-analysis.
You will again perceive, from the parallels to dream-work,
the connections revealed between psycho-analytic and other
research, especially in the fields of the development of speech
and thought. You will only realize the further significance
of the insight so acquired when you learn that the mechanism of
the dream-work is a kind of model for the formation of neurotic
symptoms.
I know too that it is not possible for us yet to grasp the full
extent of the fresh gain accruing to psychology from these labours.
We will only hint at the new proofs thereby afforded of the
existence of unconscious mental activities—for this indeed is
the nature of the latent dream-thoughts—and at the promise
dream-interpretation gives of an approach, wider than we ever
guessed at, to the knowledge of the unconscious life of the mind.
Now, however, I think the time has come to give you individual
examples of various short dreams, which will illustrate the points
for which I have already prepared you.
155
You must not be disappointed if I present you once more with
fragments of dream-interpretations, instead of inviting you to
participate in the interpretation of one fine long dream. You
will say that after so much preparation you surely have a right
to expect that; and you will express your conviction that, after
successful interpretations of so many thousands of dreams, it
should long ago have been possible to collect a number of striking
examples by which the truth of all our assertions about the
dream-work and dream-thoughts could be demonstrated. Yes,
but there are too many difficulties in the way of fulfilling this
wish of yours.
In the first place, I must confess that there is nobody who
makes the interpretation of dreams his main business. In
what circumstances, then, do we come to interpret them? At
times we may occupy ourselves, for no particular purpose, with
the dreams of a friend, or we may work out our own dreams
over a period of time in order to train ourselves for
psycho-analytic work; but chiefly we have to do with the
dreams of nervous patients who are undergoing psycho-analytic
treatment. These last dreams provide splendid material and are
in no respect inferior to those of healthy persons, but the technique
of the treatment obliges us to subordinate dream-interpretation
to therapeutic purposes and to desist from the attempt to interpret
a large number of the dreams as soon as we have extracted from
them something of use for the treatment. Again, many dreams
which occur during the treatment elude full interpretation altogether;
since they have their origin in the whole mass of material
in the mind which is as yet unknown to us, it is not possible
to understand them until the completion of the cure. To relate
such dreams would necessarily involve revealing all the secrets
of a neurosis; this will not do for us, since we have taken up
the problem of dreams in preparation for the study of the neuroses.
Now I expect you would willingly dispense with this material
and would prefer to listen to the explanation of dreams of healthy
156persons or perhaps of your own. But the content of these dreams
makes that impossible. One cannot expose oneself, nor anyone
whose confidence has been placed in one, so ruthlessly as a
thorough interpretation of a dream would necessitate; for, as
you already know, they touch upon all that is most intimate
in the personality. Apart from the difficulty arising out of the
nature of the material, there is another difficulty as regards
relating the dreams. You are aware that the dream seems
foreign and strange to the dreamer himself; how much more
so to an outsider to whom his personality is unknown. The
literature of psycho-analysis shows no lack of good and detailed
dream-analyses; I myself have published some which formed
part of the history of certain pathological cases. Perhaps the
best example of a dream-interpretation is that published by
O. Rank, consisting of the analysis of two mutually-related
dreams of a young girl. These cover about two pages of print,
while the analysis of them runs into 76 pages. It would need
almost a whole term’s lectures in order to take you through
a work of this magnitude. If we selected some fairly long and
considerably distorted dream we should have to enter into so
many explanations, to adduce so much material in the shape
of associations and recollections, and to go down so many sidetracks,
that a single lecture would be quite unsatisfying and
would give no clear idea of it as a whole. So I must ask you
to be content if I pursue a less difficult course, and relate some
fragments from dreams of neurotic patients, in which this or
that isolated feature may be recognized. Symbols are the easiest
features to demonstrate and, after them, certain peculiarities
of the regressive character of dream-representation. I will
tell you why I regard each of the following dreams as worth
relating.
1. A dream consisted only of two short pictures: The
dreamer’s uncle was smoking a cigarette, although it was Saturday.—A
woman was fondling and caressing the dreamer as though he
were her child.
With reference to the first picture, the dreamer (a Jew)
remarked that his uncle was a very pious man who never had
done, and never would do, anything so sinful as smoking on the
Sabbath. The only association to the woman in the second
picture was that of the dreamer’s mother. These two pictures
or thoughts must obviously be related to one another; but
in what way? Since he expressly denied that his uncle would
in reality perform the action of the dream, the insertion of the
conditional “if” will at once suggest itself. “If my uncle,
157that deeply religious man, were to smoke a cigarette on the
Sabbath, then I myself might be allowed to let my mother
fondle me.” Clearly, that is as much as to say that being fondled
by the mother was something as strictly forbidden as smoking
on the Sabbath is to the pious Jew. You will remember my
telling you that in the dream-work all relations among the
dream-thoughts disappear; the thoughts are broken up into
their raw material, and our task in interpreting is to re-insert
these connections which have been omitted.
2. My writings on the subject of dreams have placed me to
some extent in the position of public consultant on the question,
and for many years now I have received letters from the most
diverse quarters communicating dreams to me or asking for
my opinion. Naturally I am grateful to all those who have
given me sufficient material with their dreams to make an interpretation
possible, or have themselves volunteered one. The
following dream of a medical student in Munich dating from
1910, belongs to this category; and I quote it because it may
prove to you how hard it is, generally speaking, to understand
a dream until the dreamer has given us what information he
can about it. For I have a suspicion that in the bottom of your
hearts you think that the translating of the symbols is the ideal
method of interpretation and that you would like to discard that
of free association; I want, therefore, to clear your minds of
so pernicious an error.
July 18th, 1910. Towards morning I had the following
dream: I was bicycling down a street in Tübingen, when a brown
dachshund came rushing after me and caught hold of one of my heels.
I rode a little further and then dismounted, sat down on a step and
began to beat the creature off, for it had set its teeth fast in my heel.
(The dog’s biting me and the whole scene roused no unpleasant
sensations.) Two elderly ladies were sitting opposite, watching me
with grinning faces. Then I woke up and, as has frequently happened
before, with the transition to waking consciousness the whole
dream was clear to me.
In this instance symbolism cannot help us much, but the
dreamer goes on to tell us: “I recently fell in love with a girl,
just from seeing her in the street; but I had no means of introduction
to her. I should have liked best to make her acquaintance
through her dachshund, for I am a great animal-lover
myself and was attracted by seeing that she was one too.” He
adds that several times he had separated fighting dogs very
skilfully, often to the amazement of the onlookers. Now we
learn that the girl who had taken his fancy was always seen
158walking with this particular dog. She, however, has been
eliminated from the manifest dream; only the dog associated
with her has remained. Possibly the elderly ladies who grinned
at him represented her, but the rest of what he tells us does not
clear up this point. The fact that he was riding a bicycle in
the dream was a direct repetition of the situation as he remembered
it, for he had not met the girl with the dog except when he was
bicycling.
3. When a man has lost someone dear to him, for a considerable
period afterwards he produces a special type of dream, in
which the most remarkable compromises are effected between
his knowledge that that person is dead and his desire to call
him back to life. Sometimes the deceased is dreamt of as being
dead, and yet still alive because he does not know that he is
dead, as if he would only really die if he did know it; at other
times he is half dead and half alive, and each of these conditions
has its distinguishing marks. We must not call these dreams
merely nonsensical, for to come to life again is no more inadmissible
in dreams than in fairy tales, in which it is quite a common
fate. As far as I have been able to analyse such dreams,
it appeared that they were capable of a reasonable explanation,
but that the pious wish to recall the departed is apt to manifest
itself in the strangest ways. I will submit a dream of this sort
to you, which certainly sounds strange and absurd enough, and
the analysis of which will demonstrate many points already
indicated in our theoretical discussions. The dreamer was a
man who had lost his father some years previously:—
My father was dead but had been exhumed and looked ill. He
went on living, and I did all I could to prevent his noticing it. Then
the dream goes on to other matters, apparently very remote.
That the father was dead we know to be a fact; but the
exhumation had not taken place in reality: indeed, the question
of real fact has nothing to do with anything that follows. But
the dreamer went on to say that after he returned from his
father’s funeral one of his teeth began to ache. He wanted to
treat it according to the Jewish precept: “If thy tooth offend
thee, pluck it out,” and accordingly went to the dentist. The
latter, however, said that that was not the way to treat a tooth;
one must have patience with it. “I will put something in it,”
he said, “to kill the nerve, and you must come back in three
days’ time, when I will take it out again.” “This ‘taking
out,’” said the dreamer suddenly, “is the exhuming.”
Now was he right? True, the parallel is not exact, for it was
not the tooth which was taken out, but only a dead part of it.
159As a result of experience, however, we can well credit the
dream-work with inaccuracies of this sort. We must suppose
that the dreamer had, by a process of condensation, combined
the dead father with the tooth, which was dead and which he
yet retained. No wonder then that an absurdity was the result
in the manifest dream, for obviously not all that was said about
the tooth could apply to the father. What then are we to regard
as the tertium comparationis between the father and the tooth,—what
common factor makes the comparison possible?
Such a factor must have existed, for the dreamer went on to
observe that he knew the saying that if one dreams of losing
a tooth it means that one is about to lose a member of his family.
We know that this popular interpretation is incorrect or at
least correct only in a very distorted sense. We shall therefore
be the more surprised actually to discover the subject thus
touched upon behind the other elements of the dream-content.
Without being pressed further, the dreamer then began to
talk of his father’s illness and death, and of the relations which
had existed between father and son. The illness had been a
long one, and the care and treatment of the invalid had cost
the son a large sum of money. Yet it never seemed too much
to him, nor did his patience ever fail or the wish occur to him that
the end should come. He prided himself on his true Jewish
filial piety and on his strict observance of the Jewish law. Does
not a certain contradiction strike us here in the thoughts relating
to the dream? He had identified the tooth with the father.
He wanted to treat the former according to the Jewish law
which commanded that a tooth which causes pain and annoyance
should be plucked out. His father he also wanted to treat
according to the precepts of the law, but here the command
was that he must pay no heed to expense and annoyance, must
take the whole burden upon himself, and not allow any hostile
intention to arise against the cause of the trouble. Would not
the agreement between the two situations be much more convincing
if he had really gradually come to have the same feelings
towards his sick father as he had towards his diseased tooth,
that is to say, if he had wished for death to put a speedy end
to his father’s superfluous, painful and costly existence?
I have no doubt that this was, in reality, his attitude towards
his father during the protracted illness and that his boastful
assertions of filial piety were designed to divert his mind from
any recollections of the sort. Under conditions such as these
it is no uncommon thing for the death-wish against the father
to be roused, and to mask itself with some ostensibly compassionate
160reflection, such as: “It would be a blessed release for him.”
But I want you particularly to notice that here in the latent
thoughts themselves a barrier has been broken down. The
first part of the thoughts was, we may be sure, only temporarily
unconscious, that is, during the actual process of the dream-work;
the hostile feelings towards the father, on the other
hand, had probably been permanently so, possibly dating from
childhood and having at times, during the father’s illness, crept
as it were timidly and in a disguised form into consciousness.
We can maintain this with even greater certainty of other latent
thoughts which have unmistakably contributed to the content
of the dream. There are, it is true, no indications in it of hostile
feelings towards the father; but when we enquire into the origin
of such hostility in the life of the child we remember that fear
of the father arises from the fact that in the earliest years of
life it is he who opposes the sexual activity of the boy, as he
is usually compelled to do again, after puberty, from motives of
social expediency. This was the relation in which our dreamer
stood to his father; his affection for him had been tinged with
a good deal of respect and dread, the source of which was early
sexual intimidation.
We can now explain the further phrases in the dream from
the onanism complex. “He looked ill” was an allusion to
another remark of the dentist’s—that it did not look well for
a tooth to be missing just there—but it also refers at the same
time to the “looking ill” by which the young man, during
the period of puberty, betrays, or fears lest he might betray,
his excessive sexual activity. It was with a lightening of his
own heart that in the manifest dream the dreamer transferred
the look of illness from himself to his father, an inversion with
which you are familiar as a device of the dream-work. “He
went on living” accords both with the wish to recall the father
to life and the promise of the dentist to save the tooth. The phrase
“I did everything I could to prevent his noticing” is extremely
subtly designed to lead us to complete it with the words “that
he was dead.” The only completion of them that really makes
sense, however, is again to be traced to the onanism complex,
where it is a matter of course that the young man should do
all he can to conceal his sexual life from his father. Finally,
I would remind you that the so-called “toothache dreams”
always refer to onanism, and the punishment for it that is feared.
You see how this incomprehensible dream is built up by a
piece of remarkable and misleading condensation, by omitting
from it all the thoughts that belong to the core of the latent train
161of thought, and by the creation of ambiguous substitute-formations
to represent those thoughts which were deepest and most
remote in time.
4. We have already tried repeatedly to get to the bottom
of those prosaic and banal dreams which have nothing absurd
or strange in them, but which suggest the question: Why
should we dream about such trivialities at all? I will therefore
quote a fresh example of this sort in the shape of three
dreams connected with one another and dreamt by a young lady
in the course of a single night.
(a) She was going through the hall in her house and struck her
head on a low-hanging chandelier with such force as to draw blood.
This episode did not remind her of anything that had actually
happened; her remarks led in quite another direction: “You
know how terribly my hair is coming out. Well, yesterday
my mother said to me: ‘My dear child, if it goes on like this,
your head will soon be as bald as your buttocks.’” We see here
that the head stands for the other end of the body. No further
assistance is required to understand the symbolism of the chandelier:
all objects capable of elongation are symbols of the
male organ. The real subject of the dream then is a bleeding
at the lower end of the body, caused by contact with the penis.
This might still have other meanings; the dreamer’s further
associations show that the dream has to do with the belief that
menstruation results from sexual intercourse with a man, a
notion about sexual matters which is by no means uncommon
amongst immature girls.
(b) The dreamer saw in a vineyard a deep hole which she knew
had been caused by the uprooting of a tree. Her remark on this
point was that “the tree was missing,” meaning that she did
not see the tree in the dream; but the same phrase serves to
express another thought, which leaves us in no doubt as to the
symbolic interpretation. The dream refers to another infantile
notion on the subject of sex, to the belief that girls originally
had the same genital organ as boys and that the later conformation
of this organ has been brought about by castration (uprooting
the tree).
(c) The dreamer was standing in front of her writing-table drawer
which she knows so well that, if anyone touched it, she would immediately
be aware of it. The writing-table drawer, like all drawers,
chests and boxes, is a symbol of the female genital. She knew
that when sexual intercourse (or, as she thought, any contact at
all) has taken place the genital shows certain indications of
the fact, and she had long had a fear of being convicted of this.
162I think that in all three dreams the main emphasis lies on the
idea of knowing. She had in mind the time of childish investigations
into sexual matters, of the results of which she had been
very proud at the time.
5. Here is another example of symbolism. But this time I
must preface it with a short account of the mental situation
in which the dream occurred. A man and a woman who were
in love had spent a night together; he described her nature as
maternal, she was one of those women whose desire to have a
child comes out irresistibly during caresses. The conditions
of their meeting, however, made it necessary to take precautions
to prevent the semen from entering the womb. On waking the
next morning, the woman related the following dream:—
An officer with a red cap was pursuing her in the street. She
fled from him and ran up the staircase, with him after her. Breathless,
she reached her rooms and slammed and locked the door behind her.
The man remained outside and, peeping through the keyhole in the
door, she saw him sitting on a bench outside, weeping.
In the pursuit by the officer with the red cap and the breathless
climbing of the stairs you will recognize the representation of the
sexual act. That the dreamer shuts her pursuer out may serve
as an example of the device of inversion so frequently employed
in dreams, for in reality it was the man who withdrew before
the completion of the sexual act. In the same way, she has
projected her own feeling of grief on to her partner, for it is he,
who weeps in the dream, his tears at the same time alluding to
the seminal fluid.
You will certainly have heard it said at some time or other
that psycho-analysis maintains that all dreams have a sexual
meaning. You are now in a position yourselves to form an
opinion as to the falseness of this reproach. You have learnt
of wish-fulfilment dreams, dealing with the gratification of the
most obvious needs—hunger, thirst, and the longing for liberty—comfort-dreams
and impatience-dreams, as well as those which
are frankly avaricious and egoistical. You may, however, certainly
bear it in mind that, according to the results of psycho-analysis,
dreams in which a marked degree of distortion is present
mainly (but here again not exclusively) give expression to sexual
desires.
6. I have a special motive in giving many instances of the
use of symbols in dreams. In our first lecture I complained of
the difficulty of demonstrating my statements in such a way as
to carry conviction with regard to the findings of psycho-analysis,
and since then you have doubtless agreed with me. Now the
163separate propositions of psycho-analysis are nevertheless so
intimately related that conviction on a single point easily leads
to acceptance of the greater part of the whole theory. It might
be said of psycho-analysis that if you give it your little finger
it will soon have your whole hand. If you accept the explanation
of errors as satisfactory, you cannot logically stop short of belief
in all the rest. Now dream-symbolism provides another, equally
good, approach to such acceptance. I will recount to you a
dream, which has already been published, of a woman of the
poorer classes, whose husband was a watchman and of whom
we may be sure that she had never heard of dream-symbolism
and psycho-analysis. You can then judge for yourselves whether
the interpretation arrived at with the help of sexual symbols
can justly be called arbitrary or forced.
“... Then someone broke into the house and in terror she
cried for a watchman. But the watchman, accompanied by two
tramps, had gone into a church, which had several steps leading up to
it. Behind the church there was a mountain and, up above, a
thick wood. The watchman wore a helmet, gorget and cloak, and
had a full brown beard. The two tramps, who had gone along
peaceably with him, had aprons twisted round their hips like sacks.
A path led from the church to the mountain and was overgrown
on both sides with grass and bushes which grew denser and denser,
and at the top of the mountain there was a regular wood.”
You will recognize without any trouble the symbols here
employed: the male organ is represented by the trinity of three
persons appearing, whilst the female sexual organs are symbolized
by a landscape with a chapel, a mountain and a wood, and once
more you have the act of going up steps as symbolic of the sexual
act. The part of the body called in the dream “a mountain”
is similarly termed in anatomy the mons veneris.
7. I will tell you another dream which is to be explained in
the light of symbolism, a dream, moreover, which is noteworthy
and convincing from the fact that the dreamer himself translated
all the symbols, though he brought no previous theoretical
knowledge to the interpretation. This is a very unusual circumstance
and we have no accurate idea of the conditions which
give rise to it.
He was walking with his father in a place which must have been
the Prater,[41] for they saw the Rotunda with a little building in front
of it, to which was made fast a captive balloon which looked rather
slack. His father asked him what it was all for; the son wondered
at his asking, but explained it nevertheless. Then they came to
164a court-yard, where a large sheet of metal lay spread out. His
father wanted to break off a big piece, but looked round first in case
anyone should notice him. He said to his son that all the same he
need only tell the overseer and then he could take it straightaway.
Some steps led down from this court to a shaft, the sides of which
were upholstered with some soft stuff, something like a leather armchair.
At the bottom of this shift was a rather long platform and,
beyond it, another shaft.
The following is the dreamer’s own interpretation:—“The
Rotunda stands for my genitals and the captive balloon in front
of it for the penis, which I have had to complain of for being
limp.” A more detailed translation would then run thus: the
rotunda stands for the buttocks (regularly included by children
amongst the genitals), the smaller structure in front is the scrotum.
In the dream, his father asks him what all this is, i.e. what are
the purpose and function of the genitals. To invert this situation
so that the son asks the questions is an obvious idea, and, since
these questions were never asked in reality, we must construe
the dream-thoughts as a wish or take them in a conditional sense:
“If I had asked my father to explain....” The sequel
to this thought we shall find presently.
The court-yard where the sheet-metal lay is not in the first
place to be explained symbolically, but is a reference to the
father’s place of business. From motives of discretion I have
substituted “sheet-metal” for the actual material dealt with
by him, but otherwise I have made no alteration in the words
of the dream. The dreamer had entered his father’s business
and had been much scandalized by the extremely questionable
practices upon which the high profits largely depended. Hence
the sequel to the dream-thought mentioned above would run:
“(If I had asked him), he would have deceived me as he deceives
his customers.” The dreamer himself gives a second explanation
for the pulling off the piece of metal which serves to represent
commercial dishonesty: it means, he says, the practice of masturbation.
Not only is this an explanation with which we have
long been familiar, but it is well in accordance with this interpretation
that the secret practice of masturbation should be
expressed by the opposite idea (“We may do it openly”). So
the fact that this practice is imputed to the father, as was the
questioning in the first scene of the dream, is exactly what we
should expect. The dreamer immediately interpreted the shaft,
on account of the soft upholstering of the walls, as the vagina,
and I, on my own account, offer the remark that going-down as
well as going-up stands for sexual intercourse.
165The details of the long platform at the bottom of the first
shaft, and beyond that the second shaft, were explained by the
dreamer himself from his own history. He had practised intercourse
for some time and then given it up on account of inhibitions,
but hoped to be able to resume it by the help of the
treatment.
8. I quote the two following dreams, dreamt by a foreigner
with marked polygamous tendencies, because they may serve
to illustrate the statement that the dreamer’s own person is
present in every dream, even when it is disguised in the manifest
content. The trunks in the dreams are female symbols.
(a) The dreamer was going on a journey and his luggage was
being taken to the station on a carriage. There were a number of
trunks piled one on the top of the other, and amongst them two large
black boxes like those of a commercial traveller. He said consolingly
to someone: “You see those are only going as far as the station.”
He does, as a matter of fact, travel with a great deal of
luggage, and he also brings many stories about women to the
treatment. The two black trunks stand for two dark women
who at the moment are playing the principal part in his life. One
of them wanted to follow him to Vienna, but on my advice he
had telegraphed to put her off.
(b) A scene at a customs house:—A fellow-traveller opened
his trunk and said nonchalantly, smoking a cigarette: “There
is nothing to declare in that.” The customs official seemed to believe
him, but felt in the trunk again and found a strictly prohibited article.
The traveller then said in a resigned way: “Well, it can’t be helped.”
The dreamer himself is the traveller and I am the official. He
is generally very straightforward with me, but had made up
his mind to conceal from me a relation which he had recently
formed with a lady, for he assumed quite correctly that I knew
her. He displaces on to a stranger the embarrassing situation
of being detected, so that he himself does not seem to come
into the dream at all.
9. Here we have an example of a symbol which I have not
yet mentioned:—
The dreamer met his sister with two friends who were themselves
sisters. He shook hands with these two, but not with his sister.
There was no real episode connected with this in his mind.
Instead, his thoughts went back to a time when his observations
led him to wonder why a girl’s breasts are so late in developing.
The two sisters, therefore, stand for the breasts; he would have
liked to grasp them with his hand, if only it had not been his
sister.
16610. Here is an example of death symbolism in dreams:—The
dreamer was crossing a very high, steep, iron bridge, with
two people whose names he knew, but forgot on waking. Suddenly
both of them had vanished and he saw a ghostly man in a cap and an
overall. He asked him whether he were the telegraph messenger....
“No.” Or the coachman?... “No.” He then went on,
and in the dream, had a feeling of great dread; on waking, he
followed it up with the phantasy that the iron bridge suddenly
broke and that he fell into the abyss.
When stress is laid upon the fact that people in a dream are
unknown to the dreamer, or that he has forgotten their names,
they are, as a rule, persons with whom he is intimately connected.
The dreamer was one of a family of three children; if he had ever
wished for the death of the other two, it would be only just that
he should be visited with the fear of death. With reference to the
telegraph messenger, he remarked that they always bring bad news.
From his uniform, the man in the dream might have been a
lamp-lighter, who also puts out the lights, as the spirit of death
extinguishes the torch of life. With the coachman he associated
Uhland’s poem of the voyage of King Karl, and recalled a dangerous
sail on a lake with two companions, when he played the part
of the king in the poem. The iron bridge suggested to him
a recent accident, also the stupid saying: “Life is a suspension
bridge.”
11. The following may be regarded as another example of a
death-dream:—
An unknown gentleman was leaving a black-edged visiting card
on the dreamer.
12. I give another dream which will interest you from several
points of view; it is to be traced partly, however, to a neurotic
condition in the dreamer:—
He was in a train which stopped in the open country. He thought
there was going to be an accident and that he must make his escape,
so he went through all the compartments, killing everyone he met,—driver,
guard, and so on.
This dream recalls a story told him by a friend. On a certain
Italian line, an insane man was being conveyed in a small compartment,
but by some mistake a passenger was allowed to get
in with him. The madman murdered the other traveller. Thus
the dreamer identified himself with this insane man, his reason
being that he was at times tormented by an obsession that
he must make away with “everyone who shared his knowledge.”
Then he himself found a better motivation for the
dream. The day before, he had seen at the theatre a girl he
167had meant to marry but had given up because she gave him
cause for jealousy. Knowing the intensity which jealousy
could assume in him, he would really have been mad to want
to marry her. That is to say, he thought her so unreliable that
his jealousy would have led him to murder everyone who got
in his way. The going through a number of rooms, or, as here,
compartments, we have already learnt to know as a symbol of
marriage (the expression of monogamy according to the rule
of opposites).
With reference to the train’s stopping in the open country
and the fear of an accident, he told the following story:—
Once when such a sudden halt occurred on the line outside
a station, a young lady who was in the carriage said that perhaps
there was going to be a collision, and that the best thing to do
was to raise the legs high. This phrase “raise the legs” had
associations with many walks and excursions into the country,
which he had shared with the girl mentioned above in the happy
early days of their love. Here was a new argument for the
contention that he would be mad to marry her now; nevertheless,
my knowledge of the situation led me to regard it as certain
that there existed in him all the same the desire to fall a victim
to this form of madness.
168
Let us start afresh from our conclusion that, under the influence
of the censorship, the dream-work translates the latent
dream-thoughts into another form. These thoughts are of the
same nature as the familiar, conscious thoughts of waking life;
the new form in which they are expressed is, owing to many
peculiar characteristics, incomprehensible to us. We have said
that it goes back to phases in our intellectual development which
we have long outgrown—to hieroglyphic writing, to symbolic-connections,
possibly to conditions which existed before the
language of thought was evolved. On this account we called
the form of expression employed by the dream-work archaic
or regressive.
From this you may draw the inference that a more profound
study of the dream-work must lead to valuable conclusions
about the initial stages of our intellectual development, of which
at present little is known. I hope it will be so, but so far this
task has not been attempted. The era to which the dream-work
takes us back is “primitive” in a twofold sense: in the
first place, it means the early days of the individual—his childhood—and,
secondly, in so far as each individual repeats in some
abbreviated fashion during childhood the whole course of the
development of the human race, the reference is phylogenetic.
I believe it not impossible that we may be able to discriminate
between that part of the latent mental processes which belongs
to the early days of the individual and that which has its roots
in the infancy of the race. It seems to me, for instance, that
symbolism, a mode of expression which has never been individually
acquired, may claim to be regarded as a racial heritage.
This, however, is not the only archaic feature in dreams.
You are all familiar from actual experience with the peculiar
amnesia of childhood to which we are subject. I mean that the
first years of life, up to the age of five, six, or eight, have not
left the same traces in memory as our later experiences. True,
we come across individuals who can boast of continuous recollection
169from early infancy to the present time, but it is incomparably
more common for the opposite, a blank in memory,
to be found. In my opinion, this has not aroused sufficient
surprise. At two years old the child can speak well and soon
shows his capacity for adapting himself to complicated mental
situations, and, moreover, says things which he himself has
forgotten when they are repeated to him years later. And yet
memory is more efficient in early years, being less overburdened
than it is later. Again, there is no reason to regard the function
of memory as an especially high or difficult form of mental
activity; on the contrary, excellent memory may be found in
people who are yet on a very low plane intellectually.
But I must draw your attention to a second peculiarity,
based upon the first—namely, that from the oblivion in which
the first years of childhood are shrouded certain clearly retained
recollections emerge, mostly in the form of plastic images, for
the retention of which there seems no adequate ground. Memory
deals with the mass of impressions received in later life by a
process of selection, retaining what is important and omitting
what is not; but with the recollections retained from childhood
this is not so. They do not necessarily reflect important experiences
in childhood, not even such as must have seemed important
from the child’s standpoint, but are often so banal and meaningless
in themselves that we can only ask ourselves in amazement
why just this particular detail has escaped oblivion. I have
tried, with the help of analysis, to attack the problem of childhood
amnesia and of the fragments of recollection which break
through it, and have come to the conclusion that, whatever may
appear to the contrary, the child no less than the adult only
retains in memory what is important; but that what is important
is represented (by the processes of condensation and, more
especially, of displacement, already familiar to you) in the
memory by something apparently trivial. For this reason I
have called these childhood recollections screen-memories; a
thorough analysis can evolve from them all that has been forgotten.
It is a regular task in psycho-analytic treatment to fill in
the blank in infantile memories, and, in so far as the treatment
is successful to any extent at all (very frequently, therefore)
we are enabled to bring to light the content of those early years
long buried in oblivion. These impressions have never really
been forgotten, but were only inaccessible and latent, having become
part of the unconscious. But sometimes it happens that
they emerge spontaneously from the unconscious, and it is in
170connection with dreams that this happens. It is clear that the
dream-life knows the way back to these latent, infantile experiences.
Many good illustrations of this are to be found in psycho-analytical
literature, and I myself have been able to furnish a contribution
of the sort. I once dreamt in a particular connection of someone
who had evidently done me a service and whom I saw plainly.
He was a one-eyed man, short, fat and high-shouldered; from
the context I gathered that he was a doctor. Fortunately I
was able to ask my mother, who was still living, what was the
personal appearance of the doctor who attended us at the place
where I was born and which I left at the age of three; she told
me that he had only one eye and was short, fat and high-shouldered;
I learnt also of the accident which was the occasion of this
doctor’s being called in and which I had forgotten. This command
of the forgotten material of the earliest years of childhood
is thus a further ‘archaic’ feature of dreams.
This knowledge has a bearing on another of the problems
which up to the present have proved insoluble. You will remember
the astonishment caused by our discovery that dreams have
their origin in actively evil or in excessive sexual desires, which
have made both the dream-censorship and dream-distortion
necessary. Supposing now that we have interpreted a dream of
this sort, and the circumstances are specially favourable in
that the dreamer does not quarrel with the interpretation itself,
he does nevertheless invariably ask how any such wish could
come into his mind, since it seems quite foreign to him and he
is conscious of desiring the exact opposite. We need have no
hesitation in pointing out to him the origin of the wish he repudiates:
these evil impulses may be traced to the past, often
indeed to a past which is not so very far away. It may be demonstrated
that he once knew and was conscious of them, even if
this is no longer so. A woman who had a dream meaning that
she wished to see her only daughter (then seventeen years old)
lying dead found, with our help, that at one time she actually
had cherished this death-wish. The child was the offspring
of an unhappy marriage, which ended in the speedy separation
of husband and wife. Once when the child was as yet unborn
the mother, in an access of rage after a violent scene with her
husband, beat her body with her clenched fists in order to kill
the baby in her womb. How many mothers who to-day love
their children tenderly, perhaps with excessive tenderness, yet
conceived them unwillingly and wished that the life within
them might not develop further; and have indeed turned this
wish into various actions, fortunately of a harmless kind. The
171later death-wish against beloved persons, which appears so
puzzling, thus dates from the early days of the relationship to
them.
A father, whose dream when interpreted shows that he wished
for the death of his eldest and favourite child, is in the same way
obliged to recall that there was a time when this wish was not
unknown to him. The man, whose marriage had proved a
disappointment, often thought when the child was still an infant
that if the little creature who meant nothing to him were to die
he would again be free and would make better use of his freedom.
A large number of similar impulses of hate are to be traced to
a similar source; they are recollections of something belonging
to the past, something which was once in consciousness and
played its part in mental life. From this you will be inclined
to draw the conclusion that such dreams and such wishes would
not occur in cases where there have been no changes of this
sort in the relations between two persons, that is to say, where
the relation has been of the same character from the beginning.
I am prepared to grant you this conclusion, only I must warn
you that you have to consider, not the literal meaning of the
dream, but what it signifies on interpretation. It may be that
the manifest dream of the death of some beloved person was
only using this as a terrible mask, whilst really meaning something
totally different, or it is possible that the beloved person
is an illusory substitute for someone else.
This situation will, however, raise in you another and
much more serious question. You will say: “Even though
this death-wish did at one time actually exist and this is confirmed
by recollection, that is still no true explanation; for the desire
has long since been overcome and surely at the present time can
exist in the unconscious merely as a recollection, of no affective
value, and not as a powerful exciting agent. For this later assumption
we have no evidence. Why is the wish recollected
at all in dreams?” This is a question which you are really
justified in asking; the attempt to answer it would take us far
afield and would oblige us to define our position with regard to
one of the most important points in the theory of dreams. But
I must keep within the limits of our discussion and must forbear
to follow up this question; so you must be reconciled to leaving
it for the present. Let us content ourselves with the actual
evidence that this wish, long since subdued, can be proved to
have given rise to the dream, and let us continue our enquiry
whether other evil wishes also can be traced in the same way
to the past.
172Let us keep to the death-wishes, which we shall certainly
find mostly derived from the unbounded egoism of the dreamer.
Wishes of this sort are very often found to be the underlying
agents of dreams. Whenever anyone gets in our way in life—and
how often must this happen when our relations to one another
are so complicated!—a dream is immediately prepared to make
away with that person, even if it be father, mother, brother or sister,
husband or wife. It appeared to us amazing that such wickedness
should be innate in humanity, and certainly we were not inclined
to admit without further evidence that this result of our interpretation
of dreams was correct. But, when once we had seen
that the origin of wishes of this sort must be looked for in the
past, we had little difficulty in finding the period in the past of the
individual in which there is nothing strange in such egoism
and such wishes, even when directed against the nearest and
dearest. A child in his earliest years (which later are veiled
in oblivion) is just the person who frequently displays such egoism
in boldest relief; invariably, unmistakable tendencies of this
kind, or, more accurately, surviving traces of them, are plainly
visible in him. For a child loves himself first and only later learns
to love others and to sacrifice something of his own ego to them.
Even the people whom he seems to love from the outset are loved
in the first instance because he needs them and cannot do without
them—again therefore, from motives of egoism. Only later
does the impulse of love detach itself from egoism: it is a literal
fact that the child learns how to love through his own egoism.
In this connection it will be instructive to compare a child’s
attitude towards his brothers and sisters with his attitude towards
his parents. The little child does not necessarily love his brothers
and sisters, and often he is quite frank about it. It is unquestionable
that in them he sees and hates his rivals, and it is well
known how commonly this attitude persists without interruption
for many years, till the child reaches maturity and even later.
Of course it often gives place to a more tender feeling, or perhaps
we should say it is overlaid by this, but the hostile attitude
seems very generally to be the earlier. We can most easily
observe it in children of two and a half to four years old when
a new baby arrives, which generally meets with a very unfriendly
reception; remarks such as “I don’t like it. The stork is to
take it away again” are very common. Subsequently every
opportunity is seized to disparage the new-comer; attempts
are even made to injure it and actual attacks upon it are by
no means unheard-of. If the difference in age is less, by the
time the child’s mental activity is more fully developed the
173rival is already in existence and he adapts himself to the situation;
if on the other hand there is a greater difference between
their ages, the new baby may rouse certain kindly feelings from
the first, as an object of interest, a sort of living doll; and when
there is as much as eight years or more between them, especially
if the elder child is a girl, protective, motherly impulses may at
once come into play. But, speaking honestly, when we find a
wish for the death of a brother or a sister latent in a dream we
need seldom be puzzled, for we find its origin in early childhood
without much trouble, or indeed, quite often in the later years
when they still lived together.
There is probably no nursery without violent conflicts between
the inhabitants, actuated by rivalry for the love of the parents,
competition for possessions shared by them all, even for the
actual space in the room they occupy. Such hostility is directed
against older as well as younger brothers and sisters. I think
it was Bernard Shaw who said: “If there is anyone whom a
young English lady hates more than her mother it is her elder
sister.” Now there is something in this dictum which jars upon
us; it is hard enough to bring ourselves to understand hatred
and rivalry between brothers and sisters, but how can feelings
of hate force themselves into the relation between mother and
daughter, parents and children?
This relationship is no doubt a more favourable one, also from
the children’s point of view; and this too is what our expectations
require: we find it far more offensive for love to be lacking
between parents and children than between brothers and sisters.
We have, so to speak, sanctified the former love while allowing the
latter to remain profane. Yet everyday observation may show
us how frequently the sentiments entertained towards each other
by parents and grown-up children fall short of the ideal set up
by society, and how much hostility lies smouldering, ready to
burst into flame if it were not stifled by considerations of filial
or parental duty and by other, tender impulses. The motives
for this hostility are well known, and we recognize a tendency
for those of the same sex to become alienated, daughter from
mother and father from son. The daughter sees in her mother
the authority which imposes limits to her will, whose task it is
to bring her to that renunciation of sexual freedom which society
demands; in certain cases, too, the mother is still a rival, who
objects to being set aside. The same thing is repeated still
more blatantly between father and son. To the son the father
is the embodiment of the social compulsion to which he so unwillingly
submits, the person who stands in the way of his following
174his own will, of his early sexual pleasures and, when
there is family property, of his enjoyment of it. When a throne
is involved this impatience for the death of the father may approach
tragic intensity. The relation between father and daughter
or mother and son would seem less liable to disaster; the latter
relation furnishes the purest examples of unchanging tenderness,
undisturbed by any egoistic considerations.
Why, you ask, do I speak of things so banal and so well-known
to everybody? Because there exists an unmistakable
tendency in people’s minds to deny the significance of these things
in real life and to pretend that the social ideal is much more
frequently realized than it actually is. But it is better that
psychology should tell the truth than that it should be left to
cynics to do so. This general denial is only applied to real
life, it is true; for fiction and drama are free to make use of
the motives laid bare when these ideals are rudely disturbed.
There is nothing to wonder at therefore if the dreams of a
great number of people bring to light the wish for the removal
of their parents, especially of the parent whose sex is the same
as the dreamer’s. We may assume that the wish exists in waking
life as well, sometimes even in consciousness if it can disguise
itself behind another motive, as the dreamer in our third example
disguised his real thought by pity for his father’s useless suffering.
It is but rarely that hostility reigns alone,—far more often
it yields to more tender feelings which finally suppress it, when
it has to wait in abeyance till a dream shows it, as it were, in
isolation. That which the dream shows in a form magnified
by this very isolation resumes its true proportions when our
interpretation has assigned to it its proper place in relation to
the rest of the dreamer’s life. (H. Sachs.) But we also find
this death-wish where there is no basis for it in real life and
where the adult would never have to confess to entertaining it
in his waking life. The reason for this is that the deepest and
most common motive for estrangement, especially between
parent and child of the same sex, came into play in the earliest
years of childhood.
I refer to that rivalry of affections in which sexual elements
are plainly emphasized. The son, when quite a little child,
already begins to develop a peculiar tenderness towards his
mother, whom he looks upon as his own property, regarding his
father in the light of a rival who disputes this sole possession of
his; similarly the little daughter sees in her mother someone
who disturbs her tender relation to her father and occupies a
place which she feels she herself could very well fill. Observation
175shows us how far back these sentiments date, sentiments which
we describe by the term Oedipus complex, because in the Oedipus
myth the two extreme forms of the wishes arising from the
situation of the son—the wish to kill the father and to marry
the mother—are realized in an only slightly modified form. I
do not assert that the Oedipus complex exhausts all the possible
relations which may exist between parents and children; these
relations may well be a great deal more complicated. Again,
this complex may be more or less strongly developed, or it may
even become inverted, but it is a regular and very important
factor in the mental life of the child; we are more in danger of
underestimating than of overestimating its influence and that
of the developments which may follow from it. Moreover, the
parents themselves frequently stimulate the children to react
with an Oedipus complex, for parents are often guided in their
preferences by the difference in sex of their children, so that
the father favours the daughter and the mother the son; or
else, where conjugal love has grown cold, the child may be taken
as a substitute for the love-object which has ceased to attract.
It cannot be said that the world has shown great gratitude
to psycho-analytic research for the discovery of the Oedipus
complex; on the contrary, the idea has excited the most violent
opposition in grown-up people; and those who omitted to join
in denying the existence of sentiments so universally reprehended
and tabooed have later made up for this by proffering interpretations
so wide of the mark as to rob the complex of its value.
My own unchanged conviction is that there is nothing in it to
deny or to gloss over. We ought to reconcile ourselves to facts
in which the Greek myth itself saw the hand of inexorable destiny.
Again, it is interesting to find that the Oedipus complex, repudiated
in actual life and relegated to fiction, has there come to
its own. O. Rank in a careful study of this theme has shown
how this very complex has supplied dramatic poetry with an
abundance of motives in countless variations, modifications and
disguises, in short, subject to just the distortion familiar to us
in the work of the dream-censorship. So we may look for the
Oedipus complex even in those dreamers who have been fortunate
enough to escape conflicts with their parents in later life; and
closely connected with this we shall find what is termed the
castration complex, the reaction to that intimidation in the field
of sex or to that restraint of early infantile sexual activity which
is ascribed to the father.
What we have already ascertained has guided us to the study
of the child’s mental life, and we may now hope to find in a similar
176way an explanation of the source of the other kind of prohibited
wishes in dreams, i.e. the excessive sexual desires. We are
impelled therefore to study the development of the sexual life
of the child, and here from various sources we learn the following
facts. In the first place, it is an untenable fallacy to suppose
that the child has no sexual life and to assume that sexuality
first makes its appearance at puberty, when the genital organs
come to maturity. On the contrary he has from the very beginning
a sexual life rich in content, though it differs in many points
from that which later is regarded as normal. What in adult
life are termed “perversions” depart from the normal in the
following respects: (1) in a disregard for the barriers of species
(the gulf between man and beast), (2) in the insensibility to barriers
imposed by disgust, (3) in the transgression of the incest-barrier
(the prohibition against seeking sexual gratification with close
blood-relations), (4) in homosexuality and, (5) in the transferring
of the part played by the genital organs to other organs and different
areas of the body. All these barriers are not in existence from
the outset, but are only gradually built up in the course of development
and education. The little child is free from them: he
does not perceive any immense gulf between man and beast,
the arrogance with which man separates himself from the other
animals only dawns in him at a later period. He shows at the
beginning of life no disgust for excrement, but only learns this
feeling slowly under the influence of education; he attaches
no particular importance to the difference between the sexes,
in fact he thinks that both have the same formation of the genital
organs; he directs his earliest sexual desires and his curiosity
to those nearest to him or to those who for other reasons are
specially beloved—his parents, brothers and sisters or nurses;
and finally we see in him a characteristic which manifests itself
again later at the height of some love-relationship—namely, he
does not look for gratification in the sexual organs only, but
discovers that many other parts of the body possess the same
sort of sensibility and can yield analogous pleasurable sensations,
playing thereby the part of genital organs. The child
may be said then to be polymorphously perverse, and even if
mere traces of all these impulses are found in him, this is due
on the one hand to their lesser intensity as compared with that
which they assume in later life and, on the other hand, to the
fact that education immediately and energetically suppresses all
sexual manifestations in the child. This suppression may be
said to be embodied in a theory; for grown-up people endeavour
to overlook some of these manifestations, and, by misinterpretation,
177to rob others of their sexual nature, until in the end the
whole thing can be altogether denied. It is often the same
people who first inveigh against the sexual “naughtiness” of
children in the nursery and then sit down to their writing-tables
to defend the sexual purity of the same children. When they
are left to themselves or when they are seduced children often
display perverse sexual activity to a really remarkable extent.
Of course grown-up people are right in not taking this too seriously
and in regarding it, as they say, as “childish tricks” and “play,”
for the child cannot be judged either by a moral or legal code
as if he were mature and fully responsible; nevertheless these
things do exist, and they have their significance both as evidence
of innate constitutional tendencies and inasmuch as they cause
and foster later developments: they give us an insight into the
child’s sexual life and so into that of humanity as a whole. If
then we find all these perverse wishes behind the distortions
of our dreams, it only means that dreams in this respect also
have regressed completely to the infantile condition.
Amongst these forbidden wishes special prominence must
still be given to the incestuous desires, i.e. those directed towards
sexual intercourse with parents or brothers and sisters. You
know in what abhorrence human society holds, or at least professes
to hold, such intercourse, and what emphasis is laid upon the
prohibitions of it. The most preposterous attempts have been
made to account for this horror of incest: some people have
assumed that it is a provision of nature for the preservation of
the species, manifesting itself in the mind by these prohibitions
because in-breeding would result in racial degeneration; others
have asserted that propinquity from early childhood has deflected
sexual desire from the persons concerned. In both these cases,
however, the avoidance of incest would have been automatically
secured and we should be at a loss to understand the necessity
for stern prohibitions, which would seem rather to point to a
strong desire. Psycho-analytic investigations have shown beyond
the possibility of doubt that an incestuous love-choice is in fact
the first and the regular one, and that it is only later that any
opposition is manifested towards it, the causes of which are
not to be sought in the psychology of the individual.
Let us sum up the results which our excursion into child-psychology
has brought to the understanding of dreams. We
have learnt not only that the material of the forgotten childish
experiences is accessible to the dream, but also that the child’s
mental life, with all its peculiarities, its egoism, its incestuous
object-choice, persists in it and therefore in the unconscious, and
178that our dreams take us back every night to this infantile stage.
This corroborates the belief that the Unconscious is the infantile
mental life, and, with this, the objectionable impression that
so much evil lurks in human nature grows somewhat less. For
this terrible evil is simply what is original, primitive and infantile
in mental life, what we find in operation in the child, but in part
overlook in him because it is on so small a scale, and in part do
not take greatly to heart because we do not demand a high
ethical standard in a child. By regressing to this infantile stage
our dreams appear to have brought the evil in us to light, but
the appearance is deceptive, though we have let ourselves be
dismayed by it; we are not so evil as the interpretation of our
dreams would lead us to suppose.
If the evil impulses of our dreams are merely infantile, a
reversion to the beginnings of our ethical development, the
dream simply making us children again in thought and feeling,
it is surely not reasonable to be ashamed of these evil dreams.
But the reasoning faculty is only part of our mental life; there
is much in it besides which is not reasonable, and so it happens
that, although it is unreasonable, we nevertheless are ashamed
of such dreams. We subject them to the dream-censorship and
are ashamed and indignant when one of these wishes by way of
exception penetrates our consciousness in a form so undisguised
that we cannot fail to recognize it; yes, we even at times feel
just as much ashamed of a distorted dream as if we really understood
it. Just think of the outraged comment of the respectable
elderly lady upon her dream about “love service,” although
it was not interpreted to her. So the problem is not yet solved,
and it is still possible that if we pursue this question of the evil
in dreams we may arrive at another conclusion and another
estimate of human nature.
Our whole enquiry has led to two results which, however,
merely indicate the beginning of new problems and new doubts.
In the first place: the regression in dreams is one not only of
form but of substance. Not only does it translate our thoughts
into a primitive form of expression, but it also re-awakens the
peculiarities of our primitive mental life—the old supremacy of
the ego, the initial impulses of our sexual life, even restores to
us our old intellectual possession if we may conceive of symbolism
in this way. And secondly: all these old infantile characteristics,
which were once dominant and solely dominant, must to-day
be accounted to the unconscious and must alter and extend
our views about it. “Unconscious” is no longer a term for
what is temporarily latent: the unconscious is a special realm,
179with its own desires and modes of expression and peculiar mental
mechanisms not elsewhere operative. Yet the latent dream-thoughts
disclosed by our interpretation do not belong to this
realm; rather they correspond to the kind of thoughts we have
in waking life also. And yet they are unconscious: how is the
paradox to be resolved? We begin to realize that here we must
discriminate. Something which has its origin in our conscious
life and shares its characteristics—we call it the “residue” from
the previous day—meets together with something from the realm
of the unconscious in the formation of a dream, and it is with these
two contributing elements that the dream-work is accomplished.
The influence of the unconscious impinging upon this residue
probably constitutes the condition for regression. This is the
deepest insight into the nature of dreams possible to us until
we have explored further fields in the mind; but soon it will
be time to give another name to the unconscious character of
the latent dream-thoughts, in order to distinguish it from that
unconscious material which has its origin in the province of the
infantile.
We can of course also ask: What is it that forces our mental
activity during sleep to such regression? Why cannot the mental
stimuli that disturb sleep be dealt with without it? And if
on account of the dream-censorship the mental activity has to
disguise itself in the old, and now incomprehensible, form of
expression, what is the object of re-animating the old impulses,
desires and characteristics, now surmounted; what, in short,
is the use of regression in substance as well as in form? The
only satisfactory answer would be that this is the one possible
way in which dreams can be formed, that, dynamically considered,
the relief from the stimulus giving rise to the dream
cannot otherwise be accomplished. But this is an answer for
which, at present, we have no justification.
180
Shall I remind you once more of the steps by which we have
arrived at our present position? When in applying our technique
we came upon the distortion in dreams, we made up our
minds to avoid it for the moment and turned to the study of
infantile dreams for some definite information about the nature
of dreams in general. Next, equipped with the results of this
investigation, we attacked the question of dream-distortion
directly, and I hope that bit by bit we have also mastered that.
Now, however, we are bound to admit that our findings in these
two directions do not exactly tally, and it behoves us to combine
and correlate our results.
Both enquiries have made it plain that the essential feature
in the dream-work is the transformation of thoughts into
hallucinatory experience. It is puzzling enough to see how
this process is accomplished, but this is a problem for general
psychology, and we have not to deal with it here. We have
learnt from children’s dreams that the object of the dream-work
is to remove, by means of the fulfilment of some wish, a mental
stimulus which is disturbing sleep. We could make no similar
pronouncement with regard to distorted dreams until we understood
how to interpret them, but from the outset we expected
to be able to bring our ideas about them into line with our views
on infantile dreams. This expectation was for the first time
fulfilled when we recognized that all dreams are really children’s
dreams; that they make use of infantile material and are
characterized by impulses and mechanisms which belong to the
childish mind. When we feel we have mastered the distortion in
dreams we must go on to find out whether the notion that dreams
are WISH-FULFILMENTS holds good of distorted dreams also.
We have just subjected a series of dreams to interpretation,
but without taking the question of wish-fulfilment into consideration
at all. I feel certain that while we were talking
about them the question repeatedly forced itself upon you:
“What has become of the wish-fulfilment which is supposed
181to be the object of the dream-work?” Now this question is
important, for it is the one which our lay critics are constantly
asking. As you know, mankind has an instinctive antipathy to
intellectual novelties; one of the ways in which this shows
itself is that any such novelty is immediately reduced to its
very smallest compass, and if possible embodied in some catch-word.
“Wish-fulfilment” has become the catch-word for the
new theory of dreams. Directly they hear that dreams are
said to be wish-fulfilments, the laity asks: “Where does the
wish-fulfilment come in?” and their asking the question amounts
to a repudiation of the idea. They can immediately think of
countless dreams of their own which were accompanied by
feeling so unpleasant as sometimes to reach the point of agonizing
dread; and so this statement of the psycho-analytical theory
of dreams appears to them highly improbable. It is easy to
reply that in distorted dreams the wish-fulfilment is not openly
expressed, but has to be looked for, so that it cannot be shown
until the dreams have been interpreted. We know too that
the wishes underlying these distorted dreams are those which
are prohibited and rejected by the censorship, and that it is
just their existence which is the cause of distortion and the
motive for the intervention of the censorship. But it is difficult
to make the lay critic understand that we must not ask about
the wish-fulfilment in a dream before it has been interpreted;
he always forgets this. His reluctance to accept the theory
of wish-fulfilment is really nothing but the effect of the dream-censorship,
causing him to replace the real thought by a substitute,
and following from his repudiation of these censored dream-wishes.
Of course we ourselves must feel the need to explain why
so many dreams are painful in content; and in particular we
shall want to know how we come to have ‘anxiety-dreams.’
Here for the first time we are confronted with the problem of
the affects in dreams; a problem which deserves special study,
but one which we cannot concern ourselves with just now, unfortunately.
If the dream is a wish-fulfilment, it should be
impossible for any painful emotions to come into it: on this
point the lay critics seem to be right. But the matter is complicated
by three considerations which they have overlooked.
First, it may happen that the dream-work is not
wholly successful in creating a wish-fulfilment, so that part of
the painful feeling in the latent thoughts is carried over into
the manifest dream. Analysis would then have to show that
these thoughts were a great deal more painful than the dream
182which is formed from them; this much can be proved in every
instance. We admit then that the dream-work has failed
in its purpose, just as a dream of drinking excited by the
stimulus of thirst fails to quench that thirst. One is still thirsty
after it and has to wake up and drink. Nevertheless, it is a
proper dream: it has renounced nothing of its essential nature.
We must say: “Ut desint vires, tamen est laudanda voluntas.”
The clearly recognizable intention remains a praiseworthy one,
at any rate. Such instances of failure in the work are by
no means rare, and one reason is that it is so much more difficult
for the dream-work to produce the required change in the
nature of the affect than to modify the content; affects
are often very intractable. So it happens that in the process
of the dream-work the painful content of the dream-thoughts
is transformed into a wish-fulfilment while the painful affect
persists unchanged. When this occurs the affect is quite out
of harmony with the content, which gives our critics the opportunity
of remarking that the dream is so far from being a wish-fulfilment
that even a harmless content may be accompanied
in it by painful feelings. Our answer to this rather unintelligent
comment will be that it is just in dreams of this sort that
the wish-fulfilling tendency of the dream-work is most
apparent, because it is there seen in isolation. The mistake in
this criticism arises because people who are not familiar with
the neuroses imagine a more intimate connection between content
and affect than actually exists, and so cannot understand that
there may be an alteration in the content while the accompanying
affect remains unchanged.
A second consideration, much more important and far-reaching
but equally overlooked by the laity, is the following.
A wish-fulfilment must certainly bring some pleasure; but we
go on to ask: “To whom?” Of course to the person who has
the wish. But we know that the attitude of the dreamer towards
his wishes is a peculiar one: he rejects them, censors them,
in short, he will have none of them. Their fulfilment then
can afford him no pleasure, rather the opposite, and here experience
shows that this “opposite,” which has still to be explained,
takes the form of anxiety. The dreamer, where his
wishes are concerned, is like two separate people closely linked
together by some important thing in common. Instead of
enlarging upon this I will remind you of a well-known fairy-tale
in which you will see these relationships repeated. A good fairy
promised a poor man and his wife to fulfil their first three wishes.
They were delighted and made up their minds to choose the
183wishes carefully. But the woman was tempted by the smell
of some sausages being cooked in the next cottage and wished
for two like them. Lo! and behold, there they were—and
the first wish was fulfilled. With that, the man lost his temper
and in his resentment wished that the sausages might hang
on the tip of his wife’s nose. This also came to pass, and the
sausages could not be removed from their position; so the
second wish was fulfilled, but it was the man’s wish and its fulfilment
was most unpleasant for the woman. You know the
rest of the story: as they were after all man and wife, the third
wish had to be that the sausages should come off the end of
the woman’s nose. We might make use of this fairy-tale many
times over in other contexts, but here it need only serve to
illustrate the fact that it is possible for the fulfilment of one
person’s wish to be very disagreeable to someone else, unless
the two people are entirely at one.
It will not be difficult now to arrive at a still better understanding
of anxiety-dreams. There is just one more observation
to be made use of and then we may adopt an hypothesis which
is supported by several considerations. The observation is
that anxiety-dreams often have a content in which there is
no distortion; it has, so to speak, escaped the censorship. This
type of dream is frequently an undisguised wish-fulfilment, the
wish being of course not one which the dreamer would accept
but one which he has rejected; anxiety has developed in place
of the working of the censorship. Whereas the infantile dream
is an open fulfilment of a wish admitted by the dreamer, and
the ordinary distorted dream is the disguised fulfilment of a
repressed wish, the formula for the anxiety-dream is that it
is the open fulfilment of a repressed wish. Anxiety is an indication
that the repressed wish has proved too strong for the
censorship and has accomplished or was about to accomplish
its fulfilment in spite of it. We can understand that fulfilment
of a repressed wish can only be, for us who are on the side of
the censorship, an occasion for painful emotions and for setting
up a defence. The anxiety then manifested in our dreams is,
if you like to put it so, anxiety experienced because of the strength
of wishes which at other times we manage to stifle. The study
of dreams alone does not reveal to us why this defence takes
the form of anxiety; obviously we must consider the latter in
other connections.
The hypothesis which holds good for anxiety-dreams without
any distortion may be adopted also for those which have undergone
some degree of distortion, and for other kinds of unpleasant
184dreams in which the accompanying unpleasant feelings probably
approximate to anxiety. Anxiety-dreams generally wake us;
we usually break off our sleep before the repressed wish behind
the dream overcomes the censorship and reaches complete fulfilment.
In such a case the dream has failed to achieve its
purpose, but its essential character is not thereby altered. We
have compared the dream with a night-watchman, a guardian
of sleep, whose purpose it is to protect sleep from interruption.
Now night-watchmen also, just like dreams, have to rouse sleepers
when they are not strong enough to ward off the cause of disturbance
or danger alone. Nevertheless we do sometimes
succeed in continuing to sleep even when our dreams begin to
give us some uneasiness and to turn to anxiety. We say to
ourselves in sleep: “It is only a dream after all,” and go on
sleeping.
You may ask when it happens that the dream-wish is able
to overcome the censorship. This may depend either on the
wish or on the censorship: it may be that for unknown reasons
the strength of the wish at times becomes excessive; but our
impression is that it is more often the attitude of the censorship
which is responsible for this shifting in the balance of power.
We have already heard that the censorship works with varying
intensity in each individual instance, treating the different
elements with different degrees of strictness; now we may add
that it is very variable in its general behaviour and does not
show itself always equally severe towards the same element.
If then it chances that the censorship feels itself for once powerless
against some dream-wish which threatens to overthrow it,
it then, instead of making use of distortion, employs the last
weapon left to it and destroys sleep by bringing about an access
of anxiety.
At this point it strikes us that we still have no idea why
these evil, rejected wishes rise up just at night-time, so as to
disturb us when we sleep. The answer can hardly be found
except in another hypothesis which goes back to the nature
of sleep itself. During the day the heavy pressure of a censorship
is exercised upon these wishes and, as a rule, it is impossible
for them to make themselves felt at all. But in the night it
is probable that this censorship, like all the other interests of
mental life, is suspended, or at least very much weakened, in
favour of the single desire for sleep. So it is due to this partial
abrogation of the censorship at night that the forbidden wishes
can again become active. There are nervous people suffering
from insomnia who confess that their sleeplessness was voluntary
185in the first instance; for they did not dare to go to sleep because
they were afraid of their dreams—that is to say, they feared the
consequences of the diminished vigilance of the censorship.
You will have no difficulty in understanding that this curtailment
of the censorship does not argue any flagrant carelessness: sleep
impairs our motor functions; even if our evil intentions do begin
to stir within us the utmost they can do is to produce a dream,
which is for all practical purposes harmless; and it is this comforting
circumstance which gives rise to the sleeper’s remark,
made, it is true, in the night but yet not part of his dream-life:
“It is only a dream.” So we let it have its way and continue
to sleep.
Thirdly, if you call to mind our idea that the dreamer striving
against his own wishes is like a combination of two persons,
separate and yet somehow intimately united, you will be able
to understand another possible way in which something that
is highly unpleasant may be brought about through wish-fulfilment:
I am speaking of punishment. Here again the fairy-tale
of the three wishes may help to make things clear. The sausages
on the plate were the direct fulfilment of the first person’s (the
woman’s) wish; the sausages on the tip of her nose were the
fulfilment of the second person’s (the husband’s) wish, but at
the same time they were the punishment for the foolish wish of
the wife. In the neuroses we shall meet with wishes corresponding
in motivation to the third wish of the fairy-tale, the only one
left. There are many such punishment tendencies in the mental
life of man; they are very strong and we may well regard them
as responsible for some of our painful dreams. Now you will
probably think that with all this there is very little of the famous
wish-fulfilment left; but on closer consideration you will admit
that you are wrong. In comparison with the manifold possibilities
(to be discussed later) of what dreams might be—according
to some writers, what they actually are—the solution: wish-fulfilment,
anxiety-fulfilment, punishment-fulfilment, is surely
quite a narrow one. Add to this, that anxiety is the direct
opposite of a wish and that opposites lie very near one another
in association and, as we have learned, actually coincide in the
unconscious. Moreover, punishment itself is the fulfilment of
a wish, namely, the wish of the other, censoring person.
On the whole then, I have made no concession to your objections
to the wish-fulfilment theory; we are bound, however,
to demonstrate its presence in any and every distorted dream,
and we have certainly no desire to shirk this task. Let us go
back to the dream we have already interpreted, about the three
186bad theatre tickets for one florin and a half, from which we
have already learnt a good deal. I hope you still remember it:
A lady, whose husband told her one day about the engagement
of her friend Elise who was only three months younger than
herself, dreamt on the following night that she and her husband
were at the theatre and that one side of the stalls was almost
empty. Her husband told her that Elise and her fiancé had
wanted to go to the theatre too; but could not, because they
could only get such bad seats, three tickets for a florin and a
half. His wife said that they had not lost much by it. We
discovered that the dream-thoughts had to do with her vexation
at having been in such a hurry to marry and her dissatisfaction
with her husband. We may well be curious how these gloomy
thoughts can have been transformed into a wish-fulfilment, and
what trace of it can be found in the manifest content. Now
we know already that the element “too soon, too great a hurry,”
was eliminated by the censorship; the empty stalls are an
allusion to this element. The puzzling phrase three for one
and a half florins is now more comprehensible to us than at first,
through the knowledge of symbolism that we have acquired
since then.[42] The number three really stands for a man and
we can easily translate the manifest element to mean: “to buy
a man (husband) with the dowry.” (“I could have bought
one ten times better for my dowry.”) Going to the theatre
obviously stands for marriage. Getting the tickets too soon is
in fact a direct substitute for “marrying too soon.” Now this
substitution is the work of the wish-fulfilment. The dreamer
had not always felt so dissatisfied with her premature marriage
as she was on the day when she heard of her friend’s engagement.
She had been proud of her marriage at the time and
considered herself more highly favoured than her friend. One
hears that naïve girls, on becoming engaged, frequently express
their delight at the idea that they will now soon be able to go
to all plays and see everything hitherto forbidden them.
The indication of curiosity and a desire to “look on” evinced
here comes, without doubt, originally from the sexual ‘gazing-impulse,’
especially regarding the parents, and this became a
strong motive impelling the girl to marry early; in this manner
going to the theatre became an obvious allusive substitute for
getting married. In her vexation at the present time on account
of her premature marriage she therefore reverted to the time
187when this same marriage fulfilled a wish, by gratifying her
skoptophilia; and so, guided by this old wish-impulse, she
replaced the idea of marriage by that of going to the theatre.
We may say that the example we have chosen to demonstrate
a hidden wish-fulfilment is not the most convenient one, but
in all other distorted dreams we should have to proceed in a
manner analogous to that employed above. It is not possible
for me to do this here and now, so I will merely express my
conviction that such procedure will invariably meet with success.
But I wish to dwell longer upon this point in our theory: experience
has taught me that it is one of the most perilous of
the whole theory of dreams, exposed to many contradictions
and misunderstandings. Besides, you are perhaps still under
the impression that I have already retracted part of my statement
by saying that the dream may be either a wish-fulfilment,
or its opposite, an anxiety or a punishment, brought to actuality;
and you may think this a good opportunity to force me to
make further reservations. Also I have been reproached with
presenting facts that seem obvious to myself in a manner too
condensed to carry conviction.
When anyone has gone as far as this in dream-interpretation
and has accepted all our conclusions up to this point, it often
happens that he comes to a standstill at this question of wish-fulfilment
and asks: “Admitting that every dream means
something and that this meaning may be discovered by employing
the technique of psycho-analysis, why must it always,
in face of all the evidence to the contrary, be forced into the
formula of wish-fulfilment? Why must our thoughts at night
be any less many-sided than our thoughts by day; so that at
one time a dream might be a fulfilment of some wish; at another
time, as you say yourself, the opposite, the actualization of a
dread; or, again, the expression of a resolution, a warning, a
weighing of some problem with its pro’s and con’s, or a reproof,
some prick of conscience, or an attempt to prepare oneself for
something which has to be done—and so forth? Why this
perpetual insistence upon a wish or, at the most, its opposite?”
It might be supposed that a difference of opinion on this
point is a matter of no great moment, if there is agreement on
all others. Cannot we be satisfied with having discovered the
meaning of dreams and the ways by which we can find out the
meaning? We surely go back on the advance we have made
if we try to limit this meaning too strictly. But this is not so.
A misunderstanding on this head touches what is essential to
our knowledge of dreams and imperils its value for the understanding
188of neuroses. Moreover, that readiness to “oblige the
other party” which has its value in business life is not only
out of place but actually harmful in scientific matters.
My first answer to the question why dreams should not be
many-sided in their meaning is the usual one in such a case:
I do not know why they should not be so, and should have no
objection if they were. As far as I am concerned, they can
be so! But there is just one trifling obstacle in the way of this
wider and more convenient conception of dreams—that as a
matter of fact they are not so. My second answer would
emphasize the point that to assume that dreams represent manifold
modes of thought and intellectual operations is by no means
a novel idea to myself: once, in the history of a pathological
case, I recorded a dream which occurred three nights running
and never again; and gave it as my explanation that this
dream corresponded to a resolution, the repetition of which
became unnecessary as soon as that resolution was carried out.
Later on, I published a dream which represented a confession.
How is it possible for me then to contradict myself and assert
that dreams are always and only wish-fulfilments?
I do it rather than permit a stupid misunderstanding which
might cost us the fruit of all our labours on the subject of dreams;
a misunderstanding that confounds the dream with the latent
dream-thoughts, and makes statements with regard to the
former which are applicable to the latter and to the latter only.
For it is perfectly true that dreams can represent, and be themselves
replaced by, all the modes of thought just enumerated:
resolutions, warnings, reflections, preparations or attempts to
solve some problem in regard to conduct, and so on. But when
you look closely, you will recognize that all this is true only
of the latent thoughts which have been transformed into the
dream. You learn from interpretations of dreams that the
unconscious thought-processes of mankind are occupied with
such resolutions, preparations and reflections, out of which
dreams are formed by means of the dream-work. If your
interest at any given moment is not so much in the dream-work,
but centres on the unconscious thought-processes in
people, you will then eliminate the dream-formation and say of
dreams themselves, what is for all practical purposes correct,
that they represent a warning, a resolve, and so on. This is
what is often done in psycho-analytic work: generally we
endeavour simply to demolish the manifest form of dreams and
to substitute for it the corresponding latent thoughts in which
the dream originated.
189Thus it is that we learn quite incidentally from our attempt
to assess the latent dream-thoughts that all the highly complicated
mental acts we have enumerated can be performed
unconsciously—a conclusion surely as tremendous as it is bewildering.
But to go back a little: you are quite right in speaking of
dreams as representing these various modes of thought, provided
that you are quite clear in your own minds that you are using
an abbreviated form of expression and do not imagine that
the manifold variety of which you speak is in itself part of the
essential nature of dreams. When you speak of “a dream”
you must mean either the manifest dream, i.e. the product of
the dream-work, or at most that work itself, i.e. the mental
process which forms the latent dream-thoughts into the
manifest dream. To use the word in any other sense is a
confusion of ideas which is bound to be mischievous. If what
you say is meant to apply to the latent thoughts behind the
dream, then say so plainly, and do not add to the obscurity of
the problem by your loose way of expressing yourselves. The
latent dream-thoughts are the material which is transformed
by the dream-work into the manifest dream. What makes
you constantly confound the material with the process which
deals with it? If you do that, in what way are you superior
to those who know of the final product only, without being
able to explain where it comes from or how it is constructed?
The only thing essential to the dream itself is the dream-work
which has operated upon the thought-material; and
when we come to theory we have no right to disregard this,
even if in certain practical situations it may be neglected.
Further, analytic observation shows that the dream-work
never consists merely in translating the latent thoughts into
the archaic or regressive forms of expression described. On
the contrary, something is invariably added which does not
belong to the latent thoughts of the day-time, but which is
the actual motive force in dream-formation; this indispensable
component being the equally unconscious wish, to fulfil which
the content of the dream is transformed. In so far, then, as
you are considering only the thoughts represented in it, the
dream may be any conceivable thing—a warning, a resolve, a
preparation, and so on; but besides this, it itself is always the
fulfilment of an unconscious wish, and, when you regard it as
the result of the dream-work, it is this alone. A dream then is
never simply the expression of a resolve or warning, and nothing
more: in it the resolve, or whatever it may be, is translated
190into the archaic form with the assistance of an unconscious
wish, and metamorphosed in such a way as to be a fulfilment of
that wish. This single characteristic, that of fulfilling a wish,
is the constant one: the other component varies; it may indeed
itself be a wish; in which event the dream represents the fulfilment
of a latent wish from our waking hours brought about
by the aid of an unconscious wish.
Now all this is quite clear to myself, but I do not know
whether I have succeeded in making it equally clear to you;
and it is difficult to prove it to you; for, on the one hand, proof
requires the evidence afforded by a careful analysis of many
dreams and, on the other hand, this, the crucial and most important
point in our conception of dreams, cannot be presented
convincingly without reference to considerations upon which
we have not yet touched. Seeing how closely linked up all
phenomena are, you can hardly imagine that we can penetrate
very far into the nature of any one of them without troubling
ourselves about others of a similar nature. Since as yet we
know nothing about those phenomena which are so nearly akin
to dreams—neurotic symptoms—we must once more content
ourselves with what we actually have achieved. I will merely
give you the explanation of one more example and adduce a
new consideration.
Let us take once more that dream to which we have already
reverted several times, the one about the three theatre tickets
for one florin and a half. I can assure you that I had no ulterior
motive in selecting it in the first instance for an illustration.
You know what the latent thoughts were: the vexation, after
hearing that her friend had only just become engaged, that she
herself should have married so hastily; depreciation of her
husband and the idea that she could have found a better one if
only she had waited. We also know already that the wish which
made a dream out of these thoughts was the desire to “look on,”
to be able to go to the theatre—very probably an offshoot of
an old curiosity to find out at last what really does happen after
marriage. It is well known that in children this curiosity is
regularly directed towards the sexual life of the parents; that
is to say, it is an infantile impulse and, wherever it persists later
in life, it has its roots in the infantile period. But the news
received on the day previous to the dream gave no occasion
for the awakening of this skoptophilia; it only roused vexation
and regret. This wish-impulse (of skoptophilia) was
not at first connected with the latent thoughts, and the results
of the dream-interpretation could have been used by the
191analysis without taking it into consideration at all. But again,
the vexation was not in itself capable of producing a dream:
no dream could be formed out of the thought: “It was folly
to be in such a hurry to marry” until that thought had stirred
up the early wish to see at last what happened after marriage.
Then this wish formed the dream-content, substituting for
marriage the going to the theatre; and the form was that of the
fulfilment of the earlier wish: “Now I may go to the theatre and
look at all that we have never been allowed to see; and you may
not. I am married and you have got to wait.” In this way the
actual situation was transformed into its opposite and an old
triumph substituted for the recent discomfiture; and incidentally,
satisfaction both of a ‘gazing’ impulse and of one of egoistic
rivalry was brought about. It is this latter satisfaction which
determines the manifest content of the dream; for in it she
is actually sitting in the theatre, while her friend cannot get in.
Those portions of the dream-content behind which the latent
thoughts still conceal themselves are to be found in the form
of inappropriate and incomprehensible modifications of the
gratifying situation. The business of interpretation is to put
aside those features in the whole which merely represent a wish-fulfilment
and to reconstruct the painful latent dream-thoughts
from these indications.
The consideration which I said I wished to call to your
notice is intended to direct your attention to these latent dream-thoughts
now brought into prominence. I must beg you not
to forget that, first, the dreamer is unconscious of them; secondly
that they are quite reasonable and coherent, so that we can
understand them as comprehensible reactions to whatever
stimulus has given rise to the dream; and, thirdly, that they
may have the value of any mental impulse or intellectual operation.
I will designate these thoughts more strictly now than
hitherto as the residue from the previous day; the dreamer
may acknowledge them or not. I then distinguish between
this ‘residue’ and ‘latent dream-thoughts,’ so that, as we
have been accustomed to do all along, I will call everything
which we learn from the interpretation of the dream ‘the latent
dream-thoughts,’ while ‘the residue from the previous day’
is only a part of the latent dream-thoughts. Then our conception
of what happens is this: something has been added to
the residue from the previous day, something which also belongs
to the unconscious, a strong but repressed wish-impulse, and it
is this alone which makes the formation of a dream possible.
The wish-impulse, acting upon the ‘residue,’ creates the other
192part of the latent dream-thoughts, that part which no longer
need appear rational or comprehensible from the point of view
of our waking life.
To illustrate the relation between the residue and the
unconscious wish I have elsewhere made use of a comparison
which I cannot do better than repeat here. Every business
undertaking requires a capitalist to defray the expenses and an
entrepreneur who has the idea and understands how to carry
it out. Now the part of the capitalist in dream-formation is
always and only played by the unconscious wish; it supplies
the necessary fund of mental energy for it: the entrepreneur is
the residue from the previous day, determining the manner of
the expenditure. It is, of course, quite possible for the capitalist
himself to have the idea and the special knowledge needed,
or for the entrepreneur himself to have capital. This simplifies
the practical situation but makes the theory of it more difficult.
In economics we discriminate between the man in his function
of capitalist and the same man in his capacity as entrepreneur;
and this distinction restores the fundamental situation upon
which our comparison is based. The same variations are to
be found in the formation of dreams: I leave you to follow
them out for yourselves.
We cannot go any further at this point; for I think it likely
that a disturbing thought has long since occurred to you and
it deserves a hearing. You may ask: “Is the so-called ‘residue’
really unconscious in the sense in which the wish necessary
for the formation of the dream is unconscious?” Your
suspicion is justified: this is the salient point in the whole
matter. They are not both unconscious in the same sense.
The dream-wish belongs to a different type of UNCONSCIOUS,
which, as we have seen, has its roots in the infantile period and
is furnished with special mechanisms. It is very expedient to
distinguish the two types of “unconscious” from one another
by speaking of them in different terms. But, all the same, we
will rather wait until we have familiarized ourselves with the
phenomena of the neuroses. If our conception of the existence
of any kind of unconscious be already regarded as fantastic,
what will people say if we admit that to reach our solution we
have had to assume two kinds?
Let us break off at this point. Once more you have heard
only an incomplete statement; but is it not a hopeful thought
that this knowledge will be carried further, either by ourselves
or by those who come after us? And have not we ourselves
learnt enough that is new and startling?
193
We will not leave the subject of dreams without dealing with
the most common doubts and uncertainties arising in connection
with the novel ideas and conceptions we have been discussing:
those of you who have followed these lectures attentively will
have collected some material of the kind.
1. You may have received an impression that even with
strict adherence to technique our work of dream-interpretation
leaves so much room for uncertainty that reliable translation
of manifest dreams into their latent dream-thoughts will be
thereby frustrated. You will urge first that one never knows
whether any particular element in a dream is to be understood
literally or symbolically, since things employed as symbols do
not thereby cease to be themselves. Where there is no objective
evidence to decide the question the interpretation on that particular
point will be left to be arbitrarily determined by the interpreter.
Further, since in the dream-work opposites coincide, it is
in every instance uncertain whether a specific dream-element is
to be understood in a positive or a negative sense, as itself or
as its opposite—another opportunity for the interpreter to
exercise a choice. Thirdly, on account of the frequency with
which inversion of every kind is employed in dreams, it is open
to him to assume whenever he chooses that such an inversion
has taken place. Finally you will point to having heard that
one is seldom certain that the interpretation arrived at is the
only possible one, and that there is danger of overlooking another
perfectly admissible interpretation of the same dream. In
these circumstances, you will conclude, the discretion of the
interpreter has a latitude that seems incompatible with any
objective certainty in the result. Or you may also assume
that the fault does not lie in dreams themselves, but that something
erroneous in our conceptions and premises produces the
unsatisfactory character of our interpretations.
All that you say is undeniable and yet I do not think it
194justifies either of your conclusions: that dream-interpretation
as practised by us is at the mercy of the interpreter’s arbitrary
decisions or that the inadequacy of the results calls in question
the correctness of our procedure. If for the “arbitrary decision”
of the interpreter you will substitute his skill, his experience
and his understanding, then I am with you. This kind of
personal factor is of course indispensable, especially when interpretation
is difficult; it is just the same in other scientific work,
however; it can’t be helped that one man will use any given
technique less well, or apply it better, than another. The impression
of arbitrariness made, for example, by the interpretation
of symbols is corrected by the reflection that as a rule the connection
of the dream-thoughts with one another, and of the
dream with the life of the dreamer and the whole mental situation
at the time of the dream, points directly to one of all the possible
interpretations and renders all the rest useless. The conclusion
that the imperfect character of the interpretations proceeds
from fallacious hypotheses loses its force when consideration
shows that, on the contrary, the ambiguity or indefiniteness of
dreams is a quality which we should necessarily expect in them.
Let us call to mind our statement that the dream-work
undertakes a translation of the dream-thoughts into a primitive
mode of expression, analogous to hieroglyphics. Now all such
primitive systems of expression are necessarily accompanied by
ambiguity and indefiniteness; but we should not on that account
be justified in doubting their practicability. You know that
the coincidence of opposites in the dream-work is analogous
to what is called the antithetical sense of primal words in
the oldest languages. The philologist, R. Abel, to whom we
owe this information, writing in 1884, begs us not on any account
to imagine that there was any ambiguity in what one person
said to another by means of ambivalent words of this sort.
On the contrary, intonation, gestures and the whole context
can have left no doubt whatever which of the two opposites
the speaker had in mind to convey. In writing where gestures
are absent the addition of little pictorial signs, not meant to
receive separate oral expression, replaced them: e.g. a drawing
of a little man, either crouching or standing upright, according
as the ambiguous ken of the hieroglyphic meant “weak”
or “strong.” So that misunderstanding was avoided in spite
of the ambiguity of sounds and signs.
In ancient systems of expression, for instance, in the scripts
of the oldest languages, indefiniteness of various kinds is found
with a frequency which we should not tolerate in our writings
195to-day. Thus in many Semitic writings only the consonants
of the words appear: the omitted vowels have to be supplied
by the reader from his knowledge and from the context. Hieroglyphic
writing follows a similar principle, although not exactly
the same; and this is the reason why nothing is known of the
pronunciation of ancient Egyptian. There are besides other
kinds of indefiniteness in the sacred writings of the Egyptians:
for example, it is left to the writer’s choice to inscribe the pictures
from right to left or from left to right. To be able to read them,
we have to remember that we must be guided by the direction
of the faces of the figures, birds, and so forth. But it was also
open to the writer to set the pictures in vertical columns and,
in the case of inscriptions on smaller objects, he was led by
considerations of what was pleasing to the eye, and of the space
at his disposal, to introduce still further alterations in the
arrangement of the signs. The most confusing feature in
hieroglyphic script is that there is no spacing between the words.
The pictures are all placed at equal intervals on the page, and
it is generally impossible to know whether any given sign goes
with the preceding one or forms the beginning of a new word.
In Persian cuneiform writing, on the other hand, a slanting sign
is used to separate the words.
The Chinese language, both spoken and written, is exceedingly
ancient but is still used to-day by four hundred million people.
Don’t suppose that I understand it at all; I only obtained some
information about it because I hoped to find in it analogies to
the kinds of indefiniteness occurring in dreams; nor was I
disappointed in my expectation, for Chinese is so full of uncertainties
as positively to terrify one. As is well known, it consists
of a number of syllabic sounds which are pronounced singly or
doubled in combination. One of the chief dialects has about
four hundred of these sounds, and since the vocabulary of this
dialect is estimated at somewhere about four thousand words
it is evident that every sound has an average of ten different
meanings—some fewer, but some all the more. For this reason
there are a whole series of devices to escape ambiguity, for the
context alone will not show which of the ten possible meanings
of the syllable the speaker wishes to convey to the hearer.
Amongst these devices is the combining of two sounds into a
single word and the use of four different “tones” in which these
syllables may be spoken. For purposes of our comparison a
still more interesting fact is that this language is practically
without grammar: it is impossible to say of any of the one-syllabled
words whether it is a noun, a verb or an adjective;
196and, further, there are no inflections to show gender, number,
case, tense or mood. The language consists, as we may say,
of the raw material only; just as our thought-language is
resolved into its raw material by the dream-work omitting to
express the relations in it. Wherever there is any uncertainty
in Chinese the decision is left to the intelligence of the listener,
who is guided by the context. I made a note of a Chinese saying,
which literally translated runs thus: “Little what see, much
what wonderful.” This is simple enough to understand. It
may mean: “The less a man has seen, the more he finds to
wonder at,” or “There is much to wonder at for the man who
has seen little.” Naturally there is no occasion to choose between
these two translations which differ only in grammatical construction.
We are assured that in spite of these uncertainties the
Chinese language is a quite exceptionally good medium of expression;
so it is clear that indefiniteness does not necessarily
lead to ambiguity.
Now we must certainly admit that the position of affairs
is far less favourable in regard to the mode of expression in
dreams than it is with these ancient tongues and scripts; for
these latter were originally designed as a means of communication;
that is, they were intended to be understood, no matter what
ways or means they had to employ. But just this character
is lacking to dreams: their object is not to tell anyone anything;
they are not a means of communication; on the contrary, it is
important to them not to be understood. So we ought not
to be surprised or misled if the result is that a number of the
ambiguities and uncertainties in dreams cannot be determined.
The only certain piece of knowledge gained from our comparison
is that this indefiniteness (which people would like to make use
of as an argument against the accuracy of our dream-interpretations)
is rather to be recognized as a regular characteristic
of all primitive systems of expression.
Practice and experience alone can determine the extent to
which dreams can in actual fact be understood. My own
opinion is that this is possible to a very great extent; and a
comparison of the results obtained by properly-trained analysts
confirms my view. It is well known that the lay public, even
in scientific circles, delights to make a parade of superior scepticism
in the face of the difficulties and uncertainties which
beset a scientific achievement; I think they are wrong in so doing.
You may possibly not at all know that the same thing happened
at the time when the Babylonian and Assyrian inscriptions were
being deciphered. There was a point at which public opinion
197was active in declaring that the men deciphering the cuneiform
writing were victims of a chimera and that the whole business
of investigation was a fraud. But in the year 1857 the Royal
Asiatic Society made a conclusive test. They challenged four
of the most distinguished men engaged in this branch of research—Rawlinson,
Hincks, Fox Talbot and Oppert—to send to the
Society in sealed envelopes independent translations of a newly-discovered
inscription, and, after comparing the four versions,
they were able to announce that there was sufficient agreement
between the four to justify belief in what had been achieved
and confidence in further progress. The mockery of the learned
laity then gradually came to an end, and certainty in the
reading of cuneiform documents has advanced enormously
since then.
2. A second series of objections is closely connected with
an impression which you also have probably not escaped;
namely, that a number of the solutions achieved by our method
of dream-interpretation seem strained, specious, “dragged in,”—in
other words, forced, or even comical or joking. These
criticisms are so frequent that I will take at random the last
that has come to my ears. Now listen: a head-master in Switzerland—that
free country—was recently asked to resign his
post on account of his interest in psycho-analysis. He protested
and a Berne paper published the decision of the school authorities
on his case. I shall quote a few sentences from the article which
refer to psycho-analysis: “Further, we are amazed at the
far-fetched and factitious character of many of the examples
given in the said book by Dr. Pfister of Zurich.... It is indeed
a matter for surprise that the head-master of a Training College
should accept so credulously all these assertions and such specious
evidence.” These sentences purport to be the final opinion of
“One who judges calmly.” I am much more inclined to think
this “calm” factitious. Let us examine these remarks more
closely in the expectation that a certain amount of reflection
and knowledge of the subject will do no harm, even to a “calm
judgement.”
It is really quite refreshing to see how swiftly and unerringly
anyone relying merely on his first impressions can arrive at
an opinion on some critical question of psychology in its more
abstruse aspects. The interpretations seem to him far-fetched
and strained, and do not commend themselves to him; consequently,
they are wrong and the whole business is rubbish.
Such critics never give even a passing thought to the possibility
that there may be good reasons why the interpretations are
198bound to convey this very impression—a thought which would
lead to the further question what these good reasons are.
The circumstance which calls forth this criticism is essentially
related to the effect of displacement, which you have learnt to
know as the most powerful instrument in the service of the
dream-censorship. With its aid the substitute-formations which
we call allusions are created; but these allusions are of a
kind not easy to recognize as such; nor is it easy to discover
the thought proper by working back from them, for they are
connected with it by the most extraordinary and unusual extrinsic
associations. But the whole matter throughout concerns things
which are meant to be hidden, intended to be concealed: that
is exactly the object of the dream-censorship. We must not
expect, though, to find something that has been hidden by
looking in the very place where it ordinarily belongs. The
frontier surveillance authorities nowadays are a good deal
more cunning in this respect than the Swiss school authorities;
for they are not content with examining portfolios and letter-cases
when hunting for documents and plans; but consider
the possibility that spies and smugglers may conceal anything
compromising about their persons, in places where it is most
difficult to detect and where such things certainly do not belong,
for example, between the double soles of their boots. If the
concealed articles are found there, it is certainly true that they
have been “dragged” to light, but they are none the less a
very good “find.”
In admitting the possibility that the connection between a
latent dream-element and its manifest substitute may appear
most remote and extraordinary, sometimes even comical or
joking, we are guided by our wide experience of instances in
which we did not as a rule find the meaning ourselves. It is
often impossible to arrive at such interpretations by our own
efforts: no sane person could guess the bridge connecting the
two. The dreamer either solves the riddle straightaway by a
direct association (he can do it because it is in his mind that the
substitute-formation originated); or else he provides so much
material that there is no longer any need for special penetration
in order to solve it—the solution thrusts itself upon us as inevitable.
If the dreamer does not help us in either of these
two ways the manifest element in question will remain for ever
incomprehensible. Let me give you one more instance of this
kind which happened recently. A patient of mine lost her
father during the course of the treatment, after which she seized
every opportunity to bring him back to life in her dreams. In
199one of these her father appeared in a certain connection otherwise
not applicable and said: “It is quarter past eleven, it is half
past eleven, it is quarter to twelve.” For the interpretation of
this curious detail she could only provide the association that
her father was pleased when his older children were punctual
at the midday meal. This certainly fitted in with the dream-element,
but it threw no light on its origin. The situation which
had just been reached in the treatment gave good grounds for
the suspicion that a carefully-suppressed critical antagonism
to her much loved and honoured father had played a part in
this dream. Following out her further associations, apparently
quite remote from the dream, she told how she had heard a
long discussion of psychological questions on the day before and
a relative had said: “Primitive man (Urmensch) survives in all
of us.” Now a light dawns on us. Here was again a splendid
opportunity for her to imagine that her dead father survived,
and so in the dream she made him a “clock-man” (Uhrmensch),
telling the quarters up to the time of the midday meal.
The likeness to a pun in this cannot be ignored, and as a
matter of fact it has often happened that a dreamer’s pun has
been ascribed to the interpreter; there are yet other examples
in which it is not at all easy to decide whether we are dealing
with a joke or a dream. But you will remember that the same
sort of doubt arose with some slips of the tongue. A man related
as a dream that he and his uncle were sitting in the latter’s auto
(automobile) and his uncle kissed him. The dreamer himself
instantly volunteered the interpretation: it meant “auto-erotism”
(a term used in our theory of the libido, signifying
gratification obtained without any external love-object). Now
was this man allowing himself a joke at our expense and pretending
that a pun which occurred to him was part of a dream?
I do not think so: he really did dream it. But where does this
bewildering resemblance between dreams and jokes come from?
At one time this question took me somewhat out of my way,
for it necessitated my making a thorough investigation into
the question of wit itself. This led to the conclusion that wit
originates as follows: a preconscious train of thought is for a
moment left to a process of unconscious elaboration, from which
it emerges in the form of a witticism. While under the influence
of the unconscious it is subject to the mechanisms there operative—to
condensation and displacement; that is to say, to the same
processes as we found at work in the dream-work; and the
similarity sometimes found between dreams and wit is to be
ascribed to this character common to both. But the unintentional
200“dream joke” does not amuse us as does an ordinary
witticism; a deeper study of wit may show you why this is so.
The “dream joke” strikes us as a poor form of wit; it does
not make us laugh, it leaves us cold.
Now in this we are following the path of the ancient method
of dream-interpretation, which has given us, besides much that
is useless, many a valuable example of interpretation upon which
we ourselves could not improve. I will tell you a dream of
historic importance which is related in slightly different versions
by Plutarch and Artemidorus of Daldis, the dreamer being
Alexander the Great. When he was laying siege to the city
of Tyre, which was putting up an obstinate resistance (B.C. 322),
he dreamt one night that he saw a dancing satyr. The dream-interpreter
Aristandros, who accompanied the army on its
campaigns, interpreted this dream by dividing the word “satyros”
into σὰ Τύρος (“Tyre is thine”), and prophesied from
this the king’s victory over the city. This interpretation decided
Alexander to continue the siege and eventually the city fell.
The interpretation, factitious as it seems, was undoubtedly the
right one.
3. I can well imagine that you will be especially impressed
on being told that even people who have long studied the
interpretation of dreams in the course of their work as psycho-analysts
have raised objections to our conception of dreams.
It would indeed have been exceptional if so excellent an opportunity
for new mistakes had been let slip; and so assertions
have been made, due to confusion of ideas and based on unjustifiable
generalizations, which are hardly less incorrect than the
medical conception of dreams. One of these statements you
know already: that dreams deal with attempts at adaptation
to the situation at the moment and with the solution of future
problems; in other words, that they pursue a “prospective
tendency” or aim (A. Maeder). We have already demonstrated
that this statement rests upon a confusion between dreams
and the latent dream-thoughts and ignores the process of
dream-work. If those who speak of this “prospective
tendency” mean thereby to characterize the unconscious mental
activity to which the latent thoughts belong, then, on the one
hand, they tell us nothing new and, on the other hand, the
description is not exhaustive; for unconscious mental activity
occupies itself with many other things besides preparation for
the future. There seems to be a much worse confusion behind
the assurance that the “death clause” may be found underlying
every dream; I am not quite clear what this formula is intended
201to mean, but I suspect that behind it the dream is confounded
with the whole personality of the dreamer.
An unjustifiable generalization, based on a few striking
examples, is contained in the statement that every dream admits
of two kinds of interpretation: one of the kind we have described,
the so-called “psycho-analytic” interpretation, and the other
the so-called “anagogic,” which disregards the instinctive
tendencies and aims at a representation of the higher mental
functions (H. Silberer); there are dreams of this kind, but you
will seek in vain to extend this conception to include even a
majority of dreams. After all you have heard, the statement
that all dreams are to be interpreted bisexually, as a combination
of two tendencies which may be called male and female (A.
Adler), will seem to you quite incomprehensible. Here again,
single dreams of this sort do of course occur and later on you
may learn that their structure is similar to that of certain
hysterical symptoms. I mention all these discoveries of new
general characteristics of dreams in order to warn you against
them, or at least to leave you in no doubt about my own opinion
of them.
4. At one time the objective value of research into dreams
seemed to be discredited by the fact that patients treated analytically
appeared to suit the content of their dreams to the
favourite theories of their doctors, one class dreaming mainly
of sexual impulses, and another of impulses for mastery, others
again even of rebirth (W. Stekel). The force of this observation
is weakened by the reflection that people dreamed dreams before
there was any such thing as psycho-analytic treatment to influence
their dreams and that the patients undergoing treatment
nowadays also used to dream before they began it. The actual
fact in this supposedly new observation is soon shown to be self-evident
and of no consequence for the theory of dreams. The
residue from the previous day which gives rise to dreams is a
residue from the great interests of waking life. If the physician’s
words and the stimuli which he gives have become of importance
to the patient they then enter into whatever constitutes the
residue and can act as mental stimuli for dream-formation,
just like other interests of affective value roused on the preceding
day which have not subsided; they operate in the same way
as bodily stimuli which affect the sleeper during sleep. Like
these other factors inciting dreams, the trains of thought roused
by the physician can appear in the manifest dream-content
or be revealed in the latent thoughts. We know indeed that
dreams can be experimentally produced, or, to speak more
202accurately, a part of the dream-material can be thus introduced
into the dream. In influencing his patients thus the analyst
plays a part no different from that of an experimenter, like
Mourly Void, who placed in certain positions the limbs of the
person upon whom he experimented.
We can often influence what a man shall dream about, but
never what he will dream; for the mechanism of the dream-work
and the unconscious dream-wish are inaccessible to
external influence of any sort. We realized, when we were
considering dreams arising out of bodily stimuli, that in the
reaction to the bodily or mental stimuli brought to bear upon
the dreamer the peculiarity and independence of dream-life is
clearly seen. The criticism I have just discussed which tends
to cast a doubt upon the objectivity of dream investigation is
again an assertion based upon confounding, this time confounding
dreams with—their material.
I wanted to tell you as much as this about the problems of
dreams. You will guess that I have passed over a great deal
and will have discovered for yourselves that my treatment of
nearly every point has necessarily been incomplete; but this
is due to the phenomena of dreams being so closely connected
with those of the neuroses. Our plan was to study dreams as
an introduction to the study of the neuroses and it was certainly
a better one than beginning the other way about; but since
dreams prepare us for comprehension of the neuroses, so also
can a correctly-formed estimate of dreams be acquired only
after some knowledge of neurotic manifestations has been
gained.
I do not know how you may think about it, but I can assure
you that I do not regret having taken up so much of your interest
and of the time at our disposal in the consideration of problems
connected with dreams. I know no other way by which one
can so speedily arrive at conviction of the correctness of those
statements by which psycho-analysis stands or falls. It requires
strenuous work for many months, and even years, to demonstrate
that the symptoms in a case of neurotic illness have a meaning,
serve a purpose, and arise from the patient’s experiences in life.
On the other hand, a few hours’ effort may be enough to show
these things in some dream which at first seemed utterly confused
and incomprehensible, and in this way to confirm all the premises
upon which psycho-analysis rests—the existence of unconscious
mental processes, the special mechanisms which they obey,
and the instinctive propelling forces which are expressed by them.
And when we remember how far-reaching is the analogy in the
203structure of dreams to that of neurotic symptoms and, with that,
reflect how rapid is the transformation of a dreamer into a wide-awake,
reasonable human being, we acquire an assurance that
the neuroses too depend only upon an alteration in the balance
of the forces at work in mental life.
PART III GENERAL THEORY OF THE NEUROSES — SIXTEENTH LECTURE PSYCHO-ANALYSIS AND PSYCHIATRY — SEVENTEENTH LECTURE THE MEANING OF SYMPTOMS — EIGHTEENTH LECTURE FIXATION UPON TRAUMATA: THE UNCONSCIOUS — NINETEENTH LECTURE RESISTANCE AND REPRESSION — TWENTIETH LECTURE THE SEXUAL LIFE OF MAN — TWENTY-FIRST LECTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE LIBIDO AND SEXUAL ORGANIZATIONS — TWENTY-SECOND LECTURE ASPECTS OF DEVELOPMENT AND REGRESSION. ÆTIOLOGY — TWENTY-THIRD LECTURE THE PATHS OF SYMPTOM-FORMATION — TWENTY-FOURTH LECTURE ORDINARY NERVOUSNESS — TWENTY-FIFTH LECTURE ANXIETY — TWENTY-SIXTH LECTURE THE THEORY OF THE LIBIDO: NARCISSISM — TWENTY-SEVENTH LECTURE TRANSFERENCE — TWENTY-EIGHTH LECTURE THE ANALYTIC THERAPY
205
207
It pleases me greatly to see you here again to continue our
discussions after a year has passed. Last year the subject of
my lectures was the application of psycho-analysis to errors
and to dreams; I hope this year to lead you to some comprehension
of neurotic phenomena which, as you will soon discover,
have much in common with both our former subjects. I must
tell you before I begin, however, that I cannot concede you the
same attitude towards me now as I did last year. Then I endeavoured
to make no step without being in agreement with
your judgement; I debated a great deal with you, submitted
to your objections, in fact, recognized you and your “healthy
common-sense” as the deciding factor. That is no longer
possible and for a very simple reason. Errors and dreams are
phenomena which were familiar to you; one might say you had
as much experience of them as I, or could easily have obtained
it. The manifestations of neurosis, however, are an unknown
region to you; those of you who are not yourselves medical
men have no access there except through the accounts I give
you; and of what use is the most excellent judgement where
there is no knowledge of the subject under debate?
However, do not receive this announcement as though I were
going to give these lectures ex cathedra or to demand unconditional
acceptance from you. Any such misconception would
do me a gross injustice. I do not aim at producing conviction,—my
aim is to stimulate enquiry and to destroy prejudices.
If owing to ignorance of the subject you are not in a position
to adjudicate, then you should neither believe nor reject. You
should only listen and allow what I tell you to make its own
effect upon you. Convictions are not so easily acquired, or,
when they are achieved without much trouble, they soon prove
worthless and unstable. No one has a right to conviction on
these matters who has not worked at this subject for many years,
as I have, and has not himself experienced the same new and
astonishing discoveries. Then why these sudden convictions
in intellectual matters, lightning conversions, and instantaneous
208repudiations? Do you not see that the coup de foudre, “love at
first sight,” proceeds from a very different mental sphere, from
the affective one? We do not require even our patients to bring
with them any conviction in favour of psycho-analysis or any
devotion to it. It would make us suspicious of them. Benevolent
scepticism is the attitude in them which we like best. Therefore
will you also try to let psycho-analytical conceptions develop
quietly in your minds alongside the popular or the psychiatric
view, until opportunities arise for them to influence each other
and be united into a decisive opinion.
On the other hand, you are not for a moment to suppose
that the psycho-analytic point of view which I shall lay before
you is a speculative system of ideas. On the contrary, it is
the result of experience, being founded either on direct observations
or on conclusions drawn from observation. Whether
these have been drawn in an adequate or a justifiable manner
future advances in science will show; after nearly two and a
half decades and now that I am fairly well advanced in years
I may say, without boasting, that it was particularly difficult,
intense, and all-absorbing work that yielded these observations.
I have often had the impression that our opponents were unwilling
to consider this source of our statements, as if they looked upon
them as ideas derived subjectively which anyone could dispute
at his own sweet will. This attitude on the part of my opponents
is not quite comprehensible to me. Perhaps it comes from the
circumstance that physicians pay so little attention to neurotics
and listen so carelessly to what they say that it has become
impossible for them to perceive anything in the patients’ communications
or to make detailed observations from them. I
will take this opportunity of assuring you that in these lectures
I shall make few controversial references, least of all to individuals.
I have never been able to convince myself of the truth of the
saying that “strife is the father of all things.” I think the
source of it was the philosophy of the Greek sophists and that
it errs, as does the latter, through the over estimation of dialectics.
It seems to me, on the contrary, that scientific controversy,
so-called, is on the whole quite unfruitful, apart from the fact
that it is almost always conducted in a highly personal manner.
Until a few years ago I could boast that I had only once been
engaged in a regular scientific dispute, and that with one single
investigator, Löwenfeld of Munich. The end of it was that
we became friends and have remained so to this day. But I
did not repeat the experiment for a very long time because I was
not certain that the outcome would be the same.
209Now you will surely judge that a refusal of this kind to discuss
matters publicly points to a high degree of inaccessibility to
criticism, to obstinacy, or, in the polite colloquialism of the
scientific world, to “pig-headedness.”[43] My reply to you
would be that, should you have arrived at a conviction by
means of such hard work, you would also thereby derive a
certain right to maintain it with some tenacity. Further, on
my own behalf, I can say that in the course of my work I have
modified my views on important points, changed them or replaced
them by others, and have of course in each case published the
fact. What has been the result of this frankness? Some people
have ignored my corrections of myself altogether and still to-day
criticize me in respect of views which no longer mean the same
to me. Others positively reproach me for these changes and
declare me to be unreliable on that account. No one who changes
his views once or twice deserves to be believed, for it is only
too likely that he will be mistaken again in his latest assertions;
but anyone who sticks to anything he has once said, or refuses
to give way upon it easily enough, is obstinate or pig-headed;
is it not so? What is to be done in the face of these self-contradictory
criticisms except to remain as one is and behave as
seems best to one? This is what I decided to do; and I am
not deterred from remodelling and improving my theories in
accordance with later experience. I have so far found nothing
to alter in my fundamental standpoint and I hope this will never
be necessary.
So now I have to lay before you the psycho-analytic theory
of neurotic manifestations. For this purpose it will be simplest,
on account of both the analogy and the contrast, to take an
example which links up with the phenomena we have already
considered. I will take a ‘symptomatic act’ which I see many
people commit in my own consulting-room. The analyst has
little to offer to the people who come to a physician’s consulting-room
for half-an-hour to recount the lifelong misery of their
fate. His deeper comprehension makes it difficult for him to
give, as another might, the opinion that there is nothing wrong
with them and that they had better take a light course of hydrotherapy.
One of our colleagues once replied, with a shrug,
when asked how he dealt with consultation patients, that he
“fined them so many crowns for ‘wasting the time of the court.’”
You will therefore not be surprised to hear that even the busiest
psycho-analysts are not much sought after for consultations.
I have had the ordinary door between the waiting-room and
210my consulting-room supplemented by another door and covered
with felt. The reason for this is obvious. Now it constantly
happens when I admit people from the waiting-room that they
omit to close these doors, leaving even both doors open behind
them. When I see this happen, I at once, with some stiffness,
request him or her to go back and make good the omission, no
matter how fine a gentleman he may be nor how many hours
she had spent on her toilet. My action gives the impression of
being uncalled-for and pedantic; occasionally too I have found
myself in the wrong, when the person turned out to be one of
those who cannot themselves grasp a door-handle and are glad
when those with them avoid it. But in the majority of cases
I was right, for anyone who behaves in this way and leaves the
door of a physician’s consulting-room open into the waiting-room
belongs to the rabble and deserves to be received with
coldness. Now don’t allow yourselves to be biassed before you
have heard the rest. This omission on the part of a patient
occurs only when he has been waiting alone in the outer room
and thus leaves an empty room behind him, never when others,
strangers to him, have also been waiting there. In the latter
case he knows very well that it is to his own interest not to be
overheard while he talks to the physician and he never neglects
to close both doors carefully.
Occurring in this way, the patient’s omission is neither
accidental nor meaningless, and not even unimportant, for it
betrays the visitor’s attitude to the physician. He belongs to
that large class who seek those in high places, and wish to be
dazzled and intimidated. Perhaps he had made enquiries by
telephone at what time he would be most likely to gain admittance
and had been expecting to find a crowd of applicants in
a queue, as if at the grocer’s in war-time. Then he is shown into
an empty room which, moreover, is most modestly furnished,
and he is dumbfounded. He must somehow make the physician
atone for the superfluous respect he had been prepared to show
him; and so he omits to close the doors between the waiting-
and the consulting-rooms. He intends this to mean: “Pooh!
there is no one here and I daresay there won’t be, however long
I stay!” He would behave during the interview in an uncivil
and supercilious manner, too, if his presumption were not curbed
at the outset by a sharp reminder.
In the analysis of this little symptomatic act you find nothing
that is not already known to you; namely, the conclusion that
it is no accident but has in it motive, meaning, and intention;
that it belongs to a mental context which can be specified;
211and that it provides a small indication of a more important
mental process. But above all it implies that the process thus
indicated is not known to the consciousness of the person who
carries it out; for not one of the patients who left the two doors
open would have admitted that he wished to show any depreciation
of me by his neglect. Many of them could probably
recall a sense of disappointment on entering the empty waiting-room,
but the connection between this impression and the succeeding
symptomatic act certainly remained outside their consciousness.
Now let us place this little analysis of a symptomatic act
by the side of an observation made on a patient. I will choose
one which is fresh in my memory, and also because it can be
described in comparatively few words. A certain amount of
detail is indispensable for any such account.
A young officer, home on short leave of absence, asked me
to treat his mother-in-law, who was living in the happiest surroundings
and yet was embittering her own and her family’s
lives by a nonsensical idea. I found her a well-preserved lady,
fifty-three years of age, of a friendly, simple disposition, who
gave without hesitation the following account of herself. She is
most happily married, and lives in the country with her husband
who manages a large factory. She cannot say enough of her
husband’s kindness and consideration; theirs had been a love-marriage
thirty years ago, since when they had never had a
cloud, a quarrel, or a moment’s jealousy. Her two children
have both married well, but her husband’s sense of duty keeps
him still at work. A year before, an incredible and, to her, incomprehensible
thing happened. She received an anonymous
letter telling her that her excellent husband was carrying on
an intrigue with a young girl, and believed it on the spot—since
then her happiness has been destroyed. The details were more
or less as follows: she had a housemaid with whom she discussed
confidential matters, perhaps rather too freely. This young
woman cherished a positively venomous hatred for another
girl who had succeeded better in life than herself, although of
no better origin. Instead of going into service, the other young
woman had had a commercial training, been taken into the factory
and, owing to vacancies caused by the absence of staff on service
in the field, had been promoted to a good position. She lived in
the factory, knew all the gentlemen, and was even addressed
as “Miss.” The other one who had been left behind in life
was only too ready to accuse her former schoolmate of all
possible evil. One day our patient and her housemaid were
212discussing an elderly gentleman who had visited the house and
of whom it was said that he did not live with his wife but kept
a mistress. Why, she did not know, but she suddenly said:
“I cannot imagine anything more awful than to hear that my
husband had a mistress.” The next day she received by post
an anonymous letter in disguised handwriting which informed
her of the very thing she had just imagined. She concluded—probably
correctly—that the letter was the handiwork of her
malicious housemaid, for the woman who was named as the
mistress of her husband was the very girl who was the object
of this housemaid’s hatred. Although she at once saw through
the plot and had seen enough of such cowardly accusations in
her own surroundings to place little credence in them, our patient
was nevertheless prostrated by this letter. She became terribly
excited and at once sent for her husband to overwhelm him with
reproaches. The husband laughingly denied the accusation and
did the best thing he could. He sent for the family physician
(who also attended the factory), and he did his best to calm the
unhappy lady. The next thing they did was also most reasonable.
The housemaid was dismissed, but not the supposed
mistress. From that time on the patient claims to have repeatedly
brought herself to a calm view of the matter, so that
she no longer believes the contents of the letter; but it has
never gone very deep nor lasted very long. It was enough
to hear the young woman’s name mentioned, or to meet her in
the street, for a new attack of suspicion, agony, and reproaches
to break out.
This is the clinical picture of this excellent woman’s case.
It did not require much experience of psychiatry to perceive
that, in contrast to other neurotics, she described her symptoms
too mildly—as we say, dissimulated them—and that she had
never really overcome her belief in the anonymous letter.
Now what attitude does a psychiatrist take up to such a
case? We know already what he would say to the symptomatic
act of a patient who does not close the waiting-room doors.
He explains it as an accident, without interest psychologically,
and no concern of his. But he cannot continue to take up this
attitude in regard to the case of the jealous lady. The symptomatic
action appears to be unimportant; the symptom calls
for notice as a grave matter. Subjectively it involves intense
suffering, and objectively it threatens to break up a family;
its claim to psychiatric interest is therefore indisputable. First
the psychiatrist tries to characterize the symptom by some
essential attribute. The idea with which this lady torments
213herself cannot be called nonsensical in itself; it does happen
that elderly husbands contract relationships with young women.
But there is something else about it that is nonsensical and
incomprehensible. The patient has absolutely no grounds,
except the anonymous letter, for supposing that her loving and
faithful husband belongs to this category of men, otherwise
not so uncommon. She knows that this communication carries
no proof, she can explain its origin satisfactorily; she ought
therefore to be able to say to herself that she has no grounds
for her jealousy and she does even say so, but she suffers just
as much as if she regarded her jealousy as well-founded. Ideas
of this kind that are inaccessible to logic and the arguments of
reality are unanimously described as delusions. The good lady
suffers therefore, from a delusion of jealousy. That is evidently
the essential characteristic of the case.
Having established this first point, our psychiatric interest
increases. When a delusion cannot be dissipated by the facts
of reality, it probably does not spring from reality. Where
else then does it spring from? Delusions can have the most
various contents; why is the content of it in this case jealousy?
What kind of people have delusions, and particularly delusions
of jealousy? Now we should like to listen to the psychiatrist,
but he leaves us in the lurch here. He considers only one of
our questions. He will examine the family history of this woman
and will perhaps bring us the answer that the kind of people
who suffer from delusions are those in whose families similar
or different disorders have occurred repeatedly. In other words,
this lady has developed a delusion because she had an hereditary
predisposition to do so. That is certainly something; but is it
all that we want to know? Is it the sole cause of her disease?
Does it satisfy us to assume that it is unimportant, arbitrary,
or inexplicable that one kind of delusion should have been
developed instead of another? And are we to understand the
proposition—that the hereditary predisposition is decisive—also
in a negative sense; that is, that no matter what experiences
and emotions life had brought her she was destined some time
or other to produce a delusion? You will want to know why
scientific psychiatry gives no further explanation. And I reply:
“Only a rogue gives more than he has.” The psychiatrist
knows of no path leading to any further explanation in such a
case. He has to content himself with a diagnosis and, in spite
of wide experience, with a very uncertain prognosis of its future
course.
Now can psycho-analysis do better than this? Yes, certainly
214I hope to show you that even in such an obscure case as this
it is possible to discover something which makes closer comprehension
possible. First, I shall ask you to notice this incomprehensible
detail; that the anonymous letter on which her delusion
is founded was positively provoked by the patient herself, by
her saying to the scheming housemaid the day before that nothing
could be more awful than to hear that her husband had an
intrigue with a young woman. She first put the idea of sending
the letter into the servant’s mind by this. So the delusion
acquires a certain independence of the letter; it existed beforehand
as a fear—or, as a wish?—in her mind. Besides this,
the further small indications revealed in the bare two hours of
analysis are noteworthy. The patient responded very coldly,
it is true, to the request to tell me her further thoughts, ideas,
and recollections, after she had finished her story. She declared
that nothing came to her mind, she had told me everything;
and after two hours the attempt had to be given up, because
she announced that she felt quite well already and was certain
that the morbid idea would not return. Her saying this was
naturally due to resistance and to the fear of further analysis,
In these two hours she had let fall some remarks, nevertheless,
which made a certain interpretation not only possible but inevitable,
and this interpretation threw a sharp light on the
origin of the delusion of jealousy. There actually existed in
her an infatuation for a young man, for the very son-in-law who
had urged her to seek my assistance. Of this infatuation she
herself knew nothing or only perhaps very little; in the circumstances
of their relationship it was easily possible for it to disguise
itself as harmless tenderness on her part. After what we
have already learnt it is not difficult to see into the mind of this
good woman and excellent mother. Such an infatuation, such
a monstrous, impossible thing, could not come into her conscious
mind; it persisted, nevertheless, and unconsciously exerted a
heavy pressure. Something had to happen, some sort of relief
had to be found; and the simplest alleviation lay in that mechanism
of displacement which so regularly plays its part in the
formation of delusional jealousy. If not merely she, old woman
that she was, were in love with a young man, but if only her
old husband too were in love with a young mistress, then her
torturing conscience would be absolved from the infidelity.
The phantasy of her husband’s infidelity was thus a cooling balm
on her burning wound. Of her own love she never became
conscious; but its reflection in the delusion, which brought
such advantages, thus became compulsive, delusional and conscious.
215All arguments against it could naturally avail nothing;
for they were directed only against the reflection, and not against
the original to which its strength was due and which lay buried
out of reach in the Unconscious.
Let us now piece together the results of this short, obstructed
psycho-analytic attempt to understand this case. It is assumed
of course that the information acquired was correct, a point
which I cannot submit to your judgement here. First of all,
the delusion is no longer senseless and incomprehensible; it
is sensible, logically motivated, and has its place in connection
with an affective experience of the patient’s. Secondly, it has
arisen as a necessary reaction to another mental process which
has itself been revealed by other indications; and it owes its
delusional character, its quality of resisting real and logical
objections, to this relation with this other mental process. It
is something desired in itself, a kind of consolation. Thirdly,
the fact that the delusion is one of jealousy and no other is
unmistakably determined by the experience underlying the
disease. You will also recognize the two important analogies
with the symptomatic act we analysed; namely, the discovery
of the sense or intention behind the symptom and the relation
of it to something in the given situation which is unconscious.
This does not, of course, answer all the questions arising out
of this case. On the contrary, it bristles with further problems,
some of which have not yet proved soluble at all, while others
cannot be solved owing to the unfavourable circumstances met
with in this case. For instance, why does this happily-married
lady fall in love with her son-in-law, and why does relief come
to her in the form of this kind of reflection, this projection of her
own state of mind on to her husband, when other forms of relief
were also possible? Do not think that it is idle and uncalled-for
to propound these questions. We have already a good
deal of material at hand to provide possible answers. The
patient had come to that critical time of life which brings a
sudden and unwelcome increase of sexual desire to a woman;
that may have been sufficient in itself. Or there may have been
an additional reason, in that the sexual capacity of her excellent
and faithful husband may have been for some years insufficient
for the still vigorous woman’s needs. Observation has taught
us that it is just such men, whose fidelity is thus a matter of
course, who treat their wives with particular tenderness and
are unusually considerate of their nervous ailments. Neither is
it unimportant, moreover, that the object of this abnormal
infatuation should be her daughter’s young husband. A strong
216erotic attachment to the daughter, with its roots in the individual
sexual constitution of the mother, often manages to maintain
itself in such a transformation. I may perhaps remind you in
this connection that the relation between mother-in-law and
son-in-law has from time immemorial been regarded by mankind
as a particularly sensitive one, which among primitive races
has given rise to very powerful taboos and precautions.[44] On
the positive as well as on the negative side it frequently exceeds
the limits regarded as desirable in civilized society. Of these
three possible factors, whether one of them has been at work
in the case before us, or two of them, or whether all three together
have taken part, I cannot tell you; though only because the
analysis of the case could not be continued beyond the second
hour.
I perceive now that I have been speaking entirely of things
which you were not yet prepared to understand. I did so in
order to carry out the comparison between psychiatry and
psycho-analysis. But I may ask you one thing at this point:
Have you observed anything in the nature of a contradiction
between the two? Psychiatry does not employ the technical
methods of psycho-analysis, neglects any consideration of the
content of the delusion, and in pointing to heredity gives us
but a general and remote ætiology instead of first disclosing the
more specific and immediate one. But is any contradiction or
opposition contained in this? Is not the one rather a supplement
to the other? Is the hereditary factor inconsistent with
the importance of experience and would they not both work
together most effectively? You will admit that there is nothing
essential in the work of psychiatry which could oppose psycho-analytic
researches. It is therefore the psychiatrists who oppose
it, and not psychiatry itself. Psycho-Analysis stands to psychiatry
more or less as histology does to anatomy; in one, the
outer forms of organs are studied, in the other, the construction
of these out of the tissues and constituent elements. It is not
easy to conceive of any contradiction between these two fields
of study, in which the work of the one is continued in the other.
You know that nowadays anatomy is the basis of the scientific
study of medicine; but time was when dissecting human corpses
in order to discover the internal structure of the body was as
much a matter for severe prohibition as practising psycho-analysis
in order to discover the internal workings of the human mind
seems to-day to be a matter for condemnation. And, presumably
at a not too distant date, we shall have perceived that there can
217be no psychiatry which is scientifically radical without a thorough
knowledge of the deep-seated unconscious processes in mental
life.
There may be some of you who perhaps are friendly enough
towards psycho-analysis, often attacked as it is, to wish that it
would justify itself in another direction also, that is, therapeutically.
You know that psychiatric therapy has hitherto been
unable to influence delusions. Can psycho-analysis do so perhaps,
by reason of its insight into the mechanism of these symptoms?
No, I have to tell you that it cannot; for the present, at any rate,
it is just as powerless as any other therapy to heal these sufferers.
It is true that we can understand what has happened to the
patient; but we have no means by which we can make him
understand it himself. You have heard that I could not continue
the analysis of this delusion beyond the first preliminaries.
Would you then maintain that analysis of such cases is undesirable
because it remains fruitless? I do not think so. It is our right,
yes, and our duty, to pursue our researches without respect
to the immediate gain effected. The day will come, where and
when we know not, when every little piece of knowledge will
be converted into power, and into therapeutic power. Even if
psycho-analysis showed itself as unsuccessful with all other
forms of nervous and mental diseases as with delusions, it would
still remain justified as an irreplaceable instrument of scientific
research. It is true that we should not be in a position to practise
it; the human material on which we learn lives, and has its
own will, and must have its own motives in order to participate
in the work; and it would then refuse to do so. I will therefore
close my lecture for to-day by telling you that there are large
groups of nervous disturbances for which this conversion of our
own advance in knowledge into therapeutic power has actually
been carried out; and that with these diseases, otherwise so
refractory, our measures yield, under certain conditions, results
which give place to none in the domain of medical therapy.
218
In the last lecture I explained to you that clinical psychiatry
troubles itself little about the actual form of the individual
symptom or the content of it; but that psycho-analysis has
made this its starting-point, and has ascertained that the symptom
itself has a meaning and is connected with experiences in the
life of the patient. The meaning of neurotic symptoms was
first discovered by J. Breuer in the study and successful cure
of a case of hysteria (1880–82), which has since then become
famous. It is true that P. Janet independently reached the
same result; in fact, priority in publication must be granted
to the French investigator, for Breuer did not publish his observations
until more than a decade later (1893–95), during the period
of our work together. Incidentally, it is of no great importance
to us who made the discovery, for you know that every discovery
is made more than once, and none is made all at once,
nor is success meted out according to deserts. America is not
called after Columbus. Before Breuer and Janet, the great
psychiatrist Leuret expressed the opinion that even the delusions
of the insane would prove to have some meaning, if only we
knew how to translate them. I confess that for a long time
I was willing to accord Janet very high recognition for his
explanation of neurotic symptoms, because he regarded them
as expressions of “idées inconscientes” possessing the patient’s
mind. Since then, however, Janet has taken up an attitude
of undue reserve, as if he meant to imply that the Unconscious
had been nothing more to him than a manner of speaking, a
makeshift, une façon de parler, and that he had nothing “real”
in mind. Since then I have not understood Janet’s views, but
I believe that he has gratuitously deprived himself of great
credit.
Neurotic symptoms then, just like errors and dreams, have
their meaning and, like these, are related to the life of the person
in whom they appear. This is an important matter which I
should like to demonstrate to you by some examples. I can
219merely assert, I cannot prove, that it is so in every case; anyone
observing for himself will be convinced of it. For certain
reasons though, I shall not take these examples from cases of
hysteria, but from another very remarkable form of neurosis,
closely allied in origin to the latter, about which I must say a
few preliminary words. This, which we call the obsessional neurosis,
is not so popular as the widely-known hysteria; it is, if I may
so express myself, not so noisily ostentatious, behaves more as
if it were a private affair of the patient’s, dispenses almost
entirely with bodily manifestations and creates all its symptoms
in the mental sphere. The obsessional neurosis and hysteria
are the two forms of neurotic disease upon the study of which
psycho-analysis was first built up, and in the treatment of which
also our therapy celebrates its triumphs. In the obsessional
neurosis, however, that mysterious leap from the mental to the
physical is absent, and it has really become more intimately
comprehensible and transparent to us through psycho-analytic
research than hysteria; we have come to understand that it
displays far more markedly certain extreme features of the
neurotic constitution.
The obsessional neurosis[45] takes this form: the patient’s
mind is occupied with thoughts that do not really interest him,
he feels impulses which seem alien to him, and he is impelled to
perform actions which not only afford him no pleasure but from
which he is powerless to desist. The thoughts (obsessions) may
be meaningless in themselves or only of no interest to the patient;
they are often absolutely silly; in every case they are the starting-point
of a strained concentration of thought which exhausts
the patient and to which he yields most unwillingly. Against
his will he has to worry and speculate as if it were a matter of
life or death to him. The impulses which he perceives within
him may seem to be of an equally childish and meaningless
character; mostly, however, they consist of something terrifying,
such as temptations to commit serious crimes, so that
the patient not only repudiates them as alien, but flees from
them in horror, and guards himself by prohibitions, precautions,
and restrictions against the possibility of carrying them out.
As a matter of fact he never, literally not even once, carries
these impulses into effect; flight and precautions invariably
win. What he does really commit are very harmless, certainly
trivial acts—what are termed the obsessive actions—which are
mostly repetitions and ceremonial elaborations of ordinary
220everyday performances, making these common necessary actions—going
to bed, washing, dressing, going for walks, etc.—into
highly laborious tasks of almost insuperable difficulty. The
morbid ideas, impulses, and actions are not by any means combined
in the same proportions in individual types and cases of
the obsessional neurosis; on the contrary, the rule is that one
or another of these manifestations dominates the picture and
gives the disease its name; but what is common to all forms
of it is unmistakable enough.
This is a mad disease, surely. I don’t think the wildest
psychiatric phantasy could have invented anything like it, and
if we did not see it every day with our own eyes we could hardly
bring ourselves to believe in it. Now do not imagine that you
can do anything for such a patient by advising him to distract
himself, to pay no attention to these silly ideas, and to do something
sensible instead of his nonsensical practices. This is
what he would like himself; for he is perfectly aware of his
condition, he shares your opinion about his obsessional symptoms,
he even volunteers it quite readily. Only he simply cannot
help himself; the actions performed in an obsessional condition
are supported by a kind of energy which probably has no counterpart
in normal mental life. Only one thing is open to him—he
can displace and he can exchange; instead of one silly idea
he can adopt another of a slightly milder character, from one
precaution or prohibition he can proceed to another, instead
of one ceremonial rite he can perform another. He can displace
his sense of compulsion, but he cannot dispel it. This capacity
for displacing all the symptoms, involving radical alteration of
their original forms, is a main characteristic of the disease; it
is, moreover, striking that in this condition the ‘opposite-values’
(polarities) pervading mental life appear to be exceptionally
sharply differentiated. In addition to compulsions
of both positive and negative character, doubt appears in the
intellectual sphere, gradually spreading until it gnaws even at
what is usually held to be certain. All these things combine
to bring about an ever-increasing indecisiveness, loss of energy,
and curtailment of freedom; and that although the obsessional
neurotic is originally always a person of a very energetic disposition,
often highly opinionated, and as a rule intellectually
gifted above the average. He has usually attained to an agreeably
high standard of ethical development, is over-conscientious, and
more than usually correct. You may imagine that it is a sufficiently
arduous task to find one’s bearings in this maze of contradictory
character-traits and morbid manifestations. At the
221moment our aim is merely to interpret some symptoms of this
disease.
Perhaps in view of our previous discussions you would like
to know what present-day psychiatry has to offer concerning
the obsessional neurosis; it is but a miserable contribution,
however. Psychiatry has given names to the various compulsions;
and has nothing more to say about them. It asserts
instead that persons exhibiting these symptoms are “degenerate.”
That is not much satisfaction to us; it is no more than an estimate
of their value, a condemnation instead of an explanation.
We are intended, I suppose, to conclude that deterioration from
type would naturally produce all kinds of oddities in people.
Now, we do believe that people who develop such symptoms
must be somewhat different in type from other human beings;
but we should like to know whether they are more “degenerate”
than other nervous patients, than hysterical or insane people.
The characterization is clearly again much too general. One
may even doubt whether it is justified at all when one learns
that such symptoms occur in men and women of exceptional
ability who have left their mark on their generation. Thanks
to their own discretion and the untruthfulness of biographers
we usually learn very little of an intimate nature about our
exemplary great men; but it does happen occasionally that one
of them is a fanatic about truth like Émile Zola,[46] and then we
hear of the many extraordinary obsessive habits from which
he suffered throughout life.
Psychiatry has got out of this difficulty by dubbing these
people “dégénerés superieurs.” Very well; but psycho-analysis
has shown that these extraordinary obsessional symptoms can
be removed permanently, like the symptoms of other diseases,
and as in other people who are not degenerate. I myself have
frequently succeeded in doing so.
I shall only give you two examples of analysis of obsessional
symptoms; one is an old one, but I have never found a better;
and one is a recent one. I shall limit myself to these two because
an account of this kind must be very explicit and go into great
detail.
A lady of nearly thirty years of age suffered from very severe
obsessional symptoms. I might perhaps have been able to
help her if my work had not been destroyed by the caprice of
fate—perhaps I shall tell you about it later. In the course of
a day she would perform the following peculiar obsessive act,
among others, several times over. She would run out of her
222room into the adjoining one, there take up a certain position at
the table in the centre of the room, ring for her maid, give her
a trivial order or send her away without, and then run back
again. There was certainly nothing very dreadful about this,
but it might well arouse curiosity. The explanation presented
itself in the simplest and most unexceptionable manner, without
any assistance on the part of the analyst. I cannot imagine
how I could even have suspected the meaning of this obsession
or could possibly have suggested an interpretation for it. Every
time I had asked the patient, “Why do you do this? What is
the meaning of it?” she had answered, “I don’t know.” But
one day, after I had succeeded in overcoming a great hesitation
on her part, involving a matter of principle, she suddenly did
know, for she related the history of the obsessive act. More
than ten years previously she had married a man very much
older than herself, who had proved impotent on the wedding-night.
Innumerable times on that night he had run out of his
room into hers in order to make the attempt, but had failed
every time. In the morning he had said angrily: “It’s enough
to disgrace one in the eyes of the maid who does the beds,” and
seizing a bottle of red ink which happened to be at hand he
poured it on the sheet, but not exactly in the place where such
a mark might have been. At first I did not understand what
this recollection could have to do with the obsessive act in question;
for I could see no similarity between the two situations,
except in the running from one room into the other, and perhaps
also in the appearance of the servant on the scene. The patient
then led me to the table in the adjoining room, where I found
a great mark on the table-cover. She explained further that
she stood by the table in such a way that when the maid came
in she could not miss seeing this mark. After this, there could
no longer be any doubt about the connection between the current
obsessive act and the scene of the wedding-night, though there
was still a great deal to learn about it.
It was clear, first of all, that the patient identified herself
with her husband; in imitating his running from one room into
another she acted his part. To keep up the similarity we must
assume that she has substituted the table and table-cover for
the bed and sheet. This might seem too arbitrary; but then
we have not studied dream-symbolism in vain. In dreams a
table is very often found to represent a bed. “Bed and board”
together mean marriage, so that the one easily stands for the
other.
All this would be proof enough that the obsessive act is full
223of meaning; it seems to be a representation, a repetition of
that all-important scene. But we are not bound to stop at
this semblance; if we investigate more closely the relation between
the two situations we shall probably find out something more,
the purpose of the obsessive act. The kernel of it evidently
lies in the calling of the maid, to whom she displays the mark, in
contrast to her husband’s words: “It’s enough to disgrace
one before the servant.” In this way he, whose part she is
playing, is not ashamed before the servant, the stain is where it
ought to be. We see therefore that she has not simply repeated
the scene, she has continued it and corrected it, transformed
it into what it ought to have been. This implies something else,
too, a correction of the circumstance which made that night
so distressing, and which made the red ink necessary: namely,
the husband’s impotence. The obsessive act thus says: “No,
it is not true, he was not disgraced before the servant, he was
not impotent.” As in a dream she represents this wish as fulfilled,
in a current obsessive act, which serves the purpose of
restoring her husband’s credit after that unfortunate incident.
Everything else which I could tell you about this lady fits
in with this, or, more correctly stated, everything else that we
know about her points to this interpretation of the obsessive act,
in itself so incomprehensible. She had been separated from her
husband for years and was trying to make up her mind to divorce
him legally. But there would have been no prospect of being
free from him in her mind; she forced herself to be true to him.
She withdrew from the world and from everyone so that she
might not be tempted, and in her phantasies she excused and
idealized him. The deepest secret of her illness was that it
enabled her to shield him from malicious gossip, to justify her
separation from him, and to make a comfortable existence apart
from her possible for him. The analysis of a harmless obsessive
act thus leads straight to the inmost core of the patient’s disease,
and at the same time betrays a great deal of the secret of the
obsessional neurosis in general. I am quite willing that you
should spend some time over this example, for it unites conditions
which cannot reasonably be expected in all cases. The
interpretation of the symptom was discovered by the patient
herself in a flash, without guidance or interference from the
analyst, and it had arisen in connection with an event which
did not belong, as it commonly does, to a forgotten period in
childhood, but which had occurred in the patient’s adult life
and was clear in her memory. All those objections which critics
habitually raise against our interpretations of symptoms are
224quite out of place here. To be sure, we cannot always be so
fortunate.
And one thing more! Has it not struck you that this innocent
obsessive act leads directly to this lady’s most private
affairs? A woman can hardly have anything more intimate to
relate than the story of her wedding-night; and is it by chance
and without special significance that we are led straight to the
innermost secrets of her sexual life? It might certainly be
due to the choice I made of this example. Let us not decide
this point too quickly; but let us turn to the second example,
which is of a totally different nature, and belongs to a very
common type, that of rituals preparatory to sleep.
A well-grown clever girl of 19, the only child of her parents,
superior to them in education and intellectual activity, was
a wild, high-spirited child, but of late years had become very
nervous without any apparent cause. She was very irritable,
particularly with her mother, was discontented and depressed,
inclined to indecision and doubt, finally confessing that she
could no longer walk alone through squares and wide streets.
We will not go very closely into her complicated condition, which
requires at least two diagnoses: agoraphobia and obsessional
neurosis; but will turn our attention to the ritual elaborated
by this young girl preparatory to going to bed, as a result of
which she caused her parents great distress. In a certain sense,
every normal person may be said to carry out a ritual before
going to sleep, or at least, he requires certain conditions without
which he is hindered in going to sleep; the transition from waking
life to sleep has been made into a regular formula which is repeated
every night in the same manner. But everything that a
healthy person requires as a condition of sleep can be rationally
explained, and if the external circumstances make any alteration
necessary he adapts himself easily to it without waste of time.
The morbid ritual on the other hand is inexorable, it will be
maintained at the greatest sacrifices; it is disguised, too, under
rational motives and appears superficially to differ from the
normal only in a certain exaggerated carefulness of execution.
On a closer examination, however, it is clear that the disguise
is insufficient, that the ritual includes observances which go far
beyond what reason can justify and even some which directly
contravene this. As the motive of her nightly precautions, our
patient declares that she must have silence at night and must
exclude all possibility of noise. She does two things for this
purpose; she stops the large clock in her room and removes all
other clocks out of the room, including even the tiny wrist-watch
225on her bed-table. Flower-pots and vases are placed carefully
together on the writing-table, so that they cannot fall down in
the night and break, and so disturb her sleep. She knows that
these precautions have only an illusory justification in the demand
for quiet; the ticking of the little watch could not be heard,
even if it lay on the table by the bed; and we all know that the
regular ticking of a pendulum-clock never disturbs sleep, but is
more likely to induce it. She also admits that her fear that
the flower-pots and vases, if left in their places at night, might
fall down of themselves and break is utterly improbable. For
some other practices in her ritual this insistence upon silence
as a motive is dropped; indeed, by ordaining that the door
between her bedroom and that of her parents shall remain half-open
(a condition which she ensures by placing various objects
in the doorway) she seems, on the contrary, to open the way
to sources of noise. The most important observances are concerned
with the bed itself, however. The bolster at the head of
the bed must not touch the back of the wooden bedstead. The
pillow must lie across the bolster exactly in a diagonal position
and in no other; she then places her head exactly in the middle
of this diamond, lengthways. The eiderdown must be shaken
before she puts it over her, so that all the feathers sink to the
foot-end; she never fails, however, to press this out and redistribute
them all over it again.
I will pass over other trivial details of her ritual; they
would teach us nothing new and lead us too far from our purpose.
Do not suppose, though, that all this is carried out with perfect
smoothness. Everything is accompanied by the anxiety that
it has not all been done properly; it must be tested and repeated;
her doubts fix first upon one, then another, of the precautions;
and the result is that one or two hours elapse before the girl
herself can sleep, or lets the intimidated parents sleep.
The analysis of these torments did not proceed so simply as
that of the former patient’s obsessive act. I had to offer hints
and suggestions of its interpretation which were invariably
received by her with a positive denial or with scornful doubt.
After this first reaction of rejection, however, there followed
a period in which she herself took up the possibilities suggested
to her, noted the associations they aroused, produced memories,
and established connections until she herself had accepted all
the interpretations in working them out for herself. In proportion
as she did this she began to relax the performance of
her obsessive precautions and before the end of the treatment
she had given up the whole ritual. I must also tell you that
226analytic work, as we conduct it nowadays, definitely excludes
any uninterrupted concentration on a single symptom until its
meaning becomes fully clear. It is necessary, on the contrary,
to abandon a given theme again and again, in the assurance
that one will come upon it anew in another context. The interpretation
of the symptom, which I am now going to tell you, is
therefore a synthesis of the results which, amid the interruptions
of work on other points, took weeks and months to procure.
The patient gradually learnt to understand that she banished
clocks and watches from her room at night because they were
symbols of the female genitals. Clocks, which we know may
have other symbolic meanings besides this, acquire this significance
of a genital organ by their relation to periodical processes
and regular intervals. A woman may be heard to boast that
menstruation occurs in her as regularly as clockwork. Now
this patient’s special fear was that the ticking of the clocks would
disturb her during sleep. The ticking of a clock is comparable
to the throbbing of the clitoris in sexual excitation. This sensation,
which was distressing to her, had actually on several occasions
wakened her from sleep; and now her fear of an erection
of the clitoris expressed itself by the imposition of a rule to
remove all going clocks and watches far away from her during
the night. Flower-pots and vases are, like all receptacles, also
symbols of the female genitals. Precautions to prevent them
from falling and breaking during the night are therefore not
lacking in meaning. We know the very widespread custom of
breaking a vessel or a plate on the occasion of a betrothal; everyone
present possesses himself of a fragment in symbolic acceptance
of the fact that he may no longer put forward any claims
to the bride, presumably a custom which arose with monogamy.
The patient also contributed a recollection and several associations
to this part of her ritual. Once as a child she had fallen
while carrying a glass or porcelain vessel, and had cut her finger
which had bled badly. As she grew up and learnt the facts
about sexual intercourse, she developed the apprehension that
on her wedding-night she would not bleed and so would prove
not to be a virgin. Her precautions against the vases breaking
signified a rejection of the whole complex concerned with
virginity and with the question of bleeding during the first act
of intercourse; a rejection of the anxiety both that she would
bleed and that she would not bleed. These precautions were
in fact only remotely connected with the prevention of noise.
One day she divined the central idea of her ritual when she
suddenly understood her rule not to let the bolster touch the
227back of the bed. The bolster had always seemed a woman to
her, she said, and the upright back of the bedstead a man. She
wished therefore, by a magic ceremony, as it were, to keep man
and woman apart; that is to say, to separate the parents and
prevent intercourse from occurring. Years before the institution
of her ritual, she had attempted to achieve this end by a more
direct method. She had simulated fear, or had exploited a
tendency to fear, so that the door between her bedroom and
that of her parents should not be closed. This regulation was
still actually included in her present ritual; in this way she
managed to make it possible to overhear her parents; a proceeding
which at one time had caused her months of sleeplessness.
Not content with disturbing her parents in this way, she at that
time even succeeded occasionally in sleeping between the father
and mother in their bed. “Bolster” and “bedstead” were
then really prevented from coming together. As she finally
grew too big to be comfortable in the same bed with the parents,
she achieved the same thing by consciously simulating fear and
getting her mother to change places with her and to give up to
her her place by the father. This incident was undoubtedly
the starting-point of phantasies, the effect of which was evident
in the ritual.
If the bolster was a woman, then the shaking of the eiderdown
till all the feathers were at the bottom, making a protuberance
there, also had a meaning. It meant impregnating a woman;
she did not neglect, though, to obliterate the pregnancy again,
for she had for years been terrified that intercourse between
her parents might result in another child and present her with
a rival. On the other hand, if the large bolster meant the mother
then the small pillow could only represent the daughter. Why
had this pillow to be placed diamond-wise upon the bolster and
her head be laid exactly in its middle lengthways? She was
easily reminded that a diamond is repeatedly used in drawings
on walls to signify the open female genitals. The part of the
man (the father) she thus played herself and replaced the male
organ by her own head. (Cf. Symbolism of beheading for
castration.)
Horrible thoughts, you will say, to run in the mind of a
virgin girl. I admit that; but do not forget that I have not
invented these ideas, only exposed them. A ritual of this kind
before sleep is also peculiar enough, and you cannot deny the
correspondence, revealed by the interpretation, between the
ceremonies and the phantasies. It is more important to me,
however, that you should notice that the ritual was the outcome,
228not of one single phantasy, but of several together which of course
must have had a nodal point somewhere. Note, too, that the
details of the ritual reflect the sexual wishes both positively and
negatively, and serve in part as expressions of them, in part as
defences against them.
It would be possible to obtain much more out of the analysis
of this ritual by bringing it into its place in connection with the
patient’s other symptoms. But that is not our purpose at the
moment. You must be content with a reference to an erotic
attachment to the father, originating very early in childhood,
which had enslaved this girl. It was perhaps for this reason
that she was so unfriendly towards her mother. Also we cannot
overlook the fact that the analysis of this symptom has again
led to the patient’s sexual life. The more insight we gain into
the meaning and purpose of neurotic symptoms, the less surprising
will this seem.
From two selected examples I have now shown you that
neurotic symptoms have meaning, like errors and like dreams,
and that they are closely connected with the events of the patient’s
life. Can I expect you to believe this exceptionally significant
statement on the strength of two examples? No. But can
you expect me to go on quoting examples to you until you declare
yourselves convinced? Again, no; for in view of the explicit
treatment given to each individual case I should have to devote
five hours a week for a whole term to the consideration of this
one point in the theory of the neuroses. I will content myself
therefore with the samples given, as evidence of my statement;
and will refer you for more to the literature on the subject, to
the classical interpretation of symptoms in Breuer’s first case
(hysteria), to the striking elucidations of very obscure symptoms
in dementia præcox, so-called, made by C. G. Jung at a time
when this investigator was a mere psycho-analyst and did not
yet aspire to be a prophet, and to all the subsequent contributions
with which our periodicals have been filled since then. Precisely
this type of investigation is plentiful. Analysis, interpretation,
and translation of neurotic symptoms has proved so
attractive to psycho-analysts that in comparison they have
temporarily neglected the other problems of the neuroses.
Anyone of you who makes the necessary effort to look up
this question will certainly be strongly impressed by the wealth
of evidential material. But he will also meet with a difficulty.
The meaning of a symptom lies, as we have seen, in its connection
with the life of the patient. The more individually the symptom
has been formed, the more clearly may we expect to establish
229this connection. Then the task resolves itself specifically into
a discovery, for every nonsensical idea and every useless action,
of the past situation in which the idea was justified and the
action served a useful purpose. The obsessive act of the patient
who ran to the table and rang for the maid is a perfect model
of this kind of symptom. But symptoms of quite a different
type are very frequently seen. They are what we call typical
symptoms of a disease, in each case they are practically identical,
the individual differences in them vanish or at least fade away,
so that it is difficult to connect them with the patient’s life or
to relate them to special situations in his past. Let us consider
the obsessional neurosis again. The second patient’s ceremonies
preparatory to sleep are in many ways quite typical, although
showing enough individual features as well to make an “historical”
interpretation, so to speak, possible. But all obsessional patients
are given to repetitions, to isolating certain of their actions and
to rhythmic performances. Most of them wash too much. Those
patients who suffer from agoraphobia (topophobia, fear of space),
no longer reckoned as an obsessional neurosis but now classified
as anxiety-hysteria, reproduce the same features of the pathological
picture often with fatiguing monotony. They fear enclosed
spaces, wide, open squares, long stretches of road, and
avenues; they feel protected if accompanied, or if a vehicle
drives behind them, and so on. Nevertheless, on this groundwork
of similarity the various patients construct individual
conditions of their own, moods, one might call them, which
directly contrast with other cases. One fears narrow streets
only, another wide streets only, one can walk only when few
people are about, others only when surrounded with people.
Similarly in hysteria, beside the wealth of individual features
there are always plenty of common typical symptoms which
appear to resist an easy interpretation on historical lines. Do
not let us forget that it is these typical symptoms which enable
us to take our bearings in forming a diagnosis. Supposing we
do trace back a typical symptom in a case of hysteria to an experience
or to a chain of similar experiences (for instance, an
hysterical vomiting to a series of impressions of a disgusting
nature), it will be confusing to discover in another case of
vomiting an entirely dissimilar series of apparently causative
experiences. It almost looks as though hysterical patients must
vomit, for some unknown reason, and as though the historical
factors revealed by analysis were but pretexts, seized upon by
an inner necessity, when opportunity offered, to serve its purpose.
This brings us to the discouraging conclusion that although
230individual forms of neurotic symptoms can certainly be satisfactorily
explained by their relation to the patient’s experiences,
yet our science fails us for the far more frequent typical symptoms
in the same cases. In addition to this, I have not nearly explained
to you all the difficulties that arise during a resolute pursuit of
the historical meaning of a symptom. Nor shall I do so; for
although my intention is to conceal nothing from you and to
gloss over nothing, I do not need to confuse you and stupefy
you at the outset of our studies together. It is true that our
understanding of symptom-interpretation has only just begun,
but we will hold fast to the knowledge gained and proceed to
overcome step by step the difficulties of the unknown. I will
try to cheer you with the thought that it is hardly possible to
presume a fundamental difference between the one kind of
symptom and the other. If the individual form of symptom
is so unmistakably connected with the patient’s experiences, it
is possible that the typical symptom relates to an experience
which is itself typical and common to all humanity. Other
regularly recurring features of a neurosis, such as the repetition
and doubt of the obsessional neurosis, may be universal reactions
which the patient is compelled to exaggerate by the nature of
the morbid change. In short, there is no reason to give up
hastily in despair; let us see what more we can find out.
There is a very similar difficulty met with in the theory of
dreams, one which I could not deal with in the course of our
previous discussions of dreams. The manifest content of dreams
is multifarious and highly differentiated individually, and we
have shown exhaustively what can be obtained by analysis
from this content. But there are also dreams which may in
the same way be called typical and occur in everybody,
dreams with an identical content, which present the same difficulties
to analysis. These are the dreams of falling, flying,
floating, swimming, of being hindered, of being naked, and certain
other anxiety-dreams; which yield first this, then that, interpretation,
according to the person concerned, without any explanation
of their monotonous and typical recurrence. But we
notice that in these dreams also the common groundwork is
embroidered with additions of an individually varying character.
Most probably they too will prove to fit in with other knowledge
about the dream-life, gained from a study of other kinds of
dreams—not by any forcible twist, but by a gradual widening
of our comprehension of these things.
231
I said last time that we would take, as a starting-point for further
work, the knowledge we have gained already, and not the doubts
which it has roused in us. We have not yet even begun to discuss
two of the most interesting conclusions arising from the analysis
of the two examples.
First: both the patients give the impression that they are
“fixed” to a particular point in their past, that they do not
know how to release themselves from it, and are consequently
alienated from both present and future. They are marooned
in their illness, as it were; just as in former times people used
to withdraw to the cloister to live out their unhappy fate there.
In the case of the first patient, it was the marriage to the husband,
which in reality had long ago come to an end, that had settled
this doom upon her. Her symptoms enabled her to continue
her relationship with him; we could perceive in them the voices
which pleaded for him, excused him, exalted him, lamented his
loss. Although she is young and could attract other men, she
has seized upon every possible real and imaginary (magical)
precaution that will preserve her fidelity to him. She will not
meet strangers, she neglects her appearance; moreover, she
cannot readily rise from any chair which she sits upon, and she
refuses to sign her name and can give no presents, because no
one must have anything which is hers.
With the second patient, the young girl, it is the erotic
attachment to the father established in the years before
puberty that plays this part in her life. She also has herself
perceived that she cannot marry as long as she is so ill. We
may suspect that she became so ill in order to be unable to
marry and so to remain with her father.
We cannot avoid asking the question how, by what means,
and impelled by what motives, anyone can take up such an extraordinary
and unprofitable attitude towards life. Provided,
that is, that this attitude is a universal character of neurosis and
232is not a special peculiarity of these two patients. As a matter
of fact, this is so; it is a universal trait common to every neurosis,
and one of great practical significance. Breuer’s first hysterical
patient was fixated, in the same way, to the time when her father
was seriously ill and she nursed him. In spite of her recovery,
she has remained to some extent cut off from life since that time;
for although she has remained healthy and active, she did not
take up the normal career of a woman. In every one of our
patients we learn through analysis that the symptoms and their
effects have set the sufferer back into some past period of his
life. In the majority of cases it is actually a very early phase
of the life-history which has been thus selected, a period in
childhood, even, absurd as it may sound, the period of existence
as a suckling infant.
The closest analogy to this behaviour in our nervous patients
is provided by the forms of illness recently made so common by
the war—the so-called traumatic neuroses. Of course similar
cases had occurred before the war, after railway accidents and
other terrifying experiences involving danger to life. The
traumatic neuroses are not fundamentally the same as those
which occur spontaneously, which we investigate analytically
and are accustomed to treat; neither have we been successful
so far in correlating them with our views on other subjects;
later on I hope to show you where this limitation lies. Yet there
is a complete agreement between them on one point which
may be emphasized. The traumatic neuroses demonstrate very
clearly that a fixation to the moment of the traumatic occurrence
lies at their root. These patients regularly reproduce the traumatic
situation in their dreams; in cases showing attacks of an
hysterical type in which analysis is possible, it appears that the
attack constitutes a complete reproduction of this situation.
It is as though these persons had not yet been able to deal adequately
with the situation, as if this task were still actually before
them unaccomplished. We take this attitude of theirs in all
seriousness; it points the way to what we may call an economic
conception of the mental processes. The term ‘traumatic’
has actually no other meaning but this economic one. An
experience which we call traumatic is one which within a very
short space of time subjects the mind to such a very high increase
of stimulation that assimilation or elaboration of it can no longer
be effected by normal means, so that lasting disturbances must
result in the distribution of the available energy in the mind.
This analogy tempts us also to classify as traumatic those
experiences to which our nervous patients seem to be fixated.
233In this way we should be provided with a simple condition for
a neurotic illness; it would be comparable to a traumatic illness
and would result from an incapacity to deal with an overpowering
affective experience. Indeed, the first formula in which Breuer
and I, in 1893–95, reduced our new observations to a theory
was expressed very similarly. A case like that of the first patient
described, the young woman separated from her husband,
fits very well into this description; she had not been able to
“get over” the impracticability of her marriage and was still
attached to her trauma. But the second case of the young girl
who was tied to her father shows us at once that the formula
is not comprehensive enough. On the one hand, an infantile
adoration of her father by a little girl is such a common experience
and so frequently grown out of that the term ‘traumatic’
would lose all its meaning if applied to it; on the other hand,
the history of the case shows that this first erotic fixation was
gone through by the patient quite harmlessly at the time, to
all appearances, and only several years later came to expression
in the obsessional neurosis. So we see that there are complications
ahead, a considerable variety and number of determining
factors in neurosis; but we divine that the traumatic view will
not necessarily be abandoned as false, and that it will fit in and
have to be co-ordinated properly elsewhere.
Here again we must leave the path we have been following.
At the moment it will take us no further, and we have much
more to learn before we can find a satisfactory continuation of
it. But before leaving the subject of fixation to traumata it
should be noted that it is a phenomenon manifested extensively
outside the neuroses; every neurosis contains such a fixation,
but not every fixation leads to a neurosis, or is necessarily combined
with a neurosis, or arises in the course of a neurosis. Grief is
a prototype and perfect example of an affective fixation upon
something that is past, and, like the neuroses, it also involves a
state of complete alienation from the present and the future.
But even the lay public distinguishes clearly between grief and
neurosis. On the other hand, there are neuroses which may be
described as morbid forms of grief.
It does also happen that persons may be brought to a complete
standstill in life by a traumatic experience which has
shaken the whole structure of their lives to the foundations,
so that they give up all interest in the present and the future,
and live permanently absorbed in their retrospections; but
these unhappy persons do not necessarily become neurotic.
Therefore this single feature must not be overestimated as a
234characteristic of neurosis, however invariable and significant it
may be otherwise.
Now let us turn to the second conclusion to be drawn from
our analyses; it is one upon which we shall not need to impose
any subsequent limitation. With the first patient we have
heard of the senseless obsessive act she performed and of the
intimate memories she recalled in connection with it; we also
considered the relation between the two, and deduced the purpose
of the obsessive act from its connection with the memory. But
there is one factor which we have entirely neglected, and yet it
is one which deserves our fullest attention. As long as the
patient continued this performance she did not know that it
was in any way connected with the previous experience; the
connection between the two things was hidden; she could
quite truly answer that she did not know what impulse led her
to do it. Then it happened suddenly that, under the influence
of the treatment, she found this connection and was able to tell
it. But even then she knew nothing of the purpose she had in
performing the action, the purpose that was to correct a painful
event of the past and to raise the husband she loved in her own
estimation. It took a long time and much effort for her to grasp,
and admit to me, that such a motive as this alone could have
been the driving force behind the obsessive act.
The connection with the scene on the morning after the
unhappy bridal-night, and the patient’s own tender feeling for
her husband, together, make up what we have called the “meaning”
of the obsessive act. But both sides of this meaning
were hidden from her, she understood neither the whence nor
the whither of her act, as long as she carried it on. Mental
processes had been at work in her, therefore, of which the obsessive
act was the effect; she was aware in a normal manner
of their effect; but nothing of the mental antecedents of this
effect had come to the knowledge of her consciousness. She was
behaving exactly like a subject under hypnotism whom Bernheim
had ordered to open an umbrella in the ward five minutes after
he awoke, but who had no idea why he was doing it. This is the
kind of occurrence we have in mind when we speak of the existence
of unconscious mental processes; we may challenge anyone in
the world to give a more correctly scientific explanation of this
matter, and will then gladly withdraw our inference that unconscious
mental processes exist. Until they do, however, we will
adhere to this inference and, when anyone objects that in a
scientific sense the Unconscious has no reality, that it is a mere
makeshift, une façon de parler, we must resign ourselves with a
235shrug to rejecting his statement as incomprehensible. Something
unreal, which can nevertheless produce something so real and
palpable as an obsessive action!
In the second patient fundamentally the same thing is found.
She has instituted a rule that the bolster must not touch the
back of the bedstead, and she had to carry out this rule, but she
does not know whence it comes, what it means, or to what it
owes its strength. Whether she regards it indifferently, or
struggles against it, or rages against it, or determines to overcome
it, matters not; it will be followed. It must be followed;
in vain she asks herself why. It is undeniable that these symptoms
of the obsessional neurosis, these ideas and these impulses which
arise no man knows where and which oppose such a powerful
resistance against all the influences to which an otherwise normal
mental life is susceptible, give the impression, even to the patients
themselves, of being all-powerful visitants from another world,
immortal beings mingling in the whirlpool of mortal things.
In these symptoms lies the clearest indication of a special sphere
of mental activity cut off from all the rest. They show the
way unmistakably to conviction on the question of the unconscious
in the mind; and for that very reason clinical
psychiatry, which only recognizes a psychology of consciousness,
can do nothing with these symptoms except to stigmatize
them as signs of a special kind of degeneration. Naturally,
the obsessive ideas and impulses are not themselves unconscious,
any more than is the performance of the obsessive acts. They
would not have become symptoms if they had not penetrated
into consciousness. But the mental antecedents of them
disclosed by analysis, the connections into which they fit after
interpretation, are unconscious, at least until the time when
we make the patient conscious of them by the work of the
analysis.
Consider now, in addition, that the facts established in these
two cases are confirmed in every symptom of every neurotic
disease; that always and everywhere the meaning of the symptoms
is unknown to the sufferer; that analysis invariably shows that
these symptoms are derived from unconscious mental processes
which can, however, under various favourable conditions, become
conscious. You will then understand that we cannot dispense
with the unconscious part of the mind in psycho-analysis, and
that we are accustomed to deal with it as with something actual
and tangible. Perhaps you will also be able to realize how
unfitted all those who only know the Unconscious as a phrase,
who have never analysed, never interpreted dreams, or translated
236neurotic symptoms into their meaning and intention, are to
form an opinion on this matter. I will repeat the substance of
it again in order to impress it upon you: The fact that it is possible
to find meaning in neurotic symptoms by means of analytic
interpretation is an irrefutable proof of the existence—or, if
you prefer it, of the necessity for assuming the existence—of
unconscious mental processes.
But that is not all. Thanks to a second discovery of Breuer’s,
for which he alone deserves credit and which seems to me even
more far-reaching in its significance than the first, more still
has been learnt about the relation between the Unconscious and
the symptoms of neurotics. Not merely is the meaning of the
symptom invariably unconscious; there exists also a connection
of a substitutive nature between the two; the existence of the
symptom is only possible by reason of this unconscious activity.
You will soon understand what I mean. With Breuer, I maintain
the following: Every time we meet with a symptom we
may conclude that definite unconscious activities which contain
the meaning of the symptom are present in the patient’s mind.
Conversely, this meaning must be unconscious before a symptom
can arise from it. Symptoms are not produced by conscious
processes; as soon as the unconscious processes involved are
made conscious the symptom must vanish. You will perceive
at once that here is an opening for therapy, a way by which
symptoms can be made to disappear. It was by this means
that Breuer actually achieved the recovery of his patient, that
is, freed her from her symptoms; he found a method of bringing
into her consciousness the unconscious processes which contained
the meaning of her symptoms and the symptoms vanished.
This discovery of Breuer’s was not the result of any speculation
but of a fortunate observation made possible by the co-operation
of the patient. Now you must not rack your brains
to try and understand this by seeking to compare it with something
similar that is already familiar to you; but you must
recognize in it a fundamentally new fact, by means of which
much else becomes explicable. Allow me therefore to express
it again to you in other words.
The symptom is formed as a substitute for something else
which remains submerged. Certain mental processes would,
under normal conditions, develop until the person became aware
of them consciously. This has not happened; and, instead,
the symptom has arisen out of these processes which have been
interrupted and interfered with in some way and have had
to remain unconscious. Thus something in the nature of an
237exchange has occurred; if we can succeed in reversing this
process by our therapy we shall have performed our task of dispersing
the symptom.
Breuer’s discovery still remains the foundation of psycho-analytic
therapy. The proposition that symptoms vanish when
their unconscious antecedents have been made conscious has
been borne out by all subsequent research; although the most
extraordinary and unexpected complications are met with in
attempting to carry this proposition out in practice. Our therapy
does its work by transforming something unconscious into something
conscious, and only succeeds in its work in so far as it is
able to effect this transformation.
Now for a rapid digression, lest you should run the risk of
imagining that this therapeutic effect is achieved too easily.
According to the conclusions we have reached so far, neurosis
would be the result of a kind of ignorance, a not-knowing of mental
processes which should be known. This would approach very
closely to the well-known Socratic doctrine according to which
even vice is the result of ignorance. Now it happens in analysis
that an experienced practitioner can usually surmise very easily
what those feelings are which have remained unconscious in
each individual patient. It should not therefore be a matter of
great difficulty to cure the patient by imparting this knowledge
to him and so relieving his ignorance. At least, one side of the
unconscious meaning of the symptom would be easily dealt
with in this way, although it is true that the other side of it, the
connection between the symptom and the previous experiences in
the patient’s life, can hardly be divined thus; for the analyst
does not know what the experiences have been, he has to wait
till the patient remembers them and tells him. But one might
find a substitute even for this in many cases. One might ask
for information about his past life from the friends and relations;
they are often in a position to know what events have been of a
traumatic nature, perhaps they can even relate some of which
the patient is ignorant because they took place at some very early
period of childhood. By a combination of these two means
it would seem that the pathogenic ignorance of the patients might
be overcome in a short time without much trouble.
If only it were so! But we have made discoveries that we
were quite unprepared for at first. There is knowing and
knowing; they are not always the same thing. There are various
kinds of knowing, which psychologically are not by any means
of equal value. Il y a fagots et fagots, as Molière says. Knowing
on the part of the physician is not the same thing as knowing
238on the part of the patient and does not have the same effect.
When the physician conveys his knowledge to the patient by
telling him what he knows, it has no effect. No, it would be
incorrect to say that. It does not have the effect of dispersing
the symptoms; but it has a different one, it sets the analysis
in motion, and the first result of this is often an energetic denial.
The patient has learned something that he did not know before—the
meaning of his symptom—and yet he knows it as little as
ever. Thus we discover that there is more than one kind of
ignorance. It requires a considerable degree of insight and
understanding of psychological matters in order to see in what
the difference consists. But the proposition that symptoms
vanish with the acquisition of knowledge of their meaning remains
true, nevertheless. The necessary condition is that the
knowledge must be founded upon an inner change in the patient
which can only come about by a mental operation directed to
that end. We are here confronted by problems which to us will
soon develop into the dynamics of symptom-formation.
Now I must really stop and ask you whether all that I have
been saying is not too obscure and complicated? Am I confusing
you by so often qualifying and restricting, spinning out trains
of thought and then letting them drop? I should be sorry if
it were so. But I have a strong dislike of simplification at the
expense of truth, I am not averse from giving you a full impression
of the many-sidedness and intricacy of the subject, and also
I believe that it does no harm to tell you more about each point
than you can assimilate at the moment. I know that every
listener and every reader arranges what is offered him as suits
him in his own mind, shortens it, simplifies it, and extracts
from it what he will retain. Within certain limits it is true that
the more we begin with the more we shall have at the end. So
let me hope that, in spite of the elaboration, you will have grasped
the essential substance of my remarks concerning the meaning
of symptoms, the Unconscious, and the connection between the
two. You have probably understood also that our further efforts
will proceed in two directions; first, towards discovering how
people become ill, how they come to take up the characteristic
neurotic attitude towards life, which is a clinical problem; and
secondly, how they develop the morbid symptoms out of the
conditions of a neurosis, which remains a problem of mental
dynamics. The two problems must somewhere have a point of
contact.
I shall not go further into this to-day; but as our time is not
yet up I propose to draw your attention to another characteristic
239of our two analyses; namely, the memory gaps or amnesias,
again a point which only later will appear in its full significance.
You have heard that the task of the psycho-analytic treatment
can be summed up in this formula: everything pathogenic in
the Unconscious must be transferred into consciousness. Now
you will be perhaps astonished to hear that another formula
may be substituted for that one: all gaps in the patient’s memory
must be filled in, his amnesias removed. It amounts to the
same thing; which means that an important connection is to
be recognized between the development of the symptoms and
the amnesias. If you consider the case of the first patient analysed
you will, however, not find this view of amnesia justified; the
patient had not forgotten the scene from which the obsessive
act is derived; on the contrary, it was vivid in her memory,
nor is there any other forgotten factor involved in the formation
of her symptom. The situation is quite analogous, although
less clear, in the second case, the girl with the obsessional ceremonies.
She, too, had not really forgotten her behaviour in
former years, the fact that she had insisted upon the open door
between her parents’ bedroom and her own, and that she had
turned her mother out of her place in the parents’ bed; she remembered
it quite clearly, although with hesitation and unwillingness.
What is remarkable about it is that the first patient,
although she had carried out her obsessive act such a countless
number of times, had not once been reminded of its similarity
to the scene after the wedding-night, nor did this recollection
ever occur to her when she was directly asked to search for the
origin of her obsessive act. The same thing is true in the case
of the girl, where not merely the ritual, but the situation which
gave rise to it, was repeated identically every evening. In
neither case was there really an amnesia, a lapse of memory;
but a connection, which should have existed intact and have
led to the reproduction, the recollection, of the memory, had
been broken. This kind of disturbance of memory suffices for
the obsessional neurosis; in hysteria it is different. This latter
neurosis is usually characterized by amnesias on a grand scale.
As a rule the analysis of each single hysterical symptom leads to
a whole chain of former impressions, which upon their return
may be literally described as having been hitherto forgotten.
This chain reaches, on the one hand, back to the earliest years
of childhood, so that the hysterical amnesia is seen to be a direct
continuation of the infantile amnesia which hides the earliest
impressions of our mental life from all of us. On the other hand,
we are astonished to find that the most recent experiences of
240the patient are liable to be forgotten also, and that in particular
the provocations which induced the outbreak of the disease or
aggravated it are at least partially obliterated, if not entirely
wiped out, by amnesia. From the complete picture of any such
recent recollection important details have invariably disappeared
or been replaced by falsifications. It happens again and again,
almost invariably, that not until shortly before the completion
of an analysis do certain recollections of recent experiences come
to the surface, which had managed to be withheld throughout
it and had left noticeable gaps in the context.
These derangements in the capacity to recall memories are,
as I have said, characteristic of hysteria, in which disease it also
happens even that states occur as symptoms (the hysterical
attacks) without necessarily leaving a trace of recollection behind
them. Since it is otherwise in the obsessional neurosis, you
may infer that these amnesias are part of the psychological
character of the hysterical change and are not a universal trait
of neurosis in general. The importance of this difference will
be diminished by the following consideration. Two things are
combined to constitute the meaning of a symptom; its whence
and its whither or why; that is, the impressions and experiences
from which it sprang, and the purpose which it serves. The
whence of a symptom is resolved into impressions which have
been received from without, which were necessarily at one
time conscious, and which may have become unconscious by
being forgotten since that time. The why of the symptom,
its tendency, is however always an endo-psychic process, which
may possibly have been conscious at first, but just as possibly
may never have been conscious and may have remained in the
Unconscious from its inception. Therefore it is not very important
whether the amnesia has also infringed upon the whence, the
impressions upon which the symptom is supported, as happens
in hysteria; the whither, the tendency of the symptom, which
may have been unconscious from the beginning, is what maintains
the symptom’s dependence upon the Unconscious, in the
obsessional neurosis no less strictly than in hysteria.
By thus emphasizing the unconscious in mental life we have
called forth all the malevolence in humanity in opposition to
psycho-analysis. Do not be astonished at this and do not suppose
that this opposition relates to the obvious difficulty of conceiving
the Unconscious or to the relative inaccessibility of the evidence
which supports its existence. I believe it has a deeper source.
Humanity has in the course of time had to endure from the hands
of science two great outrages upon its naïve self-love. The first
241was when it realized that our earth was not the centre of the
universe, but only a tiny speck in a world-system of a magnitude
hardly conceivable; this is associated in our minds with the
name of Copernicus, although Alexandrian doctrines taught
something very similar. The second was when biological research
robbed man of his peculiar privilege of having been specially
created, and relegated him to a descent from the animal world,
implying an ineradicable animal nature in him: this transvaluation
has been accomplished in our own time upon the instigation
of Charles Darwin, Wallace, and their predecessors, and not
without the most violent opposition from their contemporaries.
But man’s craving for grandiosity is now suffering the third and
most bitter blow from present-day psychological research which
is endeavouring to prove to the “ego” of each one of us that he
is not even master in his own house, but that he must remain
content with the veriest scraps of information about what is
going on unconsciously in his own mind. We psycho-analysts
were neither the first nor the only ones to propose to mankind
that they should look inward; but it appears to be our lot to
advocate it most insistently and to support it by empirical evidence
which touches every man closely. This is the kernel of
the universal revolt against our science, of the total disregard of
academic courtesy in dispute, and the liberation of opposition
from all the constraints of impartial logic. And besides this,
we have been compelled to disturb the peace of the world in yet
another way, as you will soon hear.
242
We now need more data before we can advance further in our
understanding of the neuroses; two observations lie to hand
for us. Both are very remarkable and at first were very surprising.
You are of course prepared for both of them by the
work we did last year.
First: when we undertake to cure a patient of his symptoms
he opposes against us a vigorous and tenacious resistance throughout
the entire course of the treatment. This is such an extraordinary
thing that we cannot expect much belief in it. It is best
to say nothing about it to the patient’s relations, for they invariably
regard it as a pretext set up by us to excuse the length or the
failure of the treatment. The patient, too, exhibits all the manifestations
of this resistance without recognizing it as such, and
it is a great step forward when we have brought him to realize
this fact and to reckon with it. To think that the patient, whose
symptoms cause him and those about him such suffering, who
is willing to make such sacrifices in time, money, effort, and
self-conquest in order to be freed from them,—that he should,
in the interests of his illness, resist the help offered him. How
improbable this statement must sound! And yet it is so, and
if the improbability is made a reproach against us we need only
reply that it is not without its analogies; for a man who has
rushed off to a dentist with a frightful toothache may very well
fend him off when he takes his forceps to the decayed tooth.
The resistance shown by patients is highly varied and exceedingly
subtle, often hard to recognize and protean in the manifold
forms it takes; the analyst needs to be continually suspicious
and on his guard against it. In psycho-analytic therapy we
employ the technique which is already familiar to you through
dream-interpretation: we require the patient to put himself
into a condition of calm self-observation, without trying to think
of anything, and then to communicate everything which he
becomes inwardly aware of, feelings, thoughts, remembrances,
in the order in which they arise in his mind. We expressly warn
243him against giving way to any kind of motive which would
cause him to select from or to exclude any of the ideas (associations),
whether because they are too “disagreeable,” or too
“indiscreet” to be mentioned, or too “unimportant” or “irrelevant”
or “nonsensical” to be worth saying. We impress
upon him that he has only to attend to what is on the surface
consciously in his mind, and to abandon all objections to whatever
he finds, no matter what form they take; and we inform him
that the success of the treatment, and, above all, its duration,
will depend upon his conscientious adherence to this fundamental
technical rule. We know from the technique of dream-interpretation
that it is precisely those associations against which
innumerable doubts and objections are raised that invariably
contain the material leading to the discovery of the unconscious.
The first thing that happens as a result of instituting this
technical rule is that it becomes the first point of attack for
the resistance. The patient attempts to escape from it by
every possible means. First he says nothing comes into his
head, then that so much comes into his head that he can’t grasp
any of it. Then we observe with displeasure and astonishment
that he is giving in to his critical objections, first to this, then
to that; he betrays it by the long pauses which occur in his
talk. At last he admits that he really cannot say something,
he is ashamed to, and he lets this feeling get the better of his
promise. Or else, he has thought of something but it concerns
someone else and not himself, and is therefore to be made an
exception to the rule. Or else, what he has just thought of is
really too unimportant, too stupid and too absurd, I could never
have meant that he should take account of such thoughts. So
it goes on, with untold variations, to which one continually
replies that telling everything really means telling everything.
One hardly ever meets with a patient who does not attempt
to make a reservation in some department of his thoughts, in
order to guard them against intrusion by the analysis. One
patient, who in the ordinary way was remarkably intelligent,
concealed a most intimate love-affair from me for weeks in this
way; when accused of this violation of the sacred rule he defended
himself with the argument that he considered this particular
story his private affair. Naturally analytic treatment cannot
countenance a right of sanctuary like this; one might as well
try to allow an exception to be made in certain parts of a town
like Vienna, and forbid that any arrests should be made in the
market-place or in the square by St. Stephen’s church, and
then attempt to take up a “wanted” man. Of course he would
244never be found anywhere but in those safe places. Once I
decided to permit a man to make an exception of such a point;
for a great deal depended on his recovering his capacity for
work and he was bound by his oath as a civil servant not to
communicate certain matters to any other person. He was
content with the result, it is true, but I was not: I made up my
mind never again to repeat the attempt under such conditions.
Obsessional patients are exceedingly clever at making the
technical rule almost useless by bringing their over-conscientiousness
and doubt to bear upon it. Patients with anxiety-hysteria
sometimes succeed in reducing it to absurdity by only producing
associations which are so far removed from what is wanted that
they yield nothing for analysis. However, I do not intend to
introduce you to these technical difficulties of the treatment.
It is enough to know that finally, with resolution and perseverance,
we do succeed in extracting from the patient a certain amount
of obedience for the rule of the technique; and then the resistance
takes another line altogether. It appears as intellectual opposition,
employs arguments as weapons, and turns to its own use all
the difficulties and improbabilities which normal but uninstructed
reasoning finds in analytical doctrines. We then have to hear
from the mouth of the individual patient all the criticisms and
objections which thunder about us in chorus in scientific literature.
What the critics outside shout at us is nothing new, therefore.
It is indeed a storm in a teacup. Still, the patient can be argued
with; he is very glad to get us to instruct him, teach him, defeat
him, point out the literature to him so that he can learn more;
he is perfectly ready to become a supporter of psycho-analysis
on the condition that analysis shall spare him personally. We
recognize resistance in this desire for knowledge, however;
it is a digression from the particular task in hand and we refuse
to allow it. In the obsessional neurosis the resistance makes
use of special tactics which we are prepared for. It permits
the analysis to proceed uninterruptedly along its course, so that
more and more light is thrown upon the problems of the case,
until we begin to wonder at last why these explanations have
no practical effect and entail no corresponding improvement
in the symptoms. Then we discover that the resistance has
fallen back upon the doubt characteristic of the obsessional
neurosis and is holding us successfully at bay from this vantage-point.
The patient has said to himself something of this kind:
“This is all very pretty and very interesting. I should like to
go on with it. I am sure it would do me a lot of good if it were
true. But I don’t believe it in the least, and as long as I don’t
245believe it, it doesn’t affect my illness.” So it goes on for a long
time, until at last this reservation itself is reached and then the
decisive battle begins.
The intellectual resistances are not the worst; one can always
get the better of them. But the patient knows how to set up
resistances within the boundaries of analysis proper, and the
defeat of these is one of the most difficult tasks of the technique.
Instead of remembering certain of the feelings and states of mind
of his previous life, he reproduces them, lives through again such
of them as, by means of what is called the ‘transference,’ may
be made effective in opposition against the physician and the
treatment. If the patient is a man, he usually takes this material
from his relationship with his father, in whose place he has now
put the physician; and in so doing he erects resistances out of his
struggles to attain to personal independence and independence
of judgement, out of his ambition, the earliest aim of which
was to equal or to excel the father, out of his disinclination to
take the burden of gratitude upon himself for the second time
in his life. There are periods in which one feels that the patient’s
desire to put the analyst in the wrong, to make him feel his
impotence, to triumph over him, has completely ousted the
worthier desire to bring the illness to an end. Women have a
genius for exploiting in the interests of resistance a tender erotically-tinged
transference to the analyst; when this attraction
reaches a certain intensity all interest in the actual situation of
treatment fades away, together with every obligation incurred
upon undertaking it. The inevitable jealousy and the embitterment
consequent upon the unavoidable rejection, however considerately
it is handled, is bound to injure the personal relationship
with the physician, and so to put out of action one of the most
powerful propelling forces in the analysis.
Resistances of this kind must not be narrowly condemned.
They contain so much of the most important material from the
patient’s past life and bring it back in so convincing a fashion
that they come to be of the greatest assistance to the analysis,
if a skilful technique is employed correctly to turn them to the
best use. What is noteworthy is that this material always serves
at first as a resistance and comes forward in a guise which is
inimical to the treatment. Again it may be said that they are
character-traits, individual attitudes of the Ego, which are thus
mobilized to oppose the attempted alterations. One learns
then how these character-traits have been developed in connection
with the conditions of the neurosis and in reaction against
its demands, and observes features in this character which would
246not otherwise have appeared, at least, not so clearly: that is,
which may be designated latent. Also you must not carry away
the impression that we look upon the appearance of these resistances
as an unforeseen danger threatening our analytic influence.
No, we know that these resistances are bound to appear; we are
dissatisfied only if we cannot rouse them definitely enough and
make the patient perceive them as such. Indeed, we understand
at last that the overcoming of these resistances is the essential
work of the analysis, that part of the work which alone assures
us that we have achieved something for the patient.
Besides this, you must take into account that all accidental
occurrences arising during the treatment are made use of by the
patient to interfere with it, anything which could distract him
or deter him from it, every hostile expression of opinion from
anyone in his circle whom he can regard as an authority, any
chance organic illness or one complicating the neurosis; indeed,
he even converts every improvement in his condition into a motive
for slackening his efforts. Then you will have obtained an
approximate, though still incomplete, picture of the forms and
the measures taken by the resistances which must be met and
overcome in the course of every analysis. I have given such a
detailed consideration to this point because I am about to inform
you that our dynamic conception of the neuroses is founded upon
this experience of ours of the resistances that neurotic patients
set up against the cure of their symptoms. Breuer and I both
originally practised psycho-therapy by the hypnotic method.
Breuer’s first patient was treated throughout in a state of hypnotic
suggestibility; at first I followed his example. I admit that at
that time my work went forward more easily and agreeably and
also took much less time: but the results were capricious and
not permanent; therefore I finally gave up hypnotism. And
then I understood that no comprehension of the dynamics of
these affections was possible as long as hypnosis was employed.
In this condition the very existence of resistances is concealed
from the physician’s observation. Hypnosis drives back the
resistances and frees a certain field for the work of the analysis,
but dams them up at the boundaries of this field so that they are
insurmountable; it is similar in effect to the doubt of the obsessional
neurosis. Therefore I may say that true psycho-analysis
only began when the help of hypnosis was discarded.
If it is a matter of such importance to establish these resistances
then surely it would be wise to allow caution and doubt
full play, in case we have been too ready with our assumption
that they exist. Perhaps cases of neurosis may be found in which
247the associations really fail for other reasons, perhaps the arguments
against our theories really deserve serious attention, and
we may be wrong in so conveniently disposing of the patient’s
intellectual objections by stigmatizing them as resistance. Well,
I can only assure you that our judgement in this matter has not
been formed hastily; we have had opportunity to observe these
critical patients both before the resistance comes to the surface
and after it disappears. In the course of the treatment the
resistance varies in intensity continually; it always increases
as a new topic is approached, it is at its height during the work
upon it, and dies down again when this theme has been dealt
with. Unless certain technical errors have been committed
we never have to meet the full measure of resistance, of which
any patient is capable, at once. Thus we could definitely ascertain
that the same man would take up and then abandon his
critical objections over and over again in the course of the analysis.
Whenever we are on the point of bringing to his consciousness
some piece of unconscious material which is particularly painful
to him, then he is critical in the extreme; even though he may
have previously understood and accepted a great deal, yet now
all these gains seem to be obliterated; in his struggles to oppose
at all costs he can behave just as though he were mentally deficient,
a form of ‘emotional stupidity.’ If he can be successfully
helped to overcome this new resistance he regains his insight and
comprehension. His critical faculty is not functioning independently,
and therefore is not to be respected as if it were; it is
merely a maid-of-all-work for his affective attitudes and is directed
by his resistance. When he dislikes anything he can defend
himself against it most ingeniously; but when anything suits
his book he can be credulous enough. We are perhaps all much
the same; a person being analysed shows this dependence of
the intellect upon the affective life so clearly because in the analysis
he is so hard-pressed.
In what way can we now account for this fact observed,
that the patient struggles so energetically against the relief of
his symptoms and the restoration of his mental processes to
normal functioning? We say that we have come upon the
traces of powerful forces at work here opposing any change in
the condition; they must be the same forces that originally
induced the condition. In the formation of symptoms some
process must have been gone through, which our experience in
dispersing them makes us able to reconstruct. As we already
know from Breuer’s observations, it follows from the existence
of a symptom that some mental process has not been carried
248through to an end in a normal manner so that it could become
conscious; the symptom is a substitute for that which has not
come through. Now we know where to place the forces which
we suspect to be at work. A vehement effort must have been
exercised to prevent the mental process in question from penetrating
into consciousness and as a result it has remained unconscious;
being unconscious it had the power to construct a symptom.
The same vehement effort is again at work during analytic treatment,
opposing the attempt to bring the unconscious into consciousness.
This we perceive in the form of resistances. The
pathogenic process which is demonstrated by the resistances we
call Repression.
It will now be necessary to make our conception of this process
of repression more precise. It is the essential preliminary
condition for the development of symptoms, but it is also something
else, a thing to which we have no parallel. Let us take as
a model an impulse, a mental process seeking to convert itself
into action: we know that it can suffer rejection, by virtue
of what we call “repudiation” or “condemnation”; whereupon
the energy at its disposal is withdrawn, it becomes powerless,
but it can continue to exist as a memory. The whole process
of decision on the point takes place with the full cognizance of
the Ego. It is very different when we imagine the same impulse
subject to repression: it would then retain its energy and no
memory of it would be left behind; the process of repression,
too, would be accomplished without the cognizance of the Ego.
This comparison therefore brings us no nearer to the nature of
repression.
I will expound to you those theoretical conceptions which
alone have proved useful in giving greater definiteness to the term
repression. For this purpose it is first necessary that we should
proceed from the purely descriptive meaning of the word “unconscious”
to its systematic meaning; that is, we resolve to
think of the consciousness or unconsciousness of a mental process
as merely one of its qualities and not necessarily definitive.
Suppose that a process of this kind has remained unconscious,
its being withheld from consciousness may be merely a sign
of the fate it has undergone, not necessarily the fate itself. Let
us suppose, in order to gain a more concrete notion of this fate,
that every mental process—there is one exception, which I will
go into later—first exists in an unconscious state or phase, and
only develops out of this into a conscious phase, much as a photograph
is first a negative and then becomes a picture through the
printing of the positive. But not every negative is made into
249a positive, and it is just as little necessary that every unconscious
mental process should convert itself into a conscious one. It
may be best expressed as follows: Each single process belongs
in the first place to the unconscious psychical system; from this
system it can under certain conditions proceed further into
the conscious system.
The crudest conception of these systems is the one we shall
find most convenient, a spatial one. The unconscious system
may therefore be compared to a large ante-room, in which the
various mental excitations are crowding upon one another, like
individual beings. Adjoining this is a second, smaller apartment,
a sort of reception-room, in which, too, consciousness resides.
But on the threshold between the two there stands a personage
with the office of door-keeper, who examines the various mental
excitations, censors them, and denies them admittance to the
reception-room when he disapproves of them. You will see
at once that it does not make much difference whether the door-keeper
turns any one impulse back at the threshold, or drives
it out again once it has entered the reception-room; that is
merely a matter of the degree of his vigilance and promptness
in recognition. Now this metaphor may be employed to widen
our terminology. The excitations in the unconscious, in the antechamber,
are not visible to consciousness, which is of course
in the other room, so to begin with they remain unconscious.
When they have pressed forward to the threshold and been
turned back by the door-keeper, they are ‘incapable of becoming
conscious’; we call them then repressed. But even those excitations
which are allowed over the threshold do not necessarily
become conscious; they can only become so if they succeed
in attracting the eye of consciousness. This second chamber
therefore may be suitably called the preconscious system. In
this way the process of becoming conscious retains its purely
descriptive sense. Being repressed, when applied to any single
impulse, means being unable to pass out of the unconscious system
because of the door-keeper’s refusal of admittance into the preconscious.
The door-keeper is what we have learnt to know as
resistance in our attempts in analytic treatment to loosen the
repressions.
Now I know very well that you will say that these conceptions
are as crude as they are fantastic and not at all permissible in
a scientific presentation. I know they are crude; further indeed,
we even know that they are incorrect, and unless I am mistaken,
we have something better ready as a substitute for them; whether
you will then continue to think them so fantastic, I do not know.
250At the moment they are useful aids to understanding, like Ampère’s
manikin swimming in the electric current, and, in so far as they
do assist comprehension, are not to be despised. Still, I should
like to assure you that these crude hypotheses, the two chambers,
the door-keeper on the threshold between the two, and consciousness
as a spectator at the end of the second room, must indicate
an extensive approximation to the actual reality. I should
also like to hear you admit that our designations, unconscious,
preconscious, and conscious, are less prejudicial and more easily
defensible than some others which have been suggested or have
come into use, e.g. sub-conscious, inter-conscious, co-conscious, etc.
If so, I should think it more significant if you then went
on to point out that any such constitution of the mental apparatus
as I have assumed in order to account for neurotic symptoms
can only be of universal validity and must throw light on normal
functioning. In this, of course, you are perfectly right. We
cannot follow up this conclusion at the moment; but our interest
in the psychology of symptom-development would certainly be
enormously increased if we could see any prospect of obtaining,
by the study of pathological conditions, an insight into normal
mental functioning, hitherto such a mystery.
Do you not recognize, moreover, what it is that supports these
conceptions of the two systems and the relationship between
them and consciousness? The door-keeper between the unconscious
and the preconscious is nothing else than the censorship
to which we found the form of the manifest dream subjected.
The residue of the day’s experiences, which we found to be the
stimuli exciting the dream, was preconscious material which
at night during sleep had been influenced by unconscious and
repressed wishes and excitations; and had thus by association
with them been able to form the latent dream, by means of their
energy. Under the dominion of the unconscious system this
material had been elaborated (worked over)—by condensation
and displacement—in a way which in normal mental life, i.e.
in the preconscious system, is unknown or admissible very rarely.
This difference in their manner of functioning is what distinguishes
the two systems for us; the relationship to consciousness, which
is a permanent feature of the preconscious, indicates to which
of the two systems any given process belongs. Neither is dreaming
a pathological phenomenon; every healthy person may
dream while asleep. Every inference concerning the constitution
of the mental apparatus which comprises an understanding of
both dreams and neurotic symptoms has an irrefutable claim
to be regarded as applying also to normal mental life.
251This is as much as we will say about repression for the present.
Moreover, it is but a necessary preliminary condition, a prerequisite,
of symptom-formation. We know that the symptom
is a substitute for some other process which was held back by
repression; but even given repression we have still a long way
to go before we can obtain comprehension of this substitute-formation.
There are other sides to the problem of repression
itself which present questions to be answered: What kind of
mental excitations suffer repression? What forces effect it?
and from what motives? On one point only, so far, have we
gained any knowledge relevant to these questions. While investigating
the problem of resistance we learned that the forces
behind it proceed from the Ego, from character-traits, recognizable
or latent: it is these forces therefore which have also effected
the repression, or at least they have taken a part in it. We know
nothing more than this at present.
The second observation for which I prepared you will help
us now. By means of analysis we can always discover the purpose
behind the neurotic symptom. This is of course nothing new
to you: I have already pointed it out in two cases of neurosis.
But, to be sure, what do two cases signify? You have a right
to demand two hundred cases, innumerable cases, in demonstration
of it. But then, I cannot comply with that. So you must
fall back on personal experience, or upon belief, which in this
matter can rely upon the unanimous testimony of all psycho-analysts.
You will remember that in the two cases in which we submitted
the symptoms to detailed investigation analysis led to the innermost
secrets of the patient’s sexual life. In the first case, moreover,
the purpose or tendency of the symptom under examination was
particularly evident; in the second case, it was perhaps to some
extent veiled by another factor to be mentioned later. Well
now, what we found in these two examples we should find in
every case we submitted to analysis. Every time we should
be led by analysis to the sexual experiences and desires of the
patient, and every time we should have to affirm that the symptom
served the same purpose. This purpose shows itself to be the
gratification of sexual wishes; the symptoms serve the purpose
of sexual gratification for the patient; they are a substitute for
satisfactions which he does not obtain in reality.
Think of the obsessive act of our first patient. This woman
has to do without the husband she loved so intensely; on account
of his deficiencies and short-comings she could not share his life.
She had to be faithful to him; she could not put anyone else in
252his place. Her obsessional symptom gives her what she so much
desires; it exalts her husband, denies and corrects his deficiencies,
above all, his impotence. This symptom is fundamentally a
wish-fulfilment, in that respect exactly like a dream; it is,
moreover, what a dream is not always, an erotic wish-fulfilment.
In the case of the second patient you could see that her ritual
aims at preventing intercourse between the parents or at hindering
the procreation of another child; you have probably also
divined that fundamentally it seeks to set her in her mother’s
place. It again therefore constitutes a removal of hindrances
to sexual satisfaction and the fulfilment of the subject’s own
sexual wishes. Of the complications referred to in the second
case I shall speak shortly.
I wish to avoid making reservations later on about the universal
applicability of these statements, and therefore I will
ask you to notice that all I have just been saying about repression,
symptom-formation and symptom-interpretation has been
obtained from the study of three types of neurosis, and for the
present is only applicable to these three types—namely, anxiety-hysteria,
conversion-hysteria, and the obsessional neurosis.
These three disorders, which we are accustomed to combine
together in a group as the TRANSFERENCE NEUROSES, constitute
the field open to psycho-analytic therapy. The other neuroses
have been far less closely studied psycho-analytically; in one
group of them the impossibility of therapeutic influence has no
doubt been one reason for this neglect. You must not forget
that psycho-analysis is still a very young science, that much time
and trouble are required for the study of it, and that not so very
long ago there was only one man practising it: yet we are
approaching from all directions to a nearer comprehension
of these other conditions which are not transference neuroses.
I hope I shall still be able to tell you of the developments that
our hypotheses and conclusions have undergone in the course of
adaptation to this new material, and to show you that these
further studies have not yielded contradictions but have led to
a higher degree of unification in our knowledge. Everything that
has been said, then, applies only to the three transference neuroses
and I will now add another piece of information which throws
further light upon the significance of the symptoms. A comparative
examination of the situations out of which the disease
arose yields the following result, which may be reduced to a
formula—namely, that these persons have fallen ill owing to
some kind of PRIVATION which they suffer when reality withholds
from them gratification of their sexual wishes. You will perceive
253how beautifully these two conclusions supplement one another.
The symptoms are now explicable as substitute-gratifications for
desires which are unsatisfied in life.
It is certainly possible to make all kinds of objections to the
proposition that neurotic symptoms are substitutes for sexual
gratifications. I will discuss two of them to-day. If any one
of you has himself undertaken the analysis of a large number
of neurotics, he will perhaps shake his head and say: “In certain
cases this is not at all applicable, in them the symptoms seem
rather to contain the opposite purpose, of excluding or of discontinuing
sexual gratification.” I shall not dispute your
interpretation. In psycho-analysis things are often a good deal
more complicated than we could wish: if they had been simpler
psycho-analysis would perhaps not have been required to bring
them to light. Certain features of the ritual of our second patient
are distinctly recognizable as being of this ascetic character,
inimical to sexual satisfaction; e.g., her removing the clocks for
the magic purpose of preventing erections at night, or her trying
to prevent the falling and breaking of vessels, which amounts
to a protection of her virginity. In other cases of ceremonials
on going to bed which I have analysed this negative character
was far more marked; the whole ritual could consist of defensive
regulations against sexual recollections and temptations. But
we have long ago learnt from psycho-analysis that opposites do
not constitute a contradiction. We might extend our proposition
and say that the purpose of the symptom is either a sexual
gratification or a defence against it; in hysteria the positive, wish-fulfilling
character predominates on the whole, and in the obsessional
neurosis the negative ascetic character. The symptoms can
serve the purpose both of sexual gratification and of its opposite
so well because this double-sidedness, or polarity, has a most
suitable foundation in one element of their mechanism which
we have not yet had an opportunity to mention. They are in
fact, as we shall see, the effects of compromises between two
opposed tendencies, acting on one another; they represent both
that which is repressed, and also that which has effected the
repression and has co-operated in bringing them about. The
representation of either one or another of these two factors may
predominate in the symptom, but it happens very rarely that one
of them is absent altogether. In hysteria a collaboration of the
two tendencies in one symptom is usually achieved. In the
obsessional neurosis the two parts are often distinct: the symptom
is then a double one and consists of two successive actions
which cancel each other.
254It will not be so easy to dispose of a second difficulty. When
you consider a whole series of symptom-interpretations your
first opinion would probably be that the conception of a sexual
substitute-gratification has to be stretched to its widest limits
in order to include them. You will not neglect to point out
that these symptoms offer nothing real in the way of gratification,
that often enough they are confined to re-animating a sensation,
or to enacting a phantasy arising from some sexual complex.
Further, that the ostensible sexual gratification is very often of
an infantile and unworthy character, perhaps approximating
to a masturbatory act, or is reminiscent of dirty habits which
long ago in childhood had been forbidden and abandoned. And
further still, you will express your astonishment that anyone
should reckon among sexual gratifications those which can only
be described as gratifications of cruel or horrible appetites, or
which may be termed unnatural. Indeed, we shall come to no
agreement on these latter points until we have submitted human
sexuality to a thorough investigation and have thus established
what we are justified in calling sexual.
255
One would certainly think that there could be no doubt about
what is to be understood by the term “sexual.” First and foremost,
of course, it means the “improper,” that which must
not be mentioned. I have been told a story about some pupils
of a famous psychiatrist, who once endeavoured to convince their
master that the symptoms of an hysteric are frequently representations
of sexual things. With this object, they took him to
the bedside of an hysterical woman whose attacks were unmistakable
imitations of childbirth. He objected, however: “Well,
there is nothing sexual about childbirth.” To be sure, childbirth
is not necessarily always improper.
I perceive that you don’t approve of my joking about such
serious matters. It is not altogether a joke, however. Seriously,
it is not so easy to define what the term sexual includes. Everything
connected with the difference between the two sexes is
perhaps the only way of hitting the mark; but you will find
that too general and indefinite. If you take the sexual act
itself as the central point, you will perhaps declare sexual to mean
everything which is concerned with obtaining pleasurable gratification
from the body (and particularly the sexual organs) of the
opposite sex; in the narrowest sense, everything which is directed
to the union of the genital organs and the performance of the
sexual act. In doing so, however, you come very near to reckoning
the sexual and the improper as identical, and childbirth
would really have nothing to do with sex. If then you make
the function of reproduction the kernel of sexuality you run
the risk of excluding from it a whole host of things like masturbation,
or even kissing, which are not directed towards reproduction,
but which are nevertheless undoubtedly sexual. However,
we have already found that attempts at definition always
lead to difficulties; let us give up trying to do any better in this
particular case. We may suspect that in the development
of the concept “sexual” something has happened which has
resulted in what H. Silberer has aptly called a ‘covering error.’
256On the whole, indeed, we know pretty well what is meant
by sexual.
In the popular view, which is sufficient for all practical purposes
in ordinary life, sexual is something which combines references
to the difference between the sexes, to pleasurable excitement
and gratification, to the reproductive function, and to the idea
of impropriety and the necessity for concealment. But this
is no longer sufficient for science. For painstaking researches
(only possible, of course, in a spirit of self-command maintained
by self-sacrifice) have revealed that classes of human beings
exist whose sexual life deviates from the usual one in the
most striking manner. One group among these “perverts”
has, as it were, expunged the difference between the sexes from
its scheme of life. In these people, only the same sex as their
own can rouse sexual desire; the other sex (especially the genital
organ of the other sex) has absolutely no sexual attraction for
them, can even in extreme cases be an object of abhorrence
to them. They have thus of course foregone all participation
in the process of reproduction. Such persons are called homosexuals
or inverts. Often, though not always, they are men and
women who otherwise have reached an irreproachably high standard
of mental growth and development, intellectually and
ethically, and are only afflicted with this one fateful peculiarity.
Through the mouths of their scientific spokesmen they lay claim
to be a special variety of the human race, a “third sex,” as they
call it, standing with equal rights alongside the other two. We
may perhaps have an opportunity of critically examining these
claims. They are not, of course, as they would gladly maintain,
the “elect” of mankind; they contain in their ranks at least as
many inferior and worthless individuals as are to be found amongst
those differently constituted sexually.
These perverts do at least seek to achieve very much the
same ends with the objects of their desires as normal people do
with theirs. But after them comes a long series of abnormal
types, in whom the sexual activities become increasingly further
removed from anything which appears attractive to a reasonable
being. In their manifold variety and their strangeness these
types may be compared to the grotesque monstrosities painted
by P. Breughel to represent the temptations of St. Anthony,
or to the long procession of effete gods and worshippers which
G. Flaubert shows us passing before his pious penitent, and to
nothing else. The chaotic assembly calls out for classification
if it is not to bewilder us completely. We divide them into those
in whom the sexual object has been altered, as with the homosexuals,
257and those in whom, first and foremost, the sexual aim has been
altered. In the first group belong those who have dispensed with
the mutual union of the genital organs and who have substituted
for the genitals, in one of the partners in the act, another organ
or part of the body (mouth or anus, in place of the vagina) making
light of both the anatomical difficulties and the suppression of
disgust involved. There follow others who, it is true, still retain
the genital organs as object; not, however, by virtue of their
sexual function, but on account of other functions in which they
take part anatomically or by reason of their proximity. These
people demonstrate that the excretory functions, which in the
course of the child’s upbringing are relegated to a limbo as indecent,
remain capable of attracting the entire sexual interest.
There are others who have given up altogether the genital organs
as object; and, instead, have exalted some other part of the
body to serve as the object of desire, a woman’s breast, foot, or
plait of hair. There are others yet to whom even a part of the
body is meaningless, while a particle of clothing, a shoe or a piece
of underclothing, will gratify all their desires; these are the
fetichists. Farther on in the scale come those who indeed demand
the object as a whole: but whose requirements in regard to it
take specific forms, of an extraordinary or horrible nature—even
to the point of seeking it as a defenceless corpse and, urged on
by their criminal obsessions, of making it one in order so to enjoy
it. But enough of these horrors!
Foremost in the second group are those perverts whose
sexual desires aim at the performance of an act which normally
is but an introductory or preparatory one. They are those who
seek gratification in looking and touching, or in watching the
other person’s most intimate doings; or those who expose parts
of their own bodies which should be concealed, in the vague expectation
of being rewarded by a similar action on the part of the other.
Then come the incomprehensible sadists, in whom all affectionate
feeling strains towards the one goal of causing their object pain
and torture, ranging in degree from mere indications of a tendency
to humiliate the other up to the infliction of severe bodily injuries.
Then, as though complementary to these, come the masochists
whose only longing is to suffer, in real or in symbolic form,
humiliations and tortures at the hands of the loved object. There
are others yet, in whom several abnormal characteristics of this
kind are combined and interwoven with one another. Finally,
we learn that the persons belonging to each of these groups may
be divided again: into those who seek their particular form of
sexual satisfaction in reality and those who are satisfied merely
258to imagine it in their own minds, needing no real object at all
but being able to substitute for it a creation of phantasy.
There is not the slightest possible doubt that these mad,
extraordinary and horrible things do actually constitute the sexual
activities of these people. Not merely do they themselves so
regard them, recognizing their substitutive character; but we
also have to acknowledge that they play the same part in their
lives as normal sexual satisfaction plays in ours, exacting the
same, often excessive, sacrifices. It is possible to trace out,
both broadly and in great detail, where these abnormalities merge
into the normal and where they diverge from it. Nor will it
escape you that that quality of impropriety which adheres inevitably
to a sexual activity is not absent from these forms
of it: in most of them it is intensified to the point of
odium.
Well, now, what attitude are we to take up to these unusual
forms of sexual satisfaction? Indignation and expressions of
our personal disgust, together with assurances that we do not
share these appetites, will obviously not carry us very far. That
is not the point at issue. After all, this is a field of phenomena
like any other; attempts to turn away and flee from it, on the
pretext that these are but rarities and curiosities, could easily
be rebutted. On the contrary, the phenomena are common
enough and widely distributed. But if it is objected that our
views on the sexual life of mankind require no revision on this
account, since these things are one and all aberrations and divagations
of the sexual instinct, a serious reply will be necessary.
If we do not understand these morbid forms of sexuality and
cannot relate them to what is normal in sexual life, then neither
can we understand normal sexuality. It remains, in short,
our undeniable duty to account satisfactorily in theory for the
existence of all the perversions described and to explain their
relation to normal sexuality, so-called.
In this task we can be helped by a point of view, and by
two new evidential observations. The first we owe to Ivan
Bloch; according to him, the view that all the perversions are
“signs of degeneration” is incorrect; because of the evidence
existing that such aberrations from the sexual aim, such erratic
relationships to the sexual object, have been manifested since
the beginning of time through every age of which we have knowledge,
in every race from the most primitive to the most highly
civilized, and at times have succeeded in attaining to toleration
and general prevalence. The two evidential observations have
been made in the course of psycho-analytic investigations of
259neurotic patients; they must undoubtedly influence our conception
of sexual perversions in a decisive manner.
We have said that neurotic symptoms are substitutes for
sexual satisfactions and I have already indicated that many
difficulties will be met with in proving this statement from the
analysis of symptoms. It is, indeed, only accurate if the “perverse”
sexual needs, so-called, are included under the sexual
satisfactions; for an interpretation of the symptoms on this
basis is forced upon us with astonishing frequency. The claim
made by homosexuals or inverts, that they constitute a select
class of mankind, falls at once to the ground when we discover
that in every single neurotic evidence of homosexual tendencies
is forthcoming and that a large proportion of the symptoms are
expressions of this latent inversion. Those who openly call
themselves homosexuals are merely those in whom the inversion
is conscious and manifest; their number is negligible compared
with those in whom it is latent. We are bound, in fact, to regard
the choice of an object of the same sex as a regular type of offshoot
of the capacity to love, and are learning every day more
and more to recognize it as especially important. The differences
between manifest homosexuality and the normal attitude are
certainly not thereby abrogated; they have their practical importance,
which remains, but theoretically their value is very
considerably diminished. In fact, we have even come to the
conclusion that one particular mental disorder, paranoia, no
longer to be reckoned among the transference neuroses, invariably
arises from an attempt to subdue unduly powerful homosexual
tendencies. Perhaps you will remember that one of our patients,[47]
in her obsessive act, played the part of a man—of her own husband,
that is, whom she had left; such symptoms, representing the
impersonation of a man, are very commonly produced by neurotic
women. If this is not actually attributable to homosexuality,
it is certainly very closely connected with its origins.
As you probably know, the neurosis of hysteria can create
its symptoms in all systems of the body (circulatory, respiratory,
etc.) and may thus disturb all the functions. Analysis shows
that all those impulses, described as perverse, which aim at
replacing the genital organ by another come to expression in these
symptoms. These organs thus behave as substitutes for the
genital organs: it is precisely from the study of hysterical symptoms
that we have arrived at the view that, besides their functional
rôle, a sexual—erotogenic—significance must be ascribed
to the bodily organs; and that the needs of the former will
260be interfered with if the demands of the latter upon them are
too great. Countless sensations and innervations, which we
meet as hysterical symptoms, in organs apparently not concerned
with sexuality, are thus discovered to be essentially fulfilments
of perverse sexual desires, by the other organs having usurped
the function of the genitalia. In this way also the very great
extent to which the organs of nutrition and of excretion, in
particular, may serve in yielding sexual excitement is brought
home to us. It is indeed the same thing as is manifested in the
perversions; except that in the latter it is unmistakable and
recognizable without any difficulty, whereas in hysteria we have
to make the détour of interpreting the symptom, and then do
not impute the perverse sexual impulse in question to the person’s
consciousness, but account it to the unconscious part of his
personality.
Of the many types of symptom characteristic of the obsessional
neurosis the most important are found to be brought
about by the undue strength of one group of sexual tendencies
with a perverted aim, i.e. the sadistic group. These symptoms,
in accordance with the structure of the obsessional neurosis,
serve mainly as a defence against these wishes or else they express
the conflict between satisfaction and rejection. Satisfaction
does not find short shrift, however; it knows how to get its own
way by a roundabout route in the patient’s behaviour, by preference
turning against him in self-inflicted torment. Other
forms of this neurosis are seen in excessive “worry” and brooding;
these are the expressions of an exaggerated sexualization of acts
which are normally only preparatory to sexual satisfaction:
the desire to see, to touch and to investigate. In this lies the
explanation of the very great importance dread of contact and
obsessive washing attains to in this disease. An unsuspectedly
large proportion of obsessive actions are found to be disguised
repetitions and modifications of masturbation, admittedly the
only uniform act which accompanies all the varied flights of sexual
phantasy.
It would not be difficult to show you the connections between
perversion and neurosis in a much more detailed manner, but
I believe that I have said enough for our purposes. We must
beware, however, of overestimating the frequency and intensity
of the perverse tendencies in mankind, after these revelations of
their importance in the interpretation of symptoms. You have
heard that privation in normal sexual satisfactions may lead to the
development of neurosis. In consequence of this privation in reality
the need is forced into the abnormal paths of sexual excitation.
261Later you will be able to understand how this happens. You will
at any rate understand that a “collateral” damming-up of this
kind must swell the force of the perverse impulses, so that they
become more powerful than they would have been had no hindrance
to normal sexual satisfaction been present in reality. Incidentally,
a similar factor may be recognized also in the manifest perversions.
In many cases they are provoked or activated by the unduly
great difficulties in the way of normal satisfaction of the sexual
instinct which are produced either by temporary conditions or
by permanent social institutions. In other cases, certainly,
perverse tendencies are quite independent of such conditions;
they are, as it were, the natural kind of sexual life for the individual
concerned.
Perhaps you are momentarily under the impression that all
this tends to confuse rather than to explain the relations between
normal and perverted sexuality. But keep in mind this consideration.
If it is correct that real obstacles to sexual satisfaction
or privation in regard to it bring to the surface perverse tendencies
in people who would otherwise have shown none, we must conclude
that something in these people is ready to embrace the
perversions; or, if you prefer it, the tendencies must have been
present in them in a latent form. Thus we come to the second
of the new evidential observations of which I spoke. Psycho-Analytic
investigation has found it necessary also to concern itself
with the sexual life of children, for the reason that in the analysis
of symptoms the forthcoming reminiscences and associations
invariably lead back to the earliest years of childhood. That
which we discovered in this way has since been corroborated
point by point by the direct observation of children. In this
way it has been found that all the perverse tendencies have their
roots in childhood, that children are disposed towards them all
and practise them all to a degree conforming with their immaturity;
in short, perverted sexuality is nothing else but infantile sexuality,
magnified and separated into its component parts.
Now you will see the perversions in an altogether different
light and no longer ignore their connection with the sexual life
of mankind; but what distressing emotions these astonishing
and grotesque revelations will provoke in you! At first you
will certainly be tempted to deny everything—the fact that
there is anything in children which can be termed sexual life,
the accuracy of our observations, and the justification of our
claim to see in the behaviour of children any connection with
that which in later years is condemned as perverted. Permit
me first to explain to you the motives of your antagonism and
262then to put before you a summary of our observations. That
children should have no sexual life—sexual excitement, needs,
and gratification of a sort—but that they suddenly acquire these
things in the years between twelve and fourteen would be, apart
from any observations at all, biologically just as improbable,
indeed, nonsensical, as to suppose that they are born without
genital organs which first begin to sprout at the age of puberty.
What does actually awake in them at this period is the reproductive
function, which then makes use for its own purposes of
material lying to hand in body and mind. You are making the
mistake of confounding sexuality and reproduction with each other
and thus you obstruct your own way to the comprehension of sexuality,
the perversions, and the neuroses. This mistake, moreover,
has a meaning in it. Strange to say, its origin lies in the fact
that you yourselves have all been children and as children were
subject to the influences of education. For it is indeed one
of the most important social tasks of education to restrain, confine,
and subject to an individual control (itself identical with
the demands of society) the sexual instinct when it breaks forth
in the form of the reproductive function. In its own interests,
accordingly, society would postpone the child’s full development
until it has attained a certain stage of intellectual maturity,
since educability practically ceases with the full onset of the
sexual instinct. Without this the instinct would break all
bounds and the laboriously erected structure of civilization would
be swept away. Nor is the task of restraining it ever an easy
one; success in this direction is often poor and, sometimes, only
too great. At bottom society’s motive is economic; since it
has not means enough to support life for its members without
work on their part, it must see to it that the number of these
members is restricted and their energies directed away from
sexual activities on to their work—the eternal primordial struggle
for existence, therefore, persisting to the present day.
Experience must have taught educators that the task of
moulding the sexual will of the next generation can only be
carried out by beginning to impose their influence very early,
and intervening in the sexual Life of children before puberty,
instead of waiting till the storm bursts. Consequently almost
all infantile sexual activities are forbidden or made disagreeable
to the child; the ideal has been to make the child’s life asexual,
and in course of time it has come to this that it is really believed
to be asexual, and is given out as such, even at the hands of
science. In order then to avoid any contradiction with established
beliefs and aims, the sexual activity of children is overlooked—no
263small achievement, by the way—while science contents itself
with otherwise explaining it away. The little child is supposed
to be pure and innocent; he who says otherwise shall be condemned
as a hardened blasphemer against humanity’s tenderest
and most sacred feelings.
The children alone take no part in this convention; they
assert their animal nature naïvely enough and demonstrate
persistently that they have yet to learn their “purity.” Strange
to say, those who deny sexuality in children are the last to relax
educative measures against it; they follow up with the greatest
severity every manifestation of the “childish tricks” the existence
of which they deny. Moreover, it is theoretically of great interest
that the time of life which most flagrantly contradicts the prejudice
about asexual childhood, the years of infancy up to five or six, is
precisely the period which is veiled by oblivion in most people’s
memories; an oblivion which can only be dispelled completely
by analytic investigation but which is nevertheless sufficiently
penetrable to allow of the formation of single dreams.
I will now tell you the most clearly recognizable of the child’s
sexual activities. It will be expedient if I first introduce you
to the term Libido. In every way analogous to hunger, Libido is
the force by means of which the instinct, in this case the sexual
instinct, as, with hunger, the nutritional instinct, achieves expression.
Other terms, such as sexual excitation and satisfaction,
require no definition. Interpretation finds most to do in regard
to the sexual activities of the infant, as you will easily perceive;
and no doubt you will find it a reason for objections. This interpretation
is formed on the basis of analytic investigation, working
backwards from a given symptom. The infant’s first sexual
excitations appear in connection with the other functions important
for life. Its chief interest, as you know, is concerned with
taking nourishment; as it sinks asleep at the breast, utterly satisfied,
it bears a look of perfect content which will come back again
later in life after the experience of the sexual orgasm. This
would not be enough to found a conclusion upon. However,
we perceive that infants wish to repeat, without really getting
any nourishment, the action necessary to taking nourishment;
they are therefore not impelled to this by hunger. We call this
action “lutschen” or “ludeln” (German words signifying the
enjoyment of sucking for its own sake—as with a rubber “comforter”);
and as when it does this the infant again falls asleep
with a blissful expression we see that the action of sucking is
sufficient in itself to give it satisfaction. Admittedly, it very
soon contrives not to go to sleep without having sucked in this
264way. An old physician for children in Budapest, Dr. Lindner, was
the first to maintain the sexual nature of this procedure. Nurses
and people who look after children appear to take the same view
of this kind of sucking (lutschen), though without taking up any
theoretic attitude about it. They have no doubt that its only
purpose is in the pleasure derived; they account it one of the
child’s “naughty tricks”; and take severe measures to force it
to give it up, if it will not do so of its own accord. And so we
learn that an infant performs actions with no other object but
that of obtaining pleasure. We believe that this pleasure is
first of all experienced while nourishment is being taken, but
that the infant learns rapidly to enjoy it apart from this condition.
The gratification obtained can only relate to the region
of the mouth and lips; we therefore call these areas of the body
erotogenic zones and describe the pleasure derived from sucking
(lutschen) as a sexual one. To be sure, we have yet to discuss
the justification for the use of this term.
If the infant could express itself it would undoubtedly acknowledge
that the act of sucking at its mother’s breast is far
and away the most important thing in life. It would not be wrong
in this, for by this act it gratifies at the same moment the two
greatest needs in life. Then we learn from psycho-analysis,
not without astonishment, how much of the mental significance
of this act is retained throughout life. Sucking at the mother’s
breast (saugen) becomes the point of departure from which the
whole sexual life develops, the unattainable prototype of every
later sexual satisfaction, to which in times of need phantasy
often enough reverts. The desire to suck includes within it
the desire for the mother’s breast, which is therefore the first
object of sexual desire; I cannot convey to you any adequate
idea of the importance of this first object in determining every
later object adopted, of the profound influence it exerts, through
transformation and substitution, upon the most distant fields of
mental life. First of all, however, as the infant takes to sucking
for its own sake (lutschen) this object is given up and is replaced by
a part of its own body; it sucks its thumb or its own tongue.
For purposes of obtaining pleasure it thus makes itself independent
of the concurrence of the outer world and, in addition, it extends
the region of excitation to a second area of the body, thus intensifying
it. The erotogenic zones are not all equally capable
of yielding enjoyment; it is therefore an important experience
when, as Dr. Lindner says, the infant in feeling about on its
own body discovers the particularly excitable region of its genitalia,
and so finds the way from sucking (lutschen) to onanism.
265This assessment of the nature of sucking (lutschen) has now
brought to our notice two of the decisive characteristics of infantile
sexuality. It appears in connection with the satisfaction of
the great organic needs, and it behaves auto-erotically, that
is to say, it seeks and finds its objects in its own person. What
is most clearly discernible in regard to the taking of nourishment
is to some extent repeated with the process of excretion. We
conclude that infants experience pleasure in the evacuation of
urine and the contents of the bowels, and that they very soon
endeavour to contrive these actions so that the accompanying
excitation of the membranes in these erotogenic zones may secure
them the maximum possible gratification. As Lou Andreas
has pointed out, with fine intuition, the outer world first steps
in as a hindrance at this point, a hostile force opposed to the
child’s desire for pleasure—the first hint he receives of external
and internal conflicts to be experienced later on. He is not
to pass his excretions whenever he likes but at times appointed
by other people. To induce him to give up these sources of
pleasure he is told that everything connected with these functions
is “improper,” and must be kept concealed. In this way he is first
required to exchange pleasure for value in the eyes of others.
His own attitude to the excretions is at the outset very different.
His own fæces produce no disgust in him; he values them as
part of his own body and is unwilling to part with them, he
uses them as the first “present” by which he can mark out
those people whom he values especially. Even after education
has succeeded in alienating him from these tendencies, he continues
to feel the same high regard for his “presents” and his
“money”; while his achievements in the way of urination
appear to be the subject of particular pride.
I know that for some time you have been longing to interrupt
me with cries of: “Enough of these monstrosities! The
motions of the bowels a source of pleasurable sexual satisfaction
exploited even by infants! Fæces a substance of great value
and the anus a kind of genital organ! We do not believe it;
but we understand why children’s physicians and educationists
have emphatically rejected psycho-analysis and its conclusions!”
Not at all; you have merely forgotten for the moment that I
have been endeavouring to show you the connection between
the actual facts of infantile sexual life and the actual facts of
the sexual perversions. Why should you not know that in many
adults, both homosexual and heterosexual, the anus actually
takes over the part played by the vagina in sexual intercourse?
And that there are many persons who retain the pleasurable
266sensations accompanying evacuations of the bowels throughout
life and describe them as far from insignificant? You may hear
from children themselves, when they are a little older and able
to talk about these things, what an interest they take in the act
of defæcation and what pleasure they find in watching others
in the act. Of course if you have previously systematically
intimidated these children they will understand very well that
they are not to speak of such things. And for all else that you
refuse to believe I refer you to the evidence brought out in analysis
and to the direct observation of children and I tell you that it
will require the exercise of considerable ingenuity to avoid seeing
all this or to see it in a different light. Nor am I at all
averse from your thinking the relationship between childish
sexual activities and the sexual perversions positively striking.
It is a matter of course that there should be this relationship;
for if a child has a sexual life at all it must be of a perverted order,
since apart from a few obscure indications he is lacking in all
that transforms sexuality into the reproductive function. Moreover,
it is a characteristic common to all the perversions that
in them reproduction as an aim is put aside. This is actually
the criterion by which we judge whether a sexual activity is
perverse—if it departs from reproduction in its aims and pursues
the attainment of gratification independently. You will understand
therefore that the gulf and turning-point in the development
of the sexual life lies at the point of its subordination to
the purposes of reproduction. Everything that occurs before
this conversion takes place, and everything which refuses to
conform to it and serves the pursuit of gratification alone, is
called by the unhonoured title of “perversion” and as such is
despised.
So let me continue my brief account of infantile sexuality.
I could supplement what I have told you concerning two of the
bodily systems by extending the same scrutiny to the others.
The sexual life of the child consists entirely in the activities of
a series of component-instincts which seek for gratification independently
of one another, some in his own body and others
already in an external object. Among the organs of these bodily
systems the genitalia rapidly take the first place; there are
people in whom pleasurable gratification in their own genital
organ, without the aid of any other genital organ or object, is
continued without interruption from the onanism habitual in
the suckling period of infancy to the onanism of necessity occurring
in the years of puberty, and then maintained indefinitely beyond
that. Incidentally, the subject of onanism is not so easily
267exhausted; it contains material for consideration from various
angles.
In spite of my wish to limit the extent of this discussion
I must still say something about sexual curiosity in children.
It is too characteristic of childish sexuality and too important
for the symptom-formation of the neuroses to be omitted. Infantile
sexual curiosity begins very early, sometimes before
the third year. It is not connected with the difference between
the sexes, which is nothing to children, since they—boys, at
least—ascribe the same male genital organ to both sexes. If
then a boy discovers the vagina in a little sister or play-mate
he at once tries to deny the evidence of his senses; for he cannot
conceive of a human being like himself without his most important
attribute. Later, he is horrified at the possibilities it reveals
to him; the influence of previous threats occasioned by too
great a preoccupation with his own little member now begins
to be felt. He comes under the dominion of the castration complex,
which will play such a large part in the formation of his
character if he remains healthy, and of his neurosis if he falls
ill, and of his resistances if he comes under analytic treatment.
Of little girls we know that they feel themselves heavily handicapped
by the absence of a large visible penis and envy the
boy’s possession of it; from this source primarily springs the
wish to be a man which is resumed again later in the neurosis,
owing to some mal-adjustment to a female development. The
clitoris in the girl, moreover, is in every way equivalent during
childhood to the penis; it is a region of especial excitability in
which auto-erotic satisfaction is achieved. In the transition
to womanhood very much depends upon the early and complete
relegation of this sensitivity from the clitoris over to the vaginal
orifice. In those women who are sexually anæsthetic, as it is
called, the clitoris has stubbornly retained this sensitivity.
The sexual interest of children is primarily directed to the
problem of birth—the same problem that lies behind the riddle
of the Theban Sphinx. This curiosity is for the most part aroused
by egoistic dread of the arrival of another child. The answer
which the nursery has ready for the child, that the stork brings
the babies, meets with incredulity even in little children much
more often than we imagine. The feeling of having been deceived
by grown-up people, and put off with lies, contributes greatly
to a sense of isolation and to the development of independence.
But the child is not able to solve this problem on his own account.
His undeveloped sexual constitution sets definite limits to his
capacity to understand it. He first supposes that children are
268made by mixing some special thing with the food taken; nor
does he know that only women can have children. Later, he
learns of this limitation and gives up the idea of children being
made by food, though it is retained in fairy tales. A little
later he soon sees that the father must have something to do with
making babies, but he cannot discover what it is. If by chance
he is witness of the sexual act he conceives it as an attempt to
overpower the woman, as a combat, the sadistic misconception
of coitus; at first, however, he does not connect this act with the
creation of children; if he discovers blood on the mother’s bed
or underlinen he takes it as evidence of injury inflicted by the
father. In still later years of childhood he probably guesses that
the male organ of the man plays an essential part in the procreation
of children, but cannot ascribe to this part of the body
any function but that of urination.
Children are all united from the outset in the belief that
the birth of a child takes place by the bowel; that is to say, that
the baby is produced like a piece of fæces. Not until all interest
has been weaned from the anal region is this theory abandoned
and replaced by the supposition that the navel opens, or that
the area between the two nipples is the birthplace of the child.
In some such manner as this the enquiring child approaches some
knowledge of the facts of sex, unless, misled by his ignorance,
he overlooks them until he receives an imperfect and discrediting
account of them, usually in the period before puberty, which
not infrequently affects him traumatically.
Now you will probably have heard that the term “sexual”
has suffered an unwarrantable expansion of meaning at the hands
of psycho-analysis, in order that its assertions regarding the
sexual origin of the neuroses and the sexual significance of the
symptoms may be maintained. You can now judge for yourselves
whether this amplification is justified or not. We have
extended the meaning of the concept “sexuality” only so far
as to include the sexual life of perverted persons and also of
children; that is to say, we have restored to it its true breadth
of meaning. What is called sexuality outside psycho-analysis
applies only to the restricted sexual life that is subordinated to
the reproductive function and is called normal.
269
It is my impression that I have not succeeded in bringing home
to you with complete conviction the importance of the perversions
for our conception of sexuality. I wish therefore, as far as I
am able, to review and improve upon what I have already said
on this subject.
Now I do not wish you to think that it was the perversions
alone that required us to make the alteration in the meaning
of the term sexuality which has aroused such vehement opposition.
The study of infantile sexuality has contributed even more to
it, and the unanimity between the two was decisive. But,
however unmistakable they may be in the later years of childhood,
the manifestations of infantile sexuality in its earliest forms do
seem to fade away indefinably. Those who do not wish to
pay attention to evolution and to the connections brought out
by analysis will dispute the sexual nature of them, and will
ascribe in consequence some other, undifferentiated character
to them. You must not forget that as yet we have no generally
acknowledged criterion for the sexual nature of a phenomenon,
unless it is some connection with the reproductive function—a
definition which we have had to reject as too narrow. The
biological criteria, such as the periodicities of twenty-three and
twenty-eight days, suggested by W. Fliess, are exceedingly
debatable; the peculiar chemical features which we may perhaps
assume for sexual processes are yet to be discovered. The
sexual perversions in adults, on the other hand, are something
definite and unambiguous. As their generally accepted description
implies, they are unquestionably of a sexual nature; whether
you call them marks of degeneration or anything else, no one
has yet been so bold as to rank them anywhere but among the
phenomena of sexual life. In view of them alone we are justified
in maintaining that sexuality and the reproductive function
are not identical, for they one and all abjure the aim of reproduction.
270I notice a not uninteresting parallel here. Whereas, for
most people, the word ‘mental’ means ‘conscious,’ we found
ourselves obliged to widen the application of the term ‘mental’
to include a part of the mind that is not conscious. In a precisely
similar way, most people declare ‘sexual’ identical with ‘pertaining
to reproduction’—or, if you like it expressed more concisely,
with ‘genital’; whereas we cannot avoid admitting
things as ‘sexual’ that are not ‘genital’ and have nothing to
do with reproduction. It is only a formal analogy, but it is not
without deeper significance.
However, if the existence of sexual perversions is such a
forcible argument on this point, why has it not long ago done
its work and settled the question? I really am unable to say.
It seems to me that the sexual perversions have come under
a very special ban, which insinuates itself into the theory, and
interferes even with scientific judgement on the subject. It
seems as if no one could forget, not merely that they are detestable,
but that they are also something monstrous and terrifying;
as if they exerted a seductive influence; as if at bottom a secret
envy of those who enjoy them had to be strangled—the same
sort of feeling that is confessed by the count who sits in judgement
in the famous parody of Tannhäuser:
So in the Mount of Venus conscience, duty, are forgot!
—Remarkable that such a thing has never been my lot!
In reality, perverts are more likely to be poor devils who have
to pay most bitterly for the satisfactions they manage to procure
with such difficulty.
That which makes perverse activities so unmistakably sexual,
in spite of all that seems unnatural in their objects or their aims,
is the fact that in perverse satisfaction the act still terminates
usually in a complete orgasm with evacuation of the genital
product. This is of course only the consequence of adult development
in the persons concerned; in children, orgasm and genital
excretion are not very well possible; as substitutes they have
approximations to them which are again not recognized definitely
as sexual.
I must still add something more in order to complete our
assessment of the sexual perversions. Abominated as they are,
sharply distinguished from normal sexual activity as they may
be, simple observation will show that very rarely is one feature
or another of them absent from the sexual life of a normal person.
The kiss to begin with has some claim to be called a perverse act,
for it consists of the union of the two erotogenic mouth zones
271instead of the two genital organs. But no one condemns it as
perverse; on the contrary, in the theatre it is permitted as a
refined indication of the sexual act. Nevertheless, kissing is a
thing that can easily become an absolute perversion—namely,
when it occurs in such intensity that orgasm and emission directly
accompany it, which happens not at all uncommonly. Further,
it will be found that gazing at and handling the object are in
one person an indispensable condition of sexual enjoyment, while
another at the height of sexual excitement pinches or bites;
that in another lover not always the genital region, but some
other bodily region in the object, provokes the greatest excitement,
and so on in endless variety. It would be absurd to
exclude people with single idiosyncrasies of this kind from the
ranks of the normal and place them among perverts; rather,
it becomes more and more clear that what is essential to the
perversions lies, not in the overstepping of the sexual aim, not
in the replacement of the genitalia, not always even in the variations
in the object, but solely in the exclusiveness with which
these deviations are maintained, so that the sexual act which
serves the reproductive process is rejected altogether. In so
far as perverse performances are included in order to intensify
or to lead up to the performance of the normal sexual act, they
are no longer actually perverse. Facts of the kind just described
naturally tend to diminish the gulf between normal and perverse
sexuality very considerably. The obvious inference is that
normal sexuality has arisen, out of something existing prior to
it, by a process of discarding some components of this material
as useless, and by combining the others so as to subordinate
them to a new aim, that of reproduction.
The point of view thus gained in regard to the perversions
can now be employed by us in penetrating more deeply, with a
clearer perspective, into the problem of infantile sexuality;
but before doing this I must draw your attention to an important
difference between the two. Perverse sexuality is as a rule
exceedingly concentrated, its whole activity is directed to one—and
mostly to only one—aim; one particular component-impulse
is supreme; it is either the only one discernible or it
has subjected the others to its own purposes. In this respect
there is no difference between perverse and normal sexuality,
except that the dominating component-impulse, and therefore
the sexual aim, is a different one. Both of them constitute a
well-organized tyranny; only that in one case one ruling family
has usurped all the power, and in the other, another. This
concentration and organization, on the other hand, is in the
272main absent from infantile sexuality; its component-impulses
are equally valid, each of them strives independently after its
own pleasure. Both the lack of this concentration (in childhood)
and the presence of it (in the adult) correspond well with the
fact that both normal and perverse sexuality are derived from
the same source, namely, infantile sexuality. There are indeed
also cases of perversion which correspond even more closely to
infantile sexuality in that numerous component-instincts, independently
of one another, with their aims, are developed or,
better, perpetuated in them. With these cases it is more correct
to speak of infantilism than of perversion of the sexual life.
Thus prepared we may now go on to consider a suggestion
which we shall certainly not be spared. It will be said: “Why
are you so set upon declaring as already belonging to sexuality
those indefinite manifestations of childhood out of which what
is sexual later develops, and which you yourself admit to be
indefinite? Why are you not content rather to describe them
physiologically and simply to say that activities, such as sucking
for its own sake and the retaining of excreta, may be observed
already in young infants, showing that they seek pleasure in
their organs? In that way you would have avoided the conception
of a sexual life even in babies which is so repugnant to all
our feelings.” Well, I can only answer that I have nothing
against pleasure derived from the organs of the body; I know
indeed that the supreme pleasure of the sexual union is also
only a bodily pleasure, derived from the activity of the genital
organ. But can you tell me when this originally indifferent
bodily pleasure acquires the sexual character that it undoubtedly
possesses in later phases of development? Do we know any
more about this ‘organ-pleasure’ than we know about sexuality?
You will answer that the sexual character is added to it when
the genitalia begin to play their part; sexuality simply means
genital. You will even evade the obstacle of the perversions
by pointing out that after all with most of them a genital orgasm
occurs, although brought about by other means than the union
of the genitalia. If you were to eliminate the relation to reproduction
from the essential characteristics of sexuality since this
view is untenable in consequence of the existence of the perversions,
and were to emphasize instead activity of the genital
organs, you would actually take up a much better position.
But then we should no longer differ very widely; it would be a
case of the genital organs versus the other organs. What do
you now make of the abundant evidence that the genital organs
may be replaced by other organs for the purpose of gratification,
273as in the normal kiss, or the perverse practices of loose living,
or in the symptomatology of hysteria? In this neurosis it is
quite usual for stimulation phenomena, sensations, innervations,
and even the processes of erection, which properly belong to the
genitalia to be displaced on to other distant areas of the body
(e.g. the displacement from below upwards to the head and face).
Thus you will find that nothing is left of all that you cling to as
essentially characteristic of sexuality; and you will have to
make up your minds to follow my example and extend the designation
‘sexual’ to include those activities of early infancy which
aim at ‘organ-pleasure.’
And now will you permit me to bring forward two further
considerations in support of my view. As you know, we call
the doubtful and indefinable activities of earliest infancy towards
pleasure ‘sexual,’ because in the course of analysing symptoms
we reach them by way of material that is undeniably sexual.
They would not thereby necessarily be sexual themselves, let
us grant; but let us take an analogous case. Suppose that
there were no way to observe the development from seed of two
dicotyledonous plants—the apple-tree and the bean; but imagine
that in both it was possible to follow back its development from
the fully-developed plant to the first seedling with two cotyledons.
The two cotyledons are indistinguishable in each; they look
exactly alike in both plants. Shall I conclude from this that
they actually are exactly alike and that the specific differences
between apple-tree and bean-plant arise later in the plant’s
development? Or is it not more correct biologically to believe
that this difference exists already in the seedlings, although
I cannot see any in the cotyledons? This is what we do when
we call infantile pleasurable activities sexual. Whether each
and every organ-pleasure may be called sexual or whether there
exists, besides the sexual, another kind of pleasure that does not
deserve this name is a matter I cannot discuss here. I know
too little about organ-pleasure and its conditions; and I am
not at all surprised that in consequence of the retrogressive
character of analysis I arrive finally at factors which at the
present time do not permit of definite classification.
One thing more. You have on the whole gained very little
for what you are so eager to maintain, the sexual ‘purity’ of
children, even if you can convince me that the infant’s activities
had better not be regarded as sexual. For from the third year
onwards there is no longer any doubt about sexual life in the
child; at this period the genital organs begin already to show
signs of excitation; there is a perhaps regular period of infantile
274masturbation, that is, of gratification in the genital organs. The
mental and social sides of sexual life need no longer be overlooked:
choice of object, distinguishing of particular persons
with affection, even decision in favour of one sex or the other,
and jealousy, were conclusively established independently by
impartial observation before the time of psycho-analysis; they
may be confirmed by any observer who will use his eyes. You
will object that you never doubted the early awakening of affection
but only that this affection was of a ‘sexual’ quality. Children
between the ages of three and eight have certainly learnt to conceal
this element in it; but nevertheless if you look attentively
you will collect enough evidence of the ‘sensual’ nature of this
affection, and whatever still escapes your notice will be amply
and readily supplied by analytic investigation. The sexual
aims in this period of life are in closest connection with the
sexual curiosity arising at the same time, of which I have given
you some description. The perverse character of some of these
aims is a natural result of the immature constitution of the child
who has not yet discovered the aim of the act of intercourse.
From about the sixth or eighth year onwards a standstill or
retrogression is observed in the sexual development, which
in those cases reaching a high cultural standard deserves to be
called a latency period. This latency period, however, may be
absent; nor does it necessarily entail an interruption of sexual
activities and sexual interests over the whole field. Most of the
mental experiences and excitations occurring before the latency
period then succumb to the infantile amnesia, already discussed,
which veils our earliest childhood from us and estranges us from
it. It is the task of every psycho-analysis to bring this forgotten
period of life back into recollection; one cannot resist the supposition
that the beginnings of sexual life belonging to this period
are the motive for this forgetting, that is, that this oblivion is
an effect of repression.
From the third year onwards the sexual life of children shows
much in common with that of adults; it is differentiated from
the latter, as we already know, by the absence of a stable organization
under the primacy of the genital organs, by inevitable traits
of a perverse order, and of course also by far less intensity in the
whole impulse. But those phases of the sexual development,
or as we will call it, of the Libido-development, which are of greatest
interest theoretically lie before this period. This development
is gone through so rapidly that direct observation alone would
perhaps never have succeeded in determining its fleeting forms.
Only by the help of psycho-analytic investigation of the neuroses
275has it become possible to penetrate so far back and to discover
these still earlier phases of Libido-development. These phases
are certainly only theoretic constructions, but in the practice
of psycho-analysis you will find them necessary and valuable
constructions. You will soon understand how it happens that
a pathological condition enables us to discover phenomena which
we should certainly overlook in normal conditions.
Thus we can now define the forms taken by the sexual life
of the child before the primacy of the genital zone is reached;
this primacy is prepared for in the early infantile period, before
the latent period, and is permanently organized from puberty
onwards. In this early period a loose sort of organization exists
which we shall call pre-genital; for during this phase it is not
the genital component-instincts, but the sadistic and anal, which
are most prominent. The contrast between masculine and feminine
plays no part as yet; instead of it there is the contrast between
active and passive, which may be described as the forerunner
of the sexual polarity with which it also links up later. That
which in this period seems masculine to us, regarded from the
standpoint of the genital phase, proves to be the expression of
an impulse to mastery, which easily passes over into cruelty.
Impulses with a passive aim are connected with the erotogenic
zone of the rectal orifice, at this period very important; the
impulses of skoptophilia (gazing) and curiosity are powerfully
active; the function of excreting urine is the only part actually
taken by the genital organ in the sexual life. Objects are not
wanting to the component-instincts in this period, but these
objects are not necessarily all comprised in one object. The
sadistic-anal organization is the stage immediately preceding
the phase of primacy of the genital zone. Closer study reveals
how much of it is retained intact in the later final structure, and
what are the paths by which these component-instincts are
forced into the service of the new genital organization. Behind
the sadistic-anal phase of the Libido-development we obtain a
glimpse of an even more primitive stage of development, in which
the erotogenic mouth zone plays the chief part. You can guess
that the sexual activity of sucking (for its own sake) belongs to
this stage; and you may admire the understanding of the ancient
Egyptians in whose art a child, even the divine Horus, was
represented with a finger in the mouth. Abraham has quite
recently published work showing that traces of this primitive
oral phase of development survive in the sexual life of later years.
I can indeed imagine that you will have found this last information
about the sexual organizations less of an enlightenment
276than an infliction. Perhaps I have again gone too much
into detail; but have patience! what you have just heard will
be of more use when we employ it later. Keep in view at the
moment the idea that the sexual life—the Libido-function, as
we call it—does not first spring up in its final form, does not
even expand along the lines of its earliest forms, but goes through
a series of successive phases unlike one another; in short, that
many changes occur in it, like those in the development of the
caterpillar into the butterfly. The turning-point of this development
is the subordination of all the sexual component-instincts under
the primacy of the genital zone and, together with this, the enrolment
of sexuality in the service of the reproductive function. Before
this happens the sexual life is, so to say, disparate—independent
activities of single component-impulses each seeking organ-pleasure
(pleasure in a bodily organ). This anarchy is modified
by attempts at pre-genital ‘organizations,’ of which the chief
is the sadistic-anal phase, behind which is the oral, perhaps the
most primitive. In addition there are the various processes,
about which little is known as yet, which effect the transition
from one stage of organization to the next above it. Of what
significance this long journey over so many stages in the development
of the Libido is for comprehension of the neuroses we shall
learn later on.
To-day we will follow up another aspect of this development—namely,
the relation of the sexual component-impulses to an
object; or, rather, we will take a fleeting glimpse over this
development so that we may spend more time upon a comparatively
late result of it. Certain of the component-impulses
of the sexual instinct have an object from the very beginning
and hold fast to it: such are the impulse to mastery (sadism),
to gazing (skoptophilia) and curiosity. Others, more plainly
connected with particular erotogenic areas in the body, only
have an object in the beginning, so long as they are still dependent
upon the non-sexual functions, and give it up when they become
detached from these latter. Thus the first object of the oral
component of the sexual instinct is the mother’s breast which
satisfies the infant’s need for nutrition. In the act of sucking
for its own sake (lutschen) the erotic component, also gratified
in sucking for nutrition (saugen), makes itself independent,
gives up the object in an external person, and replaces it by a
part of the child’s own person. The oral impulse becomes auto-erotic,
as the anal and other erotogenic impulses are from the
beginning. Further development has, to put it as concisely as
possible, two aims: first, to renounce auto-erotism, to give
277up again the object found in the child’s own body in exchange
again for an external one; and secondly, to combine the various
objects of the separate impulses and replace them by one single
one. This naturally can only be done if the single object is again
itself complete, with a body like that of the subject; nor can it
be accomplished without some part of the auto-erotic impulse-excitations
being abandoned as useless.
The processes by which an object is found are rather involved,
and have not so far received comprehensive exposition. For our
purposes it may be emphasized that, when the process has reached
a certain point in the years of childhood before the latency
period, the object adopted proves almost identical with the first
object of the oral pleasure impulse, adopted by reason of the
child’s dependent relationship to it; it is, namely, the mother,
although not the mother’s breast. We call the mother the first
love-object. We speak of ‘love’ when we lay the accent upon the
mental side of the sexual impulses and disregard, or wish to forget
for a moment, the demands of the fundamental physical or
‘sensual’ side of the impulses. At about the time when the
mother becomes the love-object, the mental operation of repression
has already begun in the child and has withdrawn from
him the knowledge of some part of his sexual aims. Now with
this choice of the mother as love-object is connected all that
which, under the name of ‘the Oedipus complex,’ has become
of such great importance in the psycho-analytic explanation of
the neuroses, and which has had a perhaps equally important
share in causing the opposition against psycho-analysis.
Here is a little incident which occurred during the present
war. One of the staunch adherents of psycho-analysis was
stationed in his medical capacity on the German front in Poland;
he attracted the attention of his colleagues by the fact that he
occasionally effected an unexpected influence upon a patient.
On being questioned, he admitted that he worked with psycho-analytic
methods and with readiness agreed to impart his knowledge
to his colleagues. So every evening the medical men of the
corps, his colleagues and superiors, met to be initiated into the
mysteries of psycho-analysis. For a time all went well; but
when he had introduced his audience to the Oedipus complex
a superior officer rose and announced that he did not believe
this, it was the behaviour of a cad for the lecturer to relate such
things to brave men, fathers of families, who were fighting for
their country, and he forbade the continuation of the lectures.
This was the end; the analyst got himself transferred to another
part of the front. In my opinion, however, it is a bad outlook
278if a victory for German arms depends upon an ‘organization’
of science such as this, and German science will not prosper
under any such organization.
Now you will be impatiently waiting to hear what this terrible
Oedipus complex comprises. The name tells you: you all know
the Greek myth of King Oedipus, whose destiny it was to slay
his father and to wed his mother, who did all in his power to
avoid the fate prophesied by the oracle, and who in self-punishment
blinded himself when he discovered that in ignorance he had
committed both these crimes. I trust that many of you have
yourselves experienced the profound effect of the tragic drama
fashioned by Sophocles from this story. The Attic poet’s work
portrays the gradual discovery of the deed of Oedipus, long
since accomplished, and brings it slowly to light by skilfully
prolonged enquiry, constantly fed by new evidence; it has thus
a certain resemblance to the course of a psycho-analysis. In the
dialogue the deluded mother-wife, Jocasta, resists the continuation
of the enquiry; she points out that many people in their dreams
have mated with their mothers, but that dreams are of no account.
To us dreams are of much account, especially typical dreams which
occur in many people; we have no doubt that the dream Jocasta
speaks of is intimately related to the shocking and terrible story
of the myth.
It is surprising that Sophocles’ tragedy does not call forth
indignant remonstrance in its audience; this reaction would be
much better justified in them than it was in the blunt army
doctor. For at bottom it is an immoral play; it sets aside the
individual’s responsibility to social law, and displays divine
forces ordaining the crime and rendering powerless the moral
instincts of the human being which would guard him against
the crime. It would be easy to believe that an accusation against
destiny and the gods was intended in the story of the myth;
in the hands of the critical Euripides, at variance with the gods,
it would probably have become such an accusation. But with
the reverent Sophocles there is no question of such an intention;
the pious subtlety which declares it the highest morality to bow
to the will of the gods, even when they ordain a crime, helps him
out of the difficulty. I do not believe that this moral is one of
the virtues of the drama, but neither does it detract from its
effect; it leaves the hearer indifferent; he does not react to this,
but to the secret meaning and content of the myth itself. He
reacts as though by self-analysis he had detected the Oedipus
complex in himself, and had recognized the will of the gods and
the oracle as glorified disguises of his own Unconscious; as
279though he remembered in himself the wish to do away with his
father and in his place to wed his mother, and must abhor the
thought. The poet’s words seem to him to mean: “In vain
do you deny that you are accountable, in vain do you proclaim
how you have striven against these evil designs. You are guilty,
nevertheless; for you could not stifle them; they still survive
unconsciously in you.” And psychological truth is contained
in this; even though man has repressed his evil desires into his
Unconscious and would then gladly say to himself that he is no
longer answerable for them, he is yet compelled to feel his responsibility
in the form of a sense of guilt for which he can discern
no foundation.
There is no possible doubt that one of the most important
sources of the sense of guilt which so often torments neurotic
people is to be found in the Oedipus complex. More than this:
in 1913, under the title of Totem und Tabu, I published a study
of the earliest forms of religion and morality in which I expressed
a suspicion that perhaps the sense of guilt of mankind as a
whole, which is the ultimate source of religion and morality, was
acquired in the beginnings of history through the Oedipus complex.
I should much like to tell you more of this, but I had better not;
it is difficult to leave this subject when once one begins upon it,
and we must return to individual psychology.
Now what does direct observation of children, at the period of
object-choice before the latency period, show us in regard to the
Oedipus complex? Well, it is easy to see that the little man
wants his mother all to himself, finds his father in the way,
becomes restive when the latter takes upon himself to caress
her, and shows his satisfaction when the father goes away or is
absent. He often expresses his feelings directly in words and
promises his mother to marry her; this may not seem much
in comparison with the deeds of Oedipus, but it is enough in fact;
the kernel of each is the same. Observation is often rendered
puzzling by the circumstance that the same child on other
occasions at this period will display great affection for the father;
but such contrasting—or, better, ambivalent—states of feeling,
which in adults would lead to conflicts, can be tolerated alongside
one another in the child for a long time, just as later on
they dwell together permanently in the Unconscious. One
might try to object that the little boy’s behaviour is due to egoistic
motives and does not justify the conception of an erotic complex;
the mother looks after all the child’s needs and consequently it
is to the child’s interest that she should trouble herself about
no one else. This too is quite correct; but it is soon clear that
280in this, as in similar dependent situations, egoistic interests only
provide the occasion on which the erotic impulses seize. When
the little boy shows the most open sexual curiosity about his
mother, wants to sleep with her at night, insists on being in the
room while she is dressing, or even attempts physical acts of
seduction, as the mother so often observes and laughingly relates,
the erotic nature of this attachment to her is established without
a doubt. Moreover, it should not be forgotten that a mother
looks after a little daughter’s needs in the same way without
producing this effect; and that often enough a father eagerly
vies with her in trouble for the boy without succeeding in winning
the same importance in his eyes as the mother. In short, the
factor of sex preference is not to be eliminated from the situation
by any criticisms. From the point of view of the boy’s egoistic
interests it would merely be foolish if he did not tolerate two people
in his service rather than only one of them.
As you see, I have only described the relationship of a boy
to his father and mother; things proceed in just the same way,
with the necessary reversal, in little girls. The loving devotion
to the father, the need to do away with the superfluous mother
and to take her place, the early display of coquetry and the arts
of later womanhood, make up a particularly charming picture
in a little girl, and may cause us to forget its seriousness and
the grave consequences which may later result from this situation.
Let us not fail to add that frequently the parents themselves
exert a decisive influence upon the awakening of the Oedipus
complex in a child, by themselves following the sex attraction
where there is more than one child; the father in an unmistakable
manner prefers his little daughter with marks of tenderness, and
the mother, the son: but even this factor does not seriously
impugn the spontaneous nature of the infantile Oedipus complex.
When other children appear, the Oedipus complex expands and
becomes a family complex. Reinforced anew by the injury
resulting to the egoistic interests, it actuates a feeling of aversion
towards these new arrivals and an unhesitating wish to get rid
of them again. These feelings of hatred are as a rule much more
often openly expressed than those connected with the parental
complex. If such a wish is fulfilled and after a short time death
removes the unwanted addition to the family, later analysis
can show what a significant event this death is for the child,
although it does not necessarily remain in memory. Forced
into the second place by the birth of another child and for the
first time almost entirely parted from the mother, the child finds
it very hard to forgive her for this exclusion of him; feelings
281which in adults we should describe as profound embitterment
are roused in him, and often become the groundwork of a lasting
estrangement. That sexual curiosity and all its consequences is
usually connected with these experiences has already been mentioned.
As these new brothers and sisters grow up the child’s
attitude to them undergoes the most important transformations.
A boy may take his sister as love-object in place of his faithless
mother; where there are several brothers to win the favour of
a little sister hostile rivalry, of great importance in after life,
shows itself already in the nursery. A little girl takes an older
brother as a substitute for the father who no longer treats her
with the same tenderness as in her earliest years; or she takes a
little sister as a substitute for the child that she vainly wished
for from her father.
So much and a great deal more of a similar kind is shown
by direct observation of children, and by consideration of clear
memories of childhood, uninfluenced by any analysis. Among
other things you will infer from this that a child’s position in
the sequence of brothers and sisters is of very great significance
for the course of his later life, a factor to be considered in every
biography. What is even more important, however, is that in
the face of these enlightening considerations, so easily to be
obtained, you will hardly recall without smiling the scientific
theories accounting for the prohibition of incest. What has not
been invented for this purpose! We are told that sexual attraction
is diverted from the members of the opposite sex in
one family owing to their living together from early childhood;
or that a biological tendency against in-breeding has a mental
equivalent in the horror of incest! Whereby it is entirely overlooked
that no such rigorous prohibitions in law and custom
would be required if any trustworthy natural barriers against
the temptation to incest existed. The opposite is the truth.
The first choice of object in mankind is regularly an incestuous
one, directed to the mother and sister of men, and the most
stringent prohibitions are required to prevent this sustained
infantile tendency from being carried into effect. In the savage
and primitive peoples surviving to-day the incest prohibitions
are a great deal stricter than with us; Theodor Reik has recently
shown in a brilliant work that the meaning of the savage rites
of puberty which represent rebirth is the loosening of the boy’s
incestuous attachment to the mother and his reconciliation with
the father.
Mythology will show you that incest, ostensibly so much
abhorred by men, is permitted to their gods without a thought;
282and from ancient history you may learn that incestuous marriage
with a sister was prescribed as a sacred duty for kings (the
Pharaohs of Egypt and the Incas of Peru); it was therefore in
the nature of a privilege denied to the common herd.
Incest with the mother is one of the crimes of Oedipus and
parricide the other. Incidentally, these are the two great offences
condemned by totemism, the first social-religious institution of
mankind. Now let us turn from the direct observation of children
to the analytic investigation of adults who have become neurotic;
what does analysis yield in further knowledge of the Oedipus
complex? Well, this is soon told. The complex is revealed
just as the myth relates it; it will be seen that every one of these
neurotics was himself an Oedipus or, what amounts to the same
thing, has become a Hamlet in his reaction to the complex.
To be sure, the analytic picture of the Oedipus complex is an
enlarged and accentuated edition of the infantile sketch; the
hatred of the father and the death-wishes against him are no
longer vague hints, the affection for the mother declares itself
with the aim of possessing her as a woman. Are we really to
accredit such grossness and intensity of the feelings to the tender
age of childhood; or does the analysis deceive us by introducing
another factor? It is not difficult to find one. Every time anyone
describes anything past, even if he be a historian, we have
to take into account all that he unintentionally imports into
that past period from present and intermediate times, thereby
falsifying it. With the neurotic it is even doubtful whether this
retroversion is altogether unintentional; we shall hear later on
that there are motives for it and we must explore the whole
subject of the ‘retrogressive phantasy-making’ which goes
back to the remote past. We soon discover, too, that the hatred
against the father has been strengthened by a number of motives
arising in later periods and other relationships in life, and that
the sexual desires towards the mother have been moulded into
forms which would have been as yet foreign to the child. But
it would be a vain attempt if we endeavoured to explain the
whole of the Oedipus complex by ‘retrogressive phantasy-making,’
and by motives originating in later periods of life. The infantile
nucleus, with more or less of the accretions to it, remains intact,
as is confirmed by direct observation of children.
The clinical fact which confronts us behind the form of the
Oedipus complex as established by analysis now becomes of the
greatest practical importance. We learn that at the time of
puberty, when the sexual instinct first asserts its demands in
full strength, the old familiar incestuous objects are taken up
283again and again invested by the Libido. The infantile object-choice
was but a feeble venture in play, as it were, but it laid
down the direction for the object-choice of puberty. At this
time a very intense flow of feeling towards the Oedipus complex
or in reaction to it comes into force; since their mental antecedents
have become intolerable, however, these feelings must
remain for the most part outside consciousness. From the time
of puberty onward the human individual must devote himself
to the great task of freeing himself from the parents; and only
after this detachment is accomplished can he cease to be a child
and so become a member of the social community. For a son,
the task consists in releasing his libidinal desires from his mother,
in order to employ them in the quest of an external love-object
in reality; and in reconciling himself with his father if he has
remained antagonistic to him, or in freeing himself from his
domination if, in the reaction to the infantile revolt, he has
lapsed into subservience to him. These tasks are laid down
for every man; it is noteworthy how seldom they are carried
through ideally, that is, how seldom they are solved in a manner
psychologically as well as socially satisfactory. In neurotics,
however, this detachment from the parents is not accomplished
at all; the son remains all his life in subjection to his father,
and incapable of transferring his Libido to a new sexual object.
In the reversed relationship the daughter’s fate may be the
same. In this sense the Oedipus complex is justifiably regarded
as the kernel of the neuroses.
You will imagine how incompletely I am sketching a large
number of the connections bound up with the Oedipus complex
which practically and theoretically are of great importance. I
shall not go into the variations and possible inversions of it
at all. Of its less immediate effects I should like to allude to
one only, which proves it to have influenced literary production
in a far-reaching manner. Otto Rank has shown in a very
valuable work that dramatists throughout the ages have drawn
their material principally from the Oedipus and incest complex
and its variations and masked forms. It should also be remarked
that long before the time of psycho-analysis the two criminal
offences of Oedipus were recognized as the true expressions of
unbridled instinct. Among the works of the Encyclopædist
Diderot you will find the famous dialogue, Le neveu de Rameau,
which was translated into German by no less a person than
Goethe. There you may read these remarkable words: Si le
petit sauvage était abandonné à lui-même, qu’il conserva toute son
imbecillité et qu’il réunit au peu de raison de l’enfant au berceau
284la violence des passions de l’homme de trente ans, il tordrait le cou
à son père et coucherait avec sa mère.
There is yet one thing more which I cannot pass over. The
mother-wife of Oedipus must not remind us of dreams in vain.
Do you still remember the results of our dream-analyses, how
so often the dream-forming wishes proved perverse and incestuous
in their nature, or betrayed an unsuspected enmity to near and
beloved relatives? We then left the source of these evil strivings
of feeling unexplained. Now you can answer this question
yourselves. They are dispositions of the Libido, and investments
of objects by Libido, belonging to early infancy and long since
given up in conscious life, but which at night prove to be still
present and in a certain sense capable of activity. But, since
all men and not only neurotic persons have perverse, incestuous,
and murderous dreams of this kind, we may infer that those
who are normal to-day have also made the passage through
the perversions and the object-investments of the Oedipus complex;
and that this is the path of normal development; only
that neurotics show in a magnified and exaggerated form what
we also find revealed in the dream-analyses of normal people.
And this is one of the reasons why we chose the study of dreams
to lead up to that of neurotic symptoms.
285
As we have heard, the Libido-function goes through an
extensive development before it can enter the service of reproduction
in the way that is called normal. Now I wish to
show you the significance of this fact for the causation of the
neuroses.
I think that it will be in agreement with the doctrines of
general pathology to assume that such a development involves
two dangers; first, that of inhibition, and secondly, that of
regression. That is to say, owing to the general tendency to
variation in biological processes it must necessarily happen that
not all these preparatory phases will be passed through and
completely outgrown with the same degree of success; some
parts of the function will be permanently arrested at these early
stages, with the result that with the general development there
goes a certain amount of inhibited development.
Let us seek analogies to these processes in other fields. When
a whole people leaves its dwellings in order to seek a new country,
as often happened in earlier periods of human history, their
entire number certainly did not reach the new destination. Apart
from losses due to other causes, it must invariably have happened
that small groups or bands of the migrating people halted on the
way, and settled down in these stopping-places, while the main
body went further. Or, to take a nearer comparison, you know
that in the higher mammals the seminal glands, which are
originally located deep in the abdominal cavity, begin a movement
at a certain period of intra-uterine development which
brings them almost under the skin of the pelvic extremity. In
a number of males it is found that one of this pair of organs
has remained in the pelvic cavity, or else that it has taken up
a permanent position in the inguinal canal which both of them
had to pass through on the journey, or at least that this canal
has not closed as it normally should after the passage of the
seminal glands through it. When as a young student I was
286doing my first piece of scientific research under v. Brücke, I
was working on the origin of the dorsal nerve-roots in the spinal
cord of a small fish, still very archaic in form. I found that the
nerve-fibres of these roots grew out of large cells in the posterior
horn of the grey matter, a condition which is no longer found in
other vertebrates. But soon after I discovered that similar
nerve-cells were to be found outside the grey matter along the
whole length to the so-called spinal ganglion of the posterior
roots, from which I concluded that the cells of this ganglion
had moved out of the spinal cord along the nerve-roots. Evolutionary
development shows this too; in this little fish, however,
the whole route of this passage was marked by cells arrested on
the way. Closer consideration will soon show you the weak points
of these comparisons. Therefore let me simply say that we
consider it possible that single portions of every separate sexual
impulse may remain in an early stage of development, although
at the same time other portions of it may have reached their
final goal. You will see from this that we conceive each such
impulse as a current continuously flowing from the beginning of
life, and that we have divided its flow to some extent artificially
into separate successive forward movements. Your impression
that these conceptions require further elucidation is correct, but
the attempt would lead us too far afield. We will, however,
decide at this point to call this arrest in a component-impulse
at an early stage a FIXATION (of the impulse).
The second danger in a development by stages such as this we
call REGRESSION; it also happens that those portions which have
proceeded further may easily revert in a backward direction
to these earlier stages. The impulse will find occasion to regress
in this way when the exercise of its function in a later and more
developed form meets with powerful external obstacles, which
thus prevent it from attaining the goal of satisfaction. It is a
short step to assume that fixation and regression are not independent
of each other; the stronger the fixations in the path
of development the more easily will the function yield before
the external obstacles, by regressing on to those fixations; that
is, the less capable of resistance against the external difficulties in
its path will the developed function be. If you think of a migrating
people who have left large numbers at the stopping-places on their
way, you will see that the foremost will naturally fall back upon
these positions when they are defeated or when they meet with
an enemy too strong for them. And again, the more of their
number they leave behind in their progress, the sooner will they
be in danger of defeat.
287It is important for comprehension of the neuroses that you
should keep in mind this relation between fixation and regression.
You will thus acquire a secure foothold from which to investigate
the causation of the neuroses—their ætiology—which we shall
soon consider.
For the present we will keep to the question of regression.
After what you have heard about the development of the Libido
you may anticipate two kinds of regression; a return to the
first objects invested with Libido, which we know to be incestuous
in character, and a return of the whole sexual organization to
earlier stages. Both kinds occur in the transference neuroses,
and play a great part in their mechanism. In particular, the
return to the first incestuous objects of the Libido is a feature
found with quite fatiguing regularity in neurotics. There is
much more to be said about the regressions of Libido if another
group of neuroses, called the narcissistic, is taken into account;
but this is not our intention at the moment. These affections
yield conclusions about other developmental processes of the
Libido-function, not yet mentioned, and also show us new types
of regression corresponding with them. I think, however, that
I had better warn you now above all not to confound Regression
with Repression and that I must assist you to clear your minds
about the relation between the two processes. Repression, as
you will remember, is the process by which a mental act capable
of becoming conscious (that is, one which belongs to the preconscious
system) is made unconscious and forced back into
the unconscious system. And we also call it repression when
the unconscious mental act is not permitted to enter the adjacent
preconscious system at all, but is turned back upon the threshold
by the censorship. There is therefore no connection with
sexuality in the concept ‘repression’; please mark this very
carefully. It denotes a purely psychological process; and
would be even better described as topographical, by which we
mean that it has to do with the spatial relationships we assume
within the mind, or, if we again abandon these crude aids to the
formulation of theory, with the structure of the mental apparatus
out of separate psychical systems.
The comparisons just now instituted showed us that hitherto
we have not been using the word ‘regression’ in its general
sense but in a quite specific one. If you give it its general sense,
that of a reversion from a higher to a lower stage of development
in general, then repression also ranges itself under regression;
for repression can also be described as reversion to an earlier
and lower stage in the development of a mental act. Only,
288in repression this retrogressive direction is not a point of any
moment to us; for we also call it repression in a dynamic sense
when a mental process is arrested before it leaves the lower stage
of the Unconscious. Repression is thus a topographic-dynamic
conception, while regression is a purely descriptive one. But
what we have hitherto called ‘regression’ and considered in its
relation to fixation signified exclusively the return of the Libido
to its former halting-places in development, that is, something
which is essentially quite different from repression and quite
independent of it. Nor can we call regression of the Libido
a purely psychical process; neither do we know where to localize
it in the mental apparatus; for though it may exert the most
powerful influence upon mental life, the organic factor in it is
nevertheless the most prominent.
Discussions of this sort tend to be rather dry; therefore
let us turn to clinical illustrations of them in order to get a
more vivid impression of them. You know that the group of
the transference neuroses consists principally of hysteria and
the obsessional neurosis. Now in hysteria, a regression of the
Libido to the primary incestuous sexual objects is without
doubt quite regular, but there is little or no regression to an earlier
stage of sexual organization. Consequently the principal part
in the mechanism of hysteria is played by repression. If I may
be allowed to supplement by a construction the certain knowledge
of this neurosis acquired up to the present I might describe the
situation as follows: The fusion of the component-impulses under
the primacy of the genital zone has been accomplished; but the
results of this union meet with resistance from the direction of
the preconscious system with which consciousness is connected.
The genital organization therefore holds good for the Unconscious,
but not also for the preconscious, and this rejection on the part of
the preconscious results in a picture which has a certain likeness
to the state prior to the primacy of the genital zone. It is nevertheless
actually quite different. Of the two kinds of regression of
the Libido, that on to an earlier phase of sexual organization
is much the more striking. Since it is absent in hysteria and
our whole conception of the neuroses is still far too much dominated
by the study of hysteria which came first in point of time, the
significance of Libido-regression was recognized much later than
that of repression. We may be sure that our points of view
will undergo still further extensions and alterations when we
include consideration of still other neuroses (the narcissistic) in
addition to hysteria and the obsessional neurosis.
In the obsessional neurosis, on the other hand, regression of
289the Libido to the antecedent stage of the sadistic-anal organization
is the most conspicuous factor and determines the form
taken by the symptoms. The impulse to love must then mask
itself under the sadistic impulse. The obsessive thought, “I
should like to murder you,” means (when it has been detached
from certain superimposed elements that are not, however,
accidental but indispensable to it) nothing else but “I should
like to enjoy love of you.” When you consider in addition
that regression to the primary objects has also set in at the same
time, so that this impulse concerns only the nearest and most
beloved persons, you can gain some idea of the horror roused in
the patient by these obsessive ideas and at the same time how
unaccountable they appear to his conscious perception. But
repression also has its share, a great one, in the mechanism of
this neurosis, and one which is not easy to expound in a rapid
survey such as this. Regression of Libido without repression
would never give rise to a neurosis, but would result in a perversion.
You will see from this that repression is the process which distinguishes
the neuroses particularly and by which they are best
characterized. Perhaps, however, I may have an opportunity
at some time of expounding to you what we know of the mechanism
of the perversions, and you will then see that there again nothing
proceeds so simply as we should like to imagine in our constructions.
I think that you will be soonest reconciled to this exposition
of fixation and regression of the Libido if you will regard it as
preparatory to a study of the ætiology of the neuroses. So far
I have only given you one piece of information on this subject,
namely, that people fall ill of a neurosis when the possibility
of satisfaction for the Libido is removed from them—they fall
ill in consequence of a ‘privation,’ as I called it, therefore—and
that their symptoms are actually substitutes for the missing
satisfaction. This of course does not mean that every privation
in regard to libidinal satisfaction makes everyone who meets
with it neurotic, but merely that in all cases of neurosis investigated
the factor of privation was demonstrable. The statement therefore
cannot be reversed. You will no doubt have understood
that this statement was not intended to reveal the whole secret
of the ætiology of the neuroses, but that it merely emphasized
an important and indispensable condition.
Now in order to consider this proposition further we do not
know whether to begin upon the nature of the privation or the
particular character of the person affected by it. The privation
is very rarely a comprehensive and absolute one; in order to have
290a pathogenic effect it would probably have to strike at the only
form of satisfaction which that person desires, the only form
of which he is capable. In general, there are very many ways
by which it is possible to endure lack of libidinal satisfaction
without falling ill. Above all we know of people who are able to
take such abstinence upon themselves without injury; they
are then not happy, they suffer from unsatisfied longing, but
they do not become ill. We therefore have to conclude that
the sexual impulse-excitations are exceptionally ‘plastic,’ if I
may use the word. One of them can step in in place of another;
if satisfaction of one is denied in reality, satisfaction of another
can offer full recompense. They are related to one another
like a network of communicating canals filled with fluid, and
this in spite of their subordination to the genital primacy, a
condition which is not at all easily reduced to an image. Further,
the component-instincts of sexuality, as well as the united sexual
impulse which comprises them, show a great capacity to change
their object, to exchange it for another—i.e. for one more easily
attainable; this capacity for displacement and readiness to
accept surrogates must produce a powerful counter-effect to
the effect of a privation. One amongst these processes serving
as protection against illness arising from want has reached a
particular significance in the development of culture. It consists
in the abandonment, on the part of the sexual impulse, of an
aim previously found either in the gratification of a component-impulse
or in the gratification incidental to reproduction, and the
adoption of a new aim—which new aim, though genetically
related to the first, can no longer be regarded as sexual, but
must be called social in character. We call this process
SUBLIMATION, by which we subscribe to the general standard
which estimates social aims above sexual (ultimately selfish)
aims. Incidentally, sublimation is merely a special case of
the connections existing between sexual impulses and other,
asexual ones. We shall have occasion to discuss this again in
another context.
Your impression now will be that we have reduced want of
satisfaction to a factor of negligible proportions by the recognition
of so many means of enduring it. But no; this is not so: it
retains its pathogenic power. The means of dealing with it
are not always sufficient. The measure of unsatisfied Libido
that the average human being can take upon himself is limited.
The plasticity and free mobility of the Libido is not by any
means retained to the full in all of us; and sublimation can
never discharge more than a certain proportion of Libido, apart
291from the fact that many people possess the capacity for sublimation
only in a slight degree. The most important of these limitations
is clearly that referring to the mobility of the Libido, since it
confines the individual to the attaining of aims and objects
which are very few in number. Just remember that incomplete
development of the Libido leaves behind it very extensive (and
sometimes also numerous) Libido-fixations upon earlier phases
of organization and types of object-choice, mostly incapable of
satisfaction in reality; you will then recognize fixation of Libido
as the second powerful factor working together with privation
in the causation of illness. We may condense this schematically
and say that Libido-fixation represents the internal, predisposing
factor, while privation represents the external, accidental factor,
in the ætiology of the neuroses.
I will take this opportunity to warn you against taking sides
in a quite superfluous dispute. It is a popular habit in scientific
matters to seize upon one side of the truth and set it up as the
whole truth, and then in favour of that element of truth to dispute
all the rest which is equally true. More than one faction has
already split off in this way from the psycho-analytic movement;
one of them recognizes only the egoistic impulses and denies
the sexual; another perceives only the influence of real tasks in
life but overlooks that of the individual’s past life, and so on.
Now here is occasion for another of these antitheses and moot-points:
Are the neuroses exogenous or endogenous diseases—the
inevitable result of a certain type of constitution or the
product of certain injurious (traumatic) events in the person’s
life? In particular, are they brought about by the fixation of
Libido and the rest of the sexual constitution, or by the pressure
of privation? This dilemma seems to me about as sensible as
another I could point to: Is the child created by the father’s
act of generation or by the conception in the mother? You
will properly reply: Both conditions are alike indispensable.
The conditions underlying the neuroses are very similar, if not
exactly the same. From the point of view of causation, cases
of neurotic illness fall into a series, within which the two factors—sexual
constitution and events experienced, or, if you wish,
fixation of Libido and privation—are represented in such a way
that where one of them predominates the other is proportionately
less pronounced. At one end of the series stand those extreme
cases of whom one can say: These people would have fallen ill
whatever happened, whatever they experienced, however merciful
life had been to them, because of their anomalous Libido-development.
At the other end stand cases which call forth the opposite
292verdict—they would undoubtedly have escaped illness if life
had not put such and such burdens upon them. In the intermediate
cases in the series, more or less of the disposing factor
(the sexual constitution) is combined with less or more of the
injurious impositions of life. Their sexual constitution would not
have brought about their neurosis if they had not gone through
such and such experiences, and life’s vicissitudes would not
have worked traumatically upon them if the Libido had been
otherwise constituted. In this series I can perhaps admit a
certain preponderance in the effect of the predisposing factor,
but this admission again depends upon where you draw the line
in marking the boundaries of nervousness.
I shall now suggest to you that we should call series such
as these complemental series, and will inform you beforehand
that we shall find occasion to establish others of this kind.
The tenacity with which the Libido holds to particular
channels and particular objects, the ‘adhesiveness’ of the Libido,
so to say, seems to be an independent factor, varying in individuals,
the determining conditions of which are completely unknown
to us, but the importance of which in the ætiology of the neuroses
we shall certainly no longer underestimate. At the same time
we should not overestimate the close relation between the two
things. A similar ‘adhesiveness’ of the Libido occurs—from
unknown causes—in normal people under numerous conditions,
and is found as a decisive factor in those persons who in a certain
sense are the extreme opposite of neurotics—namely, perverted
persons. It was known before the time of psycho-analysis that
in the anamnesis of such persons a very early impression, relating
to an abnormal instinct-tendency or object-choice, is frequently
discovered, to which the Libido of that person henceforth remains
attached for life (Binet). It is often hard to say what has enabled
this impression to exert such an intense power of attraction upon
the Libido. I will describe a case of this kind observed by
myself. A man to whom the genitals and all the other attractions
in a woman now mean nothing can be roused to irresistible sexual
excitation only by a shoe-clad foot of a certain shape; he can
remember an event in his sixth year which determined this
fixation of Libido. He was sitting upon a stool by the side of
his governess who was to give him an English lesson. She was
a plain, elderly, shrivelled old maid, with watery blue eyes and
a snub nose, and on this day she had hurt her foot and had it
therefore stretched out on a cushion in a velvet slipper, with
the leg itself most decorously concealed. Later on, after a timid
attempt at normal sexual activity during puberty, a thin sinewy
293foot like that of the governess became his only sexual object;
and if still other features in the person reminded him of the type
of woman represented by the English governess the man was
helplessly attracted. This fixation of the Libido, however,
rendered him not neurotic but perverse; he became, as we say,
a foot-fetichist. So you see that although an excessive and,
in addition, premature fixation of Libido is an indispensable
condition in the causation of neurosis, the extent of its influence
far exceeds the boundaries of the neuroses. This condition by
itself is also as little decisive as the privation mentioned previously.
So the problem of the causation of the neuroses seems to
become more complicated. In fact, psycho-analytic investigation
acquaints us with yet a new factor, not considered in our ætiological
series, and best observed in someone whose previous good health
is suddenly disturbed by falling ill of a neurosis. In these people
signs of contradictory and opposed wishes, or, as we say, of
mental conflict, are regularly found. One side of the personality
stands for certain wishes, while another part struggles against
them and fends them off. There is no neurosis without such a
CONFLICT. There might seem to be nothing very special in this;
you know that mental life in all of us is perpetually engaged
with conflicts that have to be decided. Therefore it would seem
that special conditions must be fulfilled before such a conflict
can become pathogenic; we may ask what these conditions
are, what forces in the mind take part in these pathogenic conflicts,
and what relation conflict bears to the other causative factors.
I hope to be able to give you answers to these questions which
will be satisfactory although perhaps schematically condensed.
Conflict is produced by privation, in that the Libido which lacks
satisfaction is urged to seek other paths and other objects. A
condition of it then is that these other paths and objects arouse
disfavour in one side of the personality, so that a veto ensues,
which at first makes the new way of satisfaction impossible.
This is the point of departure for the formation of symptoms,
which we shall follow up later. The rejected libidinal longings
manage to pursue their course by circuitous paths, though not
indeed without paying toll to the prohibition in the form of
certain disguises and modifications. The circuitous paths are
the ways of symptom-formation; the symptoms are the new or
substitutive satisfactions necessitated by the fact of the privation.
The significance of the mental conflict can be defined in
another way, thus: in order to become pathogenic external
privation must be supplemented by internal privation. When this
is so, the external and the internal privation relate of course to
294different paths and different objects; external privation removes
one possibility of satisfaction, internal privation tries to exclude
another possibility, and it is this second possibility which becomes
the debatable ground of the conflict. I choose this form of
presentation because it contains a certain implication; it implies
that the internal impediment arose originally, in primitive phases
of human development, out of real external obstacles.
But what are these forces out of which the prohibition against
the libidinal longings proceeds, the other parties in the pathogenic
conflict? Speaking very broadly, we may say that they are
the non-sexual instincts. We include them all under the name
‘Ego-instincts’; analysis of the transference neuroses offers
no adequate opportunity for further investigation of them; at
most we learn something of them from the resistances opposed
to the analysis. The pathogenic conflict is, therefore, one between
the Ego-instincts and the sexual instincts. In a whole series
of cases it looks as though there might also be conflict between
various purely sexual impulses; at bottom, however, this is
the same thing, because of the two sexual impulses engaged in a
conflict one will always be found ‘consistent with the Ego’
(ichgerecht) while the other calls forth a protest from the Ego. It
remains, therefore, a conflict between Ego and sexuality.
Over and over again when psycho-analysis has regarded
something happening in the mind as an expression of the
sexual instincts indignant protests have been raised to the effect
that other instincts and other interests exist in mental life besides
the sexual, that one should not derive “everything” from sexuality,
and so on. Well, it is a real pleasure for once to be in agreement
with one’s opponents. Psycho-analysis has never forgotten
that non-sexual instincts also exist; it has been built upon a
sharp distinction between sexual instincts and Ego-instincts; and
in the face of all opposition it has insisted, not that they arise from
sexuality, but that the neuroses owe their origin to a conflict
between Ego and sexuality. It has no conceivable motive in
denying the existence or the significance of the Ego-instincts
while it investigates the part played by sexual instincts in disease
and in life generally. Only, psycho-analysis has been destined
to concern itself first and foremost with the sexual instincts,
because in the transference neuroses these are the most accessible
to investigation, and because it was obliged to study what others
had neglected.
It is not any more accurate to say that psycho-analysis has
not occupied itself at all with the non-sexual side of the personality.
The very distinction between the Ego and sexuality
295has shown us with particular clearness that the Ego-instincts
also undergo an important development which is neither entirely
independent of the development of the Libido nor without influence
upon the latter. We certainly understand the development of
the Ego much less well than the development of the Libido,
because it is only by the study of the narcissistic neuroses that
we have just reached some hope of insight into the structure of the
Ego. Nevertheless, we have already a notable attempt on the
part of Ferenczi[48] to reconstruct theoretically the developmental
stages of the Ego; and there are at least two points at which
we have a secure foothold from which to examine this development
further. We are not at all disposed to think that the libidinal
interests of a human being are from the outset in opposition to
the interests of self-preservation; the Ego is rather impelled at
every stage to attempt to remain in harmony with the corresponding
stage of sexual organization and to accommodate itself
to that. The succession of the separate phases in the development
of the Libido probably follows a prescribed course; it is undeniable,
however, that this course may be influenced from the
direction of the Ego. A certain parallelism, a definite correspondence
between the phases in the two developments (of the Ego
and of the Libido) may also be assumed; indeed, a disturbance
in this correspondence may become a pathogenic factor. More
important to us is the question how the Ego behaves when the
Libido has undergone a powerful fixation at an earlier point in
its development. The Ego may countenance the fixation and
will then be perverse to that extent, or, what is the same thing,
infantile; it may, however, hold itself averse from this attachment
of Libido, the result of which is that where the Libido
undergoes a fixation there the Ego institutes an act of
repression.
In this way we arrive at the conclusion that the third factor
in the ætiology of the neuroses, the susceptibility to conflict,
is as much connected with the development of the Ego as with
the development of the Libido; our insight into the causation
of the neuroses is thus enlarged. First, there is the most general
condition of privation, then the fixation of Libido (forcing it into
particular channels), and thirdly, the susceptibility to conflict
produced by the development of the Ego having repudiated
libidinal excitations of that particular kind. The thing is therefore
not so very obscure and intricate—as you probably thought it
during the course of my exposition. To be sure, though, after
296all, we have not done with it yet; there is still something new
to add and something we already know to dissect further.
In order to demonstrate the effect of the development of the
Ego upon the tendency to conflict and therewith upon the
causation of the neurosis, I will quote an example which, although
entirely imaginary, is not at all improbable in any respect. I will
give it the title of Nestroy’s farce: On the Ground-Floor and in the
Mansion. Suppose that a caretaker is living on the ground-floor
of a house, while the owner, a rich and well-connected man, lives
above. They both have children, and we will assume that the
owner’s little girl is permitted to play freely without supervision
with the child of lower social standing. It may then very easily
happen that their games become “naughty,” that is, take on
a sexual character: that they play “father and mother,” watch
each other in the performance of intimate acts, and stimulate
each other’s genital parts. The caretaker’s daughter may have
played the temptress in this, since in spite of her five or six
years she has been able to learn a great deal about sexual matters.
These occurrences, even though they are only kept up for a short
period, will be enough to rouse certain sexual excitations in both
children which will come to expression in the practice of masturbation
for a few years, after the games have been discontinued.
There is common ground so far, but the final result will be very
different in the two children. The caretaker’s daughter will continue
masturbation, perhaps up to the onset of menstruation, and
then give it up without difficulty; a few years later will find
a lover, perhaps bear a child; choose this or that path in life,
perhaps become a popular actress and end as an aristocrat.
Probably her career will turn out less brilliantly, but in any
case she will be unharmed by the premature sexual activity,
free from neurosis, and able to live her life. Very different is
the result in the other child. She will very soon, while yet a child,
acquire a sense of having done wrong; after a fairly short time
she will give up the masturbatory satisfaction, though perhaps
only with a tremendous struggle, but will nevertheless retain an
inner feeling of subdued depression. When later on as a young
girl she comes to learn something of sexual intercourse, she will
turn from it with inexplicable horror and wish to remain ignorant.
Probably she will then again suffer a fresh irresistible impulse to
masturbation about which she will not dare to unburden herself
to anyone. When the time comes for a man to choose her as a
wife the neurosis will break out and cheat her out of marriage
and the joy of life. If analysis makes it possible to obtain an
insight into this neurosis, it will be found that this well-broughtup,
297intelligent and idealistic girl has completely repressed her
sexual desires; but that they are, unconsciously, attached to
the few little experiences she had with the childish play-mate.
The differences which ensue in these two destinies in spite of
the common experiences undergone, arise because in one girl the
Ego has sustained a development absent in the other. To the
caretaker’s daughter sexual activity seemed as natural and
harmless in later years as in childhood. The gentleman’s daughter
had been “well-brought-up” and had adopted the standards of
her education. Thus stimulated, her Ego had formed ideals
of womanly purity and absence of desire that were incompatible
with sexual acts; her intellectual training had caused her to
depreciate the feminine rôle for which she is intended. This
higher moral and intellectual development in her Ego has brought
her into conflict with the claims of her sexuality.
I will explore one more aspect of the development of the
Libido to-day, both because it leads out upon certain wide prospects,
and also because it is well-suited to justify the sharp, and not
immediately obvious, line of demarcation we are wont to draw between
Ego-instincts and sexual instincts. In considering the two
developments undergone by the Ego and by the Libido we must
emphasize an aspect which hitherto has received little attention.
Both of them are at bottom inheritances, abbreviated repetitions
of the evolution undergone by the whole human race through
long-drawn-out periods and from prehistoric ages. In the
development of the Libido this phylogenetic origin is readily
apparent, I should suppose. Think how in one class of animals
the genital apparatus is in closest relation with the mouth, in
another it is indistinguishable from the excretory mechanism,
in another it is part of the organs of motility; you will find a
delightful description of these facts in W. Bölsche’s valuable
book. One sees in animals all the various perversions, ingrained,
so to speak, in the form taken by their sexual organizations.
Now the phylogenetic aspect is to some extent obscured in man
by the circumstance that what is fundamentally inherited is
nevertheless individually acquired anew, probably because the
same conditions that originally induced its acquisition still
prevail and exert their influence upon each individual. I would
say, where they originally created a new response they now
stimulate a predisposition. Apart from this, it is unquestionable
that the course of the prescribed development in each individual
can be disturbed and altered by current impressions from without.
But the power which has enforced this development upon mankind,
and still to-day maintains its pressure in the same course, is
298known to us; it is, again, the privation exacted by reality; or,
if we give it its great real name, it is Necessity, the struggle for
life, ’ANATKH. Necessity has been a severe task-mistress, and she
has taught us a great deal. Neurotics are those of her children
upon whom this severity has had evil effects, but that risk is
inevitable in any education. Incidentally, this view of the
struggle for existence as the motive force in evolution need not
detract from the significance of “inner evolutionary tendencies,”
if such are found to exist.
Now it is very noteworthy that sexual instincts and self-preservative
instincts do not behave alike when confronted with
the necessity of real life. The self-preservative instincts and all
that hangs together with them are more easily moulded; they
learn early to conform to necessity and to adapt their development
according to the mandates of reality. This is comprehensible,
for they cannot obtain the objects they require by any
other means, and without these objects the individual must
perish. The sexual instincts are less easily moulded; for in
the beginning they do not know any lack of objects. Since they
are connected parasitically, as it were, with the other physical
functions and at the same time can be auto-erotically gratified
on their own body, they are at first isolated from the educative
influence of real necessity; and in most people they retain throughout
life, in some respect or other, this character of obstinacy
and inaccessibility to influence which we call “unreasonableness.”
Moreover, the educability of a young person as a rule comes
to an end when sexual desire breaks out in its final strength.
Educators know this and act accordingly; but perhaps they
will yet allow themselves to be influenced by the results of psycho-analysis
so that they will transfer the main emphasis in education
to the earliest years of childhood, from the suckling period
onward. The little human being is frequently a finished product
in his fourth or fifth year, and only gradually reveals in later
years what lies buried in him.
To appreciate the full significance of this difference between
the two groups of instincts we must digress some distance, and
include one of those aspects which deserve to be called economic;
we enter here upon one of the most important, but unfortunately
one of the most obscure, territories of psycho-analysis. We
may put the question whether a main purpose is discernible in
the operation of the mental apparatus; and our first approach
to an answer is that this purpose is directed to the attainment
of pleasure. It seems that our entire psychical activity is bent
upon procuring pleasure and avoiding pain, that it is automatically
299regulated by the Pleasure-principle. Now of all things in the
world we should like to know what are the conditions giving
rise to pleasure and pain, but that is just where we fall short.
We may only venture to say that pleasure is in some way connected
with lessening, lowering, or extinguishing the amount
of stimulation present in the mental apparatus; and that pain
involves a heightening of the latter. Consideration of the most
intense pleasure of which man is capable, the pleasure in the
performance of the sexual act, leaves little doubt upon this
point. Since pleasurable processes of this kind are bound up
with the distribution of quantities of mental excitation and
energy, we term considerations of this kind economic ones. It
appears that we can describe the tasks and performances of the
mental apparatus in another way and more generally than by
emphasizing the attainment of pleasure. We can say that the
mental apparatus serves the purpose of mastering and discharging
the masses of supervening stimuli, the quantities of energy. It
is quite plain that the sexual instincts pursue the aim of gratification
from the beginning to the end of their development;
throughout they keep up this primary function without alteration.
At first the other group, the Ego-instincts, do the same; but
under the influence of necessity, their mistress, they soon learn
to replace the pleasure-principle by a modification of it. The
task of avoiding pain becomes for them almost equal in importance
to that of gaining pleasure; the Ego learns that it must inevitably
go without immediate satisfaction, postpone gratification, learn
to endure a degree of pain, and altogether renounce certain
sources of pleasure. Thus trained, the Ego becomes “reasonable,”
is no longer controlled by the pleasure-principle, but follows the
Reality-principle, which at bottom also seeks pleasure—although
a delayed and diminished pleasure, one which is assured
by its realization of fact, its relation to reality.
The transition from the pleasure-principle to the reality-principle
is one of the most important advances in the development
of the Ego. We already know that the sexual instincts
follow late and unwillingly through this stage; presently we
shall learn what the consequences are to man that his sexuality
is satisfied with such a slight hold upon external reality. And
now in conclusion one more observation relevant in this connection.
If the Ego in mankind has its evolution like the Libido, you will
not be surprised to hear that there exist ‘Ego-regressions’ too,
and will wish to know the part this reversion of the Ego to earlier
stages in development can play in neurotic disease.
300
In the eyes of the general public the symptoms are the essence of
a disease, and to them a cure means the removal of the symptoms.
In medicine, however, we find it important to differentiate between
symptoms and disease, and state that the disappearance of the
symptoms is by no means the same as the cure of the disease.
The only tangible element of the disease that remains after the
removal of the symptoms, however, is the capacity to form new
symptoms. Therefore for the moment let us adopt the lay
point of view and regard a knowledge of the foundation of the
symptoms as equivalent to understanding the disease.
The symptoms—of course we are here dealing with mental
(or psychogenic) symptoms, and mental disease—are activities
which are detrimental, or at least useless, to life as a whole;
the person concerned frequently complains of them as obnoxious
to him or they involve distress and suffering for him. The
principal injury they inflict lies in the expense of mental energy
they entail and, besides this, in the energy needed to combat
them. Where the symptoms are extensively developed, these
two kinds of effort may exact such a price that the person suffers
a very serious impoverishment in available mental energy, which
consequently disables him for all the important tasks of life.
This result depends principally upon the amount of energy
taken up in this way, therefore you will see that “illness” is
essentially a practical conception. But if you look at the matter
from a theoretical point of view and ignore this question of
degree you can very well say that we are all ill, i.e. neurotic;
for the conditions required for symptom-formation are demonstrable
also in normal persons.
Of neurotic symptoms we already know that they are the
result of a conflict arising when a new form of satisfaction of
Libido is sought. The two powers which have entered into
opposition meet together again in the symptom and become
reconciled by means of the compromise contained in symptom-formation.
That is why the symptom is capable of such resistance;
301it is sustained from both sides. We also know that one
of the two partners to the conflict is the unsatisfied Libido,
frustrated by reality and now forced to seek other paths to
satisfaction. If reality remains inexorable, even when the
Libido is prepared to take another object in place of that denied,
the Libido will then finally be compelled to resort to regression,
and to seek satisfaction in one of the organizations it had already
surmounted or in one of the objects it had relinquished earlier.
The Libido is drawn into the path of regression by the fixations
it has left behind it at these places in its development.
Now the path of perversion branches off sharply from that
of neurosis. If these regressions do not call forth a prohibition
on the part of the Ego, no neurosis results; the Libido succeeds
in obtaining a real, although not a normal, satisfaction. But
if the Ego, which controls not merely consciousness but also
the approaches to motor innervation and hence the realization
in actuality of mental impulses, is not in agreement with these
regressions, conflict ensues. The Libido is turned off, blocked,
as it were, and must seek an escape by which it can find an
outlet for its ‘charge of energy’ in conformity with the demands
of the pleasure-principle: it must elude, eschew the Ego. The
fixations upon the path of development now regressively traversed—fixations
against which the Ego had previously guarded itself
by repressions—offer just such an escape. In streaming backward
and re-‘investing’ these repressed ‘positions,’ the Libido
withdraws itself from the Ego and its laws; but it also abandons
all the training acquired under the influence of the Ego. It was
docile as long as satisfaction was in sight; under the double
pressure of external and internal privation it becomes intractable
and harks back to former happier days. That is its essential
unchangeable character. The ideas to which the Libido now
transfers its ‘charge of energy’ belong to the unconscious system
and are subject to the special processes characteristic of that
system—namely, condensation and displacement. Conditions
are thus set up which correspond exactly with those of dream-formation.
Just as the latent dream, first formed in the Unconscious
out of the thoughts proper, and constituting the fulfilment
of an unconscious wish-phantasy, meets with some
(pre)conscious activity which exerts a censorship upon it and
permits, according to its verdict, the formation of a compromise
in the manifest dream, so the ideas to which the Libido is
attached (‘libido-representatives’) in the Unconscious have still
to contend with the power of the preconscious Ego. The opposition
that has arisen against it in the Ego follows it as a ‘countercharge’
302and forces it to adopt a form of expression by which the
opposing forces also can at the same time express themselves.
In this way the symptom then comes into being, as a derivative,
distorted in manifold ways, of the unconscious libidinal wish-fulfilment,
as a cleverly chosen ambiguity with two completely
contradictory significations. In this last point alone is there a
difference between dream-formation and symptom-formation;
for the preconscious purpose in dream-formation is merely to
preserve sleep and to allow nothing that would disturb it to
penetrate consciousness; it does not insist upon confronting
the unconscious wish-impulse with a sharp prohibiting “No,
on the contrary.” It can be more tolerant because a sleeping
person is in a less dangerous position; the condition of sleep is
enough in itself to prevent the wish from being realized in actuality.
You see that this escape of the Libido under the conditions
of conflict is rendered possible by the existence of fixations.
The regressive investment (with Libido) of these fixations leads
to a circumventing of the repressions and to a discharge—or
a satisfaction—of the Libido, in which the conditions of a compromise
have nevertheless to be maintained. By this détour
through the Unconscious and the old fixations the Libido finally
succeeds in attaining to a real satisfaction, though the satisfaction
is certainly of an exceedingly restricted kind and hardly recognizable
as such. Let me add two remarks on this outcome.
First, will you notice how closely connected the Libido and the
Unconscious, on the one hand, and the Ego, consciousness, and
reality, on the other, show themselves to be, although there were
no such connections between them originally; and secondly,
let me tell you that all I have said and have still to say on this
point concerns the neurosis of hysteria only.
Where does the Libido find the fixations it needs in order
to break through the repressions? In the activities and experiences
of infantile sexuality, in the component-tendencies
and the objects of childhood which have been relinquished and
abandoned. It is to them, therefore, that the Libido turns back.
The significance of childhood is a double one; on the one hand
the congenitally-determined instinct-dispositions are first shown
at that time, and secondly, other instincts are then first awakened
and activated by external influences and accidental events experienced.
In my opinion we are quite justified in laying down
this dichotomy. That the innate predisposition comes to expression
will certainly not be disputed; but analytic observation
even requires us to assume that purely accidental experiences
in childhood are capable of inducing fixations of Libido. Nor
303do I see any theoretical difficulty in this. Constitutional predispositions
are undoubtedly the after-effects of the experiences
of an earlier ancestry; they also have been at one time acquired;
without such acquired characters there would be no heredity.
And is it conceivable that the acquisition of characters which
will be transmitted further should suddenly cease in the generation
which is being observed to-day? The importance of the
infantile experiences should not, however, be entirely overlooked,
as so often happens, in favour of ancestral experiences or of
experiences in adult life; but on the contrary they should be
particularly appreciated. They are all the more pregnant with
consequences because they occur at a time of uncompleted
development, and for this very reason are likely to have a
traumatic effect. The work done by Roux and others on the
mechanism of development has shown that a needle pricked
into an embryonic cell-mass undergoing division results in serious
disturbances of the development; the same injury to a larva
or a full-grown animal would be innocuous.
The Libido-fixation of an adult, which we have referred to
as representing the constitutional factor in the ætiology of the
neuroses, may therefore now be divided into two further elements:
the inherited predisposition and the predisposition acquired in
early childhood. Since a schematic mode of presentation is
always acceptable to a student, let us formulate these relations
as follows:
Causation of Neurosis =
Predisposition resulting from Libido-fixation
+ Accidental (traumatic) Experiences
↙
↘
↓
↓
Sexual Constitution (Ancestral experiences)
Infantile Experiences
The hereditary sexual constitution provides a great variety of
predispositions, according as this or that component-impulse,
alone or in combination with others, is specially strongly accentuated.
Together with the infantile experiences the sexual
constitution forms another ‘complemental series,’ quite similar
to that already described as being formed out of the predisposition
and accidental experiences of an adult. In each series similar
extreme cases are met with, and also similar degrees and relationships
between the factors concerned. It would be appropriate
at this point to consider whether the most striking of the two
kinds of Libido-regression (that which reverts to earlier stages
304of sexual organization) is not predominantly conditioned by the
hereditary constitutional factor; but the answer to this question
is best postponed until a wider range of forms of neurotic disease
can be considered.
Now let us devote attention to the fact that analytic investigation
shows the Libido of neurotics to be attached to their infantile
sexual experiences. In this light these experiences seem to be
of enormous importance in the lives and illnesses of mankind.
This importance remains undiminished in so far as the therapeutic
work of analysis is concerned; but regarded from another point
of view it is easy to see that there is a danger of a misunderstanding
here, one which might delude us into regarding life too
exclusively from the angle of the situation in neurotics. The
importance of the infantile experiences is after all diminished
by the reflection that the Libido reverts regressively to them
after it has been driven from its later positions. This would
lead us towards the opposite conclusion, that the Libido-experiences
had no importance at the time of their occurrence,
but only acquired it later by regression. You will remember
that we discussed a similar alternative before, in dealing with
the Oedipus complex.
To decide this point is again not difficult. The statement
is undoubtedly correct that regression greatly augments the
investment of the infantile experiences with Libido—and with
that their pathogenic significance; but it would be misleading
to allow this alone to become decisive. Other considerations
must be taken into account as well. To begin with, observation
shows in a manner excluding all doubt that infantile experiences
have their own importance which is demonstrated already during
childhood. There are, indeed, neuroses in children too; in
their neuroses the factor of displacement backwards in time is
necessarily much diminished, or quite absent, the outbreak of
illness following immediately upon a traumatic experience. The
study of infantile neuroses guards us from many risks of misunderstanding
the neuroses of adults, just as children’s dreams
gave us the key to comprehension of the dreams of adults.
Neurosis in children is very common, far more common than is
usually supposed. It is often overlooked, regarded as a manifestation
of bad behaviour or naughtiness, and often subdued
by the authorities in the nursery; but in retrospect it is always
easily recognizable. It appears most often in the form of
anxiety-hysteria; we shall learn what that means on another
occasion. When a neurosis breaks out in later life analysis
invariably reveals it to be a direct continuation of that infantile
305neurosis, which had perhaps been expressed in a veiled and
incipient form only; as has been said, however, there are cases
in which the childish nervousness is carried on into lifelong
illness without a break. In a few instances we have been able
to analyse a child actually in a condition of neurosis; far more
often we have had to be satisfied with the retrospective insight
into a childhood-neurosis that can be gained through someone
who has fallen ill in mature years, a situation in which due
corrections and precautions must not be neglected.
In the second place, it would certainly be inexplicable that
the Libido should regress so regularly to the time of childhood
if there had been nothing there which could exert an attraction
upon it. The fixation upon certain stages of development,
which we assume, only has meaning if we regard it as attaching
to itself a definite amount of libidinal energy. Finally, I may point
out that a complemental relationship exists here between the
intensity and pathogenic importance of the infantile and of the
later experiences, again a similar relationship to that found in
the other two series we have already studied. There are cases
in which the whole accent of causation falls on the sexual experiences
in childhood; cases in which these impressions undoubtedly
had a traumatic effect, nothing more than the average
sexual constitution and its immaturity being required to supplement
them. Then there are others in which all the accent
lies on the later conflicts, and the analytic emphasis upon the
childhood-impressions seems to be the effect of regression alone.
There exist, therefore, the two extremes—‘inhibited development’
and ‘regression’—and between them every degree of
combination of the two factors.
This state of things has a certain interest for those looking
to pedagogy for the prevention of neuroses by early intervention
in the matter of the child’s sexual development. As long as
attention is directed mainly to the infantile sexual experiences
one would think everything in the way of prophylaxis of later
neurosis could be done by ensuring that this development should
be retarded and the child secured against this kind of experience.
But we know that the conditions causing neurosis are more
complicated than this and that they cannot be influenced in a
general way by attending to one factor only. Strict supervision
in childhood loses value because it is helpless against the constitutional
factor; more than this, it is less easy to carry out
than specialists in education imagine; and it entails two new
risks, which are not to be lightly disregarded. It may accomplish
too much; in that it favours an exaggerated degree of sexual
306repression which is harmful in its effects, and it sends the child
into life without power to resist the urgent demands of his
sexuality that must be expected at puberty. It therefore remains
most doubtful how far prophylaxis in childhood can go with
advantage, and whether a changed attitude to actuality would
not constitute a better point of departure for attempts to forestall
the neuroses.
Let us return to consideration of the symptoms. They yield
a satisfaction in place of one lacking in reality; they achieve
this by means of a regression of the Libido to a previous time of
life, with which regression is indissolubly connected, a reversion
to earlier phases in the object-choice or in the organization.
We learned some time ago that the neurotic is in some way tied
to a period in his past life; we know now that this period in
the past is one in which his Libido could attain satisfaction,
one in which he was happy. He looks back on his life-story,
seeking some such period, and goes on seeking it, even if he
must go back to the time when he was a suckling infant to find
it according to his recollection or his imagination of it under
later influences. In some way the symptom reproduces that
early infantile way of satisfaction, disguised though it is by the
censorship implicit in the conflict, converted as it usually is into
a sensation of suffering, and mingled with elements drawn from
the experiences leading up to the outbreak of the illness. The
kind of satisfaction which the symptom brings has much about
it which estranges us, quite apart from the fact that the person
concerned is unaware of the satisfaction and perceives this that
we call satisfaction much more as suffering, and complains of it.
This transformation belongs to the mental conflict, by the pressure
of which the symptom had to be formed; what was at one time
a satisfaction must to-day arouse resistance or horror in him.
We are familiar with a simple but instructive instance of such
a change of feeling: the same child that sucked milk with
voracity from its mother’s breast often shows, some years later,
a strong dislike of milk which can with difficulty be overcome
by training; this dislike is intensified to the point of horror if the
milk or any other kind of liquid containing it has a skin formed
upon it. It is possible that this skin calls up reverberations of
a memory of the mother’s breast, once so ardently desired; it
is true that the traumatic experience of weaning has intervened
meanwhile.
There is still something else which makes the symptoms
seem remarkable and inexplicable as a means of libidinal satisfaction.
They so entirely fail to remind us of all that we are
307accustomed normally to connect with satisfaction. They are
mostly quite independent of an object and thus have given up
a relation to external reality. We understand this as a consequence
of the rejection of the reality-principle and the return
to the pleasure-principle; it is also, however, a return to a kind
of amplified auto-erotism, the kind which offered the sexual
instinct its first gratifications. In the place of effecting a change
in the outer world they set up a change in the body itself; that
is, an internal action instead of an external one, an adaptation
instead of an activity—from a phylogenetic point of view again
a very significant regression. We shall understand this better
when we consider it in connection with a new factor yet to be
learnt from among those which analytic research has yielded
in regard to symptom-formation. Further, we remember that
in symptom-formation the same unconscious processes are at
work as in dream-formation, namely, condensation and displacement.
Like the dream, the symptom represents something as
fulfilled, a satisfaction infantile in character; but by the utmost
condensation this satisfaction can be compressed into a single
sensation or innervation, or by farthest displacement can be
whittled away to a tiny detail out of the entire libidinal complex.
It is no wonder that we often find it difficult to recognize in
the symptom the libidinal satisfaction which we suspect and
can always verify in it.
I have indicated that we have still to learn of a new element;
it is really something most surprising and bewildering. You
know that from analysis of symptoms we arrive at a knowledge
of the infantile experiences to which the Libido is fixated and
out of which the symptoms are made up. Now the astonishing
thing is that these scenes of infancy are not always true. Indeed,
in the majority of cases they are untrue, and in some cases they
are in direct opposition to historical truth. You will see that
this discovery is more likely than any other to discredit
either the analysis which leads to such results, or the patient,
upon whose testimony the analysis and comprehension of the
neuroses as a whole is built up. There is besides this still something
utterly bewildering about it. If the infantile experiences
brought to light by the analysis were in every case real we should
have the feeling that we were on firm ground; if they were
invariably falsified and found to be inventions and phantasies
of the patient’s we should have to forsake this insecure foothold
and save ourselves some other way. But it is neither one thing
nor the other; for what we find is that the childhood-experiences
reconstructed or recollected in analysis are on some occasions
308undeniably false, while others are just as certainly quite true,
and that in most cases truth and falsehood are mixed up. So the
symptoms are thus at one minute reproductions of experiences
which actually took place and which one can credit with an
influence on the fixation of the Libido; and at the next a reproduction
of phantasies of the patient’s to which, of course, it is
difficult to ascribe any ætiological significance. It is hard to
find one’s way here. We may perhaps find our first clue in a
discovery of a similar kind, namely, that the meagre childish
recollections which people have always, long before analysis,
consciously preserved can be falsified in the same way, or at
least can contain a generous admixture of truth and falsehood;
evidence of error in them is nearly always plainly visible, and
so we have at least the reassurance that not the analysis, but
the patient in some way, must bear the responsibility for this
unexpected disappointment.
After a little reflection we can easily understand what it
is that is so bewildering in this matter. It is the depreciation
of reality, the neglect of the difference between reality and
phantasy; we are tempted to be offended with the patient for
taking up our time with invented stories. According to our
way of thinking heaven and earth are not farther apart than
fiction from reality, and we value the two quite differently. The
patient himself, incidentally, takes the same attitude when he
is thinking normally. When he brings forward the material
that leads us to the wished-for situations (which underlie the
symptoms and are formed upon the childhood-experiences),
we are certainly in doubt at first whether we have to deal with
reality or with phantasies. Decision on this point becomes
possible later by means of certain indications, and we are then
confronted with the task of making this result known to the
patient. This is never accomplished without difficulty. If we
tell him at the outset that he is now about to bring to light the
phantasies in which he has shrouded the history of his childhood,
just as every race weaves myths about its forgotten early history,
we observe to our dissatisfaction that his interest in pursuing the
subject further suddenly declines—he also wishes to find out
facts and despises what is called “imagination.” But if we
leave him to believe until this part of the work has been carried
through that we are investigating the real events of his early
years, we run the risk of being charged with the mistake later
and of being laughed at for our apparent gullibility. It takes
him a long time to understand the proposal that phantasy and
reality are to be treated alike and that it is to begin with of no
309account whether the childhood-experiences under consideration
belong to the one class or to the other. And yet this is obviously
the only correct attitude towards these products of his mind.
They have indeed also a kind of reality; it is a fact that the
patient has created these phantasies, and for the neurosis this
fact is hardly less important than the other—if he had really
experienced what they contain. In contrast to material reality
these phantasies possess psychical reality, and we gradually come
to understand that in the world of neurosisPSYCHICAL REALITYis the determining factor.
Among the occurrences which continually recur in the story
of a neurotic’s childhood, and seem hardly ever absent, are some
of particular significance which I therefore consider worthy of
special attention. As models of this type I will enumerate:
observation of parental intercourse, seduction by an adult, and
the threat of castration. It would be a great mistake to suppose
that they never occur in reality; on the contrary, they are often
confirmed beyond doubt by the testimony of older relatives.
Thus, for example, it is not at all uncommon for a little boy,
who is beginning to play with his penis and has not yet learnt
that he must conceal such activities, to be threatened by parents
or nurses that his member or his offending hand will be cut off.
Parents will often admit the fact on being questioned, since
they imagine that such intimidation was the right course to
take; many people have a clear conscious recollection of this
threat, especially if it took place in later childhood. If the
mother or some other woman makes the threat she usually shifts
the execution of it to someone else, indicating that the father
or the doctor will perform the deed. In the famous Struwelpeter
by the Frankfort physician for children, Hoffmann, which owes
its popularity precisely to his understanding of the sexual and
other complexes of children, you will find the castration idea
modified and replaced by cutting off the thumbs as a punishment
for stubborn sucking of them. It is, however, highly improbable
that the threat of castration has been delivered as often as would
appear from the analysis of a neurotic. We are content to
understand that the child concocts a threat of this kind out of
its knowledge that auto-erotic satisfactions are forbidden, on the
basis of hints and allusions, and influenced by the impression
received on discovering the female genital organ. Similarly, it
is not at all impossible that a small child, credited as he is with
no understanding and no memory, may be witness of the sexual
act on the part of his parents or other adults in other families
besides those of the proletariat; and there is reason to think
310that the child can subsequently understand the impression received
and react to it. But when this act of intercourse is described
with minute details which can hardly have been observed, or when
it appears, as it most frequently does, to have been performed
from behind, more ferarum, there can be little doubt that this
phantasy has grown out of the observation of copulating animals
(dogs) and that its motive force lies in the unsatisfied skoptophilia
(gazing-impulse) of the child during puberty. The greatest feat
achieved by this kind of phantasy is that of observing parental
intercourse while still unborn in the mother’s womb.
The phantasy of seduction has special interest, because only
too often it is no phantasy but a real remembrance; fortunately,
however, it is still not as often real as it seemed at first from the
results of analysis. Seduction by children of the same age or older
is more frequent than by adults; and when girls who bring forward
this event in the story of their childhood fairly regularly introduce
the father as the seducer, neither the phantastic character
of this accusation nor the motive actuating it can be doubted.
When no seduction has occurred, the phantasy is usually employed
to cover the childhood period of auto-erotic sexual activity; the
child evades feelings of shame about onanism by retrospectively
attributing in phantasy a desired object to the earliest period. Do
not suppose, however, that sexual misuse of children by the nearest
male relatives is entirely derived from the world of phantasy;
most analysts will have treated cases in which such occurrences
actually took place and could be established beyond doubt;
only even then they belonged to later years of childhood and had
been transposed to an earlier time.
All this seems to lead to but one impression, that childhood
experiences of this kind are in some way necessarily required by
the neurosis, that they belong to its unvarying inventory. If
they can be found in real events, well and good; but if reality
has not supplied them they will be evolved out of hints and
elaborated by phantasy. The effect is the same, and even to-day
we have not succeeded in tracing any variation in the results
according as phantasy or reality plays the greater part in these
experiences. Here again is one of those complemental series so
often referred to already; it is certainly the strangest of all
those we have encountered. Whence comes the necessity for
these phantasies, and the material for them? There can be
no doubt about the instinctive sources; but how is it to be
explained that the same phantasies are always formed with the
same content? I have an answer to this which I know will seem
to you very daring. I believe that these primal phantasies (as
311I should like to name these, and certainly some others also)
are a phylogenetic possession. In them the individual, wherever
his own experience has become insufficient, stretches out beyond
it to the experience of past ages. It seems to me quite possible
that all that to-day is narrated in analysis in the form of phantasy,
seduction in childhood, stimulation of sexual excitement upon
observation of parental coitus, the threat of castration—or rather,
castration itself—was in prehistoric periods of the human family
a reality; and that the child in its phantasy simply fills out the
gaps in its true individual experiences with true prehistoric
experiences. We have again and again been led to suspect
that more knowledge of the primordial forms of human development
is stored up for us in the psychology of the neuroses than
in any other field we may explore.
Now these things that we have been discussing require us to
consider more closely the origin and meaning of that mental
activity called “phantasy-making.” In general, as you know,
it enjoys high esteem, although its place in mental life has not
been clearly understood. I can tell you as much as this about it.
You know that the Ego in man is gradually trained by the influence
of external necessity to appreciate reality and to pursue the
reality-principle, and that in so doing it must renounce temporarily
or permanently various of the objects and aims—not only sexual—of
its desire for pleasure. But renunciation of pleasure has always
been very hard to man; he cannot accomplish it without some kind
of compensation. Accordingly he has evolved for himself a mental
activity in which all these relinquished sources of pleasure and
abandoned paths of gratification are permitted to continue their
existence, a form of existence in which they are free from the
demands of reality and from what we call the exercise of ‘testing
reality.’ Every longing is soon transformed into the idea of
its fulfilment; there is no doubt that dwelling upon a wish-fulfilment
in phantasy brings satisfaction, although the knowledge
that it is not reality remains thereby unobscured. In
phantasy, therefore, man can continue to enjoy a freedom from
the grip of the external world, one which he has long relinquished
in actuality. He has contrived to be alternately a pleasure-seeking
animal and a reasonable being; for the meagre satisfaction
that he can extract from reality leaves him starving. “There
is no doing without accessory constructions,” said Fontane. The
creation of the mental domain of phantasy has a complete counterpart
in the establishment of “reservations” and “nature-parks”
in places where the inroads of agriculture, traffic, or industry
threaten to change the original face of the earth rapidly into
312something unrecognizable. The “reservation” is to maintain
the old condition of things which has been regretfully sacrificed
to necessity everywhere else; there everything may grow and
spread as it pleases, including what is useless and even what is
harmful. The mental realm of phantasy is also such a reservation
reclaimed from the encroaches of the reality-principle.
The best-known productions of phantasy have already been
met by us; they are called day-dreams, and are imaginary
gratifications of ambitious, grandiose, erotic wishes, dilating the
more extravagantly the more reality admonishes humility and
patience. In them is shown unmistakably the essence of
imaginary happiness, the return of gratification to a condition
in which it is independent of reality’s sanction. We know
that these day-dreams are the kernels and models of night-dreams;
fundamentally the night-dream is nothing but a day-dream
distorted by the nocturnal form of mental activity
and made possible by the nocturnal freedom of instinctive
excitations. We are already familiar with the idea that a
day-dream is not necessarily conscious, that unconscious day-dreams
also exist; such unconscious day-dreams are therefore
just as much the source of night-dreams as of neurotic
symptoms.
The significance of phantasy for symptom-formation will
become clear to you in what follows. We said that under privation
the Libido regressively invests the positions it had left, but to
which nevertheless some portions of its energy had remained
attached. We shall not retract or correct this statement, but
we shall have to interpolate a connecting-link in it. How does
the Libido find its way back to these fixation-points? Now
the objects and channels which have been forsaken by the Libido
have not been forsaken in every sense; they, or their derivatives,
are still retained to some degree of intensity in the conceptions
of phantasy. The Libido has only to withdraw on to the phantasies
in order to find the way open to it back to all the repressed
fixations. These phantasies had enjoyed a certain sort of toleration;
no conflict between them and the Ego had developed,
however sharp an opposition there was between them, as long
as a certain condition was preserved—a condition of a quantitative
nature, now disturbed by the return of the Libido-stream on to
the phantasies. By this accession, the investment of the phantasies
with energy becomes so much augmented that they become
assertive and begin to press towards realization; then, however,
conflict between them and the Ego becomes unavoidable.
Although previously they were preconscious or conscious, now
313they are subject to repression from the side of the Ego and are
exposed to the attraction exerted from the side of the Unconscious.
The Libido travels from the phantasies, now unconscious, to their
sources in the Unconscious—back to its own fixation-points again.
The return of the Libido on to phantasy is an intermediate
step on the way to symptom-formation which well deserves a
special designation. C. G. Jung has coined for it the very appropriate
name of INTROVERSION, but inappropriately he uses it
also to describe other things. We will adhere to the position that
introversion describes the deflection of the Libido away from the
possibilities of real satisfaction and its excessive accumulation
upon phantasies previously tolerated as harmless. An introverted
person is not yet neurotic, but he is in an unstable condition;
the next disturbance of the shifting forces will cause symptoms
to develop, unless he can yet find other outlets for his pent-up
Libido. The unreal character of neurotic satisfaction and the
disregard of the difference between phantasy and reality are
already determined by the delay at this stage of introversion.
You will doubtless have noticed that in these last remarks
I have introduced a new factor into the concatenation of the
ætiological chain—namely, the quantity, the magnitude of the
energies concerned; we must always take this factor into account
as well. A purely qualitative analysis of the ætiological conditions
does not suffice; or, to put it in another way, a purely dynamic
conception of these processes is insufficient, the economic aspect
is also required. We have to realize that the conflict between
the two forces in opposition does not break out until a certain
intensity in the degree of investment is reached, even though
the substantive conditions have long been in existence. In the
same way, the pathogenic significance of the constitutional factor
is determined by the preponderance of one of the component-instincts
in excess over another in the disposition; it is even
possible to conceive disposition as qualitatively the same in all
men and only differentiated by this quantitative factor. No less
important is this quantitative factor for the capacity to withstand
neurotic illness; it depends upon the amount of undischarged
Libido that a person can hold freely suspended, and upon how large
a portion of it he can deflect from the sexual to a non-sexual
goal in sublimation. The final aim of mental activity, which can
be qualitatively described as a striving towards pleasure and
avoidance of pain, is represented economically in the task of
mastering the distribution of the quantities of excitation
(stimulus-masses) present in the mental apparatus, and in preventing
the accumulation of them which gives rise to pain.
314I set out to tell you as much as this about symptom-formation
in the neuroses. Yes, but I must not neglect to mention once
more that everything said to-day relates only to symptom-formation
in hysteria. Even the obsessional neurosis shows great
differences, although the essentials are the same. The ‘counter-charges’
from the Ego against the demands made by instincts
for satisfaction, mentioned already in connection with hysteria,
are more strongly marked in the obsessional neurosis and govern
the clinical picture in the form of what we call ‘reaction-formations.’
Similar and more extensive deviations still are found in
the other neuroses, in which field researches into the mechanisms
of symptom-formation are not yet complete in any direction.
Before you leave to-day I should like to direct your attention
for a moment to a side of phantasy-life of very general interest.
There is, in fact, a path from phantasy back again to reality,
and that is—art. The artist has also an introverted disposition
and has not far to go to become neurotic. He is one who is
urged on by instinctive needs which are too clamorous; he
longs to attain to honour, power, riches, fame, and the love of
women; but he lacks the means of achieving these gratifications.
So, like any other with an unsatisfied longing, he turns away
from reality and transfers all his interest, and all his Libido
too, on to the creation of his wishes in the life of phantasy, from
which the way might readily lead to neurosis. There must
be many factors in combination to prevent this becoming the
whole outcome of his development; it is well known how often
artists in particular suffer from partial inhibition of their capacities
through neurosis. Probably their constitution is endowed with
a powerful capacity for sublimation and with a certain flexibility
in the repressions determining the conflict. But the way back to
reality is found by the artist thus: He is not the only one who has
a life of phantasy; the intermediate world of phantasy is sanctioned
by general human consent, and every hungry soul looks
to it for comfort and consolation. But to those who are not
artists the gratification that can be drawn from the springs of
phantasy is very limited; their inexorable repressions prevent
the enjoyment of all but the meagre day-dreams which can
become conscious. A true artist has more at his disposal. First
of all he understands how to elaborate his day-dreams, so that
they lose that personal note which grates upon strange ears
and become enjoyable to others; he knows too how to modify
them sufficiently so that their origin in prohibited sources is not
easily detected. Further, he possesses the mysterious ability
to mould his particular material until it expresses the ideas of
315his phantasy faithfully; and then he knows how to attach to
this reflection of his phantasy-life so strong a stream of pleasure
that, for a time at least, the repressions are out-balanced and
dispelled by it. When he can do all this, he opens out to others the
way back to the comfort and consolation of their own unconscious
sources of pleasure, and so reaps their gratitude and admiration;
then he has won—through his phantasy—what before he could
only win in phantasy: honour, power, and the love of women.
316
After such a difficult piece of work as we got through in our
last lecture I shall leave the subject for a time and turn to my
audience.
For I know that you are dissatisfied. You imagined that
Introductory Lectures on Psycho-Analysis would be something
quite different. You expected illustrations from life instead of
theories; you will tell me that the story of the two children,
on the ground-floor and in the mansion, revealed something of
the causation of neurosis to you, except that it ought to have
been an actual fact instead of an invention of my own. Or you
will say that, when at the beginning I described two symptoms
to you (not also imaginary, let us hope), and unfolded the solution
of them and their connection with the lives of the patients, it
threw some light on the meaning of symptoms, and you had hoped
I would continue in the same way. Instead of doing so I gave
you long-drawn-out and very obscure theories which were never
complete, and to which I was constantly adding something;
I dealt with conceptions which I had not yet introduced to you;
I let go of descriptive explanation and took up the dynamic
aspect and dropped this again for a so-called economic one;
made it difficult for you to understand how many of these technical
terms mean the same thing and are only exchanged for one
another on account of euphony; I let vast conceptions, such as
those of the pleasure and reality principles, and the inherited
residue of phylogenetic development, appear, and then instead
of explaining anything to you I let them drift away before
your eyes out of sight.
Why did I not begin the introduction to the study of the
neuroses with what you all know of nervousness, a thing that
has long roused your interest, or with the peculiar nature of
nervous persons, their incomprehensible reactions to human
intercourse and external influences, their excitability, their
unreliability, and their inability to do well in anything? Why
not lead you step by step from an explanation of the simple
317everyday forms of nervousness to the problems of the enigmatic
extreme manifestations?
Indeed, I cannot deny any of this or say that you are wrong.
I am not so much in love with my powers of presentation as
to imagine that every blemish in it is a peculiar charm. I think
myself that I might with advantage to you have proceeded
differently, and, indeed, such was my intention. But one cannot
always carry through a reasoned scheme; something in the
material itself often intervenes and takes possession of one and
turns one from one’s first intentions. Even such an ordinary
task as the arrangement of familiar material is not entirely subject
to the author’s will; it comes out in its own way and one can
but wonder afterwards why it happened so and not otherwise.
One of the reasons probably is that my theme, an introduction
to psycho-analysis, no longer covers this section dealing
with the subject of the neuroses. The introduction to psycho-analysis
lies in the study of errors and of dreams; the theory
of neurosis is psycho-analysis itself. I do not think that in
such a short time I could have given you any knowledge of the
material contained in the theory of the neuroses except in this
very concentrated form. It was a matter of presenting to you
in their proper context the sense and meaning of symptoms,
together with the external and internal conditions and mechanisms
of symptom-formation. This I attempted to do; it is more or
less the core of what psycho-analysis is able to offer to-day. In
conjunction with it there was much to be said about the Libido
and its development, and something about that of the Ego. You
were already prepared by the preliminary lectures for the main
principles of our method and for the broad aspects involved in
the conceptions of the Unconscious and of repression (resistance).
In one of the following lectures you will learn at what point the
work of psycho-analysis finds its organic continuation. So far
I have not concealed from you that all our results proceed from
the study of one single group only of nervous disorders—namely,
the transference neuroses; and even so I have traced out the
mechanism of symptom-formation only in the hysterical neurosis.
Though you will probably have gained no very thorough knowledge
and have not retained every detail, yet I hope that you have
acquired a general idea of the means with which psycho-analysis
works, the problems it has to deal with, and the results it has
to offer.
I have ascribed to you a wish that I had begun the subject
of the neuroses with a description of the neurotic’s behaviour,
and of the ways in which he suffers from his disorder, protects
318himself against it, and adapts himself to it. This is certainly
a very interesting subject, well worth studying, and not difficult
to treat; nevertheless there are reasons against beginning with this
aspect. The danger is that the Unconscious will be overlooked,
the great importance of the Libido ignored, and that everything
will be judged as it appears to the patient’s own Ego. Now it
is obvious that his Ego is not a reliable and impartial authority.
The Ego is after all the force which denies the existence of the
Unconscious and has subjected it to repressions; how then can
we trust its good faith where the Unconscious is concerned?
That which has been repressed consists first and foremost of
the repudiated claims of the sexuality; it is perfectly self-evident
that we shall never learn their extent and their significance
from the Ego’s view of the matter. As soon as the nature of repression
begins to dawn upon us we are advised not to allow one
of the two contending parties, and certainly not the victorious
one, to be judge in the dispute. We are forewarned against
being misled by what the Ego tells us. According to its evidence
it would appear to have been the active force throughout, so
that the symptoms arise by its will and agency; we know that to
a large extent it has played a passive part, a fact which it then
endeavours to conceal and to gloss over. It is true that it cannot
always keep up this pretence—in the symptoms of the obsessional
neurosis it has to confess to being confronted by something alien
which it must strenuously resist.
It is certainly plain sailing enough for anyone who does not
heed these warnings against taking the falsifications of the Ego
at their face-value; he will escape all the opposition which
psycho-analysis has to encounter in accentuating the Unconscious,
sexuality, and the passivity of the Ego. He can agree with
Alfred Adler that the “nervous character” is the cause of the
neurosis, instead of the result; but he will not be in a position
to account for a single detail of symptom-formation or a single
dream.
You will ask: May it not be possible to do justice to the
part played by the Ego in nervousness and in symptom-formation
without absolutely glaring neglect of the other factors discovered
by psycho-analysis? I reply: Certainly it must be possible,
and some time or other it will be done; but the work which
lies at hand for psycho-analysis is not suited for a beginning at
this end. One can, no doubt, predict the point at which this
task also will be included. There are neuroses, called by us
the narcissistic neuroses, in which the Ego is far more deeply
involved than in those we have studied; analytic investigation
319of these disorders will enable us to estimate impartially and
reliably the share taken by the Ego in neurotic disease.
One of the relations the Ego bears to its neurosis is, however,
so conspicuous that it was quite appreciable from the beginning.
It never seems to be absent; but it is most clearly discernible
in a form of disorder which we are far from understanding, the
traumatic neurosis. You must know that in the causation
and mechanism of all the various different forms of neurosis
the same factors are found at work over and over again, only
that in one type this factor and in another type that factor is
of greatest significance in symptom-formation. It is just the
same as with the personnel of a theatrical company, where every
member plays a special type of part—hero, confidant, villain,
etc; each of them will choose a different piece for his own benefit-performance.
Hence, the phantasies which are transformed
into the symptoms are nowhere so manifest as in hysteria; the
‘counter-charges’ or reaction-formations of the Ego dominate
the picture in the obsessional neurosis; the mechanism which
in dreams we called ‘secondary elaboration’ is the prominent
feature in the delusions of paranoia, and so on.
In the traumatic neuroses, especially in those arising from
the terrors of war, we are particularly impressed by a self-seeking,
egoistic motive, a straining towards protection and
self-interest; this alone perhaps could not produce the disease,
but it gives its support to the latter and maintains it once it
has been formed. This tendency aims at protecting the Ego from
the dangers which led by their imminence to the outbreak of
illness; nor does it permit of recovery until a repetition of the
dangers appear to be no longer possible, or until some gain in
compensation for the danger undergone has been received.
The Ego takes a similar interest in the origin and maintenance
of all the other forms of neurosis; we have said already that the
symptom is supported by the Ego because one side of it offers
a satisfaction to the repressing Ego-tendency. More than this,
a solution of the conflict by a symptom-formation is the most
convenient one, most in accordance with the pleasure-principle;
for it undoubtedly spares the Ego a severe and painful piece
of internal labour. There are indeed cases in which the physician
himself must admit that the solution of a conflict by a neurosis
is the one most harmless and most tolerable socially. Do not be
astonished to hear then that the physician himself occasionally
takes sides with the illness which he is attacking. It is not
for him to confine himself in all situations in life to the part of
fanatic about health; he knows that there is other misery in the
320world besides neurotic misery—real unavoidable suffering—that
necessity may even demand of a man that he sacrifice his health
to it, and he learns that such suffering in one individual may often
avert incalculable hardship for many others. Therefore, although
it may be said of every neurotic that he has taken ‘flight into
illness,’ it must be admitted that in many cases this flight is
fully justified, and the physician who has perceived this state
of things will silently and considerately retire.
But let us continue our discussion without regard to these
exceptional cases. In the ordinary way it is apparent that by
flight into neurosis the Ego gains a certain internal ‘advantage
through illness,’ as we call it; under certain conditions a tangible
external advantage, more or less valuable in reality, may be
combined with this. To take the commonest case of this kind:
a woman who is brutally treated and mercilessly exploited by
her husband fairly regularly takes refuge in a neurosis, if her
disposition admits of it. This will happen if she is too cowardly
or too conventional to console herself secretly with another man,
if she is not strong enough to defy all external reasons against
it and separate from her husband, if she has no prospect of being
able to maintain herself or of finding a better husband, and last
of all, if she is still strongly attached sexually to this brutal man.
Her illness becomes her weapon in the struggle against him,
one that she can use for her protection, or misuse for purposes
of revenge. She can complain of her illness, though she probably
dare not complain of her marriage; her doctor is her ally; the
husband who is otherwise so ruthless is required to spare her,
to spend money on her, to grant her absence from home and thus
some freedom from marital oppression. Whenever this external
or ‘accidental’ advantage through illness is at all pronounced,
and no substitute for it can be found in reality, you need not
look forward very hopefully to influencing the neurosis by your
therapy.
You will now say that what I have just told you about the
‘advantage through illness’ is all in favour of the view I have
rejected, namely, that the Ego itself desires the neurosis and
creates it. But just a moment! Perhaps it means merely
this: that the Ego is pleased to accept the neurosis which it is
in any case unable to prevent, and that if there is anything at
all to be made out of it it makes the best of it. This is only
one side of the matter. In so far as there is advantage in it
the Ego is quite happy to be on good terms with a neurosis,
but there are also disadvantages to be considered. As a rule
it is soon apparent that by accepting a neurosis the Ego has
321made a bad bargain. It has paid too heavily for the solution
of the conflict; the sufferings entailed by the symptoms are
perhaps as bad as those of the conflict they replace, and they
may quite probably be very much worse. The Ego wishes
to be rid of the pain of the symptoms, but not to give up its
advantage through illness; and that is just what it cannot
succeed in doing. It appears therefore that the Ego was not
quite so actively concerned in the matter throughout as it had
thought, and we will keep this well in mind.
If, as physicians, you have much to do with neurotics, you
will soon cease to expect that those who complain most bitterly
of their illness will be most ready to accept your help and make
least difficulty—quite the contrary. You will at all events
easily understand that everything which contributes to the
advantage through illness reinforces the resistance arising from
the repressions, and increases the therapeutic difficulties. And
there is yet another kind of advantage through illness, one which
supervenes later than that born with the symptom, so to speak.
When such a mental organization as the disease has persisted
for a considerable time it seems finally to acquire the character
of an independent entity; it displays something like a self-preservative
instinct; it forms a kind of pact, a modus vivendi,
with the other forces in mental life, even with those fundamentally
hostile to it, and opportunities can hardly fail to arise in which it
once more manifests itself as useful and expedient, thus acquiring
a secondary function which again strengthens its position. Instead
of taking an example from pathology let us consider a striking
illustration in everyday life. A capable working-man earning
his living is crippled by an accident in the course of his employment;
he can work no more, but he gets a small periodical dole
in compensation and learns how to exploit his mutilation as
a beggar. His new life, although so inferior, nevertheless is
supported by the very thing which destroyed his old life; if you
were to remove his disability you would deprive him for a time
of his means of subsistence, for the question would arise whether
he would still be capable of resuming his former work. When a
secondary exploitation of the illness such as this is formed in
a neurosis we can range it alongside the first and call it a ‘secondary
advantage through illness.’
I should like to advise you in a general way not to underestimate
the practical importance of the advantage through illness,
and yet not to be too much impressed by its theoretical significance.
Apart from the exceptions previously recognized, this
factor always reminds one of the illustrations of “Intelligence
322in Animals” by Oberländer in Fliegende Blätter. An Arab
is riding a camel along a narrow path cut in the side of a
steep mountain. At a turn in the path he suddenly finds himself
confronted by a lion ready to spring at him. There is no escape;
on one side the abyss, on the other the precipice; retreat and
flight are impossible; he gives himself up for lost. Not so the
camel. He takes one leap with his rider into the abyss—and
the lion is left a spectator. The remedies provided by neurosis
avail the patient no better as a rule; perhaps because the solution
of the conflict by a symptom-formation is after all an automatic
process which may show itself inadequate to meet the demands
of life, and involves man in a renunciation of his best and highest
powers. The more honourable choice, if there be a choice, is to
go down in fair fight with destiny.
I still owe you a further explanation of my motive in not
taking ordinary nervousness as my starting-point. Perhaps
you think I avoided doing so because it would have been more
difficult to bring in evidence of the sexual origin of the neuroses
in that way; but in this you would be mistaken. In the transference
neuroses the symptoms have to be submitted to interpretation
before we arrive at this; but in the ordinary forms of
what are called the ACTUAL NEUROSES the ætiological significance
of the sexual life is a crudely obvious fact which courts notice.
I became aware of it more than twenty years ago, as one day
I began to wonder why, when we examine nervous patients, we
so invariably exclude from consideration all matters concerning
their sexual life. Investigations on this point led to the sacrifice
of my popularity with my patients, but in a very short time my
efforts had brought me to this conclusion: that no neurosis—actual
neurosis, I meant—is present where sexual life is normal.
It is true that this statement ignores the individual differences
in people rather too much, and it also suffers from the indefinite
connotation inseparable from the word “normal”; but as
a broad outline it has retained its value to this day. At that
time I got so far as to be able to establish particular connections
between certain forms of nervousness and certain injurious
sexual conditions; I do not doubt that I could repeat these
observations to-day if I still had similar material for investigation.
I noticed often enough that a man who contented himself with
some kind of incomplete sexual satisfaction, e.g. with manual
masturbation, would suffer from a definite type of actual neurosis,
and that this neurosis would promptly give way to another form
if he adopted some other equally unsatisfactory form of sexual
life. I was then in a position to infer the change in his mode
323of sexual life from the alteration in the patient’s condition;
and I learnt to abide stubbornly by my conclusions until I had
overcome the prevarications of my patients and had compelled
them to give me confirmation. It is true that they then thought
it advisable to seek other physicians who would not take so much
interest in their sexual life.
It did not escape me at that time either that sexuality was
not always indicated as the cause of a neurosis; one person
certainly would fall ill because of some injurious sexual condition,
but another because he had lost his fortune or recently sustained
a severe organic illness. The explanation of these variations
was revealed later, when insight was obtained into the interrelationships
suspected between the Ego and the Libido; and
the further this subject was explored the more satisfactory
became our insight into it. A person only falls ill of a neurosis
when the Ego loses its capacity to deal in some way or other
with the Libido. The stronger the Ego the more easily can it
accomplish this task; every weakening of the Ego, from whatever
cause, must have the same effect as an increase in the demands
of the Libido; that is, make a neurosis possible. There are
yet other and more intimate relations between the Ego and the
Libido, which I shall not go into now as we have not yet come
to them in the course of our discussions. The most essential
and most instructive point for us is that the fund of energy
supporting the symptoms of a neurosis, in every case and regardless
of the circumstances inducing their outbreak, is provided by the
Libido, which is thus put to an abnormal use.
Now I must point out to you the decisive difference between the
symptoms of the actual neuroses and those of the psychoneuroses,
with the first group of which (the transference neuroses) we
have hitherto been so much occupied. In both the actual
neuroses and the psychoneuroses the symptoms proceed from
the Libido; that is, they are abnormal ways of using it, substitutes
for satisfaction of it. But the symptoms of an actual neurosis—headache,
sensation of pain, an irritable condition of some
organ, the weakening or inhibition of some function—have
no ‘meaning,’ no signification in the mind. Not merely are
they manifested principally in the body, as also happens, for
instance with hysterical symptoms, but they are in themselves
purely and simply physical processes; they arise without any of
the complicated mental mechanisms we have been learning
about. They really are, therefore, what psychoneurotic symptoms
were for so long held to be. But then, how can they be expressions
of the Libido which we have come to know as a force at work
324in the mind? Now, really, the answer to that is very simple.
Let me resurrect one of the very first objections ever made
against psycho-analysis. It was said that the theories were
an attempt to account for neurotic symptoms by psychology
alone and that the outlook was consequently hopeless, since
no illness could ever be accounted for by psychological theories.
These critics were pleased to forget that the sexual function
is not a purely mental thing, any more than it is merely a
physical thing. It affects bodily life as well as mental life.
Having learnt that the symptoms of the psychoneuroses express
the mental consequences of some disturbance in this function,
we shall not be surprised to find that the actual neuroses represent
the direct somatic consequences of sexual disturbances.
Clinical medicine gives us a useful hint (recognized by many
different investigators) towards comprehension of the actual
neuroses. In the details of their symptomatology, and also
in the peculiarity by which all the bodily systems and functions
are affected together, they exhibit an unmistakable similarity
with pathological conditions resulting from the chronic effect
or the sudden removal of foreign toxins—i.e. with states of
intoxication or of abstinence. The two groups of affections
are brought still closer together by comparison with conditions
like Basedow’s disease[49] that have also been found to result
from poisoning, not, however, from poisons derived externally,
but from such as arise in the internal metabolism. In my opinion
these analogies necessitate our regarding the neuroses as the
effects of disturbances in the sexual metabolism, due either to
more of these sexual toxins being produced than the person
can dispose of, or else to internal and even mental conditions
which interfere with the proper disposal of these substances.
Assumptions of this kind about the nature of sexual desire have
found acceptance in the mind of the people since the beginning
of time; love is called an “intoxication,” it can be induced by
“potions”—in these ideas the agency at work is to some extent
projected on to the outer world. We find occasion at this point
to remember the erotogenic zones, and to reflect upon the proposition
that sexual excitation may arise in the most various
organs. Beyond this the subject of ‘sexual metabolism’ or
the ‘chemistry of sexuality’ is an empty chapter: we know
nothing about it, and cannot even determine whether to assume
two kinds of sexual substances, to be called ‘male’ and ‘female,’
or to content ourselves with one sexual toxin as the agent of all
the stimuli effected by the Libido. The edifice of psycho-analytic
325doctrine which we have erected is in reality but a superstructure,
which will have to be set on its organic foundation
at some time or other; but this foundation is still unknown
to us.
As a science psycho-analysis is characterized by the methods
with which it works, not by the subject-matter with which it
deals. These methods can be applied without violating their
essential nature to the history of civilization, to the science of
religion, and to mythology as well as to the study of the neuroses.
Psycho-Analysis aims at and achieves nothing more than the
discovery of the unconscious in mental life. The problems of
the actual neuroses, in which the symptoms probably arise through
direct toxic injury, offer no point of attack for psycho-analysis;
it can supply little towards elucidation of them and must leave
this task to biological and medical research. Now perhaps
you understand better why I chose this arrangement of my
material. If I had intended an Introduction to the Study of the
Neuroses it would undoubtedly have been correct to begin with
the simple forms of (actual) neuroses and proceed from them
to the more complicated psychical disorders resulting from
disturbances of the Libido. I should have had to collect from
various quarters what we know or think we know about the
former, and about the latter psycho-analysis would have been
introduced as the most important technical means of obtaining
insight into these conditions. An Introduction to Psycho-Analysis
was what I had undertaken and announced, however; I thought
it more important to give you an idea of psycho-analysis than to
teach you something about the neuroses; and therefore the
actual neuroses which yield nothing towards the study of psycho-analysis
could not suitably be put in the foreground. I think
too that my choice was the wiser for you, since the radical axioms
and far-reaching connections of psycho-analysis make it worthy
of every educated person’s interest; the theory of the neuroses,
however, is a chapter of medicine like any other.
However, you are justified in expecting that we should take
some interest in the actual neuroses; their close clinical connection
with the psychoneuroses even necessitates this. I will tell you
then that we distinguish three pure forms of actual neurosis:
neurasthenia, anxiety-neurosis and hypochondria. Even this
classification has been disputed; the terms are certainly all in
use, but their connotation is vague and unsettled. There are
some medical men who are opposed to all discrimination in the
confusing world of neurotic manifestations, who object to any
distinguishing of clinical entities or types of disease, and do not
326even recognize the difference between actual neuroses and psychoneuroses;
in my opinion they go too far, and the direction they
have chosen does not lead to progress. The three kinds of
neurosis named above are occasionally found in a pure form;
more frequently, it is true, they are combined with one another
and with a psychoneurotic affection. This fact need not make us
abandon the distinctions between them. Think of the difference
between the science of minerals and that of ores in mineralogy:
the minerals are classified individually, in part no doubt because
they are frequently found as crystals, sharply differentiated
from their surroundings; the ores consist of mixtures of minerals
which have indeed coalesced, not accidentally, but according
to the conditions at their formation. In the theory of the neuroses
we still understand too little of the process of their development
to formulate anything similar to our knowledge of ores; but
we are certainly working in the right direction in first isolating
from the mass the recognizable clinical elements, which are
comparable to the individual minerals.
A noteworthy connection between the symptoms of the actual
neuroses and the psychoneuroses adds a valuable contribution
to our knowledge of symptom-formation in the latter; the
symptom of the actual neurosis is frequently the nucleus and
incipient stage of the psychoneurotic symptom. A connection
of this kind is most clearly observable between neurasthenia
and the transference neurosis known as conversion-hysteria,
between the anxiety-neurosis and anxiety-hysteria, but also
between hypochondria and forms of a neurosis which we shall
deal with later on, namely, paraphrenia (dementia præcox and
paranoia). As an example, let us take an hysterical headache
or backache. Analysis shows that by means of condensation
and displacement it has become a substitutive satisfaction for
a whole series of libidinal phantasies or memories; at one time,
however, this pain was real, a direct symptom of a sexual toxin,
the bodily expression of a sexual excitation. We do not by
any means maintain that all hysterical symptoms have a nucleus
of this kind, but it remains true that this very often is so, and
that all effects (whether normal or pathological) of the libidinal
excitation upon the body are specially adapted to serve the
purposes of hysterical symptom-formation. They play the part
of the grain of sand which the oyster envelopes in mother-of-pearl.
The temporary signs of sexual excitation accompanying the
sexual act serve the psychoneurosis in the same way, as the
most suitable and convenient material for symptom-formation.
There is a similar process of special diagnostic and therapeutic
327interest. In persons who are disposed to be neurotic without
having yet developed a neurosis on a grand scale, some morbid
organic condition—perhaps an inflammation, or an injury—very
commonly sets the work of symptom-formation in motion;
so that the latter process swiftly seizes upon the symptom supplied
by reality, and uses it to represent those unconscious phantasies
that have only been lying in wait for some means of expression.
In such a case the physician will try first one therapy and then
the other; will either endeavour to abolish the organic foundation
on which the symptom rests, without troubling about the
clamorous neurotic elaboration of it; or will attack the neurosis
which this opportunity has brought to birth, while leaving on
one side the organic stimulus which incited it. Sometimes one
and sometimes the other procedure will be found justified by
success; no general rules can be prescribed for mixed cases of
this kind.
328
You will certainly have judged the information that I gave
you in the last lecture about ordinary nervousness as the most
fragmentary and most inadequate of all my accounts. I know
that it was; and I expect that nothing surprised you more than
that I made no mention of the ‘anxiety’ which most nervous
people complain of and themselves describe as their most terrible
burden. Anxiety or dread can really develop tremendous intensity
and in consequence be the cause of the maddest precautions.
But in this matter at least I wished not to cut you short; on
the contrary, I had determined to put the problem of nervous
anxiety to you as clearly as possible and to discuss it at some
length.
Anxiety (or dread)[50] itself needs no description; everyone has
personally experienced this sensation, or to speak more correctly
this affective condition, at some time or other. But in my opinion
not enough serious consideration has been given to the question
why nervous persons in particular suffer from anxiety so much
more intensely, and so much more altogether, than others.
Perhaps it has been taken for granted that they should; indeed,
the words “nervous” and “anxious” are used interchangeably,
as if they meant the same thing. This is not justifiable, however;
there are anxious people who are otherwise not in any way
nervous and there are, besides, neurotics with numerous symptoms
who exhibit no tendency to dread.
However this may be, one thing is certain, that the problem
of anxiety is a nodal point, linking up all kinds of most important
questions; a riddle, of which the solution must cast a flood of light
upon our whole mental life. I do not claim that I can give you
a complete solution; but you will certainly expect psycho-analysis
to have attacked this problem too in a different manner
from that adopted by academic medicine. Interest there centres
329upon the anatomical processes by which the anxiety condition
comes about. We learn that the medulla oblongata is stimulated,
and the patient is told that he is suffering from a neurosis in the
vagal nerve. The medulla oblongata is a wondrous and beauteous
object; I well remember how much time and labour I devoted
to the study of it years ago. But to-day I must say I know of
nothing less important for the psychological comprehension of
anxiety than a knowledge of the nerve-paths by which the excitations
travel.
One may consider anxiety for a long time without giving a
thought to nervousness. You will understand me at once
when I describe this form of anxiety as Real Anxiety,
in contrast to neurotic anxiety. Now real anxiety or dread
appears to us a very natural and rational thing; we should
call it a reaction to the perception of an external danger,
of an injury which is expected and foreseen; it is bound
up with the reflex of flight, and may be regarded as an
expression of the instinct of self-preservation. The occasions of
it, i.e. the objects and situations about which anxiety is felt, will
obviously depend to a great extent upon the state of the person’s
knowledge and feeling of power regarding the outer world. It
seems to us quite natural that a savage should be afraid of a
cannon or of an eclipse of the sun, while a white man who can
handle the weapon and foretell the phenomenon remains unafraid
in the same situation. At other times it is knowledge
itself which inspires fear, because it reveals the danger sooner;
thus a savage will recoil with terror at the sight of a track in the
jungle which conveys nothing to an ignorant white man, but
means that some wild beast is near at hand; and an experienced
sailor will perceive with dread a little cloud on the horizon
because it means an approaching hurricane, while to a passenger
it looks quite insignificant.
The view that real anxiety is rational and expedient, however,
will on deeper consideration be admitted to need thorough
revision. In face of imminent danger the only expedient behaviour,
actually, would be first a cool appraisement of the forces
at disposal as compared with the magnitude of the danger at hand,
and then a decision whether flight or defence, or possibly attack,
offered the best prospect of a successful outcome. Dread, however,
has no place in this scheme; everything to be done will be
accomplished as well and probably better if dread does not
develop. You will see too that when dread is excessive it becomes
in the highest degree inexpedient; it paralyses every action,
even that of flight. The reaction to danger usually consists
330in a combination of the two things, the fear-affect and the
defensive action; the frightened animal is afraid and flees, but
the expedient element in this is the ‘flight,’ not the ‘being
afraid.’
One is tempted therefore to assert that the development of
anxiety is never expedient; perhaps a closer dissection of the
situation in dread will give us a better insight into it. The
first thing about it is the ‘readiness’ for danger, which expresses
itself in heightened sensorial perception and in motor tension.
This expectant readiness is obviously advantageous; indeed,
absence of it may be responsible for grave results. It is then
followed on the one hand by a motor action, taking the form
primarily of flight and, on a higher level, of defensive action;
and on the other hand by the condition we call a sensation of
‘anxiety’ or dread. The more the development of dread is
limited to a flash, to a mere signal, the less does it hinder
the transition from the state of anxious readiness to that of
action, and the more expediently does the whole course of events
proceed. The anxious readiness therefore seems to me the expedient
element, and the development of anxiety the inexpedient
element, in what we call anxiety or dread.
I shall not enter upon a discussion whether the words anxiety,
fear, fright, mean the same or different things in common usage.
In my opinion, anxiety relates to the condition and ignores the
object, whereas in the word fear attention is directed to the
object; fright does actually seem to possess a special meaning—namely,
it relates specifically to the condition induced when
danger is unexpectedly encountered without previous anxious
readiness. It might be said then that anxiety is a protection
against fright.
It will not have escaped you that a certain ambiguity and
indefiniteness exists in the use of the word ‘anxiety.’ It is
generally understood to mean the subjective condition arising
upon the perception of what we have called ‘developed’ anxiety;
such a condition is called an affect. Now what is an affect, in
a dynamic sense? It is certainly something very complex. An
affect comprises first of all certain motor innervations or discharges;
and, secondly, certain sensations, which moreover are of two
kinds—namely, the perceptions of the motor actions which have
been performed, and the directly pleasurable or painful sensations
which give the affect what we call its dominant note. But I
do not think that this description penetrates to the essence of an
affect. With certain affects one seems to be able to see deeper,
and to recognize that the core of it, binding the whole complex
331structure together, is of the nature of a repetition of some particular
very significant previous experience. This experience could
only have been an exceedingly early impression of a universal
type, to be found in the previous history of the species rather than
of the individual. In order to be better understood I might say
that an affective state is constructed like an hysterical attack,
i.e. is the precipitate of a reminiscence. An hysterical attack
is therefore comparable to a newly-formed individual affect,
and the normal affect to a universal hysteria which has become
a heritage.
Do not imagine that what I am telling you now about affects
is the common property of normal psychology. On the contrary,
these conceptions have grown on the soil of psycho-analysis and
are only indigenous there. What psychology has to say about
affects—the James-Lange theory, for instance—is utterly incomprehensible
to us psycho-analysts and impossible for us to
discuss. We do not however regard what we know of affects as
at all final; it is a first attempt to take our bearings in this obscure
region. To continue, then: we believe we know what this
early impression is which is reproduced as a repetition in the
anxiety-affect. We think it is the experience of birth—an experience
which involves just such a concatenation of painful
feelings, of discharges of excitation, and of bodily sensations, as
to have become a prototype for all occasions on which life is
endangered, ever after to be reproduced again in us as the dread
or ‘anxiety’ condition. The enormous increase in stimulation
effected by the interruption of the renewal of blood (the internal
respiration) was the cause of the anxiety experience at birth—the
first anxiety was therefore toxically induced. The name
Angst (anxiety)—angustiæ, Enge, a narrow place, a strait—accentuates
the characteristic tightening in the breathing which
was then the consequence of a real situation and is subsequently
repeated almost invariably with an affect. It is very suggestive
too that the first anxiety state arose on the occasion of the separation
from the mother. We naturally believe that the disposition
to reproduce this first anxiety condition has become so deeply
ingrained in the organism, through countless generations, that no
single individual can escape the anxiety affect; even though,
like the legendary Macduff, he ‘was from his mother’s womb
untimely ripped’ and so did not himself experience the act of
birth. What the prototype of the anxiety condition may be
for other animals than mammals we cannot say; neither do we
know what the complex of sensations in them is which is equivalent
to fear in us.
332It may perhaps interest you to know how it was possible to
arrive at such an idea as this—that birth is the source and prototype
of the anxiety affect. Speculation had least of all to do
with it; on the contrary, I borrowed a thought from the naïve
intuitive mind of the people. Many years ago a number of
young house-physicians, including myself, were sitting round
a dinner-table, and one of the assistants at the obstetrical clinic
was telling us all the funny stories of the last midwives’ examination.
One of the candidates was asked what it meant when the
meconium (child’s excreta) was present in the waters at birth,
and promptly replied: “That the child is frightened.” She
was ridiculed and failed. But I silently took her part and began
to suspect that the poor unsophisticated woman’s unerring perception
had revealed a very important connection.
Now let us turn to neurotic anxiety; what are the special
manifestations and conditions found in the anxiety of nervous
persons? There is a great deal to be described here. First of
all, we find a general apprehensiveness in them, a ‘free-floating’
anxiety, as we call it, ready to attach itself to any thought which
is at all appropriate, affecting judgements, inducing expectations,
lying in wait for any opportunity to find a justification for itself.
We call this condition ‘expectant dread’ or ‘anxious expectation.’
People who are tormented with this kind of anxiety always
anticipate the worst of all possible outcomes, interpret every
chance happening as an evil omen, and exploit every uncertainty
to mean the worst. The tendency to this kind of expectation
of evil is found as a character-trait in many people who cannot
be described as ill in any other way, and we call them ‘overanxious’
or pessimistic; but a marked degree of expectant
dread is an invariable accompaniment of the nervous disorder
which I have called anxiety-neurosis and include among the
actual neuroses.
In contrast to this type of anxiety, a second form of it is found
to be much more circumscribed in the mind, and attached to
definite objects and situations. This is the anxiety of the extraordinarily
various and often very peculiar phobias. Stanley
Hall, the distinguished American psychologist, has recently taken
the trouble to designate a whole series of these phobias by gorgeous
Greek titles; they sound like the ten plagues of Egypt, except
that there are far more than ten of them. Just listen to the
things that can become the object or content of a phobia: darkness,
open air, open spaces, cats, spiders, caterpillars, snakes,
mice, thunder, sharp points, blood, enclosed places, crowds,
loneliness, crossing bridges, travelling by land or sea, and so
333on. As a first attempt to take one’s bearings in this chaos we
may divide them into three groups. Many of the objects and situations
feared are rather sinister, even to us normal people, they
have some connection with danger; and these phobias are not
entirely incomprehensible to us, although their intensity seems
very much exaggerated. Most of us, for instance, have a feeling
of repulsion upon encountering a snake. It may be said that
the snake-phobia is universal in mankind. Charles Darwin
has described most vividly how he could not control his dread
of a snake that darted at him, although he knew that he was
protected from it by a thick plate of glass. The second group
consists of situations that still have some relation to danger,
but to one that is usually belittled or not emphasized by us;
most situation-phobias belong to this group. We know that
there is more chance of meeting with a disaster in a railway train
than at home—namely, a collision; we also know that a ship
may sink, whereupon it is usual to be drowned; but we do not
brood upon these dangers and we travel without anxiety by train
and boat. Nor can it be denied that if a bridge were to break
at the moment we were crossing it we should be hurled into
the torrent, but that only happens so very occasionally that it
is not a danger worth considering. Solitude too has its dangers,
which in certain circumstances we avoid, but there is no question
of never being able to endure it for a moment under any conditions.
The same thing applies to crowds, enclosed spaces,
thunderstorms, and so on. What is foreign to us in these phobias
is not so much their content as their intensity. The anxiety
accompanying a phobia is positively indescribable! And we
sometimes get the impression that neurotics are not really at
all fearful of those things which can, under certain conditions,
arouse anxiety in us and which they call by the same
names.
There remains a third group which is entirely unintelligible to
us. When a strong full-grown man is afraid to cross a street
or square in his own so familiar town, or when a healthy well-developed
woman becomes almost senseless with fear because
a cat has brushed against her dress or a mouse has scurried through
the room, how can we see the connection with danger which is
obviously present to these people? With this kind of animal-phobia
it is no question of an increased intensity of common
human antipathies; to prove the contrary, there are numbers
of people who, for instance, cannot pass a cat without attracting
and petting it. A mouse is a thing that so many women are
afraid of, and yet it is at the same time a very favourite pet
334name;[51] many a girl who is delighted to be called so by her lover
will scream with terror at the sight of the dainty little creature
itself. The behaviour of the man who is afraid to cross streets
and squares only suggests one thing to us—that he behaves like
a little child. A child is directly taught that such situations
are dangerous, and the man’s anxiety too is allayed when he
is led by someone across the open space.
The two forms of anxiety described, the ‘free-floating’
expectant dread and that attached to phobias, are independent
of each other. The one is not the other at a further stage; they
are only rarely combined, and then as if fortuitously. The
most intense general apprehensiveness does not necessarily
lead to a phobia; people who have been hampered all their lives
by agoraphobia may be quite free from pessimistic expectant
dread. Many phobias, e.g. fear of open spaces, of railway travelling,
are demonstrably acquired first in later life; others, such
as fear of darkness, thunder, animals, seem to have existed from
the beginning. The former signify serious illness, the latter are
more of the nature of idiosyncrasies, peculiarities; anyone exhibiting
one of these latter may be suspected of harbouring
others similar to it. I must add that we group all these phobias
under anxiety-hysteria, that is, we regard them as closely allied
to the well-known disorder called conversion-hysteria.
The third form taken by neurotic anxiety brings us to an
enigma; there is no visible connection at all between the anxiety
and the danger dreaded. This anxiety occurs in hysteria, for
instance, accompanying the hysterical symptoms; or under
various conditions of excitement in which, it is true, we should
expect some affect to be displayed, but least of all an anxiety-affect;
or without reference to any conditions, incomprehensible
both to us and to the patient, an unrelated anxiety-attack. We
may look far and wide without discovering a danger or an occasion
which could even be exaggerated to account for it. These
spontaneous attacks show therefore that the complex condition
which we describe as anxiety can be split up into components.
The whole attack can be represented (as a substitute) by a single
intensively developed symptom—shuddering, faintness, palpitation
of the heart, inability to breathe—and the general feeling
which we recognize as anxiety may be absent or may have become
unnoticeable. And yet these states which are termed ‘anxiety-equivalents’ have the same clinical and ætiological validity as
anxiety itself.
335Two questions arise now: Is it possible to bring neurotic
anxiety, in which such a small part or none at all is played by
danger, into relation with ‘real anxiety,’ which is essentially
a reaction to danger? And, how is neurotic anxiety to be understood?
We will at present hold fast to the expectation that
where there is anxiety there must be something of which one is
afraid.
Clinical observation yields various clues to the comprehension
of neurotic anxiety, and I will now discuss their significance with
you.
(a) It is not difficult to see that expectant dread or general
apprehensiveness stands in intimate relation to certain processes
in the sexual life—let us say, to certain modes of Libido-utilization.
The simplest and most instructive case of this kind arises in people
who expose themselves to what is called frustrated excitation,
i.e. when a powerful sexual excitation experiences insufficient
discharge and is not carried on to a satisfying termination.
This occurs, for instance, in men during the time of an engagement
to marry, and in women whose husbands are not sufficiently
potent, or who perform the sexual act too rapidly or incompletely
with a view to preventing conception. Under these conditions
the libidinal excitation disappears and anxiety appears in place
of it, both in the form of expectant dread and in that of attacks
and anxiety-equivalents. The precautionary measure of coitus
interruptus, when practised as a customary sexual régime, is so
regularly the cause of anxiety-neurosis in men, and even more so
in women, that medical practitioners would be wise to enquire
first of all into the possibility of such an ætiology in all such
cases. Innumerable examples show that the anxiety-neurosis
vanishes when the sexual malpractice is given up.
So far as I know, the fact that a connection exists between
sexual restraint and anxiety conditions is no longer disputed,
even by physicians who hold aloof from psycho-analysis. Nevertheless
I can well imagine that they do not neglect to invert
the connection, and to put forward the view that such persons
are predisposed to apprehensiveness and consequently practise
caution in sexual matters. Against this, however, decisive
evidence is found in the reactions in women, in whom the sexual
function is essentially passive, so that its course is determined
by the treatment accorded by the man. The more ‘temperament,’
i.e. the more inclination for sexual intercourse and capacity
for satisfaction, a woman has, the more certainly will she react
with anxiety manifestations to the man’s impotence or to coitus
interruptus; whereas such abuse entails far less serious results
336with anæsthetic women or those in whom the sexual hunger
is less strong.
Sexual abstinence, which is nowadays so warmly recommended
by physicians, of course only has the same significance for
anxiety conditions when the Libido which is denied a satisfactory
outlet is correspondingly insistent, and is not being utilized to a
large extent in sublimation. Whether or not illness will ensue
is indeed always a matter of the quantitative factor. Even
apart from illness, it is easy to see in the sphere of character-formation
that sexual restraint goes hand in hand with a certain
anxiousness and cautiousness, whereas fearlessness and a boldly
adventurous spirit bring with them a free tolerance of sexual
needs. However these relations may be altered and complicated
by the manifold influences of civilization, it remains incontestible
that for the average human being anxiety is closely connected
with sexual limitation.
I have by no means told you all the observations which point
to this genetic connection between Libido and anxiety. There
is, for instance, the effect upon anxiety states of certain periods
of life, such as puberty and the menopause, in which the production
of Libido is considerably augmented. In many states
of excitement too, the mingling of sexual excitation with anxiety
may be directly observed, as well as the final replacement of the
libidinal excitation by anxiety. The impression received from
all this is a double one; first, that it is a matter of an accumulation
of Libido, debarred from its normal utilization; and secondly,
that the question is one of somatic processes only. How anxiety
develops out of sexual desire is at present obscure; we can only
ascertain that desire is lacking and anxiety is found in its place.
(b) A second clue is obtained from analysis of the psychoneuroses,
in particular, of hysteria. We have heard that anxiety
frequently accompanies the symptoms in this disease, and that
unattached anxiety may also be chronically present or come to
expression in attacks. The patients cannot say what it is they
fear; they link it up by unmistakable secondary elaboration to
the most convenient phobias: of dying, of going mad, of having
a stroke, etc. When we subject to analysis the situation in
which the anxiety, or the symptom accompanied by anxiety,
arose, we can as a rule discover what normal mental process has
been checked in its course and replaced by a manifestation of
anxiety. To express it differently: we construe the unconscious
process as though it had not undergone repression and had gone
through unhindered into consciousness. This process would
have been accompanied by a particular affect and now we discover,
337to our astonishment, that this affect, which would normally
accompany the mental process through into consciousness, is in
every case replaced by anxiety, no matter what particular type it
had previously been. So that when we have a hysterical anxiety
condition before us, its unconscious correlative may be an excitation
of a similar character, such as apprehension, shame, embarrassment;
or quite as possibly a ‘positive’ libidinal excitation;
or an antagonistic, aggressive one, such as rage or anger. Anxiety
is thus general current coin for which all the affects are exchanged,
or can be exchanged, when the corresponding ideational content
is under repression.
(c) A third observation is provided by patients whose symptoms
take the form of obsessive acts, and who seem to be remarkably
immune from anxiety. When we restrain them from
carrying out their obsessive performances, their washing, their
ceremonies, etc., or when they themselves venture an attempt
to abandon one of their compulsions, they are forced by an
appalling dread to yield to the compulsion and to carry out the
act. We perceive that the anxiety was concealed under the
obsessive act and that this is only performed to escape the feeling
of dread. In the obsessional neurosis, therefore, the anxiety
which would otherwise ensue is replaced by the symptom-formation;
and when we turn to hysteria we find a similar relation
existing—as a consequence of the process of repression either
a pure developed anxiety, or anxiety with symptom-formation,
or, symptom-formation without anxiety. In an abstract sense,
therefore, it seems correct to say that symptoms altogether are
formed purely for the purpose of escaping the otherwise inevitable
development of anxiety. Thus anxiety comes to the forefront
of our interest in the problems of the neuroses.
We concluded from our observations on the anxiety-neurosis
that the diversion of the Libido away from its normal form of
utilization, a diversion which releases anxiety, took place on
the basis of somatic processes. The analyses of hysterical and
obsessional neuroses furnish the additional conclusion that a
similar diversion with a similar result can follow from opposition
on the part of psychical agents (Instanzen). We know as much
as this, therefore, about the origin of neurotic anxiety; it still
sounds rather indefinite. But for the moment I know of no
path which will take us further. The second task we undertook,
that of establishing a connection between neurotic anxiety
(abnormally utilized Libido) and ‘real anxiety’ (which corresponds
with the reaction to danger), seems even more difficult to
accomplish. One would think there could be no comparison
338between the two things, and yet there are no means by which
the sensations of neurotic anxiety can be distinguished from
those of real anxiety.
The desired connection may be found with the help of the
antithesis, so often put forward, between the Ego and the Libido.
As we know, the development of anxiety is the reaction of the
Ego to danger and the signal preparatory to flight; it is then
not a great step to imagine that in neurotic anxiety also the
Ego is attempting a flight, from the demands of its Libido, and
is treating this internal danger as if it were an external one.
Then our expectation, that where anxiety is present there must be
something of which one is afraid, would be fulfilled. The analogy
goes further than this, however. Just as the tension prompting
the attempt to flee from external danger is resolved into holding
one’s ground and taking appropriate defensive measures, so
the development of neurotic anxiety yields to a symptom-formation,
which enables the anxiety to be ‘bound.’
Our difficulty in comprehension now lies elsewhere. The
anxiety which signifies the flight of the Ego from its Libido is
nevertheless supposed to have had its source in that Libido.
This is obscure, and we are warned not to forget that the Libido
of a given person is fundamentally part of that person and cannot
be contrasted with him as if it were something external. It is
the question of the topographical dynamics of anxiety-development
that is still obscure to us—what kind of mental energies
are being expended and to what systems do they belong? I
cannot promise you to answer this question also; but we will
not neglect to follow up two other clues, and in so doing will
again summon direct observation and analytic investigation
to aid our speculation. We will turn to the sources of anxiety
in children, and to the origin of the neurotic anxiety which is
attached to phobias.
Apprehensiveness is very common among children, and it
is difficult enough to decide whether it is real or neurotic anxiety.
Indeed the very value of this distinction is called in question
by the attitude of children themselves. For on the one hand
we are not surprised that children are afraid of strangers, of
strange objects and situations, and we account for this reaction
to ourselves very easily by reflecting on their weakness and
ignorance. Thus we ascribe to the child a strong tendency to
real anxiety and should regard it as only practical if this apprehensiveness
had been transmitted by inheritance. The child
would only be repeating the behaviour of prehistoric man and of
primitive man to-day who, in consequence of his ignorance and
339helplessness, experiences a dread of anything new and strange,
and of much that is familiar to him, none of which any longer
inspires fear in us. It would also correspond to our expectations
if the phobias of children were at least in part such as might be
attributed to those primeval periods of human development.
On the other hand, it cannot be overlooked that children are
not all equally apprehensive, and that the very children who
are more than usually timid in the face of all kinds of objects
and situations are just those who later on become neurotic.
The neurotic disposition is therefore betrayed, amongst other
signs, by a marked tendency to real anxiety; apprehensiveness
rather than nervousness appears to be primary; and we arrive
at the conclusion that the child, and later the adult, experiences
a dread of the strength of his Libido, simply because he is afraid
of everything. The derivation of anxiety from the Libido itself
would then be discarded; and investigation of the conditions of
real anxiety would logically lead to the view that the consciousness
of personal weakness and helplessness—inferiority, as
A. Adler calls it—when it is able to maintain itself into later
life is the final cause of neurosis.
This sounds so simple and plausible that it has a claim on
our attention. It is true that it would involve shifting the
point of view from which we regard the problem of nervousness.
That such feelings of inferiority do persist into later life—together
with a disposition to anxiety and symptom-formation—seems
so well established that much more explanation is
required when, in an exceptional case, what we call ‘health’
is the outcome. But what can be learnt from the close observation
of apprehensiveness in children? The small child is first
of all afraid of strange people; situations become important
only on account of the people concerned in them, and objects
always much later. But the child is not afraid of these strange
people because he attributes evil intentions to them, comparing
their strength with his weakness, and thus recognizing in them
a danger to his existence, his safety, and his freedom from pain.
Such a conception of a child, so suspicious and terrified of an
overpowering aggressivity in the world, is a very poor sort of
theoretical construction. On the contrary, the child starts back
in fright from a strange figure because he is used to—and therefore
expects—a beloved and familiar figure, primarily his mother.
It is his disappointment and longing which are transformed into
dread—his Libido, unable to be expended, and at that time
not to be held suspended, is discharged through being converted
into dread. It can hardly be a coincidence too that in
340this situation, which is the prototype of childish anxiety, the
condition of the primary anxiety state during birth, a separation
from the mother, is again reproduced.
The first phobias of situations in children concern darkness
and loneliness; the former is often retained throughout life;
common to both is the desire for the absent attendant, for the
mother, therefore. I once heard a child who was afraid of the
darkness call out: “Auntie, talk to me, I’m frightened.” “But
what good will that do? You can’t see me;” to which the
child replied: “If someone talks, it gets lighter.” The longing
felt in the darkness is thus transformed into fear of the darkness.
Far from finding that neurotic anxiety is only secondary and a
special case of real anxiety, we see on the contrary that there
is something in the small child which behaves like real anxiety
and has an essential feature in common with neurotic anxiety—namely,
origin in undischarged Libido. Of genuine ‘real anxiety’
the child seems to bring very little into the world. In all those
situations which can become the conditions of phobias later,
on heights, on narrow bridges over water, in trains and boats,
the small child shows no fear—the less it knows the less it fears.
It is much to be wished that it had inherited more of these life-preserving
instincts; the task of looking after it and preventing
it from exposing itself to one danger after another would have been
very much lightened. Actually, you see, a child overestimates
his powers, to begin with, and behaves without fear because he
does not recognize dangers. He will run along the edge of the
water, climb upon the window-sill, play with sharp things and
with fire, in short, do anything that injures him and alarms
his attendants. Since he cannot be allowed to learn it himself
through bitter experience, it is entirely due to training that real
anxiety does eventually awake in him.
Now if some children embrace this training in apprehensiveness
very readily, and then find for themselves dangers which they
have not been warned against, it is explicable on the ground
that these children have inherently a greater amount of libidinal
need in their constitution than others, or else that they have been
spoiled early with libidinal gratifications. It is no wonder if
those who later become nervous also belong to this type as children;
we know that the most favourable circumstance for the development
of a neurosis lies in the inability to tolerate a considerable
degree of pent-up Libido for any length of time. You will observe
now that here the constitutional factor, which we have never
denied, comes into its own. We protest only when others emphasize
it to the exclusion of all other claims, and when they
341introduce the constitutional factor even where according to the
unanimous findings both of observation and of analysis, it does
not belong, or only plays a minor part.
Let us sum up the conclusions drawn from the observation of
apprehensiveness in children: Infantile dread has very little
to do with real anxiety (dread of real danger), but is, on the other
hand, closely allied to the neurotic anxiety of adults. It is derived
like the latter from undischarged Libido, and it substitutes some
other external object or some situation for the love-object which
it misses.
Now you will be glad to hear that the analysis of phobias has
little more to teach us than we have learnt already. The same
thing happens in them as in the anxiety of children; Libido
that cannot be discharged is continuously being converted into
an apparently ‘real’ anxiety, and so an insignificant external
danger is taken as a representative of what the Libido desires.
The agreement between the two forms of anxiety is not surprising;
for infantile phobias are not merely prototypes of those which
appear later in anxiety-hysteria, but they are a direct preliminary
condition and prelude of them. Every hysterical phobia can
be traced back to a childish dread, of which it is a continuation,
even if it has a different content and must be called by a different
name. The difference between the two conditions lies in their
mechanism. In order that the Libido should be converted into
anxiety in the adult it is no longer sufficient that the Libido should
be momentarily unable to be utilized. The adult has long since
learned to maintain such Libido suspended, or to apply it in
different ways. But, when the Libido is attached to a mental
excitation which has undergone repression, conditions similar
to those in the child, in whom there is not yet any distinction
between conscious and unconscious, are re-established; and by
a regression to the infantile phobia a bridge, so to speak, is provided
by which the conversion of Libido into anxiety can be
conveniently effected. As you will remember, we have treated
repression at some length, but in so doing we have been concerned
exclusively with the fate of the idea to be repressed; naturally,
because this was easier to recognize and to present. But we have
so far ignored the question of what happened to the affect attached
to this idea, and now we learn for the first time that it is the
immediate fate of the affect to be converted into anxiety, no
matter what quality of affect it would otherwise have been had
it run a normal course. This transformation of affect is, moreover,
by far the more important effect of the process of repression.
It is not so easy to present to you; for we cannot maintain the
342existence of unconscious affects in the same sense as that of
unconscious ideas. An idea remains up to a point the same,
whether it is conscious or unconscious; we can indicate something
that corresponds to an unconscious idea. But an affect is a process
involving a discharge of energy, and it is to be regarded quite
differently from an idea; without searching examination and
clarification of our hypotheses concerning mental processes,
we cannot tell what corresponds with it in the Unconscious—and
that cannot be undertaken here. However, we will preserve
the impression we have gained, that the development of anxiety
is closely connected with the unconscious system.
I said that conversion into anxiety, or better, discharge in
the form of anxiety, was the immediate fate of Libido which
encounters repression; I must add that it is not the only or the
final fate of it. In the neuroses, processes take place which are
intended to prevent the development of anxiety, and which succeed
in so doing by various means. In the phobias, for instance, two
stages in the neurotic process are clearly discernible. The first
effects the repressions and conversion of the Libido into anxiety,
which is then attached to some external danger. The second
consists in building up all those precautions and safeguards by
which all contact with this externalized danger shall be avoided.
Repression is an attempt at flight on the part of the Ego from
the Libido which it feels to be dangerous; the phobia may be
compared to a fortification against the outer danger which now
stands for the dreaded Libido. The weakness of this defensive
system in the phobias is of course that the fortress which is so well
guarded from without remains exposed to danger from within;
projection externally of danger from Libido can never be a very
successful measure. In the other neuroses, therefore, other
defensive systems are employed against the possibility of the
development of anxiety; this is a very interesting part of the
psychology of the neuroses. Unfortunately it would take us
too far afield and also it would require a thorough grounding
in special knowledge of the subject. I will merely add this. I
have already spoken of the ‘counter-charges’ that are instituted
by the Ego upon repression, which must be maintained so that the
repression can persist. It is the task of this counter-charge to
carry out the various forms of defence against the development
of anxiety after repression.
To return to the phobias: I may now hope that you realize
how inadequate it is to attempt merely to explain their content,
and to take no interest in them apart from their derivation—this
or that object or situation which has been made into a phobia.
343The content of the phobia has an importance comparable to that
of the manifest dream—it is a façade. With all due modifications,
it is to be admitted that among the contents of the various phobias
many are found which, as Stanley Hall points out, are specially
suited by phylogenetic inheritance to become objects of dread.
It is even in agreement with this that many of these dreaded
things have no connection with danger, except through a
symbolic relation to it.
Thus we are convinced of the quite central position which the
problem of anxiety fills in the psychology of the neuroses. We
have received a strong impression of how the development of
anxiety is bound up with the fate of the Libido and with the
unconscious system. There is only one unconnected thread,
only one gap in our structure, the fact, which after all can hardly
be disputed, that ‘real anxiety’ must be regarded as an expression
of the Ego’s instinct for self-preservation.
344
We have repeatedly, and again quite recently, referred to the
distinction between the sexual and the Ego-instincts. First
of all, repression showed how they can oppose each other, how
the sexual instincts are then apparently brought to submission,
and required to procure their satisfaction by circuitous regressive
paths, where in their impregnability they obtain compensation
for their defeat. Then it appeared that from the outset they
each have a different relation to the task-mistress Necessity,
so that their developments are different and they acquire different
attitudes to the reality-principle. Finally we believe we can
observe that the sexual instincts are connected by much closer
ties with the affective state of anxiety than are the Ego-instincts—a
conclusion which in one important point only still seems
incomplete. In support of it we may bring forward the further
remarkable fact that want of satisfaction of hunger or thirst,
the two most elemental of the self-preservative instincts, never
results in conversion of them into anxiety, whereas the conversion
of unsatisfied Libido into anxiety is, as we have heard, a very
well-known and frequently-observed phenomenon.
Our justification for distinguishing between sexual and Ego-instincts
can surely not be contested; it is indeed assumed by
the existence of the sexual instinct as a special activity in the
individual. The only question is what significance is to be
attached to this distinction, how radical and decisive we intend
to consider it. The answer to this depends upon what we can
ascertain about the extent to which the sexual instincts, both
in their bodily and their mental manifestations, conduct themselves
differently from the other instincts which we set against
them; and how important the results arising from these differences
are found to be. We have of course no motive for maintaining
any difference in the fundamental nature of the two groups of
instincts, and, by the way, it would be difficult to apprehend
any. They both present themselves to us merely as descriptions
of the sources of energy in the individual, and the discussion
345whether fundamentally they are one, or essentially different,
and if one, when they became separated from each other, cannot
be carried through on the basis of these concepts alone, but must
be grounded on the biological facts underlying them. At present
we know too little about this, and even if we knew more it would
not be relevant to the task of psycho-analysis.
We should clearly also profit very little by emphasizing the
primordial unity of all the instincts, as Jung has done, and describing
all the energies which flow from them as ‘Libido.’ We
should then be compelled to speak of sexual and asexual Libido,
since the sexual function is not to be eliminated from the field
of mental life by any such device. The name Libido, however,
remains properly reserved for the instinctive forces of the sexual
life, as we have hitherto employed it.
In my opinion, therefore, the question how far the quite
justifiable distinction between sexual and self-preservative
instincts is to be carried has not much importance for psycho-analysis,
nor is psycho-analysis competent to deal with it. From
the biological point of view there are certainly various indications
that the distinction is important. For the sexual function is
the only function of a living organism which extends beyond the
individual and secures its connection with its species. It is
undeniable that the exercise of this function does not always
bring advantage to the individual, as do his other activities, but
that for the sake of an exceptionally high degree of pleasure he
is involved by this function in dangers which jeopardize his life
and often enough exact it. Quite peculiar metabolic processes,
different from all others, are probably required in order to preserve
a portion of the individual’s life as a disposition for posterity.
And finally, the individual organism that regards itself as first
in importance and its sexuality as a means like any other to its
own satisfaction is from a biological point of view only an episode
in a series of generations, a short-lived appendage to a germplasm
which is endowed with virtual immortality, comparable
to the temporary holder of an entail that will survive his death.
We are not concerned with such far-reaching considerations,
however, in the psycho-analytic elucidation of the neuroses.
By means of following up the distinction between the sexual
and the Ego-instincts we have gained the key to comprehension
of the group of transference neuroses. We were able to trace
back their origin to a fundamental situation in which the sexual
instincts had come into conflict with the self-preservative instincts,
or—to express it biologically, though at the same time less exactly—in
which the Ego in its capacity of independent individual
346organism had entered into opposition with itself in its other
capacity as a member of a series of generations. Such a dissociation
perhaps only exists in man, so that, taken all in all, his
superiority over the other animals may come down to his capacity
for neurosis. The excessive development of his Libido and the
rich elaboration of his mental life (perhaps directly made possible
by it) seem to constitute the conditions which give rise to a
conflict of this kind. It is at any rate clear that these are the
conditions under which man has progressed so greatly beyond
what he has in common with the animals, so that his capacity
for neurosis would merely be the obverse of his capacity for
cultural development. However, these again are but speculations
which distract us from the task in hand.
Our work so far has been conducted on the assumption that
the manifestations of the sexual and the Ego-instincts can be
distinguished from one another. In the transference neuroses
this is possible without any difficulty. We called the investments
of energy directed by the Ego towards the object of its sexual
desires ‘Libido,’ and all the other investments proceeding from
the self-preservative instincts its ‘interest’; and by following
up the investments with Libido, their transformations, and their
final fates, we were able to acquire our first insight into the
workings of the forces in mental life. The transference neuroses
offered the best material for this exploration. The Ego, however,—its
composition out of various organizations with their structure
and mode of functioning—remained undiscovered; we were led
to believe that analysis of other neurotic disturbances would be
required before light could be gained on these matters.
The extension of psycho-analytic conceptions on to these
other affections was begun in early days. Already in 1908
K. Abraham expressed the view after a discussion with me that
the main characteristic of dementia præcox (reckoned as one of
the psychoses) is that in this disease the investment of objects with
Libido is lacking. (The Psycho-Sexual Differences between
Hysteria and Dementia Præcox). But then the question arose:
what happens to the Libido of dementia patients when it is diverted
from its objects? Abraham did not hesitate to answer that
it is turned back upon the Ego, and that this reflex reversion
of it is the origin of the delusions of grandeur in dementia præcox.
The delusion of grandeur is in every way comparable to the well-known
overestimation of the object in a love-relationship. Thus
we came for the first time to understand a feature of a psychotic
affection by bringing it into relation to the normal mode of
loving in life.
347I will tell you at once that these early views of Abraham’s
have been retained in psycho-analysis and have become the
basis of our position regarding the psychoses. We became slowly
accustomed to the conception that the Libido, which we find
attached to certain objects and which is the expression of a
desire to gain some satisfaction in these objects, can also
abandon these objects and set the Ego itself in their place; and
gradually this view developed itself more and more consistently.
The name for this utilization of the Libido—Narcissism—we
borrowed from a perversion described by P. Näcke, in which
an adult individual lavishes upon his own body all the
caresses usually expended only upon a sexual object other than
himself.
Reflection then at once disclosed that if a fixation of this
kind to the subject’s own body and his own person can occur
it cannot be an entirely exceptional or meaningless phenomenon.
On the contrary, it is probable that this narcissism is the universal
original condition, out of which object-love develops later without
thereby necessarily effecting a disappearance of the narcissism.
One also had to remember the evolution of object-Libido, in which
to begin with many of the sexual impulses are gratified on the
child’s own body—as we say, auto-erotically—and that this
capacity for auto-erotism accounts for the backwardness of
sexuality in learning to conform to the reality-principle. Thus
it appeared that auto-erotism was the sexual activity of the
narcissistic phase of direction of the Libido.
To put it briefly, we formed an idea of the relation between
the Ego-Libido and the object-Libido which I can illustrate to
you by a comparison taken from zoology. Think of the simplest
forms of life consisting of a little mass of only slightly differentiated
protoplasmic substances. They extend protrusions which are
called pseudopodia into which the protoplasm overflows. They
can, however, again withdraw these extensions of themselves and
reform themselves into a mass. We compare this extending of
protrusions to the radiation of Libido on to the objects, while
the greatest volume of Libido may yet remain within the Ego;
we infer that under normal conditions Ego-Libido can transform
itself into object-Libido without difficulty and that this can
again subsequently be absorbed into the Ego.
With the help of these conceptions it is now possible to explain
a whole series of mental states, or, to express it more modestly,
to describe in terms of the Libido-theory conditions that belong
to normal life; for instance, the mental attitude pertaining to
the conditions of “being in love,” of organic illness, and of sleep.
348Of the condition of sleep we assumed that it is founded upon a
withdrawal from the outer world and a concentration upon the
wish to sleep. We found that the nocturnal mental activity
which is expressed in dreams served the purpose of the wish to
sleep, and, moreover, that it was governed exclusively by egoistic
motives. In the light of the Libido-theory we may carry this
further and say that sleep is a condition in which all investments
of objects, the libidinal as well as the egoistic, are abandoned and
withdrawn again into the Ego. Does not this shed a new light
upon the recuperation afforded by sleep and upon the nature
of fatigue in general? The likeness we see in the condition which
the sleeper conjures up again every night to the blissful isolation
of the intra-uterine existence is thus confirmed and amplified
in its mental aspects. In the sleeper the primal state of the
Libido-distribution is again reproduced, that of absolute narcissism,
in which Libido and Ego-interests dwell together still, united
and indistinguishable in the self-sufficient Self.
Two observations are in place here. First, how is the concept
‘narcissism’ distinguished from ‘egoism’? In my opinion,
narcissism is the libidinal complement of egoism. When one
speaks of egoism one is thinking only of the interests of the person
concerned, narcissism relates also to the satisfaction of his
libidinal needs. It is possible to follow up the two separately for
a considerable distance as practical motives in life. A man may
be absolutely egoistic and yet have strong libidinal attachments
to objects, in so far as libidinal satisfaction in an object is a need
of his Ego: his egoism will then see to it that his desires towards
the object involve no injury to his Ego. A man may be egoistic
and at the same time strongly narcissistic (i.e. feel very little
need for objects), and this again either in the form taken by the
need for direct sexual satisfaction, or in those higher forms of
feeling derived from the sexual needs which are commonly called
“love,” and as such are contrasted with “sensuality.” In all
these situations egoism is the self-evident, the constant element,
and narcissism the variable one. The antithesis of egoism,
“altruism,” is not an alternative term for the investment of an
object with Libido; it is distinct from the latter in its lack of
the desire for sexual satisfaction in the object. But when the
condition of love is developed to its fullest intensity altruism
coincides with the investment of an object with Libido. As a
rule the sexual object draws to itself a portion of the Ego’s
narcissism, which becomes apparent in what is called the ‘sexual
overestimation’ of the object. If to this is added an altruism
directed towards the object and derived from the egoism of the
349lover, the sexual object becomes supreme; it has entirely swallowed
up the Ego.
I think you will find it a relief if, after these scientific phantasies,
which are after all very dry, I submit to you a poetic description
of the ‘economic’ contrast between the condition of narcissism
and that of love in full intensity. I take it from a dialogue between
Zuleika and her lover in Goethe’s Westöstliche Divan:—
The second observation is an amplification of the theory of
dreams. The way in which a dream originates is not explicable
unless we assume that what is repressed in the Unconscious has
acquired a certain independence of the Ego, so that it does not
subordinate itself to the wish for sleep and maintains its investments,
although all the object-investments proceeding from the
Ego have been withdrawn for the purpose of sleep. Only this
makes it possible to understand how it is that this unconscious
material can make use of the abrogation or diminution in the
activities of the censorship which takes place at night, and that
it knows how to mould the day’s residue so as to form a forbidden
dream-wish from the material to hand in that residue. On the
other hand, some of the resistance against the wish to sleep and
350the withdrawal of Libido thereby induced may have its origin
in an association already in existence between this residue and
the repressed unconscious material. This important dynamic
factor must therefore now be incorporated into the conception
of dream-formation which we formed in our earlier discussions.
Certain conditions—organic illness, painful accesses of stimulation,
an inflammatory condition of an organ—have clearly
the effect of loosening the Libido from its attachment to its
objects. The Libido which has thus been withdrawn attaches
itself again to the Ego in the form of a stronger investment of
the diseased region of the body. Indeed, one may venture the
assertion that in such conditions the withdrawal of the Libido
from its objects is more striking than the withdrawal of egoistic
interests from their concerns in the outer world. This seems to
lead to a possibility of understanding hypochondria, in which
some organ, without being perceptibly diseased, becomes in a
very similar way the subject of a solicitude on the part of
the Ego. I shall, however, resist the temptation to follow this
up, or to discuss other situations which become explicable or
capable of exposition on this assumption of a return of the object-Libido
into the Ego; for I feel bound to meet two objections
which I know have all your attention at the moment. First of
all, you want to know why when I discuss sleep, illness, and similar
conditions, I insist upon distinguishing between Libido and
‘interests,’ sexual instincts and Ego-instincts, while the observations
are satisfactorily explained by assuming a single uniform
energy which is freely mobile, can invest either object or Ego,
and can serve the purposes of the one as well as of the other.
Secondly, you will want to know how I can be so bold as to
treat the detachment of the Libido from its objects as the origin
of a pathological condition, if such a transformation of object-Libido
into Ego-Libido—or into Ego-energy in general—is a
normal mental process repeated every day and every night.
The answer is: Your first objection sounds a good one.
Examination of the conditions of sleep, illness, and falling in
love would probably never have led to a distinction between
Ego-Libido and object-Libido, or between Libido and ‘interests.’
But in this you omit to take into account the investigations with
which we started, in the light of which we now regard the mental
situations under discussion. The necessity of distinguishing
between Libido and ‘interests,’ between sexual and self-preservative
instincts, has been forced upon us by our insight into the
conflict from which the transference neuroses arise. We have
to reckon with this distinction henceforward. The assumption
351that object-Libido can transform itself into Ego-Libido, in other
words, that we shall also have to reckon with an Ego-Libido,
appears to be the only one capable of solving the riddle
of what are called the narcissistic neuroses, e.g. dementia
præcox, or of giving any satisfactory explanation of their likeness
to hysteria and obsessions and differences from them. We
then apply what we have found undeniably proved in these cases
to illness, sleep, and the condition of intense love. We are at
liberty to apply them in any direction and see where they will
take us. The single conclusion which is not directly based on
analytical experience is that Libido is Libido and remains so,
whether it is attached to objects or to the Ego itself, and is never
transformed into egoistic ‘interests’ and vice versa. This
statement, however, is another way of expressing the distinction
between sexual instincts and Ego-instincts which we have already
critically examined, and which we shall hold to from heuristic
motives until such time as it may prove valueless.
Your second objection too raises a justifiable question, but
it is directed to a false issue. The withdrawal of object-Libido
into the Ego is certainly not pathogenic; it is true that it occurs
every night before sleep can ensue, and that the process is reversed
upon awakening. The protoplasmic animalcule draws in its
protrusions and sends them out again at the next opportunity.
But it is quite a different matter when a definite, very forcible
process compels the withdrawal of the Libido from its objects.
The Libido that has then become narcissistic can no longer find
its way back to its objects, and this obstruction in the way of
the free movement of the Libido certainly does prove pathogenic.
It seems that an accumulation of narcissistic Libido over and
above a certain level becomes intolerable. We might well imagine
that it was this that first led to the investment of objects, that
the Ego was obliged to send forth its Libido in order not to fall
ill of an excessive accumulation of it. If it were part of our
scheme to go more particularly into the disorder of dementia
præcox I would show you that the process which detaches the
Libido from its objects and blocks the way back to them again
is closely allied to the process of repression, and is to be regarded
as a counterpart of it. In any case you would recognize familiar
ground under your feet when you found that the preliminary
conditions giving rise to these processes are almost identical,
so far as we know at present, with those of repression. The
conflict seems to be the same and to be conducted between the
same forces. Since the outcome is so different from that of
hysteria, for instance, the reason can only lie in some difference
352in the disposition. The weak point in the Libido-development
in these patients is found at a different phase of the development;
the decisive fixation which, as you will remember, enables the
process of symptom-formation to break out is at another point,
probably at the stage of primary narcissism, to which dementia
præcox finally returns. It is most remarkable that for all the
narcissistic neuroses we have to assume fixation-points of
the Libido at very much earlier phases of development than
those found in hysteria or the obsessional neurosis. You have
heard, however, that the concepts we have elicited from the study
of the transference neuroses also suffice to show us our bearings
in the narcissistic neuroses, which are in practice so much more
severe. There is a very wide community between them; fundamentally
they are phenomena of a single class. You may
imagine how hopeless a task it is for anyone to attempt to explain
these disorders (which properly belong to psychiatry) without
being first equipped with the analytic knowledge of the transference
neuroses.
The picture formed by the symptoms of dementia præcox,
incidentally a very variable one, is not determined exclusively
by the symptoms arising from the forcing of the Libido back
from the objects and the accumulation of it as narcissism in the
Ego. Other phenomena occupy a large part of the field, and
may be traced to the efforts made by the Libido to reach its
objects again, which correspond therefore to attempts at
restitution and recovery. These are in fact the conspicuous,
clamorous symptoms; they exhibit a marked similarity to those
of hysteria, or more rarely of the obsessional neurosis; they are
nevertheless different in every respect. It seems that in dementia
præcox the efforts of the Libido to get back to its objects, that
is, to the mental idea of its objects, do really succeed in conjuring
up something of them, something that at the same time is only
the shadow of them—namely, the verbal images, the words,
attached to them. This is not the place to discuss this matter
further, but in my opinion this reversed procedure on the part
of the Libido gives us an insight into what constitutes the real
difference between a conscious and an unconscious idea.
This has now brought us into the field where the next advances
in analytic work are to be expected. Since the time when
we resolved upon our formulation of the conception of Ego-Libido,
the narcissistic neuroses have become accessible to
us; the task before us was to find the dynamic factors in these
disorders, and at the same time to amplify our knowledge of
mental life by a comprehension of the Ego. The psychology
353of the Ego, at which we are aiming, cannot be founded upon
data provided by our own self-perceptions; it must be based,
as is that of the Libido, upon analysis of the disturbances and
disintegrations of the Ego. We shall probably think very
little of our present knowledge of the fate of the Libido, gained
from the study of the transference neuroses, when that further,
greater work has been achieved. But as yet we have not got
very far towards it. The narcissistic neuroses can hardly be
approached at all by the method which has availed for the
transference neuroses; you shall soon hear why this is. With
these patients it always happens that after one has penetrated
a little way one comes up against a stone wall which cannot be
surmounted. You know that in the transference neuroses,
too, barriers of resistance of this kind are met with, but that
it is possible bit by bit to pull them down. In the narcissistic
neuroses the resistance is insuperable; at the most we can
satisfy our curiosity by craning our necks for a glimpse or two
at what is going on over the wall. Our technique will therefore
have to be replaced by other methods; at present we do not
know whether we shall succeed in finding a substitute. There
is no lack of material with these patients; they bring forward
a great deal, although not in answer to our questions; at
present all we can do is to interpret what they say in the light
of the understanding gained from the study of the transference
neuroses. The agreement between the two forms of disease
goes far enough to ensure us a satisfactory start with them. How
much we shall be able to achieve by this method remains to
be seen.
There are other difficulties, besides this, in the way of our
progress. The narcissistic disorders and the psychoses related
to them can only be unriddled by observers trained in the
analytic study of the transference neuroses. But our psychiatrists
do not study psycho-analysis and we psycho-analysts
see too little of psychiatric cases. We shall have to develop
a breed of psychiatrists who have gone through the training of
psycho-analysis as a preparatory science. A beginning in this
direction is being made in America, where several of the leading
psychiatrists lecture on psycho-analytic doctrines to their
students, and where medical superintendents of institutions
and asylums endeavour to observe their patients in the light
of this theory. But all the same it has sometimes been possible
for us here to take a peep over the wall of narcissism, so I will
now proceed to tell you what we think we have discovered in this
way.
354The disease of paranoia, a chronic form of systematic insanity,
has a very uncertain position in the attempts at classification
made by present-day psychiatry. There is no doubt, however,
that it is closely related to dementia præcox; I have in fact
proposed that they should both be included under the common
designation of paraphrenia. The forms taken by paranoia
are described according to the content of the delusion, e.g.
delusions of grandeur, of persecution, of jealousy, of being
loved (erotomania), etc. We do not expect attempts at explanation
from psychiatry; as an example, an antiquated and not
very fair example, I grant, I will tell you the attempt which
was made to derive one of these symptoms from another, by
means of a piece of intellectual rationalization: The patient
who has a primary tendency to believe himself persecuted
draws from this the conclusion that he must necessarily be a
very important person and therefore develops a delusion of
grandeur. According to our analytic conception, the delusion
of grandeur is the direct consequence of the inflation of the
Ego by the Libido withdrawn from the investment of objects,
a secondary narcissism ensuing as a return of the original early
infantile form. In the case of delusions of persecution, however,
we observed things which led us to follow up a certain clue.
In the first place we noticed that in the great majority of cases
the persecuting person was of the same sex as the persecuted
one; this was capable of a harmless explanation, it is true,
but in certain cases which were closely studied it appeared
that the person of the same sex who had been most beloved
while the patient was normal became the persecutor after the
disease broke out. A further development of this becomes
possible through the well-known paths of association by which a
loved person may be replaced by someone else, e.g. the father
by masters or persons in authority. From these observations,
which were continually corroborated, we drew the conclusion that
persecutory paranoia is the means by which a person defends
himself against a homosexual impulse which has become too
powerful. The conversion of the affectionate feeling into the
hate which, as is well-known, can seriously endanger the life
of the loved and hated object then corresponds to the conversion
of libidinal impulses into anxiety, which is a regular result of
the process of repression. As an illustration I will quote the last
case I had of this type. A young doctor had to be sent away
from the place where he lived because he had threatened the
life of the son of a university professor there who had previously
been his greatest friend. He imputed superhuman power and
355the most devilish intentions to this friend; he was to blame for
all the misfortunes which had occurred in recent years to the
family of the patient and for all his ill-luck in public and in
private. This was not enough, however; the wicked friend
and his father, the professor, had caused the war and brought
the Russians over the border; he had ruined his life in a thousand
ways; our patient was convinced that the death of this criminal
would be the end of all evil in the world. And yet his old love
for him was still so strong that it had paralysed his hand when
he had an opportunity of shooting his enemy at sight. In
the short conversation which I had with the patient it came
to light that this intimate friendship between the two men went
right back to their school-days; on at least one occasion it
had passed beyond the boundaries of friendship, a night spent
together had been the occasion of complete sexual intercourse.
The patient had never developed any of the feeling towards
women that would have been natural at his age with his
attractive personality. He had been engaged to a handsome,
well-connected girl, but she had broken off the engagement
because her lover was so cold. Years after, his disease broke
out at the very moment when he had for the first time succeeded
in giving full sexual gratification to a woman; as she encircled
him in her arms in gratitude and devotion he suddenly felt a
mysterious stab of pain running like a sharp knife round the
crown of his head. Afterwards he described the sensation as
being like that of the incision made at a post-mortem to bare
the brain; and as his friend was a pathological anatomist he
slowly came to the conclusion that he alone could have sent
him this woman as a temptation. Then his eyes began to
be opened about the other persecutions of which he had been
the victim by the machinations of his former friend.
But how about those cases in which the persecutor is of a
different sex from that of the persecuted one, and which appear
therefore to contradict our explanation of this disease as a
defence against homosexual Libido? Some time ago I had
an opportunity of examining a case of the kind, and behind
the apparent contradiction I was able to elicit a confirmation.
A young girl imagined herself persecuted by a man with whom
she had twice had intimate relations; actually she had first of
all cherished the delusion against a woman who could be
recognized to be a mother-substitute. Not until after the
second meeting with him did she make the advance of transferring
the delusional idea from the woman to the man; so that in this
case also the condition that the sex of the persecutor is the same
356as that of the victim originally held good also. In her complaint
to the lawyer and the doctor the patient had not mentioned
the previous phase of her delusion and this gave rise to an
apparent contradiction of our theory of paranoia.
The homosexual choice of object is originally more closely
related to narcissism than the heterosexual; hence, when a
strong unwelcome homosexual excitation suffers repudiation,
the way back to narcissism is especially easy to find. I have so
far had very little opportunity in these lectures of speaking about
the fundamental plan on which the course of the love-impulse
during life is based, so far as we know it; nor can I supplement it
now. I will only select this to tell you: that the choice of
object, the step forward in the development of the Libido which
comes after the narcissistic stage, can proceed according to two
types. These are: either the narcissistic type, according to which,
in place of the Ego itself, someone as nearly as possible resembling
it is adopted as an object; or the anaclitic type (Anlehnungstypus)[53]
in which those persons who became prized on account of the
satisfactions they rendered to the primal needs in life are chosen
as objects by the Libido also. A strong Libido-fixation on the
narcissistic type of object-choice is also found as a trait in the
disposition of manifest homosexuals.
You will remember that in the first lecture given this session
I described to you a case of delusional jealousy in a woman.
Now that we have so nearly reached the end you will certainly
want to know how we account for a delusion psycho-analytically.
I have less to say about it than you would expect, however.
The inaccessibility of delusions to logical arguments and to
actual experience is to be explained, as it is with obsessions, by
the connection they bear to the unconscious material which is
both expressed by, and held in check by, the delusion or the
obsession. The differences between the two are based on the
topographical and dynamic differences in the two affections.
As with paranoia, so also with melancholia (under which, by
the way, very different clinical types are classified), it has been
possible to obtain a glimpse into the inner structure of the disorder.
We have perceived that the self-reproaches with which these
sufferers torment themselves so mercilessly actually relate to
another person, to the sexual object they have lost or whom they
have ceased to value on account of some fault. From this
we concluded that the melancholic has indeed withdrawn his
Libido from the object, but that by a process which we must
357call ‘narcissistic identification’ he has set up the object within
the Ego itself, projected it on to the Ego. I can only give you a
descriptive representation of this process, and not one expressed
in terms of topography and dynamics. The Ego itself is then
treated as though it were the abandoned object; it suffers all
the revengeful and aggressive treatment which is designed for
the object. The suicidal impulses of melancholics also become
more intelligible on the supposition that the bitterness felt by
the diseased mind concerns the Ego itself at the same time as,
and equally with, the loved and hated object. In melancholia,
as in the other narcissistic disorders, a feature of the emotional
life which, after Bleuler, we are accustomed to call ambivalence
comes markedly to the fore; by this we mean a directing of
antithetical feelings (affectionate and hostile) towards the same
person. It is unfortunate that I have not been able to say
more about ambivalence in these lectures.
There is also, besides the narcissistic, an hysterical form of
identification which has long been known to us. I wish it were
possible to make the differences between them clear to you in
a few definite statements. I can tell you something of the
periodic and cyclic forms of melancholia which will interest you.
It is possible in favourable circumstances—I have twice achieved
it—to prevent the recurrence of the condition, or of its antithesis,
by analytic treatment during the lucid intervals between the
attacks. One learns from this that in melancholia and mania
as well as other conditions a special kind of solution of a conflict
is going on, which in all its pre-requisites agrees with those of
the other neuroses. You may imagine how much there remains
for psycho-analysis to do in this field.
I also told you that by analysis of the narcissistic disorders
we hoped to gain some knowledge of the composition of the Ego
and of its structure out of various faculties and elements. We
have made a beginning towards this at one point. From analysis
of the delusion of observation we have come to the conclusion
that in the Ego there exists a faculty that incessantly watches,
criticizes, and compares, and in this way is set against the other
part of the Ego. In our opinion, therefore, the patient reveals
a truth which has not been appreciated as such when he complains
that at every step he is spied upon and observed, that his every
thought is known and examined. He has erred only in attributing
this disagreeable power to something outside himself and foreign
to him; he perceives within his Ego the rule of a faculty which
measures his actual Ego and all his activities by an Ego-ideal,
which he has created for himself in the course of his development.
358We also infer that he created this ideal for the purpose of recovering
thereby the self-satisfaction bound up with the primary infantile
narcissism, which since those days has suffered so many shocks
and mortifications. We recognize in this self-criticizing faculty
the Ego-censorship, the ‘conscience’; it is the same censorship
as that exercised at night upon dreams, from which the repressions
against inadmissible wish-excitations proceed. When this
faculty disintegrates in the delusion of being observed, we are able
to detect its origin and that it arose out of the influence of parents
and those who trained the child, together with his social surroundings,
by a process of identification with certain of these
persons who were taken as a model.
These are some of the results yielded by the application of
psycho-analysis to the narcissistic disorders. They are still
not very numerous, and many of them still lack that sharpness
of outline which cannot be achieved in a new field until some
degree of familiarity has been attained. All of them have been
made possible by employing the conception of Ego-Libido, or
narcissistic Libido, by means of which we can extend the conclusions
established for the transference neuroses on to the
narcissistic neuroses. But now you will put the question whether
it is possible for us to bring all the disorders of the narcissistic
neuroses and of the psychoses into the range of the Libido-theory,
for us to find the libidinal factor in mental life always and everywhere
responsible for the development of disease, and for us never
to have to attribute any part in the causation to the same alteration
in the functions of the self-preservative instincts. Well
now, it seems to me that decision on this point is not very urgent,
and above all that the time is not yet ripe for us to make it; we
may leave it calmly to be decided by advance in the work of
science. I should not be astonished if it should prove that the
capacity to induce a pathogenic effect were actually a prerogative
of the libidinal impulses, so that the theory of the Libido would
triumph all along the line from the actual neuroses to the severest
psychotic form of individual derangement. For we know it to
be characteristic of the Libido that it refuses to subordinate
itself to reality in life, to Necessity. But I consider it extremely
probable that the Ego-instincts are involved secondarily and that
disturbances in their functions may be necessitated by the
pathogenic affections of the Libido. Nor can I see that the
direction taken by our investigations will be invalidated if we
should have to recognize that in severe psychosis the Ego-instincts
themselves are primarily deranged; the future will decide—for
you, at least.
359Let me return for a moment to anxiety, in order to throw
light upon the one obscure point we left there. We said that
the relation between anxiety and Libido, otherwise so well defined,
is with difficulty harmonized with the almost indisputable assumption
that real anxiety in the face of danger is the expression of
the self-preservative instincts. But how if the anxiety-affect
is provided, not by self-interest on the part of the Ego-instincts,
but by the Ego-Libido? The condition of anxiety is after all
invariably detrimental; its disadvantage becomes conspicuous
when it reaches an intense degree. It then interferes with the
action that alone would be expedient and would serve the purposes
of self-preservation, whether it be flight or self-defence. Therefore
if we ascribe the affective component of real anxiety to the Ego-Libido,
and the action undertaken to the Ego-preservative instincts,
every theoretical difficulty will be overcome. You will hardly
maintain seriously that we run away because we perceive fear?
No, we perceive fear and we take to flight, out of the common
impulse that is roused by the perception of danger. Men who
have survived experiences of imminent danger to life tell us that
they did not perceive any fear, that they simply acted—for
instance, pointed their gun at the oncoming beast—which was
undoubtedly the best thing they could do.
360
Now that we are coming to the end of our discussions you will
feel a certain expectation which must not be allowed to mislead
you. You are probably thinking that I surely have not led
you through all these complicated mazes of psycho-analysis
only to dismiss you at the end without a word about the therapy,
upon which after all the possibility of undertaking psycho-analytic
work depends. As a matter of fact I could not possibly leave
out this aspect of it; for some of the phenomena belonging
to it will teach you a new fact, without knowledge of which you
would be quite unable to assimilate properly your understanding
of the diseases we have been studying.
I know you do not expect directions in the technique of
practising analysis for therapeutic purposes; you only want
to know in a general way by what means the psycho-analytic
therapy works and to gain a general idea of what it accomplishes.
And you have an undeniable right to learn this; nevertheless
I am not going to tell you—I am going to insist upon your finding
it out for yourselves.
Think for a moment! You have already learnt everything
essential, from the conditions by which illness is provoked to all
the factors which take effect within the diseased mind. Where
is the opening in all this for therapeutic influence? First of all
there is the hereditary disposition,—we do not often mention it
because it is so strongly emphasized in other quarters and we
have nothing new to say about it. But do not suppose that we
underestimate it; as practitioners we are well aware of its power.
In any event we can do nothing to change it; for us also it is
a fixed datum in the problem, which sets a limit to our efforts.
Next, there is the influence of the experiences of early childhood,
which we are accustomed in analysis to rank as very important;
they belong to the past, we cannot undo them. Then there is
all that unhappiness in life which we have included under ‘privation
in reality,’ from which all the absence of love in life proceeds—namely,
poverty, family strife, mistaken choice in marriage,
361unfavourable social conditions, and the severity of the demands
by which moral convention oppresses the individual. There is
indeed a wide opening for a very effective treatment in all this;
but it would have to follow the course of the dispensations of
Kaiser Joseph in the Viennese legend—the benevolent despotism
of a potentate before whose will men bow and difficulties disappear!
But who are we that we can exert such beneficence as a therapeutic
measure? Poor as we are and without influence socially, with
our living to earn by our medical practice, we are not even in a
position to extend our efforts to penniless folk, as other physicians
with other methods can do; our treatment takes too much time
and labour for that. But perhaps you are still clinging on to
one of the factors put forward, and believe you see an opening
for our influence there. If the conventional restrictions imposed
by society have had a part in the privations forced upon the
patient, the treatment could give him the courage and even
directly advise him to defy these obstacles, and to seize satisfactions
and health for himself at the cost of failing to achieve an ideal
which, though highly esteemed, is after all often set at naught
by the world. Health is to be won by “free living,” then. There
would be this blot upon analysis, to be sure, that it would not be
serving general morality; what it gave to the individual it would
take from the rest of the world.
But now, who has given you such a false impression of analysis?
It is out of the question that part of the analytic treatment should
consist of advice to “live freely”—if for no other reason because
we ourselves tell you that a stubborn conflict is going on in the
patient between libidinal desires and sexual repression, between
sensual and ascetic tendencies. This conflict is not resolved by
helping one side to win a victory over the other. It is true we
see that in neurotics asceticism has gained the day; the result
of which is that the suppressed sexual impulses have found a
vent for themselves in the symptoms. If we were to make
victory possible to the sensual side instead, the disregarded forces
repressing sexuality would have to indemnify themselves by
symptoms. Neither of these measures will succeed in ending
the inner conflict; one side in either event will remain unsatisfied.
There are but few cases in which the conflict is so unstable that
a factor like medical advice can have any effect upon it, and these
cases do not really require analytic treatment. People who can
be so easily influenced by physicians would have found their
own way to that solution without this influence. After all, you
know that a young man living in abstinence who makes up his
mind to illicit sexual intercourse, or an unsatisfied wife who seeks
362compensation with a lover, does not as a rule wait for the permission
of a physician, still less of an analyst, to do so.
In considering this question people usually overlook the
essential point of the whole difficulty—namely, that the pathogenic
conflict in a neurotic must not be confounded with a normal
struggle between conflicting impulses all of which are in the same
mental field. It is a battle between two forces of which one
has succeeded in coming to the level of the preconscious and
conscious part of the mind, while the other has been confined on
the unconscious level. That is why the conflict can never have
a final outcome one way or the other; the antagonists meet each
other as little as the whale and the polar bear in the well-known
story. An effective decision can be reached only when they
confront each other on the same ground. And, in my opinion,
to accomplish this is the sole task of the treatment.
Besides this, I can assure you that you are quite misinformed
if you imagine that advice and guidance concerning conduct in
life forms an integral part of the analytic method. On the contrary,
so far as possible we refrain from playing the part of mentor;
we want nothing better than that the patient should find his own
solutions for himself. To this end we expect him to postpone all
vital decisions affecting his life, such as choice of career, business
enterprises, marriage or divorce, during treatment and to execute
them only after it has been completed. Now confess that you
had imagined something very different. Only with certain very
young or quite helpless and defenceless persons is it impossible
to keep within such strict limitations as we should wish. With
them we have to combine the positions of physician and educator;
we are then well aware of our responsibility and act with the
necessary caution.
You must not be led away by my eagerness to defend myself
against the accusation that in analytic treatment neurotics are
encouraged to “live a free life” and conclude from it that we
influence them in favour of conventional morality. That is at
least as far removed from our purpose as the other. We are
not reformers, it is true; we are merely observers; but we cannot
avoid observing with critical eyes, and we have found it impossible
to give our support to conventional sexual morality or to
approve highly of the means by which society attempts to arrange
the practical problems of sexuality in life. We can demonstrate
with ease that what the world calls its code of morals demands
more sacrifices than it is worth, and that its behaviour is neither
dictated by honesty nor instituted with wisdom. We do not
absolve our patients from listening to these criticisms; we accustom
363them to an unprejudiced consideration of sexual matters
like all other matters; and if after they have become independent
by the effect of the treatment they choose some intermediate
course between unrestrained sexual licence and unconditional
asceticism, our conscience is not burdened whatever the outcome.
We say to ourselves that anyone who has successfully undergone
the training of learning and recognizing the truth about himself
is henceforth strengthened against the dangers of immorality,
even if his standard of morality should in some respect deviate
from the common one. Incidentally, we must beware of overestimating
the importance of abstinence in affecting neurosis;
only a minority of pathogenic situations due to privation and
the subsequent accumulation of Libido thereby induced can be
relieved by the kind of sexual intercourse that is procurable
without any difficulty.
So you cannot explain the therapeutic effect of psycho-analysis
by supposing that it permits patients free sexual indulgence;
you must look round for something else. I think that one of
the remarks I made while I was disposing of this conjecture on
your part will have put you on the right track. Probably it is
the substitution of something conscious for something unconscious,
the transformation of the unconscious thoughts into conscious
thoughts, that makes our work effective. You are right; that is
exactly what it is. By extending the unconscious into consciousness
the repressions are raised, the conditions of symptom-formation
are abolished, and the pathogenic conflict exchanged for a
normal one which must be decided one way or the other. We
do nothing for our patients but enable this one mental change to
take place in them; the extent to which it is achieved is the
extent of the benefit we do them. Where there is no repression
or mental process analogous to it to be undone there is nothing
for our therapy to do.
The aim of our efforts may be expressed in various formulas—making
conscious the unconscious, removing the repressions,
filling in the gaps in memory; they all amount to the same thing.
But perhaps you are dissatisfied with this declaration; you
imagined the recovery of a nervous person rather differently,
that after he had been subjected to the laborious process of psycho-analysis
he would emerge a different person altogether, and then
you hear that the whole thing only amounts to his having a little
less that is unconscious and a little more that is conscious in him
than before. Well, you probably do not appreciate the importance
of an inner change of this kind. A neurotic who has been cured
has really become a different person, although at bottom of
364course he remains the same—that is, he has become his best
self, what he would have been under the most favourable conditions.
That, however, is a great deal. Then when you hear of
all that has to be done, of the tremendous exertion required to
carry out this apparently trifling change in his mental life, the
significance attached to these differences between the various
mental levels will appear more comprehensible to you.
I will digress a moment to enquire whether you know what
‘a causal therapy’ means? This name is given to a procedure
which puts aside the manifestations of a disease and looks for
a point of attack in order to eradicate the cause of the illness.
Now is psycho-analysis a causal therapy or not? The answer
is not a simple one, but it may give us an opportunity to convince
ourselves of the futility of such questions. In so far as psycho-analytic
therapy does not aim immediately at removing the
symptoms it is conducted like a causal therapy. In other respects
you may say it is not, for we have followed the causal chain back
far beyond the repressions to the instinctive predispositions,
their relative intensity in the constitution, and the aberrations
in the course of their development. Now suppose that it were
possible by some chemical means to affect this mental machinery,
to increase or decrease the amount of Libido available at any
given moment, or to reinforce the strength of one impulse at the
expense of another—that would be a causal therapy in the literal
sense, and our analysis would be the indispensable preliminary
work of reconnoitring the ground. As you know, there is at
present no question of any such influence upon the processes
of the Libido; our mental therapy makes its attack at another
point in the concatenation, not quite at the place where we
perceive the manifestations to be rooted, but yet comparatively
far behind the symptoms themselves, at a place which becomes
accessible to us in very remarkable circumstances.
What then have we to do in order to bring what is unconscious
in the patient into consciousness? At one time we thought
that would be very simple; all we need do would be to identify
this unconscious matter and then tell the patient what it was.
However, we know already that that was a short-sighted mistake.
Our knowledge of what is unconscious in him is not equivalent
to his knowledge of it; when we tell him what we know he does
not assimilate it in place of his own unconscious thoughts, but
alongside of them, and very little has been changed. We have rather
to regard this unconscious material topographically; we have to
look for it in his memory at the actual spot where the repression
of it originally ensued. This repression must be removed, and
365then the substitution of conscious thought for unconscious
thought can be effected straightaway. How is a repression such
as this to be removed? Our work enters upon a second phase
here; first, the discovery of the repression, and then the removal
of the resistance which maintains this repression.
How can this resistance be got rid of? In the same way:
by finding it out and telling the patient about it. The resistance
too arises in a repression, either from the very one which we are
endeavouring to dispel, or in one that occurred earlier. It is
set up by the counter-charge which rose up to repress the repellent
impulse. So that we now do just the same as we were trying to
do before; we interpret, identify, and inform the patient; but
this time we are doing it at the right spot. The counter-charge
or the resistance is not part of the Unconscious, but of the Ego
which co-operates with us, and this is so, even if it is not actually
conscious. We know that a difficulty arises here in the ambiguity
of the word ‘unconscious,’ on the one hand, as a phenomenon,
on the other hand, as a system. That sounds very obscure and
difficult; but after all it is only a repetition of what we have
said before, is it not? We have come to this point already long
ago.—Well then, we expect that this resistance will be abandoned,
and the counter-charge withdrawn, when we have made the
recognition of them possible by our work of interpretation. What
are the instinctive propelling forces at our disposal to make this
possible? First, the patient’s desire for recovery, which impelled
him to submit himself to the work in co-operation with us, and
secondly, the aid of his intelligence which we reinforce by our
interpretation. There is no doubt that it is easier for the patient
to recognize the resistance with his intelligence, and to identify
the idea in his Unconscious which corresponds to it, if we have
first given him an idea which rouses his expectations in regard
to it. If I say to you: “Look up at the sky and you will see a
balloon,” you will find it much more quickly than if I merely
tell you to look up and see whether you can see anything; a
student who looks through a microscope for the first time is told
by the instructor what he is to see; otherwise he sees nothing,
although it is there and quite visible.
And now for the fact! In quite a number of the various forms
of nervous illness, in the hysterias, anxiety conditions, obsessional
neuroses, our hypothesis proves sound. By seeking out
the repression in this way, discovering the resistances, indicating
the repressed, it is actually possible to accomplish the task, to
overcome the resistances, to break down the repression, and
to change something unconscious into something conscious.
366As we do this we get a vivid impression of how, as each individual
resistance is being mastered, a violent battle goes on in the soul
of the patient—a normal mental struggle between two tendencies
on the same ground, between the motives striving to maintain
the counter-charge and those which are ready to abolish it. The
first of these are the old motives which originally erected the
repression; among the second are found new ones more recently
acquired, which it is hoped will decide the conflict in our favour.
We have succeeded in revivifying the old battle of the repression
again, in bringing the issue, so long ago decided, up for revision
again. The new contribution we make to it lies, first of all,
in demonstrating that the original solution led to illness and in
promising that a different one would pave the way to health, and
secondly, in pointing out that the circumstances have all changed
immensely since the time of that original repudiation of these
impulses. Then, the Ego was weak, infantile, and perhaps had
reason to shrink with horror from the claims of the Libido as
being dangerous to it. To-day it is strong and experienced and
moreover has a helper at hand in the physician. So we may
expect to lead the revived conflict through to a better outcome
than repression; and, as has been said, in hysteria, anxiety-neurosis,
and the obsessional neurosis success in the main justifies
our claims.
There are other forms of illness, however, with which our
therapeutic treatment never is successful, in spite of the similarity
of the conditions. In them also there was originally a conflict
between Ego and Libido, leading to repression—although this
conflict may be characterized by topographical differences from
the conflict of the transference neuroses; in them too it is
possible to trace out the point in the patient’s life at which the
repressions occurred; we apply the same method, are ready to
make the same assurances, offer the same assistance by telling
the patient what to look out for; and here also the interval in
time between the present and the point at which the repressions
were established is all in favour of a better outcome of the conflict.
And yet we cannot succeed in overcoming one resistance or in
removing one of the repressions. These patients, paranoiacs,
melancholics, and those suffering from dementia præcox, remain
on the whole unaffected, proof against psycho-analytic treatment.
What can be the cause of this? It is not due to lack of intelligence;
a certain degree of intellectual capacity must naturally be stipulated
for analysis, but there is no deficiency in this respect in, for
instance, the very quick-witted deductive paranoiac. Nor are
any of the other propelling forces regularly absent: melancholics,
367for instance, in contrast to paranoiacs, experience a very high
degree of realization that they are ill and that their sufferings are
due to this; but they are not on that account any more accessible
to influence. In this we are confronted with a fact that we do not
understand, and are therefore called upon to doubt whether we
have really understood all the conditions of the success possible
with the other neuroses.
When we keep to consideration of hysterical and obsessional
neurotics we are very soon confronted with a second fact, for
which we were quite unprepared. After the treatment has
proceeded for a while we notice that these patients behave in a
quite peculiar manner towards ourselves. We thought indeed
that we had taken into account all the motive forces affecting the
treatment and had reasoned out the situation between ourselves
and the patient fully, so that it balanced like a sum in arithmetic;
and then after all something seems to slip in which was quite
left out of our calculation. This new and unexpected feature is
in itself many-sided and complex; I will first of all describe some
of its more frequent and simpler forms to you.
We observe then that the patient, who ought to be thinking
of nothing but the solution of his own distressing conflicts, begins
to develop a particular interest in the person of the physician.
Everything connected with this person seems to him more important
than his own affairs and to distract him from his illness.
Relations with the patient then become for a time very agreeable;
he is particularly docile, endeavours to show his gratitude wherever
he can, exhibits a fineness of character and other good qualities
which we had perhaps not anticipated in him. The analyst
thus forms a very good opinion of the patient and values his
luck in being able to render assistance to such an admirable
personality. If the physician has occasion to see the patient’s
relatives he hears with satisfaction that this esteem is mutual.
The patient at home is never tired of praising the analyst and
attributing new virtues to him. “He has quite lost his head
over you; he puts implicit trust in you; everything you say
is like a revelation to him,” say the relatives. Here and there
one among this chorus having sharper eyes will say: “It is
positively boring the way he never speaks of anything but you:
he quotes you all the time.”
We will hope that the physician is modest enough to ascribe
the patient’s estimate of his value to the hopes of recovery which
he has been able to offer to him, and to the widening in the
patient’s intellectual horizon consequent upon the surprising
revelations entailed by the treatment and their liberating influence.
368The analysis too makes splendid progress under these
conditions, the patient understands the suggestions offered to
him, concentrates upon the tasks appointed by the treatment,
the material needed—his recollections and associations—is abundantly
available; he astonishes the analyst by the sureness and
accuracy of his interpretations, and the latter has only to observe
with satisfaction how readily and willingly a sick man will
accept all the new psychological ideas that are so hotly contested
by the healthy in the world outside. A general improvement
in the patient’s condition, objectively confirmed on all sides,
also accompanies this harmonious relationship in the analysis.
But such fair weather cannot last for ever. There comes a
day when it clouds over. There begin to be difficulties in the
analysis; the patient says he cannot think of anything more to
say. One has an unmistakable impression that he is no longer
interested in the work, and that he is casually ignoring the
injunction given him to say everything that comes into his mind
and to yield to none of the critical objections that occur to him.
His behaviour is not dictated by the situation of the treatment;
it is as if he had not made an agreement to that effect with
the physician; he is obviously preoccupied with something
which at the same time he wishes to reserve to himself. This
is a situation in which the treatment is in danger. Plainly a
very powerful resistance has risen up. What can have happened?
If it is possible to clear up this state of things, the cause of
the disturbance is found to consist in certain intense feelings
of affection which the patient has transferred on to the physician,
not accounted for by the latter’s behaviour nor by the relationship
involved by the treatment. The form in which this affectionate
feeling is expressed and the goal it seeks naturally depend upon
the circumstances of the situation between the two persons.
If one of them is a young girl and the other still a fairly young
man, the impression received is that of normal love; it seems
natural that a girl should fall in love with a man with whom she
is much alone and can speak of very intimate things, and who
is in the position of an adviser with authority—we shall probably
overlook the fact that in a neurotic girl some disturbance of
the capacity for love is rather to be expected. The farther
removed the situation between the two persons is from this
supposed example, the more unaccountable it is to find that
nevertheless the same kind of feeling comes to light in other
cases. It may be still comprehensible when a young woman
who is unhappily married seems to be overwhelmed by a serious
passion for her physician, if he is still unattached, and that she
369should be ready to seek a divorce and give herself to him, or,
where circumstances would prevent this, to enter into a secret
love-affair with him. That sort of thing, indeed, is known to
occur outside psycho-analysis. But in this situation girls and
women make the most astonishing confessions which reveal a
quite peculiar attitude on their part to the therapeutic problem:
they had always known that nothing but love would cure them,
and from the beginning of the treatment they had expected
that this relationship would at last yield them what life had
so far denied them. It was only with this hope that they had
taken such pains over the analysis and had conquered all their
difficulties in disclosing their thoughts. We ourselves can add:
‘and had understood so easily all that is usually so hard to
accept.’ But a confession of this kind astounds us; all our
calculations are blown to the winds. Could it be that we have
omitted the most important element in the whole problem?
And actually it is so; the more experience we gain the less
possible does it become for us to contest this new factor, which
alters the whole problem and puts our scientific calculations
to shame. The first few times one might perhaps think that
the analytic treatment had stumbled upon an obstruction in
the shape of an accidental occurrence, extraneous to its purpose
and unconnected with it in origin. But when it happens that
this kind of attachment to the physician regularly evinces itself
in every fresh case, under the most unfavourable conditions,
and always appears in circumstances of a positively grotesque
incongruity—in elderly women, in relation to grey-bearded men,
even on occasions when our judgement assures us that no temptations
exist—then we are compelled to give up the idea of a disturbing
accident and to admit that we have to deal with a phenomenon
in itself essentially bound up with the nature of the disease.
The new fact which we are thus unwillingly compelled to
recognize we call Transference. By this we mean a transference
of feelings on to the person of the physician, because
we do not believe that the situation in the treatment can account
for the origin of such feelings. We are much more disposed
to suspect that the whole of this readiness to develop feeling
originates in another source; that it was previously formed
in the patient, and has seized the opportunity provided by the
treatment to transfer itself on to the person of the physician.
The transference can express itself as a passionate petitioning
for love, or it can take less extreme forms; where a young
girl and an elderly man are concerned, instead of the wish to
be wife or mistress, a wish to be adopted as a favourite daughter
370may come to light, the libidinous desire can modify itself and
propose itself as a wish for an everlasting, but ideally platonic
friendship. Many women understand how to sublimate the
transference and to mould it until it acquires a sort of justification
for its existence; others have to express it in its crude, original,
almost impossible form. But at bottom it is always the same,
and its origin in the same source can never be mistaken.
Before we enquire where we are to range this new fact, we
will amplify the description of it a little. How is it with our
male patients? There at least we might hope to be spared
the troublesome element of sex difference and sex attraction.
Well, the answer is very much the same as with women. The
same attachment to the physician, the same overestimation
of his qualities, the same adoption of his interests, the same
jealousy against all those connected with him. The sublimated
kinds of transference are the forms more frequently met with
between man and man, and the directly sexual declaration more
rarely, in the same degree to which the manifest homosexuality
of the patient is subordinated to the other ways by which this
component-instinct can express itself. Also, it is in male patients
that the analyst more frequently observes a manifestation of
the transference which at the first glance seems to controvert
the description of it just given—that is, the hostile or negative
transference.
First of all, let us realize at once that the transference exists
in the patient from the beginning of the treatment, and is for
a time the strongest impetus in the work. Nothing is seen of
it and one does not need to trouble about it as long as its effect
is favourable to the work in which the two persons are co-operating.
When it becomes transformed into a resistance, attention must
be paid to it; and then it appears that two different and contrasting
states of mind have supervened in it and have altered
its attitude to the treatment: first, when the affectionate attraction
has become so strong and betrays signs of its origin in
sexual desire so clearly that it was bound to arouse an inner
opposition against itself; and secondly, when it consists in
antagonistic instead of affectionate feeling. The hostile feelings
as a rule appear later than the affectionate and under cover of
them; when both occur simultaneously they provide a very
good exemplification of that ambivalence in feeling which governs
most of our intimate relationships with other human beings.
The hostile feelings therefore indicate an attachment of feeling
quite similar to the affectionate, just as defiance indicates a
similar dependence upon the other person to that belonging
371to obedience, though with a reversed prefix. There can be no
doubt that the hostile feelings against the analyst deserve the
name of ‘transference,’ for the situation in the treatment certainly
gives no adequate occasion for them; the necessity for
regarding the negative transference in this light is a confirmation
of our previous similar view of the positive or affectionate
variety.
Where the transference springs from, what difficulties it
provides for us, how we can overcome them, and what advantage
we can finally derive from it, are questions which can only be
adequately dealt with in a technical exposition of the analytic
method; I can merely touch upon them here. It is out of the
question that we should yield to the demands made by the
patient under the influence of his transference; it would be
nonsensical to reject them unkindly, and still more so, indignantly.
The transference is overcome by showing the patient that his
feelings do not originate in the current situation, and do not
really concern the person of the physician, but that he is reproducing
something that had happened to him long ago. In this
way we require him to transform his repetition into recollection.
Then the transference which, whether affectionate or hostile,
every time seemed the greatest menace to the cure becomes its
best instrument, so that with its help we can unlock the closed
doors in the soul. I should like, however, to say a few words
to dispel the unpleasant effects of the shock that this unexpected
phenomenon must have been to you. After all, we must not
forget that this illness of the patient’s which we undertake to
analyse is not a finally accomplished, and as it were consolidated
thing; but that it is growing and continuing its development
all the time like a living thing. The beginning of the treatment
puts no stop to this development; but, as soon as the treatment
has taken a hold upon the patient, it appears that the entire
productivity of the illness henceforward becomes concentrated
in one direction—namely, upon the relationship to the physician.
The transference then becomes comparable to the cambium
layer between the wood and the bark of a tree, from which proceeds
the formation of new tissue and the growth of the trunk
in diameter. As soon as the transference has taken on this
significance the work upon the patient’s recollections recedes
far into the background. It is then not incorrect to say that
we no longer have to do with the previous illness, but with a
newly-created and transformed neurosis which has replaced the
earlier one. This new edition of the old disease has been followed
from its inception, one sees it come to light and grow, and is
372particularly familiar with it since one is oneself its central object.
All the patient’s symptoms have abandoned their original significance
and have adapted themselves to a new meaning, which
is contained in their relationship to the transference; or else
only those symptoms remain which were capable of being adapted
in this way. The conquest of this new artificially-acquired
neurosis coincides with the removal of the illness which existed
prior to the treatment, that is, with accomplishing the therapeutic
task. The person who has become normal and free from the
influence of repressed instinctive tendencies in his relationship
to the physician remains so in his own life when the physician
has again been removed from it.
The transference has this all-important, absolutely central
significance for the cure in hysteria, anxiety-hysteria, and the
obsessional neurosis, which are in consequence rightly grouped
together as the ‘transference neuroses.’ Anyone who has grasped
from analytic experience a true impression of the fact of transference
can never again doubt the nature of the suppressed
impulses which have manufactured an outlet for themselves
in the symptoms; and he will require no stronger proof of their
libidinal character. We may say that our conviction of the
significance of the symptoms as a substitutive gratification of
the Libido was only finally and definitely established by evaluating
the phenomenon of transference.
Now, however, we are called upon to correct our former
dynamic conception of the process of cure and to bring it into
agreement with the new discovery. When the patient has to
fight out the normal conflict with the resistances which we have
discovered in him by analysis, he requires a powerful propelling
force to influence him towards the decision we aim at, leading
to recovery. Otherwise it might happen that he would decide
for a repetition of the previous outcome, and allow that which
had been raised into consciousness to slip back again under
repression. The outcome in this struggle is not decided by his
intellectual insight—it is neither strong enough nor free enough
to accomplish such a thing—but solely by his relationship to
the physician. In so far as his transference bears the positive
sign, it clothes the physician with authority, transforms itself
into faith in his findings and in his views. Without this kind
of transference or with a negative one, the physician and his
arguments would never even be listened to. Faith repeats
the history of its own origin; it is a derivative of love and at
first it needed no arguments. Not until later does it admit
them so far as to take them into critical consideration if they
373have been offered by someone who is loved. Without this
support arguments have no weight with the patient, never do
have any with most people in life. A human being is therefore
on the whole only accessible to influence, even on the intellectual
side, in so far as he is capable of investing objects with Libido;
and we have good cause to recognize, and to fear, in the measure
of his narcissism a barrier to his susceptibility to influence, even
by the best analytic technique.
The capacity for the radiation of Libido towards other persons
in object investment must, of course, be ascribed to all normal
people; the tendency to transference in neurotics, so-called, is
only an exceptional intensification of a universal characteristic.
Now it would be very remarkable if a human character-trait
of this importance and universality had never been observed
and made use of. And this has really been done. Bernheim,
with unerring perspicacity, based the theory of hypnotic manifestations
upon the proposition that all human beings are more
or less open to suggestion, are ‘suggestible.’ What he called
suggestibility is nothing else but the tendency to transference,
rather too narrowly circumscribed so that the negative transference
did not come within its scope. But Bernheim could
never say what suggestion actually was nor how it arises; it
was an axiomatic fact to him and he could give no explanation
of its origin. He did not recognize the dependence of ‘suggestibility’
on sexuality, on the functioning of the Libido. And we
have to admit that we have only abandoned hypnosis in our
methods in order to discover suggestion again in the shape of
transference.
But now I will pause and let you take up the thread. I
observe that an objection is invading your thoughts with such
violence that it would deprive you of all power of attention if
it were not given expression. “So now at last you have confessed
that you too work with the aid of suggestion like the
hypnotists. We have been thinking so all along. But then,
what is the use of all these roundabout routes by way of past
experiences, discovering the unconscious material, interpreting
and retranslating the distortions, and the enormous expenditure
of time, trouble, and money, when after all the only effective
agent is suggestion? Why do you not suggest directly against
the symptoms, as others do who are honest hypnotists? And
besides, if you are going to make out that by these roundabout
routes you have made numerous important psychological discoveries,
which are concealed in direct suggestion, who is to
vouch for their validity? Are not they too the result of
374suggestion, of unintentional suggestion, that is? Cannot you
impress upon the patient what you please and whatever seems
good to you in this direction also?”
What you charge me with in this way is exceedingly interesting
and must be answered. But I cannot do that to-day; our time
is up. Till next time, then. You will see that I shall be answerable
to you. To-day I must finish what I began. I promised
to explain to you through the factor of the transference why
it is that our therapeutic efforts have no success in the narcissistic
neuroses.
I can do it in a few words, and you will see how simply the
riddle is solved, and how well everything fits together. Experience
shows that persons suffering from the narcissistic
neuroses have no capacity for transference, or only insufficient
remnants of it. They turn from the physician, not in hostility,
but in indifference. Therefore they are not to be influenced
by him; what he says leaves them cold, makes no impression
on them, and therefore the process of cure which can be carried
through with others, the revivification of the pathogenic conflict
and the overcoming of the resistance due to the repressions,
cannot be effected with them. They remain as they are. They
have often enough undertaken attempts at recovery on their
own account which have led to pathological results; we can do
nothing to alter this.
On the basis of our clinical observations of these patients
we stated that they must have abandoned the investment of
objects with Libido and transformed object-Libido into Ego-Libido.
By this we differentiated them from the first group
of neurotics (hysteria, anxiety, and obsessional neurosis). Their
behaviour during the attempt to cure them confirms this suspicion.
They produce no transference, and are, therefore, inaccessible
to our efforts, not to be cured by us.
375
You know what we are going to discuss to-day. When I admitted
that the influence of the psycho-analytic therapy is
essentially founded upon transference, i.e. upon suggestion,
you asked me why we do not make use of direct suggestion,
and you linked this up with a doubt whether, in view of the
fact that suggestion plays such a large part, we can still vouch
for the objectivity of our psychological discoveries. I promised
to give you a comprehensive answer.
Direct suggestion is suggestion delivered directly against
the forms taken by the symptoms, a struggle between your
authority and the motives underlying the disease. In this struggle
you do not trouble yourself about these motives, you only require
the patient to suppress the manifestation of them in the form
of symptoms. In the main it makes no difference whether
you place the patient under hypnosis or not. Bernheim, with
his characteristic acuteness, repeatedly stated that suggestion
was the essence of the manifestations of hypnotism, and that
hypnosis itself was already a result of suggestion, a suggested
condition; he preferred to use suggestion in the waking state,
which can achieve the same results as suggestion in hypnosis.
Now which shall I take first, the results of experience or
theoretical considerations?
Let us begin with experience. I sought out Bernheim in
Nancy in 1889 and became a pupil of his; I translated his book
on suggestion into German. For years I made use of hypnotic
treatment, first with prohibitory suggestions and later combined
with Breuer’s system of the fullest enquiry into the patient’s
life; I can therefore speak from wide experience about the results
of the hypnotic or suggestive therapy. According to an old
medical saying an ideal therapy should be rapid, reliable and
not disagreeable to the patient; Bernheim’s method certainly
fulfilled two of these requirements. It was much more rapid,
that is, incomparably more rapid in its course than the analytic,
and it involved the patient in no trouble or discomfort. For
376the physician it eventually became monotonous; it meant
treating every case in the same way, always employing the same
ritual to prohibit the existence of the most diverse symptoms,
without being able to grasp anything of their meaning or significance.
It was a sort of mechanical drudgery—hodman’s work—not
scientific work; it was reminiscent of magic, conjuring,
and hocus-pocus, yet in the patient’s interests one had to ignore
that. In the third desideratum, however, it failed; it was not
reliable in any respect. It could be employed in certain cases
only and not in others; with some much could be achieved by
it, and with others very little, one never knew why. But worse
than its capricious nature was the lack of permanence in the
results; after a time, if one heard from the patient again, the
old malady had reappeared or had been replaced by another.
Then one could begin to hypnotize again. In the background
there was the warning of experienced men against robbing the
patient of his independence by frequent repetitions of hypnosis,
and against accustoming him to this treatment as though it were
a narcotic. It is true, on the other hand, that at times everything
fell out just as one could wish; one obtained complete and lasting
success with little difficulty; but the conditions of this satisfactory
outcome remained hidden. In one case, when I had completely
removed a severe condition by a short hypnotic treatment,
it recurred unchanged after the patient (a woman) had developed
ill feeling against me without just cause; then after a reconciliation
I was able to effect its disappearance again and this
time far more thoroughly; but it reappeared again when she
had a second time become hostile to me. Another time I had
the following experience; during the treatment of an especially
obstinate attack in a patient whom I had several times relieved
of nervous symptoms, she suddenly threw her arms round my
neck. Whether one wished to do so or not, this kind of thing
finally made it imperative to enquire into the problem of the
nature and source of one’s suggestive authority.
So much for experience; it shows that in abandoning direct
suggestion we have given up nothing irreplaceable. Now let us
link on to the facts a few comments. The exercise of the hypnotic
method makes as little demand for effort on the part of the
patient as it does on the physician. The method is in complete
harmony with the view of the neuroses generally accepted by
the majority of medical men. The practitioner says to the
nervous person: “There is nothing the matter with you; it
is merely nervousness, therefore a few words from me will scatter
all your troubles to the winds in five minutes.” But it is contrary
377to all our beliefs about energy in general that a minimal exertion
should be able to remove a heavy load by approaching it directly
without the assistance of any suitably-devised appliance. In
so far as the circumstances are at all comparable, experience
shows that this trick cannot be performed successfully with the
neuroses. I know, however, that this argument is not unassailable;
there are such things as explosions.
In the light of the knowledge we have obtained through
psycho-analysis, the difference between hypnotic and psycho-analytic
suggestion may be described as follows: The hypnotic
therapy endeavours to cover up and as it were to whitewash
something going on in the mind, the analytic to lay bare and
to remove something. The first works cosmetically, the second
surgically. The first employs suggestion to interdict the symptoms;
it reinforces the repressions, but otherwise it leaves unchanged
all the processes that have led to symptom-formation.
Analytic therapy takes hold deeper down nearer the roots of the
disease, among the conflicts from which the symptoms proceed; it
employs suggestion to change the outcome of these conflicts.
Hypnotic therapy allows the patient to remain inactive and
unchanged, consequently also helpless in the face of every new
incitement to illness. Analytic treatment makes as great demands
for efforts on the part of the patient as on the physician, efforts
to abolish the inner resistances. The patient’s mental life is permanently
changed by overcoming these resistances, is lifted to
a higher level of development, and remains proof against fresh
possibilities of illness. The labour of overcoming the resistances
is the essential achievement of the analytic treatment; the
patient has to accomplish it and the physician makes it possible
for him to do this by suggestions which are in the nature of an
education. It has been truly said therefore, that psycho-analytic
treatment is a kind of re-education.
I hope I have now made clear to you the difference between
our method of employing suggestion therapeutically and the
method which is the only possible one in hypnotic therapy.
Since we have traced the influence of suggestion back to the
transference, you also understand the striking capriciousness of
the effect in hypnotic therapy, and why analytic therapy is within
its limits dependable. In employing hypnosis we are entirely
dependent upon the condition of the patient’s transference
and yet we are unable to exercise any influence upon this condition
itself. The transference of a patient being hypnotized may be
negative, or, as most commonly, ambivalent, or he may have
guarded himself against his transference by adopting special
378attitudes; we gather nothing about all this. In psycho-analysis
we work upon the transference itself, dissipate whatever stands
in the way of it, and manipulate the instrument which is to do
the work. Thus it becomes possible for us to derive entirely
new benefits from the power of suggestion; we are able to control
it; the patient alone no longer manages his suggestibility according
to his own liking, but in so far as he is amenable to its influence
at all, we guide his suggestibility.
Now you will say that, regardless of whether the driving
force behind the analysis is called transference or suggestion,
the danger still remains that our influence upon the patient
may bring the objective certainty of our discoveries into doubt;
and that what is an advantage in therapy is harmful in research.
This is the objection that has most frequently been raised against
psycho-analysis; and it must be admitted that, even though
it is unjustified, it cannot be ignored as unreasonable. If it
were justified, psycho-analysis after all would be nothing else
but a specially well-disguised and particularly effective kind of
suggestive treatment; and all its conclusions about the experiences
of the patient’s past life, mental dynamics, the Unconscious,
and so on, could be taken very lightly. So our opponents
think; the significance of sexual experiences in particular,
if not the experiences themselves, we are supposed to have
“put into the patient’s mind,” after having first concocted these
conglomerations in our own corrupt minds. These accusations
are more satisfactorily refuted by the evidence of experience
than by the aid of theory. Anyone who has himself conducted
psycho-analyses has been able to convince himself numberless
times that it is impossible to suggest things to a patient in this
way. There is no difficulty, of course, in making him a disciple
of a particular theory, and thus making it possible for him to
share some mistaken belief possibly harboured by the physician.
He behaves like anyone else in this, like a pupil; but by this
one has only influenced his intellect, not his illness. The solving
of his conflicts and the overcoming of his resistances succeeds
only when what he is told to look for in himself corresponds
with what actually does exist in him. Anything that has been
inferred wrongly by the physician will disappear in the course
of the analysis; it must be withdrawn and replaced by something
more correct. One’s aim is, by a very careful technique, to
prevent temporary successes arising through suggestion; but if
they do arise no great harm is done, for we are not content with
the first result. We do not consider the analysis completed
unless all obscurities in the case are explained, the gaps in
379memory filled out, and the original occasions of the repressions
discovered. When results appear prematurely, one regards
them as obstacles rather than as furtherances of the analytic
work, and one destroys them again by continually exposing
the transference on which they are founded. Fundamentally
it is this last feature which distinguishes analytic treatment
from that of pure suggestion, and which clears the results of
analysis from the suspicion of being the results of suggestion.
In every other suggestive treatment the transference is carefully
preserved and left intact; in analysis it is itself the object of
the treatment and is continually being dissected in all its various
forms. At the conclusion of the analysis the transference itself
must be dissolved; if success then supervenes and is maintained
it is not founded on suggestion, but on the overcoming of the
inner resistances effected by the help of suggestion, on the inner
change achieved within the patient.
That which probably prevents single effects of suggestion
from arising during the treatment is the struggle that is incessantly
being waged against the resistances, which know how to
transform themselves into a negative (hostile) transference.
Nor will we neglect to point to the evidence that a great many
of the detailed findings of analysis, which would otherwise be
suspected of being produced by suggestion, are confirmed from
other, irreproachable sources. We have unimpeachable witnesses
on these points, namely, dements and paranoiacs, who
are of course quite above any suspicion of being influenced by
suggestion. All that these patients relate in the way of phantasies
and translations of symbols, which have penetrated through
into their consciousness, corresponds faithfully with the results
of our investigations into the Unconscious of transference neurotics,
thus confirming the objective truth of the interpretations
made by us which are so often doubted. I do not think you
will find yourselves mistaken if you choose to trust analysis in
these respects.
We now need to complete our description of the process of
recovery by expressing it in terms of the Libido-theory. The
neurotic is incapable of enjoyment or of achievement—the first
because his Libido is attached to no real object, the last because
so much of the energy which would otherwise be at his disposal
is expended in maintaining the Libido under repression, and in
warding off its attempts to assert itself. He would be well if
the conflict between his Ego and his Libido came to an end,
and if his Ego again had the Libido at its disposal. The task of
the treatment, therefore, consists in the task of loosening the
380Libido from its previous attachments, which are beyond the
reach of the Ego, and in making it again serviceable to the Ego.
Now where is the Libido of a neurotic? Easily found: it is
attached to the symptoms, which offer it the substitutive satisfaction
that is all it can obtain as things are. We must master
the symptoms then, dissolve them—just what the patient asks
of us. In order to dissolve the symptoms it is necessary to go
back to the point at which they originated, to review the conflict
from which they proceeded, and with the help of propelling
forces which at that time were not available to guide it towards
a new solution. This revision of the process of repression can
only partially be effected by means of the memory-traces of
the processes which led up to repression. The decisive part of the
work is carried through by creating—in the relationship to the
physician, in “the transference”—new editions of those early
conflicts, in which the patient strives to behave as he originally
behaved, while one calls upon all the available forces in his soul
to bring him to another decision. The transference is thus the
battlefield where all the contending forces must meet.
All the Libido and the full strength of the opposition against
it are concentrated upon the one thing, upon the relationship
to the physician; thus it becomes inevitable that the symptoms
should be deprived of their Libido; in place of the patient’s
original illness appears the artificially-acquired transference, the
transference-disorder; in place of a variety of unreal objects
of his Libido appears the one object, also ‘phantastic,’ of the
person of the physician. This new struggle which arises concerning
this object is by means of the analyst’s suggestions
lifted to the surface, to the higher mental levels, and is there
worked out as a normal mental conflict. Since a new repression
is thus avoided, the opposition between the Ego and the Libido
comes to an end; unity is restored within the patient’s mind.
When the Libido has been detached from its temporary object
in the person of the physician it cannot return to its earlier
objects, but is now at the disposal of the Ego. The forces
opposing us in this struggle during the therapeutic treatment
are on the one hand the Ego’s aversion against certain tendencies
on the part of the Libido, which had expressed itself in repressing
tendencies; and on the other hand the tenacity or ‘adhesiveness’
of the Libido, which does not readily detach itself from objects
it has once invested.
The therapeutic work thus falls into two phases; in the
first all the Libido is forced away from the symptoms into the
transference and there concentrated, in the second the battle
381rages round this new object and the Libido is made free from
it. The change that is decisive for a successful outcome of
this renewed conflict lies in the preclusion of repression, so that
the Libido cannot again withdraw itself from the Ego by a flight
into the Unconscious. It is made possible by changes in the
Ego ensuing as a consequence of the analyst’s suggestions. At
the expense of the Unconscious the Ego becomes wider by the
work of interpretation which brings the unconscious material
into consciousness; through education it becomes reconciled
to the Libido and is made willing to grant it a certain degree
of satisfaction; and its horror of the claims of its Libido is
lessened by the new capacity it acquires to expend a certain
amount of the Libido in sublimation. The more nearly the
course of the treatment corresponds with this ideal description
the greater will be the success of the psycho-analytic therapy.
Its barriers are found in the lack of mobility in the Libido,
which resists being released from its objects, and in the rigidity
of the patient’s narcissism, which will not allow more than a
certain degree of object-transference to develop. Perhaps the
dynamics of the process of recovery will become still clearer if
we describe it by saying that, in attracting a part of it to ourselves
through transference, we gather in the whole amount of the
Libido which has been withdrawn from the Ego’s control.
It is as well here to make clear that the distributions of the
Libido which ensue during and by means of the analysis afford
no direct inference of the nature of its disposition during the
previous illness. Given that a case can be successfully cured
by establishing and then resolving a powerful father-transference
to the person of the physician, it would not follow that the
patient had previously suffered in this way from an unconscious
attachment of the Libido to his father. The father-transference
is only the battlefield on which we conquer and take the Libido
prisoner; the patient’s Libido has been drawn hither away
from other ‘positions.’ The battlefield does not necessarily
constitute one of the enemy’s most important strongholds;
the defence of the enemy’s capital city need not be conducted
immediately before its gates. Not until after the transference
has been again resolved can one begin to reconstruct in imagination
the dispositions of the Libido that were represented by
the illness.
In the light of the Libido-theory there is a final word to be
said about dreams. The dreams of a neurotic, like his “errors”
and his free associations, enable us to find the meaning of the
symptoms and to discover the dispositions of the Libido. The
382forms taken by the wish-fulfilment in them show us what are
the wish-impulses that have undergone repression, and what
are the objects to which the Libido has attached itself after
withdrawal from the Ego. The interpretation of dreams therefore
plays a great part in psycho-analytic treatment, and in
many cases it is for lengthy periods the most important instrument
at work. We already know that the condition of sleep
in itself produces a certain relaxation of the repressions. By
this diminution in the heavy pressure upon it the repressed
desire is able to create for itself a far clearer expression in a
dream than can be permitted to it by day in the symptoms.
Hence the study of dreams becomes the easiest approach to
a knowledge of the repressed Unconscious, which is where the
Libido which has withdrawn from the Ego belongs.
The dreams of neurotics, however, differ in no essential
from those of normal people; they are indeed perhaps not in
any way distinguishable from them. It would be illogical to
account for the dreams of neurotics in a way that would not
also hold good of the dreams of normal people. We have to
conclude therefore that the difference between neurosis and
health prevails only by day; it is not sustained in dream-life.
It thus becomes necessary to transfer to healthy persons
a number of conclusions arrived at as a result of the connections
between the dreams and the symptoms of neurotics. We have
to recognize that the healthy man as well possesses those factors
in mental life which alone can bring about the formation of
a dream or of a symptom, and we must conclude further that
the healthy also have instituted repressions and have to expend
a certain amount of energy to maintain them; that their unconscious
minds too harbour repressed impulses which are still
suffused with energy, and that a part of the Libido is in them
also withdrawn from the disposal of the Ego. The healthy man
too is therefore virtually a neurotic, but the only symptom
that he seems capable of developing is a dream. To be sure
when you subject his waking life also to a critical investigation
you discover something that contradicts this specious conclusion;
for this apparently healthy life is pervaded by innumerable
trivial and practically unimportant symptom-formations.
The difference between nervous health and nervous illness
(neurosis) is narrowed down therefore to a practical distinction,
and is determined by the practical result—how far the person
concerned remains capable of a sufficient degree of capacity
for enjoyment and active achievement in life. The difference
can probably be traced back to the proportion of the energy
383which has remained free relative to that of the energy which
has been bound by repression, i.e. it is a quantitative and not
a qualitative difference. I do not need to remind you that this
view provides a theoretical basis for our conviction that the
neuroses are essentially amenable to cure, in spite of their being
based on a constitutional disposition.
So much, therefore, in the way of knowledge of the characteristics
of health may be inferred from the identity of the
dreams dreamt by neurotic and by healthy persons. Of dreams
themselves, however, a further inference must be drawn—namely,
that it is not possible to detach them from their connection
with neurotic symptoms; that we are not at liberty
to believe that their essential nature is exhausted by compressing
them into the formula of ‘a translation of thoughts into archaic
forms of expression’; and that we are bound to conclude that
they disclose dispositions of the Libido and objects of desire
which are actually in operation and valid at the moment.
We have now come very nearly to the end. Perhaps you
are disappointed that under the heading of psycho-analytic
therapy I have limited myself to theory, and have told you
nothing of the conditions under which the cure is undertaken,
or of the results it achieves. I omit both, however: the first,
because in fact I never intended to give you a practical training
in the exercise of the analytic method; and the last, because
I have several motives against it. At the beginning of these
discussions I said emphatically that under favourable conditions
we achieve cures that are in no way inferior to the most brilliant
in other fields of medical therapy; I may perhaps add that
these results could be achieved by no other method. If I said
more I should be suspected of wishing to drown the depreciatory
voices of our opponents by self-advertisement. Medical
“colleagues” have, even at public congresses, repeatedly held
out a threat to psycho-analysts that by publishing a collection
of the failures and harmful effects of analysis they will open
the eyes of the injured public to the worthlessness of this method
of treatment. Apart from the malicious, denunciatory character
of such a measure, however, a collection of that kind would
not even be valid evidence upon which a correct estimate of
the therapeutic results of analysis might be formed. Analytic
therapy, as you know, is still young; it needed many years
to elaborate the technique, which could only be done in the
384course of the work under the influence of increasing experience.
On account of the difficulties of imparting instruction in the
methods the beginner is thrown much more upon his own
resources for development of his capacity than any other kind
of specialist, and the results of his early years can never be
taken as indicating the full possible achievements of analytic
therapy.
Many attempts at treatment made in the beginning of psycho-analysis
were failures because they were undertaken with cases
altogether unsuited to the procedure, which nowadays we should
exclude by following certain indications. These indications,
however, could only be discovered by trying. In the beginning
we did not know that paranoia and dementia præcox, when
fully developed, are not amenable to analysis; we were still
justified in trying the method on all kinds of disorders. Most
of the failures of those early years, however, were not due to
the fault of the physician, or to the unsuitability in the choice
of subject, but to unpropitious external conditions. I have
spoken only of the inner resistances, those on the part of the
patient, which are inevitable and can be overcome. The external
resistances which the patient’s circumstances and surroundings
set up against analysis have little theoretic interest but the
greatest practical importance. Psycho-Analytic treatment is
comparable to a surgical operation and, like that, for its success
it has the right to expect to be carried out under the most
favourable conditions. You know the preliminary arrangements
a surgeon is accustomed to make—a suitable room, a
good light, expert assistance, exclusion of the relatives, and
so on. Now ask yourselves how many surgical operations would
be successful if they had to be conducted in the presence of the
patient’s entire family poking their noses into the scene of the
operation and shrieking aloud at every cut. In psycho-analytic
treatment the intervention of the relatives is a positive danger
and, moreover, one which we do not know how to deal with.
We are armed against the inner resistances of the patient, which
we recognize as necessary, but how can we protect ourselves
against these outer resistances? It is impossible to get round
the relatives by any sort of explanation, nor can one induce
them to hold aloof from the whole affair; one can never take
them into one’s confidence because then we run the danger of
losing the patient’s trust in us, for he—quite rightly, of course—demands
that the man he confides in should take his part.
Anyone who knows anything of the dissensions commonly
splitting up family life will not be astonished in his capacity
385of analyst to find that those nearest to the patient frequently
show less interest in his recovery than in keeping him as he is.
When as so often occurs the neurosis is connected with conflicts
between different members of a family, the healthy person does
not make much of putting his own interest before the patient’s
recovery. After all, it is not surprising that the husband does
not favour a treatment in which, as he correctly supposes, his
sins will all come to light; nor do we wonder at this, but then
we cannot blame ourselves when our efforts remain fruitless
and are prematurely broken off because the husband’s resistance
is added to that of the sick wife. We had simply undertaken
something which, under the existing conditions, it was impossible
to carry out.
Instead of describing many cases to you I will tell you of
one only, in which I had to suffer for the sake of professional
conscientiousness. I took a young girl—many years ago—for
analytic treatment; for a considerable time previously she
had been unable to go out of doors on account of a dread, nor
could she stay at home alone. After much hesitation the patient
confessed that her thoughts had been a good deal occupied by
some signs of affection that she had noticed by chance between
her mother and a well-to-do friend of the family. Very tactlessly—or
else very cleverly—she then gave the mother a hint
of what had been discussed during the analysis; she did this
by altering her behaviour to her mother, by insisting that no
one but her mother could protect her against the dread of being
alone, and by holding the door against her when she attempted
to leave the house. The mother herself had formerly been
very nervous, but had been cured years before by a visit to a
hydropathic establishment—or, putting it otherwise, we may
say she had there made the acquaintance of the man with whom
she had established a relationship that had proved satisfying
in more than one respect. Made suspicious by her daughter’s
passionate demands the mother suddenly understood what the
girl’s dread signified. She had become ill in order to make
her mother a prisoner and rob her of the freedom necessary
for her to maintain her relations with her lover. The mother’s
decision was instantly taken; she put an end to the harmful
treatment. The girl was sent to a home for nervous patients,
and for many years was there pointed out as an “unhappy
victim of psycho-analysis”; for just as long I was pursued by
damaging rumours about the unfortunate results of the treatment.
I maintained silence because I supposed myself bound
by the rules of professional secrecy. Years later I learned from
386a colleague who had visited the home and there seen the girl
with agoraphobia that the intimacy between the mother and
the wealthy man was common knowledge, and that in all
probability it was connived at by the husband and father. To
this “secret” the girl’s cure had been sacrificed.
In the years before the war, when the influx of patients
from many countries made me independent of the goodwill or
disfavour of my native city, I made it a rule never to take for
treatment anyone who was not sui juris, independent of others
in all the essential relations of life. Every psycho-analyst
cannot make these stipulations. Perhaps you will conclude
from my warnings about relatives that one should take the
patient out of his family circle in the interests of analysis, and
restrict this therapy to those living in private institutions. I
could not support this suggestion, however; it is far more
advantageous for the patients—those who are not in a condition
of severe prostration, at least—to remain during the treatment
in those circumstances in which they have to struggle with the
demands that their ordinary life makes on them. But the
relatives ought not to counteract this advantage by their
behaviour, and above all should not oppose their hostility to
one’s professional efforts. But how are you going to induce
people who are inaccessible to you to take up this attitude?
You will naturally also conclude that the social atmosphere
and degree of cultivation of the patient’s immediate surroundings
have considerable influence upon the prospects of the
treatment.
This is a gloomy outlook for the efficacy of psycho-analysis
as a therapy, even if we may explain the overwhelming majority
of our failures by taking into account these disturbing external
factors! Friends of analysis have advised us to counterbalance
a collection of failures by drawing up a statistical
enumeration of our successes. I have not taken up this
suggestion either. I brought forward the argument that
statistics would be valueless if the units collated were not alike,
and the cases which had been treated were in fact not equivalent
in many respects. Further, the period of time that could be
reviewed was too short for one to be able to judge of the permanence
of the cures; and of many cases it would be impossible
to give any account. They were persons who had kept both
their illness and their treatment secret, and whose recovery
in consequence had similarly to be kept secret. The strongest
reason against it, however, lay in the recognition of the fact
that in matters of therapy humanity is in the highest degree
387irrational, so that there is no prospect of influencing it by
reasonable arguments. A novelty in therapeutics is either
taken up with frenzied enthusiasm, as for instance when Koch
first published his results with tuberculin; or else it is regarded
with abysmal distrust, as happened for instance with Jenner’s
vaccination, actually a heaven-sent blessing, but one which
still has its implacable opponents. A very evident prejudice
against psycho-analysis made itself apparent. When one had
cured a very difficult case one would hear: “That is no proof
of anything; he would have got well of himself after all this
time.” And when a patient who had already gone through
four cycles of depression and mania came to me in an interval
after the melancholia and three weeks later again began to
develop an attack of mania, all the members of the family, and
also all the high medical authorities who were called in, were
convinced that the fresh attack could be nothing but a consequence
of the attempted analysis. Against prejudice one can
do nothing, as you can now see once more in the prejudices
that each group of the nations at war has developed against
the other. The most sensible thing to do is to wait and allow
them to wear off with the passage of time. A day comes when
the same people regard the same things in quite a different light
from what they did before; why they thought differently before
remains a dark secret.
It is possible that the prejudice against the analytic therapy
has already begun to relax. The continual spread of analytic
doctrine and the numbers of medical men taking up analytic
treatment in many countries seem to point in that direction.
As a young man I was caught in just such a storm of indignation
roused in the medical profession by the hypnotic suggestion-treatment,
which nowadays is held up in opposition to psycho-analysis
by the “sober-minded.” As a therapeutic instrument,
however, hypnotism did not bear out the hopes placed in it;
we psycho-analysts may claim to be its rightful heirs and should
not forget how much encouragement and theoretic enlightenment
we owe to it. The harmful effects reported of psycho-analysis
are essentially confined to transitory manifestations
of an exacerbation of the conflict, which may occur when the
analysis is clumsily handled, or when it is broken off suddenly.
You have heard an account of what we do with our patients,
and you can form your own judgement whether our efforts are
likely to lead to lasting injury. Misuse of analysis is possible
in various ways: the transference especially, in the hands of
an unscrupulous physician, is a dangerous instrument. But
388no medical remedy is proof against misuse; if a knife will not
cut, neither will it serve a surgeon.
I have now reached the end. It is more than a conventional
formality when I say that I myself am heavily oppressed by
the many defects of the lectures I have delivered before you.
I regret most of all that I have so often promised to return again
in another place to a subject that I had just touched upon
shortly, and that then the context in which I could keep my
word did not offer itself. I undertook to give you an account
of a thing that is still unfinished, still developing, and now my
short summary itself has become an incomplete one. In many
places I laid everything ready for drawing a conclusion, and
then I did not draw it. But I could not aim at making you
experts in psycho-analysis; I only wished to put you in the
way of some understanding of it, and to arouse your interest
in it.
11. [Komfortabel is a slang Viennese expression for a one-horse cab. An
English example of this is as follows: In a play during a scene of a funeral
procession the actor was made to say, “Stand back, my Lord, and let the
parson cough!” instead of “the coffin pass.”—Tr.]
24. [German: Zurückdrängen = to force back. This word is stronger
than unterdrücken = to press under, which we translate by suppress (not
a technical term); zurückdrängen contains already the drängen of verdrängen,
the technical word used by Freud to denote the strongest pressure of all,
repression. In the examples discussed here, the agency withholding the
intention from expression may be either conscious or unconscious (groups
one, two, and three, according to the degree of unconsciousness); Freud
does not use verdrängen = “repression,” the technical word for unconscious
agency only, here, but one very near to it in sense.—Tr.]
25. Joseph Breuer, in the years 1880–1882. Cf. my Lectures on Psycho-Analysis,
delivered in the United States in 1909.
26. [It should be noted that in using the word “unconscious” to translate
the German “unbewusst” we are deflecting it from its customary English
sense, which is “absence of unawareness,” such as in the phrases “he lay
unconscious,” “a stone is unconscious,” etc. Unbewusst is rather “unconscious’d,”
i.e. something of which the subject is not aware. Of it two
statements may therefore be predicated, not only that it is not conscious
in itself or of itself, but also that the subject is not conscious of its
existence.—Tr.]
34. [In German, an old acquaintance is often addressed as “old house”
(altes Haus); the expression “giving him one on the roof” (einem eins
aufs Dachl geben) corresponds to “hitting him over the head.”]
35. [The portal vein carries nourishment from the bowels to the body via
the liver. The pylorus (from πύλη = gate) is the entrance to the small
intestine. In German, the apertures of the body are called Leibespforten
(gates of the body).—Tr.]
36. [Cf. the Russian expression, “Little father.”—Tr.]
37. [Cf. “I am a wall and my breasts like towers: then was I in his eyes
as one that found favour.” Cant. viii. 10.—Tr.]
38. [This is certainly so with English patients.—Tr.]
39. Whilst correcting these pages, my eye happened to fall upon a newspaper
paragraph which I reproduce here as affording unexpected confirmation
of the above words.
DIVINE RETRIBUTION
A Broken Arm for a Broken Marriage-Vow.
Frau Anna M., the wife of a soldier in the reserve, accused Frau Clementine
K. of unfaithfulness to her husband. In her accusation she stated
that Frau K. had had an illicit relationship with Karl M. during her husband’s
absence at the front, and while he was sending her as much as 70
crowns a month. Besides this, she had already received a large sum of
money from her (Frau M.’s) husband, while his wife and children had to
live in hunger and misery. Some of her husband’s comrades had informed
her that he and Frau K. had visited public-houses together and remained
there drinking late into the night. The accused woman had once actually
asked the husband of the accuser, in the presence of several soldiers, whether
he would not soon leave his “old woman” and come to her, and the caretaker
of the house where Frau K. lived had repeatedly seen the plaintiff’s
husband in Frau K.’s room, in a state of complete undress.
Yesterday, before a magistrate in the Leopoldstadt, Frau K. denied
knowing M. at all: any intimate relations between them were out of the
question, she said.
Albertine M., a witness, however, gave evidence of having surprised
Frau K. in the act of kissing the accuser’s husband.
M., who had been called as a witness in some earlier proceedings, had
then denied any intimate relations with the accused. Yesterday, a letter
was handed to the magistrate, in which the witness retracted his former
denial and confessed that up to the previous June he had carried on illicit
relations with Frau K. In the earlier proceedings he had denied his relations
with the accused only because she had come to him before the action
came into court and begged him on her knees to save her and say nothing.
“To-day,” wrote the witness, “I feel compelled to lay a full confession
before the court, for I have broken my left arm and regard this as God’s
punishment for my offence.”
The judge decided that the penal offence had been committed too long
ago for the action to stand, whereupon the accuser withdrew her accusation
and the accused was discharged.
40. [Both senses of cleave are still alive in English: to cleave (= separate)
and to cleave to (= adhere).—Tr.]
42. Another interpretation of the number three, occurring in the dream
of this childless woman, lies very close; but I will not mention it here,
because this analysis did not furnish any material illustrating it.
50. [Angst. The German word denotes a more intense feeling than the
English ‘anxiety’; the latter however, derived from the same root, has
become established as the technical English term.—Tr.]
51. [In Germany it replaces the use of “duck” for this purpose in
English.—Tr.]
52. [Taken, with very slight modifications, from Ernest Dowden’s translation.—Tr.]
53. [This name is based on a reference to a relationship with an older
person in early life.—Tr.]
BY THE SAME AUTHOR
The Interpretation of Dreams
Demy 8vo.
16s. net.
“This is certainly the author’s greatest and most important
work. To psychologist and physician the work is indispensable.”—Lancet.
“This work shows further proof of his remarkable ability in
psychological analysis, and has added greatly to our knowledge of
the dream, its exciting and determining factors, meaning and
relationship.”—Medico-Chirological Journal.
Delusion and Dream
Demy 8vo.
12s. 6d. net.
“In this remarkable book there lies at least a double interest.
There is, in the first place, a longish short story of unusual merit
and charm; and, in the second, Professor Freud’s commentary on
it from the psycho-analytic standpoint—a brilliant and ingenious
treatment of the story as a narrative of real happenings.”—Manchester
Guardian.
“A wholly charming fantasy.... Professor Freud treats
Jensen’s very delicate and finely spun story with artistic respect,
and presents it in full as an artistic delight.”—Westminster Gazette.
The Psychology of Day Dreams
By DR. J. VARENDONCK
Demy 8vo.
Introduction by PROFESSOR FREUD
18s. net.
“A genuine, well documented first-hand study of an important psychological
phenomenon.”—Times.
Delusion and Dream
By Dr. SIGMUND FREUD
Translated by HELEN M. DOWNEY
Introduction by Dr. G. STANLEY HALL
Demy 8vo.
12s. 6d. net.
“In this remarkable book there lies at least a double interest. In the
first place a longish short story of unusual merit and in the second
Professor Freud’s commentary on it from the psycho-analytic standpoint,
a brilliant and ingenious treatment of the story as a narrative of real
happenings.”—Manchester Guardian.
A Young Girl’s Diary
Prefaced with a Letter by SIGMUND FREUD
Translated from the German by EDEN AND CEDAR PAUL
Demy 8vo.
12s. 6d. net.
“All educationists—and, indeed, many others—should welcome this
book; it will provide amazing food for thought.... Every page bears
upon it the mark of absolute genuineness, and this alone makes the book
of exceeding value.... A book of deep interest and significance.”—Education.
The sale of this book is rigidly restricted to members of the medical,
educational and legal professions.
The Interpretation of Dreams
By Professor SIGM. FREUD
Translated by A. A. BRILL, Ph.D.
Demy 8vo.
16s. net.
“This is certainly the author’s greatest and most important work. To
psychologist and physician the work is indispensable.”—Lancet
Fundamental Conceptions of Psycho-Analysis
Demy 8vo.
By A. A. BRILL, M.D.
About 12s. 6d. net.
An authoritative statement of the Freudian doctrine of psycho-analysis,
written by Freud’s chief American disciple and translator, done in a
lively and coherent fashion, and with unusual delicacy in the choice of
illustrative material.
Some Applications of Psycho-Analysis
Demy 8vo.
By Dr. O. PFISTER
About 18s. net.
This is a collection of essays dealing with the nature and application
of psycho-analysis in various mental and spiritual domains. The author
treats of psychology, philosophy, the psychology of the sources of
artistic inspiration, of war and peace, of religion, of science and pedagogics,
particularly of psychic inhibitions and abnormalities in children.
The Evolution of the Conscious Faculties
Demy 8vo.
By Dr. J. VARENDONCK
15s. net.
This book, which is the sequel of the author’s “Psychology of
Day-dreams,” is mainly devoted to the study of the two different aspects
of the faculty of retention: duplicative and synthetical memory.
Psycho-Analysis
By BARBARA LOW, B.A., Ex-Training College Lecturer
Cr. 8vo.
Third Edition
6s. net.
“An admirable little outline of the theory and application of psycho-analysis ... as a primer in the first elements of the subject, it could
hardly be improved upon.”—Westminster Gazette.
Psychoanalysis and Sociology
By AUREL KOLNAI
Translated by EDEN AND CEDAR PAUL
Cr. 8vo.
7s. 6d. net.
“A book of bold and ponderable ideas about the progress of
humanity.”—Daily News.
Studies in Psychoanalysis
An account of 27 concrete cases preceded by a Theoretical Exposition
By Prof. C. BAUDOUIN
Author of Suggestion and Autosuggestion, etc.
Demy 8vo.
Translated by E. AND C. Paul
About 16s. net.
The New Psychology: and its Relation to Life
By A. G. TANSLEY
Demy 8vo.
Fifth Impression (revised)
10s. 6d. net.
The issue of the Fifth Impression of this book—originally published in
June 1920—has given the opportunity of a fairly thorough revision.
Advantage has been taken of criticisms to make various statements more
explicit, and a few fresh topics have been dealt with; for instance,
Dr. Varendonck’s recent work on Day-dreaming and Adler’s views on the
importance of the feeling of inferiority in moulding the character. A new
preface and a glossary have been added.
Suggestion & Autosuggestion
A Study of the Work of M. Emile Coué based upon Investigations made by the New Nancy School
By Professor CHARLES BAUDOUIN
Translated by EDEN AND CEDAR PAUL
Demy 8vo.
Sixth Impression
10s. 6d. net.
“The most exciting book published since ‘The Origin of Species.’”—Nation.
“It is full of thought in itself. It is bound to be a cause of thought....
We very strongly advise our readers to read and study M. Baudouin’s
book.”—Spectator.
Hypnotism and Suggestion
By LOUIS SATOW
Translated by BERNARD MIALL
Demy 8vo.
About 10s. 6d. net.
This volume, which contains a glossary of technical terms, should fill a
long-felt want, as supplying a foundation of accurate knowledge which
will enable the reader to follow and understand the recent developments
of psycho-analysis. An exact knowledge of the various phases of
hypnosis is equally essential for a true understanding of the phenomena
of religion, politics, education, herd-psychology, minority rule and war.
History of Psychology
By G. S. BRETT, M.A.
Demy 8vo.
3 Volumes.
16s. each. net.
“The value of a work at once impartial and scholarly, scientific and
comprehensive, which, of matter all compact, surveys more than six
hundred of the greatest thinkers, needs no emphasis.”—Holborn Review.
Abnormal Psychology and Education
Cr. 8vo.
By FRANK WATTS, M.A.
7s. 6d. net.
“This is a very clear and admirable study ... his handling of the
problem of repression in education seems to us excellent. We hope
this book may find its way into the studies of our teachers.”—Challenge.
The Psychological Problems of Industry
By FRANK WATTS
Demy 8vo.
12s. 6d. net.
“An interesting book which Trade Unionists should study.”—Daily
Herald.
LONDON: GEORGE ALLEN & UNWIN LTD.
RUSKIN HOUSE, 40 MUSEUM STREET, W.C. 1.
TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
Typos fixed; non-standard spelling and dialect retained.
Used numbers for footnotes, placing them all at the end of the last chapter.